Document q1KLm361xLBgok2EN76yNJaM

DIGEST 148 5QUHREDCOMPANY SC-SDC-1051 SQDSLV 000133 I (0 (R h 0 iii Q 0 Gr < U > z a< S o u Q Ml f D 0 0 SQDSLV 000134 D PRODUCT INDEX * For information please contact your local Square D Field Office. A AC Magnetic Starters.............. 125-135 Adjustable Speed Drives.........104, 148 Alarms, High Water, Pressure......... * Alternators, Electric......................... * Alternators, Mechanical................. 182 Automatic Transfer Panels............ 149 B Bolt-Loc Switches............... 36,99-100 Brakes, Controlled Torque Electric Foot...............................103 Brakes, Magnetic...........................103 Busways.................................... 87-95 F Feeder Duct, 1-Line................... 88-97 Float Switches........................ 181-182 Foot Switches............................... 164 Four Speed Starters...................... 146 FSP Fusible Load Centers...........15-18 Fuse Cabinets................................. 15 Fuse Clips...................................... 37 Fusible Distribution Panelboards.......................... 78, 80 Fusible Lighting Panelboards.......... 76 Fusible Load Centers, Plug-in...... 9-18 Fusible Service Equipment, Fixed... 15 Fusible Switches........................ 25-35 CG Cabinets, Fuse................................ 15 Gas Engine Cutouts.......................... * Cabinets, Telephone & Equipment.. .77 Circuit Breaker Distribution Panelboards.......................... 70-75,82 H Circuit Breaker Lighting High Voltage Load Interrupter Panelboards...........................58-69,76 Switches............................. 101-102 Circuit Breakers, Enclosed.......... 48-52 High Voltage Starters............. 111-113 Circuit Breaker Load Centers, QO............................... 1-8 Circuit Breakers, Molded Case...54-55 I Circuit Breakers/Low Voltage 1-Line Busways..................\.. .88-97 Power............ ............................ 47 Industrial Circuit Breakers.........48-52 Combination QMB Motor Starter Industrial Safety Switches......... 25-35 Panelboards............................78-83 Interlock Kits......................... 37,198 Combination Service Devices........... 19 Combination Starters, Circuit Breaker Type, Switch Type. .132-134 J Combination Starters, Reversing. ..144 JIC Troughs............................... 39-40 Compensators, Manual...................109 J 1C Wireway.............................. 39-40 Contactors, Lighting.......................150 Contactors, Magnetic............... 122-123 Contactors, Mechanically Held...... 124 L Contactors, Welder........................ 105 Laundry Control.............................. * Control Centers............................. 105 Lay-In Duct.................................... 38 Control Circuit Transformers......... 188 Lifting Magnet Controller............... 104 Control, Corpak...................... 104-105 Lifting Magnets............................. 104 Control, Crane............................... 103 Lighting Distribution Unit Control, Electric Truck..................... * Substation...........................101-102 Control, Irrigation Pumping............151 Lighting Panelboards, Circuit Control, Laundry..............................* Breaker..................................58-69 Control, Marine............................... * Lighting Panelboards, Fusible......... 76 Control, Mill Auxiliary................... 105 Limit Stop, Crane, Youngstown... 103 Control, Oil Field Pumping.............151 Limit Switches........................ 165-177 Control, Punch Press....................... * Line Voltage Starters.............. 126-134 Control, Resistance Welder.............105 Load Centers, Circuit Breaker...... 1-14 Control, Systems..................... 103-105 Load Centers, Fusible...................9-18 Control, Synchronous Motor........... 147 Load Center Unit Substations.. 101-102 Controllers, Magnet....................... 103 Load Interrupter Switchgear... 101-102 Corpak Control Systems......... 104-105 Logic Control, Norpak................... 105 Crane Control, Cab Operated..........103 Loom Switches..............................108 Crane Control, Floor Operated........103 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers 47 Crane Limit Stop........................... 103 Lugs, Aluminum............................. 37 Crane Protective Panels................. * Crane Safety Disconnect Switch___ * M D Disconnect Switches..... ..............25-35 Disconnect Switches, Magnet............* Disconnect Switches, Manual Magnetic...................................... * Distribution Panelboards, Circuit Breaker............................70-75, 82 Distribution Panelboards, Fusible................................. 78, 80 Distribution Unit Substations, Lighting.............................. 101-102 Drives, Adjustable Speed........104,148 Drawout Switchgear................ 101-102 Duct, 1-Line Feeder................... 88-97 Duct, 1-Line Plug-In.................. 88-97 Duct, Lay-In, Hinged Cover............. 38 Duct, Screw Cover.......................... 38 Duct, Service................................... * Duct, Underfloor.........................41-46 E Electronic Timers.................... 183-186 Explosion Proof Enclosures, Spin Top............................ 193-194 E-Z Stack Multi-Metering Devices.................................. 19-24 Magnet Controllers........................ 103 Magnetic Disconnect Switch............ * Magnetic Contactors................ 122-123 Magnetic Contactors, Reversing.......* Magnetic Brakes............................103 Magnetic Overload Relays.............. 186 Magnetic Relays...................... 114-119 Magnetic Starters, AC............. 125-135 Magnetic Starters, DC...................... * Magnetic Starters, Reversing...140-144 Magnets, Lifting............................ 104 Magnets, Road Sweeping............... 103 Magnets, Separator....................... 103 Manual Compensators................... 109 Manual Crane Control...................... * Manual Magnetic Disconnect Switch. * Manual Reduced Voltage Starters...............................136-138 Manual Speed Regulators.................* Manual Starters...................... 106-107 Marine Control................................ * Master Switches, Mill Duty............ 105 Mechanically Held Magnetic Contactors and Relays................ 124 Metal-Clad Fusible Switchgear.101-102 Metal-Enclosed Drawout Switchgear.......................... 101-102 Words in bold face type are trademarks of the Square D Company Meter Equipment........................19-24 Mill Auxiliary Control.....................105 Mill Switches, Bolt-Loc................... 36 Mill Type Master Switches............. 105 Motor Field Rheostats...................... * Multi-Speed Starters..................... 146 N Non-Synchronous Resistance Welder Control........................... 105 Norpak Logic Control.................... 105 O Oil Field Pumping Control.............. 151 Oil Immersed Push Button............... * Oil Immersed Starters................... 112 Overload Relays, Magnetic and Thermal................ 186-187, 200-205 P Panelboards............................... 56-86 Panelboards, Circuit Breaker Distribution......................70-75, 82 Panelboards, Circuit Breaker Lighting..................................58-69 Panelboards, Combination QMB Motor Starter..........................78-83 Panelboards, Fusible Distribution........................... 78, 80 Panelboards, Fusible Lighting..........76 Panelboards, 1-Line, Power....... 70-73 Part Winding Motor Starters.......... 138 Pilot Lights................................... 161 Plug-In Duct, 1-Line.................. 88-97 Plug-In Limit Switch............... 165-170 Potentiometer, Oil-Tight...................* Power Service Fittings................45-46 Pressure Switches................... 178-179 Primary Resistor Starters...............136 Protective Panels, Crane.................. * Proximity Limit Switch.................. 177 Pumping Plant Panels....................151 Punch Press Control........................ * Push Buttons and Stations___ 152-163 Push-to-Test Pilot Light.................161 Servicepak Panel.......................... 24 Snap Switches.............................. 173 Sockets, Meter........................... 19-24 Speed Regulators, Manual................ * Spin Top Enclosures...............193-194 Square-Duct................................. 38 Starters, AC............. 125-135,139-146 Starters, Auto-Transformer Type.. .137 Starters, Combination___ 130-135, 144 Starters, DC.................................... * Starters, Four Speed..................... 146 Starters, High Voltage.............111-113 Starters, Line Voltage..............126-134 Starters, Magnetic__ 125-135, 140-144 Starters, Manual..................... 106-107 Starters, Multi-Speed.................... 146 Starters, Oil-Immersed.................. 112 Starters, Part Winding................... 138 Starters, Primary Resistor.............. 136 Starters, Reduced Voltage. 109,136-138 Starters, Star-Delta....................... 138 Starters, Synchronous Motors........147 Starters, Three Speed................... 146 Starters, Two Speed...................... 146 Stata Crane Control...................... 103 Static Control................................105 Steel Mill Control.......................... 104 Substations, Unit Power-Zone 101-102 Sump Control, Sumptrol............... 181 Switchboards, Power-Style___ 99-100 Switches, Bolt-Loc..............36, 99-100 Switches, 5 and 15 KV............. 101-102 Switches, Float....................... 181-182 Switches, Foot.............................. 164 Switches, Limit.......................165-177 Switches, Loom.............................108 Switches, Pressure................. 178-179 Switches, ReversingDrum...............109 Switches, Safety........................ 25-35 Switches, Snap........................ 17,| Switches, Temperature.................. 180 Switches, Vacuum......................... 180 Switchgear, Metal-Clad........... 101-102 Switchgear, Metal-Enclosed.... 101-102 Synchronous Motor Control............ 147 Synchronous Resistance Welder Control...................................... 105 Q QF Fusible Plug-In Units..............9-18 QO Circuit Breakers......................... 2 QO Load Centers..........................1-14 R Raintight Wireway......................... 38 Rapac Positioning Systems...........104 Reduced Voltage Starters, Magnetic............................. 136-138 Reduced Voltage Starters, Manual.. 109 Regulators, Manual Speed................ * Relays, Magnetic..................... 114-119 Relays, Mechanically Held..............124 Relays, Overload....... 186-187, 200-205 Relays, Timing..........117-121,183-186 Repair Parts........................... 195-199 Resistance Welder Control.............105 Resistors, Tab-Weld...................... 103 Resistor Banks................................ * Reversing Combination Starters.... 144 Reversing Drum Switches.............. 109 Reversing Magnetic Contactors.122-123 Reversing Magnetic Starters.. .140-144 Rheostats, Motor Field..................... * S Safety Switches, Heavy Duty... .28-34 Safety Switches, General Duty. ..25-35 Safety Switches, Double-Throw.......35 Selector Switches.......................... 160 Service Entrance Equipment, Circuit Breaker...........................1-8 Service Entrance Equipment, Combination Type........................19 Service Entrance Equipment, Fusible.....................................9-18 Service Entrance Equipment, High Voltage 5 and 15 KV... 101-102 Service Fittings, Underfloor........ 45-46 T Tab-Weld Resistors.......................103 Telephone Cabinets........................ 77 Telephone Service Fittings......... 45-46 Temperature Switches................... 180 Terminal Blocks......................189-192 Thermal Overload Relays.........200-205 Three Speed Starters.................... 146 Timers..................... 117-121,183-186 Transfer Panels, Automatic............ 149 Transformer, Control Circuit...........188 Transformers, Unit Substations___104 Trough, JIC............................... 39-40 Trough, Meter............................20-23 Truck Control, Electric..................... * Two Speed Starters.......................146 U Underfloor Duct......................... 41-46 Unit Substations..................... 101-102 Unloaders, Magnetic........................ * V Vacuum Switches.......................... 180 Valves, Solenoid............................182 Voltage Testers...............................37 W Well-Guard Control...................... 151 Welder Control, Resistance.............105 Wireway, JIC............................. 39-40 Wireway, Square-Duct................... 38 Wireway, Raintight..........................38 Wye-Delta Starters........................ 138 Y Youngstown Limit Stop................ 103 Square D Company 1966 -- Printed in U. S. A. SQDSLV 000135 QO Load Centers for Both Breaker and Fusible Requirements Most versatile line available! QO Circuit Breakers and QF Fusible Units are interchangeable -- will plug into the same spaces. No interior changes needed or load center capacity lost when fusible circuitry is required. QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS Convenient -- nothing to replace -- merely reset breaker. Complete line of one, two and three pole ratings thru 1 00 amperes. Qwik Open flash protection for low current lamp cord faults while providing time delay against nuisance tripping. Trip indication -- tells circuit in trouble by center posi tion of handle. Cannot be held or blocked closed on short or overload. Ambient compensated -- reduces unnecessary outages. For listings and details -- Pages 2 thru 8. QF FUSIBLE UNITS Exclusive Q-lite indicates blown fuse. Uses Type G fuses for high short circuit capacity, low heat loss and time delay characteristics. Single and two pole plug-in units fit same space as equivalent QO Breakers. 1 5 thru 60 amperes. Provides switching -- ON and OFF -- never before available with plug fuses. For listings and details -- Pages 9 thru 1 3. MAIN DISCONNECT QO LOAD CENTERS Only QO main disconnect load centers have all these time and money-saving features at no extra cost. Factory installed main breaker or main fusible pullout -- cuts installation costs and insures proper and safe main connections. Top feed straight-in wiring -- saves installation time and material. Neutral connections at the same end and adjacent to main disconnect ter minals -- reduced length of neutral conductors and clears wiring gutter for branch wiring. Door completely covers both branch units and main disconnect -- does not detract from appearance or expose units to accidental switching. Q06D and QOSD Six and eight circuit flat front QO load centers eliminate the obtrusive appearance of smaller load cen ters-- idejpl for apartment house use. QO COSTS NO MORE... WHY SETTLE FOR LESS? Copyright 1966 by Square D Company--Printed in U.S.A. PAGE 1 SQDSLV 000136 . design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS CIRCUIT BREAKER SINGLE POLE PLUG-IN TYPES QO, QO-T AND Q1 O z TANDEM < <r TYPE QO-T UJ 120/240 a: V. AC UJ a. 5 < 1 Space Required 1 Space Required 2 Space Required 2 Spaces Required 2 Spaces Required 4 Spaces Required Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 <. 15 15 A 20 20 A 20 30 A 30 15 20 30 40 50 BO 70 90 100 001515 QO1520 Q02020 Q03030 $ 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 00115 QO120 QO130 00140 00150 Q0115HM QO120HM $ 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 0O21515 QO21520 Q022020 0023030 $10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 Q0215 Q0220 QO230 QO240 QO250 QO260 QO270 $ 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 13.00 *Q0215H *QO220H *QO230H QO240H QO250H $13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 *01-270 *01-290 *Q1-2100 $17.60 17.60 17.60 +High magnetic trip breakers are recommended for area lighting (athletic fields, parking lots, outdoor signs, etc.) when using tungsten filament lamps of inherent high inrush current and individual room dimmer applications. *Approved for use on 3<p Grounded "B" Systems. Q1-240 and Ql-250 available on order. TWO POLE -- COMMON TRIP THREE POLE --COMMON TRIP AMPERE RATING TYPE Q1 240 V. AC TYPE QO Delta 240 V. AC 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required 6 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required 6 Spaces Required Cat. No. Price Price Price Price Price 15 Q0215WH $ 6.90 20 QO220WH 6.90 30 QO230WH 6.90 40 50 60 70 90 100 Q0315 QO320 QO330 QO340 QO350 QO360 $ 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 01-370 Ql-390 Q1-3100 $ 28.00 32.00 32.00 Q0315D QO320D QO330D QO340D QO350D $ 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 Q1-370D Q1-3100D $ 28.00 32.00 SWITCH NEUTRAL -- COMMON TRIP tvpj ^Individual trip tandem two pole breaker. Federal Specifications. QO 1 pole and QO tandem meet W-C-375a, Ammendment 3 as Class la (single-unit or duplex construction must be specified). Q02 or 3 pole meet W-C-375a, Ammendment 3 as Class 1b. VIPERE R ATIN G < 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 Q0215SWN $ 8.60 20 QO220SWN 8.60 30 QO230SWN 8.60 Q0315SWN $12.80 QO320SWN 12.80 QO330SWN 12.80 QOIHT ACCESSORIES Description Handles Ties. Convert any two adjacent single pole QO or QO-T poles to in dependent trip two pole.. Closure Plate (S.P.). Fills opening in cover if twistout is removed in error or if breaker is elimin ated..................................... |Cat. No. Price QOIHT ; $ .10 Q01CP .30 Description Filler Plate. Fills opening in blanked out type QO covers............................... Handle Lock-Off. Clip for fixing QO single pole handle in "on" or "off" position.............................! Handle Lock-Off for Q0QO-T, Ql. Clip for fixing 1. 2 & 3 pole breaker handles in "on" or "off" position............................ Cat. No. Q01FP Q01L0 HLO-1 Price Description Cat. No. Handle Padlock Attach ment. For padlocking .10 one pole QO breaker in "on" or "off" position. Q01PA ;QO & QI Padlock Attach- .20 ment. For 2 and 3 pole i breakers which require padlocking in either "on" or "off" position 1.60 Loose Attachment....... Q01HPL Fixed Attachment........ Q01PL Price .70 .70 .70 Description Cat. No. Price Flush Lock. For convert ing spring catch in most QO load center I i doors to lock type...... PK2FL 6.90 Sealing Ear for QO Cov ers. Provides means of sealing trim screws..... Q01SE .10 QO Rejection Tool w/ handle. For altering re jection rail........................ Q01JTH 1.00 PAGE 2 "schedule b discount j SQDSLV 000137 up Q02AS 1 U J mp ||| design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS FOR QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS ORDER BREAKERS SEPARATELY MAIN LUGS ONLY l(j>-3 W. Max. Number Single Poles Box, Interior and Cover Type . Description Spaces Max. No. Poles Enclosure Cat. No. Price < 2 Surface General Purpose Q02S $ 1.30 2 Flush General Purpose Q02F 4.00 Raintight 1>4' Max. Hub Q02RO 9.00 70 2 Surface General Purpose Q02AS 5.00 4 Flush General Purpose Q02AF 5.00 Raintight 154' Max. Hub Q02ARO 10.00 Surface General Purpose Q06S 6.00 'oo 6 12 Flush General Purpose Q06F 6.00 Raintight 2" Max. Hub QQ6RO 11.00 0 -0 0 o o o !1 CC05 CO 3j*nco O Surface General Purpose 125 8 16 Flush General Purpose Raintight 2" Max. Hub 10.00 10.00 19.20 A Interchangeable hubs tor rain-tight enclosures. Type RO devices have threaded openings for inter changeable hubs or closing caps. Order hub or cap separately from table on Page IS. Above devices meet Federal Specification W-P-115a as Type 1, Class 2. ' QQ [IZn 1 Q02 QOS QO PLUG-IN CIRCUIT BREAKER PRICES Note: Table below indicate complete price of single pole and two pole units (60 ampere maximum). For each 70 ampere two pole QO add $6.60 each. For each 70 and 100 ampere two pole Q1 add $11.20 each. Add total plug-in irnit price to device price. QO CIRCUIT BREAKER -- DEVICE PRICE NOT INCLUDED 2 Pole 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Number of Single Poles 120 V. AC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 $ 2.70 $ 5.40 $ 8.10 $10.80 $13.50 $16.20 $18.90 $21.60 $24.30 $27.00 $29.70 $32.40 $35.10 $37.80 $40.50 $43.20 $45.90 $48.60 $51.30 $54.00 $ 6.40 9.10 11.80 14.50 17.20 19.90 22.60 25.30 28.00 30.70 33.40 36.10 38.80 41.50 44.20 46.90 49.60 52.30 55.00 57.70 60.40 12.80 15.50 18.20 20.90 23.60 26.30 29.00 31.70 34.40 37.10 39.80 42.50 45.20 47.90 50.60 53.30 56.00 58.70 61.40 64.10 66.80 19.20 21.90 24.60 27.30 30.00 32.70 35.40 38.10 40.80 43.50 46.20 48.90 51.60 54.30 57.00 59.70 62.40 65.10 67.80 70.50 73.00 25.60 28.30 31.00 33.70 36.40 39.10 41.80 44.50 47.20 49.90 52.60 55.30 58.00 60.70 63.40 66.10 68.80 71.50 74.20 76.90 79.60 32.00 34.70 37.40 40.10 42.80 45.50 48.20 50.90 53.60 56.30 59.00 61.70 64.40 67.10 69.80 72.50 75.20 77.90 80.60 83.30 86.00 38.40 41.10 43.80 46.50 49.20 51.90 54.60 57.30 60.00 62.70 65.40 68.10 70.80 73.50 76.30 78.90 81.60 84.30 87.00 89.70 92.40 44.80 47.50 50.20 52.90 55.613 58.30 61.00 63.70 66.40 69.10 71.80 74.50 77.20 79.90 82.60 85.30 88.00 90.70 93.40 96.10 98.80 51.20 53.90 56.60 59.30 62.00 64.70 67.40 70.10 72.80 75.50 78.20 80.90 83.60 86.30 89.00 91.70 94.40 97.10 99.80 102.50 105.20 57.60 60.30 63.00 65.70 68.40 71.10 73.80 76.50 79.20 81.90 84.60 87.30 90.00 92.70 95.40 98.10 100.80 103.50 106.20 108.90 111.60 64.00 66.70 69.40 72.10 74.80 77.50 80.20 82.90 85.60 88.30 91.00 93.70 96.40 99.10 101.80 104.50 107.20 109.90 112.60 115.30 118.00 70.40 73.10 75.80 78.50 81.20 83.90 86.60 89.30 92.00 94.70 97.40 100.10 102.80 105.50 108.20 110.90 113.60 116.30 119.00 121.70 124.40 76.80 79.50 82.20 84.90 87.60 90.30 93.00 95.70 98.40 101.10 103.80 106.50 109.20 111.90 114.60 117.30 120.00 122.70 125.40 128.10 130.80 83.20 85.90 88.60 91.30 94.00 96.70 99.40 102.10 104.80 107.50 110.20 112.90 115.60 118.30 121.00 123.70 126.40 129.10 131.80 134.50 137.20 89.60 92.30 95.00 97.70 100.40 103.10 105.80 108.50 111.20 113.90 116.60 119.30 122.00 124.70 127.40 130.10 132.80 335.50 138.20 140.90 143.60 96.00 98.70 101.40 104.10 106.80 109.50 112.20 114.90 117.60 120.30 123.00 125.70 128.40 131.10 133.80 136.50 139.20 141.90 144.60 147.30 150.00 102.40 105.10 107.80 110.50 113.20 115.90 118.60 121.30 124.00 126.70 129.40 132.10 134.80 137.50 140.20 142.90 145.60 148.30 151.00 153.70 156.40 SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT j PAGE 3 SQDSLV 000138 design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS MAIN LUGS ONLY FOR QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH DOOR ORDER BREAKERS SEPARATELY Mains Rating Amps. Spaces Max. No. Single Poles Type of Enclosure BASIC DEVICE--BOX & INTERIOR ONLY Cat. No. j Price COVER WITH DOOR {ORDER SEPARATELY) Flush ) Surface j Price 1 PHASE -- 3 WIRE LUGS ONLY *f* 100 6 12 General Purpose Q06DForS $7.20 Included with Basic Device Raintight QQ6RO 11.00 A ....................... i ................... 125 8 16 General Purpose Q08D F or S 11.20 included with Basic Device Raintight Q08R0 19.20 A 125 12 24 General Purpose Q012 Raintight Q012R0 13.80 QOC12F 26.80 A QOC12S $ 3.00 150 12 24 General Purpose Q012H 17.80 "QOC12HF Raintight QQ12HRO 31.80 A QOC12HS 4.00 200 12 24 General Purpose Q012HA 22.80 QOC12HF" 0OC12HS 4.00 Raintight Q012HAR0 36.80 A 125 16 24 General Purpose 0016 Raintight QQ16RO 18.40 QOCl 6F 32.40 A 150 16 30 General Purpose Q016H 20.00 QOC20HF" Raintight Q016HR0 37.40 A QOC16S ' QOC20HS 4.00 7.40 125 20 24 General Purpose QO20 Raintight QO20RO 24.00 QOC20F" 38.00 A QOC20S " 4.00 150 20 30 General Purpose >O20H 25.60 QOC20TlF" QOC20HS 7.40 Raintight O20HRO 45.10 A 200 20 40 General Purpose QO20HA 30.60 "QOC20HF QOC20HS' 7.40 Raintight QO20HARO 50.10 A 200 30 40 General Purpose 0030 Raintight QO30RO 34.60 QOC30F~~ 54.00 A QOC30S^ 7.40 225 42 42 Genera! Purpose Q042 49.40 0OC42F~ "QOC42S 9.40 3 PHASE --4 WIRE LUGS ONLY 125 12 24 General Purpose Raintight 200 12 12 General Purpose Raintight 125 20 30 General Purpose Raintight 200 30 42 General Purpose Raintight 200 42 42 General Purpose 00412 Q0412RO Q0412HA 0O412HARO QO420 QO420RO 00430 QO430RO 00442 $23.80 36.80 A 32.80 46.80 A 34.00 48.00 A 44.60 64.00 A 59.40 QOC412F QOC12HAF QOC420F QOC30F QOC42F QOC412S QOC12HAS QOC420S QOC30S QOC42S $ 3.00 4.00 7.40 9.40 OQO QQ41 2 c QC3412HA PAGE 4 D QO20M with Hush Cover and Breakers Installed QO430M1 50 QO430M1 50 Q0440M150 Q0440M200 Q040M200 QO40MP QO430M1 25 design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS FOR QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS SINGLE MAIN DISCONNECT WITH DOOR Mains Rating Amps. Spaces Max. No. Single Poles Type of Enclosure ORDER BRANCH BREAKERS SEPARATELY BASIC DEVICE--BOX & INTERIOR ONLY COVER WITH DOOR (ORDER SEPARATELY) Cat. No. | Prloe Flush j Surface | Price 1 PHASE -- 3 WIRE MAIN DISCONNECT MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER INCLUDED 100 A. Breaker 100 A. Breaker 8 12 16 General Purpose 008 M Raintight Q08MRO 20 General Purpose Q012M Raintight Q012MRO 100 A. Breaker 14 20 General Purpose Q014M Raintight Q014MR0 100 A. Breaker 16 20 General Purpose Q016M Raintight Q016MRO 100 A. Breaker 20 20 General Purpose QO20M Raintight QO20MRO 125A. t Breaker 20 24 General Purpose QO20M125 Raintight QO20M125RO 150A. f Breaker 20 30 General Purpose Q020M150 Raintight QO20M150RO 200 A. t 20 - 40 General Purpose Q020M200 Breaker Raintight Q020 M200RO 150A. t Breaker 30 30 General Purpose QO30M150 Raintight QO30M150RO 200A. f Breaker 30 40 General Purpose QO30M200 Raintight Q030M200RO 200A. t Breaker 40 40 General Purpose Q040 M200 Raintight Q040M200RO $25.80 38.80 A 30.40 44.40 A 33.20 47.20 A 36.00 50.00A 41.60 55.60 A 58.00 80.00 A 58.00 80.00 A 58.00 80.00 A 72.00 100.00 A 72.00 100.00 A 91.00 126.00 A QOC8MF QOC16MF QOC16MF QOC16MF QOC20MF QOC20M200F QOC20M200F QOC20M200F QOC30M200F QOC30M200F QOC40M200F QOC8MS $ 3.00 QOC16MS 4.00 QOC16MS 4.00 QOC16MS 4.00 QOC20MS 4.00 QOC20M200S 10.00 QOC20M200S 10.00 QOC20M200S 10.00 QOC30M200S 10.00 QOC30M200S 10.00 QOC40M200S 10.00 3 PHASE--4 WIRE MAIN DISCONNECT MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER INCLUDED 125A. Breaker 150 A. Breaker 200A. Breaker 150A. Breaker 200A. Breaker 30 30 30 40 40 36 General Purpose Q0430MT25 $172.00 Raintight QO430M125RO 190.00A 42 General Purpose Q0430M150 172.00 Raintight QO430M150RO 190.00 A 42 General Purpose QO430M200 177.00 Raintight Q0430M200RO 195.00 A 42 General Purpose Q0440M150 186.00 42 General Purpose Q0440M200 191.00 QOC30M200F QOC30M200F QOC30M200F QOC40M200F QOC40M200F QOC30M200S $10.00 QOC30M200S 10.00 QOC30M 200S 10.00 QOC40M200S 10.00 QOC40M200S 10.00 1 PHASE -- 3 WIRE MAIN DISCONNECT FUSIBLE MAIN PULLOUT INCLUDED 100A. t Pullout 100A. t Pullout 100 A. t Pullout 200 A. t Pullout 200A. f Pullout 200A.+ Pullout 12 16 20 20 30 40 20 General Purpose Q012P Raintight Q012PRO 20 General Purpose Q016P Raintight Q016PRO 20 General Purpose QO20P Raintight QO20PRO 40 General Purpose QO20MP Raintight QO20MPRO 40 General Purpose QO30MP Raintight QO30MPRO 40 General Purpose QO40MP $ 30.40 44.40 A 36.00 50.00 A 41.60 55.60 A 58.00 80.00 A 72.00 100.00 A 91.00 QOC12PF QOC20PF QOC20PF QOC30MPF QOC30MPTF* QOC30MPF QOC30MPTF* QOC40MPF QOC40MPTF# QOC12PS QOC20PS QOC20PS QOC30MPS QOC30MPS QOC40MPS $ 4.00 4.00 4.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 *f Approved for 3 grounded "B" systems. *TF covers are for flush drywall construction. AType RO Raintight device has threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order size required from Page 15. Above listings meet Federal Specification W-P-115a as Type 1, Class 2. WIRING DIAGRAMS QO20MP QO20M150 QO20M125 Q016P SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT Q012M QQ12P PAGE 5 SQDSLV 000140 . . design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS FOR QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS ENCLOSED BREAKER For use as a separate service entrance main breaker or for circuit dis connect and protection on 120/240 V. ac single phase or 240 V. ac three phase systems. Breakers factory installed and U/L listed for Ser vice Entrance Equipment. No door. System Volt Type Mains age Breaker General Purpose Flush Surface Price Raintight Price 70 Q02100-70F QO2100-70S S 23.40 Q02100-70RO S 28.60 A 01 100 QO2100F QO2100S 23.40 QO2100RO ' 28.60 A 125 Q02125F 002125S 56.80 0O2125RO 82.00 A 150 QO2150F 002150S 56.80 QO2150RO 82.00 A 02 175 Q02175F 002175S 56.80 Q02175RO 82.00 A 240 V. AC Qi 200 ,, Q02200F 225 Q02225F QO2200S Q02225S 70 Q03100-70F 0O3100-70S 100 OO3100F 0O3100S 56.80 56.80 40.00 44.00 QO2200RO Q02225RO QO3100-70RO QO3100RO 82.00 A 82.00 A 45.90 A 49.90 A lr lr ur >1 125 ' Q03125F 150 Q03150F 02 175 Q03175F 200 QO3200F Q03125S QO3150S Q03175S QO3200S 125.80 125.80 125.80 125.80 Q03125RO 0O3150RO 0O3175R QO3200R 153.00 A 153.00A 153.00 153.00 225 Q03225F 0O3225S 125.80 Q03225R 153.00 AType RO Raintight device has threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order size required from Page 15. RISER PANEL EXTENDED SIDE GUTTER Mains Rating Amps. Spaces Max. No. Single Poles Box Only Price 100 6 8 125 12 12 QOB6DWG 16 $ 7.00 QOB12WG 24 j-S/Nl Interior Only QON6DWG QON8WG QON12WG Price $ 5.00 7.00 12.70 Flush Cover With Door QOC6DWGF QOC12WGF 99 Price $ 6.00 7.00 ) QON6DWG l V* 1 QON8WG SPECIFIC APPLICATION Mains 50 60 100 200 Description Water heater device with separate feeds for two 2 pole breakers................................................................... 3 phase 4 wire interior for use with one 3 pole QO breaker -- 1 /*" max. hub............................................ QO interior with flush or surface cover adapter for replacing MB and M08. Includes 4-QO120 breakers................................................................................. 1 0-3W, 200 A main lugs and 100A sub-feed lugs. Space for 8-1 poles or 2-100 Amp. 2 pole Qi or one 4 pole Qi...................................................................... Type Surface Flush Surface Flush Raintight Surface/Flush Surface w/door Flush w/door Raintight Qyin QON12WG Catalog Number Q04WHS Q04WHF QO403S QO403F QO403RO QOA8MBF Q08PES Q08PEF Q08PER0 Price $ 7.30 7.30 8.00 8.00 13.00 A 20.20 21.20 21.20 31.20 A QO403 PAGE 6 QQ4WH Q08PE SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT QOB6DWG with QOC60WGF Installed QOA8MBF Adaptor for MB and MO-8 Load Centers I1 / SQDSLV 000141 Q020-608S Sub-feed wiring on split bus QO load centers Q024-40M200 with QOC-24-40MS Installed Grounding Bars design leadership . . QO LOAD CENTERS FOR QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS (Parallel Mains) 6 Circuit Sub-Division Rule Maximum Number Poles Mains Rating Amperes 125 Main Section--2 Pole Lighting Section--1 Pole Spaces Useable Spaces Max. 1-P 21 4 8 125 3 2 6 12 150 3 2 6 12 125 4 3 6 12 150 4 3 6 12 , 125 4 3 8 14 150 4 3 8 14 125 4 3 12 14 125 6 5 8 14 150 6 5 8 14 200 6 5 8 14 125 6 5 10 10 200 6 + 4 10 20 150 6 4 12 22 200 6 4 12 22 150 6 5 14 14 200 6 5 14 14 150 6 4 18 26 200 6 4 18 28 200 *2 24 40 200 6 3 30 30 SPLIT BUS 1 PHASE - 3 WIRE Type Enclosure Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Raintight Indoor Indoor Box, Interior and Cover with Door QO8-204S/F QO8-204RO QO12-306S/F QO12-306RO QO12-306HS/F QO12-306HRO Q014-406S/F QO14-406RO QO14-406HS/F QO14-406HRO QO16-408S/F QOI6-408 RO QO16-408HS/F . QO16-408HRO QO20-412S/F QO20-412RO Q020-608S/F QO20-608RO Q020-608HS/F QO20-608HRO Q020-608H AS/F QO20-608HARO QO22-410WHS/F QO22-410WH RO QO22-510S/F QO22-510RO Q024-612S/F Q024-612R0 Q024-612AS/F Q024-612AR0 Q026-614S/F Q026-614RO Q026-614AS/F Q026-614AR0 Q O30-618S/F QO30-618RO QO30-618AS/F QO30-618ARO 4;Q032-224S/F QO42-630S/F Price (Breakers Not Included) $11.20 19.20 16.80 26.80 21.80 31.80 19.60 29.60 24.60 34.60 A 22.40 32.40 27.40 37.40 A. 28.00 38.00 A 28.00 38.00 A 33.00 43.00 A 38.00 48.00 A 30.80 40.80 A 42.80 54.80 A 33.60 45.60 A 38.00 50.00 A 36.40 48.40 A 41.40 53.40 42.00 54.00 A 47.00 59.00 A 68.80 58.80 CSpace for independently fed sealable water beater circuits. 4:Two Q1-2100 Main Disconnect Breakers Factory Installed. Cover included with Device. Use F (Flush) or S (Surface) Suffix. . .. ic AType RO Raintight device has threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order size required from page 15. MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER --COMMON TRIP 4 POLE Mains Rating Amps. 150A. Breaker 200A. Breaker 200A. Breaker 200A. Breaker Spaces 16 16 24 40 Max. No. Single Poles 28 20 40 40 Type of Enclosure General Purpose General Purpose General Purpose General Purpose Refer to Page 8 for wiring diagrams. BASIC DEVICE--BOX & INTERIOR ONLY Cat. No. Price QOI 6-28 Ml 50 5 55.00 Q016-20SM200 55.00 Q024-40M200 64.20 Q040-40M200 91.00 COVER WITH DOOR (ORDER SEPARATELY) Flush QOC16-28MF Surface Price QOC16-28 MS $ 7.40 QOC16-28MF QOC16-28MS 7.40 QOC24-40MF QOC24-40MS 9.40 QOC40-4QMF QOC40-40MS Grounding bars for use with Type NM cable with ground wire are available in kit form for QO and FSP load centers. Each kit includes an aluminum grounding bar, two self-tapping mounting screws, and instructions for proper field mounting. Description 5 terminal grounding bar........ ....................................... 7 terminal grounding bar................................................ 11 terminal grounding bar................................................ Catalog Number PK5GT PK7GT PK11GT $ GROUNDING BARS Price $ -80 .90 1.10 SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT PAGE 7 SQDSLV 000142 design leadership QO LOAD CENTER DIAGRAMS SPLIT BUS -- SERVICE ENTRANCE PAGE 8 0) ! i' D SQD SLV_000143 QF Fusible Plug-In Units for QO Load Centers QF fusible plug-in units plug into tFie same space as QO Circuit Breakers. Devices listed on the following pages accept both fusible and breaker units in identical circuit arrangements. D EXCLUSIVE Q-lite BLOWN FUSE INDICATOR Find the blown fuse at a glance -- even in the dark. Glows when the fuse is blown and the switch is ON. Dark when a good fuse is in place or when the switch is OFF. SWITCHING Now switching for all circuits including 120 volt branches. No hit and miss unscrewing of plug fuses. Positive ON and OFF positions. Fuses mount in pullout head. PREVENTS OVERFUSING A 15 amp. puliouf head will accept 15 amp. fuses. 20 amp. pullout -- nothing higher than 20 amp. fuses. 30 amp. pull out -- nothing higher than 30 amp. fuses. Each base is keyed to accept only its correct head. IN ADDITION, QF . . . Uses the high performance, low cost Type G fuses (formerly Type SC). Can be used anywhere -- even on systems having up to 100,000 ampere short circuit capacity. Has low watt loss which means cooler operation, longer equipment life. * ALL AT A COST COMPARABLE TO ORDINARY FUSIBLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT PAGE 9 SQDSLV 000144 a design leadership Q(TLOAD CENTERS FOR QF FUSIBLE PLUG-IN UNITS OR QO BREAKERS QF PLUG-IN UNITS For Use With Type G (Formerly Type SC) Fuses TANDEM SINGLE POLE 120 V. AC TYPE QF-T Two Single Poles TANDEM TWO POLE 240 V. AC TYPE QF-T Two TwoPoles Ampere Rating TWO POLE 240 V. AC TYPE QF One TwoPole 15 A 20 20 & 20 30 60 Space Req'd. Cat. No. QF1515 QF1520 QF2020 QF3030 HP Rating Std. ^4 % % Price $ 3.00 3.00 3.00 Space Req'd. Cat. No. QF21515 QF21520 QF22020 QF23030 HP Rating Std. Ka- % iy2 Price $ 8.00 8.00 Space Req'd. CatNo. QF230 QF260 HP Rating Std. Price V/2 $ 4.00 4.00 QF PRICE TABLE NOTE: TABLE BELOW INDICATES COMPLETE PRICE OF SINGLE POLE AND TWO POLE CIRCUITS. ADD TOTAL PLUG-IN UNIT PRICE TO DEVICE PRICE. OF PLUG-IN FUSIBLE UNIT PRICES -- DEVICE PRICE NOT INCLUDED No. of 2 Pole 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Number of Single Poles 120 V. AC 2 60 4 8 | 10 ] 12 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 ] 26 28 : 30 32 | 34 j 36 | 38 40 $ 3.00 $ 6.00 $ 9.00 $12.00 $15.00 $18.00 $21.00 $24.00 $27.00 $30.00 $33.00 $36.00 $39.00 $42.00 $45.00 $48.00 $51.00 $54.00 $57.00 $60.00 $ 4.00 7.00 10.00 13.00 16.00 19.00 22.00 25.00 28.00 31.00 34.00 37.00 40.00 43.00 46.00 49.00 S2.00 55.00 58.00 61.00 8.00 11.00 14.00 17.00 20.00 23.00 26.00 29.00 32.00 35.00 38.00 41.00 44.00 47.00 50.00 53.00 56.00 59.00 62.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00 30.00 33.00 36.00 39.00 42.00 45.00 48.00 51.00 54.00 57.00 60.00 63.00 16.00 19.00 22.00 25.00 28.00 31.00 34.00 37.00 40.00 43.00 46.00 49.00 52.00 55.00 58.00 61.00 64.00 20.00 23.00 26.00 29.00 32.00 35.00 38.00 41.00 44.00 47.00 50.00 53.00 56.00 59.00 62.00 65.00 24.00 27.00 30.00 33.00 36.00 39.00 42.00 45.00 48.00 51.00 54.00 57.00 60.00 63.00 66.00 28.00 31.00 34.00 37.00 40.00 43.00 46.00 49.00 52.00 55.00 58.00 61.00 64.0Q 67.00 32.00 35.00 38.00 41.00 44.00 47.00 50.00 53.00 56.00 59.00 62.00 65.00 68.00 WIRING DIAGRAM SYMBOL 1 Space --I 1 h No. of QF Units and/or QO Circuit Breakers 1 Pole Type QO 1 Pole Type QF-T or QO-T 2 Pole Type QF or QO 2 Pole Type QF-T or QO-T 1 1 Space --UZZF 1 QF REPLACEMENT PULLOUT HEADS ONLY Amp. Rating 1 Pole QF-T Cat. No. Price 15 QFH115T $ .50 20 QF H120T .50 30 QFH130T .50 60 2 Pole QF-T Cat. No. Price QFH215T QFH220T QFH230T $1.00 1.00 1.00 2 Pole QF Cat. No. Price QFH230 QFH260 $i.oo 1.00 2 Spaces 1 2 Spaces 1 2 Spaces 11 2 Spaces ^o2 Spaces 1 PAGE 10 SQD SLV Q06D lesi Trim rwi 09 II I____ I I____ I II I S/N| I I QOI6 I I design leadership . . 00 LOAD CENTERS FOR QF FUSIBLE PLUG-IN UNITS OR QO BREAKERS ORDER QF PLUG-IN UNITS & QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS SEPARATLEY FROM PAGES 10 ANO 2 l<t>-3W -- WITH DOOR MAIN LUGS Mains Rating Amps. 100 Spaces 6 Max. No. Single Poles 12 Description Flush Surface Outdoor Basic Device Cat. No. Q06DF Q06DS Q06RO Price $ 7.20 7.20 11.00 a COVER WITH DOOR (ORDER SEPARATELY) Flush j Surface Price Included with Basic Device Flush Q08DF 11.20 125 8 16 Surface Q08DS 11.20 Included with Basic Device Outdoor Q08RO 19.20 A 125 12 24 Indoor Q012 13.80 QOC12F QOC12S $ 3.00 Outdoor Q012R0 26.80 A 150 12 24 Indoor Q012H 17.80 QOC12HF QOC12HS 4.00 Outdoor Q012HRO 31.80 A 200 12 -24 Indoor 0O12HA 22.80 QOC12HF QOC12HS 4.00 Outdoor Q012HARO 36.80 A 125 16 24 indoor 0016 18.40 QOC16F QOC16S 4.00 Outdoor Q016RO 32.40 A 150 16 30 Indoor Q016H 20.00 QOC20HF QOC20HS 7.40 Outdoor Q016HRO 37.40 A 125 20 24 Indoor QO20 24.00 QOC20F QOC20S 4.00 Outdoor QO20RO 38.00 A 150 20 30 Indoor QO20H 25.60 QOC20HF QOC20HS 7.40 Outdoor QO20HRO 45.10 A 200 20 40 Indoor QO20HA 30.60 QOC20HF QOC20HS 7.40 Outdoor QO20HARO 50.10 A AType RO Raintight device has threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order size required from page 15. Mains Rating Amps. 100 125 Spaces 6 8 12 Max. No. Single Poles 12 16 24 Box Only QOB6DWG QOB12WG Price $ 7.00 RISER PANELS -- EXTENDED SIDE GUTTER Interior Only Price QON6DWG QON8WG QON12WG 5 5.00 7.00 12.70 Flush Cover With Door QOC6DWGF Price $ 6.00 QOC12WGF 7.00 Z rrr~rrrrr 99 i: /ZED Q012, Q012H.Q012HA QON12WG Q0 I- I vn 1 Q016H I- -1 II I S/N I QO20 _I rs/rr] QO20H ^SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT PAGE 11 SQDSLV 000146 design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS FOR QF FUSIBLE PLUG-IN UNITS OR QO BREAKERS SINGLE MAIN DISCONNECT MAIN BREAKER OR MAIN PULLOUT INCLUDED. ORDER QF PLUG-IN UNITS& QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1<-3W circuit breaker main disconnect SEPARATELY FROM PAGES 10 AND 2. Mains Rating 100 A. Breaker 100 A. Breaker 100 A. Breaker 100 A. Breaker 125 A. Breaker 150 A. Breaker 200 A. Breaker Spaces Max. Number Single Poles Description Basic Device Cat. No. Price COVER WITH DOOR (ORDER SEPARATELY) Flush Surface 8 16 Indoor 008M $ 25.80 QOC8MF 0OC8MS Outdoor Q08MR0 38.80 12 20 Indoor Q012M 30.40 QOC16MF QOC16MS Outdoor Q012MR0 44.40 14 20 Indoor Q014M 33.20 QOC16MF QOC16MS Outdoor Q014MR0 47.20 16 20 Indoor Q016M 36.00 QOC16MF QOC16MS Outdoor Q016MR0 S0.00A 20 24 Indoor 0020 Ml 25 58.00 QOC20M200F QOC20M200S Outdoor QO20M125RO 80.00 A 20 30 Indoor 0020M150 58.00 QOC20M200F QOC20M200S Outdoor QO20M150RO 80.00 A 20 40 Indoor Q020M200 58.00 QOC20M200F QOC20M 200S Outdoor Q020M200RO 80.00 A Price $ 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10-3W FUSIBLE MAIN DISCONNECT 100 A. 12 20 Indoor Q012P $ 30.40 QOC12PF QOC12PS S 4.00 Pullout Outdoor Q012PR0 44.40 A 200 A. 20 40 Indoor QO20MP 58.00 QOC30MPF QOC30MPS 10.00 Pullout Outdoor QO20MPRO 80.00 A AType RO Raintight device has threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order size required from page 15. Q012M with QF Units Q012P with QO Breakers WIRING DIAGRAMS QOBM Q012P&Q012M QOI4M 1 j I PAGE 12 QO20M125 Q020MI50 SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT QO20MP & Q020M200 5 I SQD SLV000147 design leadership QO LOAD CENTERS FOR QF FUSIBLE PLUG-IN UNITS OR QO BREAKERS ORDER QF PLUG-IN UNITS & QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS SEPARATELY FROM PAGES 10 AND 2 10-3W -- PARALLEL MAIN 6 CIRCUIT SUB-DIVISION RULE SPLIT BUS Mains Rating Amps. MAIN SECTION Spaces Useable LIGHTING SECTION Spaces Max. One Poles Type Enclosure Box, Interior and Cover .with Door Price Flush QO8-204F $ 11.20 125 4 2 4 8 Surface QO8-204S 11.20 Raintight QO8-204RO A 19.20 Flush QO12-306F 16.80 125 6 4 6 12 Surface QO12-306S 16.80 Raintight QO12-306RO A 26.80 Flush QO12-306HF 21.80 150 6 4 6 12 Surface QO12-306HS 21.80 Raintight QO12-306HROA 31.80 Flush QQ14-406F 19.60 125 8 6 6 12 Surface QO14-406S 19.60 Raintight QO14-406RO A 29.60 Flush QOI4-406 HF 24.60 150 8 6 6 12 Surface QO14-406HS 24.60 Raintight QO14-406HRO A 34.60 Flush QO16-408F 22.40 125 8 6 8 14 Surface QO16-408S 22.40 Raintight QO16-408RO A 32.40 Flush QO16-408HF 27.40 150 8 6 8 14 Surface QO16-408HS 27.40 Raintight QOl 6-408H RO A 37.40 125 12 10 Flush Q020-608F 28.00 8 14 Surface Q020-608S 28.00 Raintight QO20-608RO A 38.00 Flush OO22-510F *42.80 200 12 * 8 10 20 Surface QO22-510S *42.80 Raintight 0022-51ORO A *54.80 ^Includes 100 Amp. Lighting Main Breaker. ORDER QF PLUG-IN UNITS & QO CIRCUIT BREAKERS SEPARATELY FROM PAGES 10 AND 2 RAINTIGHT DISCONNECT Raintight Mains (Order Hub Separately) Rating Spaces Amperes Cat. No. Price Max. Hub % 40 2 Q02R0 a $ 9.00 l!4 70 2 Q02ARO A 10.00 IK QO2R0 Q02AR0 AType RO Raintight device has threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order size required from page 15. SCHEDULE B DISCOU PAGE 13 SQDSLV 000148 design leadership 00 LOAD CENTERS--ENCLOSURE DATA INDOOR ENCLOSURES s 1 i \ \ \ Catalog Number Dimensions in Ins. HWD Q02RO, 2ARO..................................... QO403RO............................................... Q06R0.................................................... OOflRO Q012RO, 412RO, 8MRO, 8-204RO, 12-306RO...................... Q012HR0, 12HARO, 412HARO 12-306HRO....................................... Q08PER0, 16RO, 20RO, 420RO 9% x 4% x 4 10% x 7% x 4!/ 10% x 7% x 4% 12% x 8% x 4</t 15% x 11% x 4% 18'M6x 12% x4% 18% x 11% x 4% Catalog Number Q012MRO, 14MRO, 16MRO, 20MRO, 12PRO, 14-406 RO, 14-406 HRO, 16-408 RO, 20-412RO, 20-608RO Q016HRO, 20HRO, 20HARO 30RO, 430RO, 20M125RO, 20M150RO, 20M200RO, 20-608HRO, 20-608HARO, 22-410WHRO, 22-510RO PAGE 14 Dimensionsin Ins. HWD 18% x 11% x 4% 26% x 12% x 4% Catalog Number Dimensions in Ins. 0 1 Q024-612RO, 24-612ARO, 28-614RO, 26-614ARO, 30-618 RO, 30-618ARO 26% x 12% x 4% QO30M150RO, 30M200RO, 430M125RO, 430M150RO, 430M200RO 30% x 12ft x 4% V 0O40M200RO................... . . 34% x 12% x 4% Q016PRO, 20PRO.......................... 20% x 11% x 4% 0O20MPRO, 30MPRO................ 35% x 14% x 4% SQDSLV 000149 design leadership . . FUSIBLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT PULLOUT ONLY MAINS HP RATING8 GENERAL PURP08E RAINTIGHT (Order Hub Separately) . System Rating Std. Max. Surface Flush Price Cat. No. A Price Max. Hub 10-3W* 30 60 100 200 m 3 FS230S FS230F $12.00 FS230RO $13.10 1/4' 3 10 FS260S FS260F 12.00 FS260RO 13.10 1/4' 754 15 FS2100S FS2100F 30.00 FS2100RO 35.00 2 ' FS2200S FS2200F 65.00 FS2200RO 88.00 2/2' 30 3 7/2 FS330S FS330F 14.40 FS330RO 20.90 1/4' 30-4W 60 7/2 10 FS360S FS360F 22.80 FS360RO 32.00 154' 200 FS3200S FS3200F 89.00 FS3200RO 107.00 2/2' Approved for Delta grounded B phase systems. 3<D 3 W. Two fuses only. AType RO raintight devices have threaded opening for interchange hub or closing cap. Order separately from table below. Dimensions on page 18 FUSE CABINETS No. Branches Lug Mains Amp. Size Weight Box Dimensions Hgt. Width Depth 1 Phase -- 3 Wire Flush Cat. No. Surface Cat. No. Price 2 30 8-14 5 6% 6% 2'Ms P2F P2S $ 5.70 4 30 8-14 6 6% 6% 2'Ms P4F P4S 7.80 6 45 6-10 10 11/4 754 3Ms P6F P6S 13.10 8 60 4-10 11 13 754 3Ms P8F P8S 17.70 10 60 4-10 16 15% 8% 3Ms PI OF P10S 22.50 12 60 4-10 18 17 8% 3Ms P12F P12S 27.00 For outside dimensions of FLUSH front, add approximately 1J4* to height and width of box. FRONTS: Spring Door Catch FINISH: Blue-gray Enamel. Conduit Endwalls MAINS: 120/240 Volts AC or DC BRANCHES: Single Pole, No Switch, 30 Amp., 120 V. SQUARE D RAINTIGHT enclosures use interchangeable hubs. Thus, a minimum stock of boxes, together with a variety of hubs, can satisfy any customer application. Merely screw the hub into the special threaded opening at the top of the raintight box. The inside of the hub is threaded for conduit. Closing caps may be used to close the threaded opening when no hub is required. Hubs may be added to any device by cutting a hole and locking the hub in place with a locking nut of the size shown. INTERCHANGEABLE HUBS CLOSING CAP Conduit Size... % Hub Cat. No__ HC Price................... $ 2.60 1 HD $ 2.60 1/4 154 HE HG $ 2.60 $ 2.60 2 HH $ 4.40 2/2 HW $ 7.80 Device Rating Cat. No.................. Price...................... 30-100 Amp. CE $ .20 200 Amp. CH S .20 LOCKING NUT Nut Cat. No............. Price.......................... Size Hole--Cut.... NE $ 1.00 1%" NH $ 1.00 2/2' NW $ 1.00 3' PAGE 15 SQDSLV 000150 . . . design leadership FSPe FUSIBLE LOAD CENTERS A COMPLETE LINE OF FACTORY ASSEMBLED FUSIBLE DEVICES (Refer to page 1 8) SEPARATELY MERCHANDISED COMPONENTS FSP31243PS FSP30813S Surface or Flush Cover Paraded Main Inferiors Lugs Only Inferiors Order box, interior, plug-in units and cover separately. A minimum number of separate interiors with basic factory in stalled circuits and plug-in spaces provide unlimited flexibility as well as a minimum inventory. Plug-in units are added to fit the job exactly. Future circuits are left blank. PLUG-IN UNITS FSP PLUG-IN UNITS provide wide range of flexibility. FSP fusible load centers contain plug-in space for extra branches to permit expansion into any combination of circuits to meet the job requirements exactly. No excess cost since you pay for addi tional units only when you need them. Two FSP1 30 twin plug fuse sections, occupy the same space as one pullout types FSP230, 260, 230WH, 260WH, 330D, and 3030. FSP360D occupies the same space of three FSP130's. Pictorial labels permanently attached to interior Indicate locations where possible. SINGLE POLE Twin Plugs 120 V. AC TWO POLE CARTRIDGE FUSE PULLOUTS Single Pullout 240 V. AC Tandem Pullout 240 V. AC Water Heater 240 V. AC THREE POLE FUSIBLE PULLOUTS Delta 240 V. AC Delta 240 V. AC \ Amp. Rating % % $ Hp Rating Hp Rating Hp Rating Hp Rating Cat. Cat. Cat. Cat. Cat. Cat. No. Price No. Std. Max. Price No. Std. Max. Price No. Price No. Std. Max. Price No. Std. Max. Price 30 FSP130 $ 4.00 FSP230 i a 3 $ 7.00 FSP3030 w* 3 $14.00 FSP230WH $ 7.00 FSP830D 8 $13.00 60 FSP26Q 8 TV, 7.0Q FSP260WH 7.00 FSP360D 10 $13.00 FSP-263AL re LO FSP-1CP Parts kit to convert 60 A. putlouts to accept std. N.E.C. 30 A. cart, fuses...................... .. Closure plate................................... . . . . . .. $1.20 .20 PARALLEL-RAINTIGHT Device Complete with NEMA 3R Raintight Enclosure A Mains Wiring Diagrams Catalog Number SPECIFIC APPLICATION DEVICES Included Additional Space Price 200 A. c-*~i T U9-4 IT --1-- (L 11 H-- 6m FSP-2100-1RO FSP-2100-2RO 2-100 A. Main Pullouts 1-30 or 60 A. Main Pullout 2-30 or 60 A. Main Pullout $94.40 97.60 AType RO raintight boxes have threaded openings for interchangeable hubs. Order separately from Page 15. NO PLUG-IN MISTAKES You cannot plug-in plug fuse sections In spots reserved for main disconnect pullouts. A rejection barrier interferes with plug fuse sections while permit ting 30 ampere or 60 ampere pull outs to clear. Pictorial labels perma nently attached to the interior make It simple to get the correct units in the correct spaces. PAGE 16 SCHEDULE C DISCOUNT SQD SLV m design leadership . . . FSP FUSIBLE LOAD CENTERS SERVICE -- 120/240 Volts AC. SELECT PLUG-IN UNITS SEPARATELY FROM PAGE IS FSP COMPONENTS -- ORDER SEPARATELY SINGLE MAIN Mains Wiring Diagram INTERIOR ONLY Cat. No. Included Add'l Space Price BOX ONLY Cat. No. Price INDOOR COVER ONLY Surface Flush Price 60 A. 100 A. tsJ H$A0 JWl"1j Ow 8 8 8 8 D>Q FSP4-112 FSP-120M 1-60 A. Main 4-Plugs 8 Plugs f $ 8.50 100 A. Main 60 A. Branch Plugs 12 Plugs Indoor FSB-4 $ 3.00 Raintight A FSB-4RO Indoor FSB-8M Raintight A FSB-8MRO 16.00 6.00 FSC-4S $ 3.00 FSC-8MF 7.50 100 A. 200 A. FSP-320M U------ FSPAon >4 I 1-310 0 0 fl R1 0 W ^4 3 bibiidbiayMSSB Indoor FSP-28M Raintight A FSP-28MRO I ?H.. I X yl * ;< t-4 i; :i Jg A vt FSP-40M -100 A. Main -60 A. 30 A. Branch -Plugs 1-30 A. * or 60 A. Branch 12 Plugs 44.50 -200 A. 28 Plugs f Main 36.00 71.00 -200 A. 40 Plugs Main 38.00 Indoor FSB-8M Raintight A FSB-8MRO Box Included With Interior Box Included With Interior 6.00 23.50 FSC-8MS FSC-28MS FSC-40MS FSC-8MF FSC-28MF FSC-40MF 7.50 10.00 PARALLEL MAIN 125 A. FSP4-112L 1 -60 A. Pullout d 4 Plugs 8 Plugs f $11.00 Indoor FSB-4 Raintight A FSB-4RO $ 3.00 16.00 FSC-4LS FSC-4LF 125 A. FSP6-120L 1-60 A. Pullout d 8 Plugs 12 Plugs t 18.00 Indoor FSB-6 Raintight A FSB-6RO $ 4.00 18.00 FSC-6LS AType RO raintight boxes have threaded openings for interchangeable hubs. Order separately Page 15. If 30A. branches are added to the additional space the No. of 30A. 240 V. circuits can be doubled by the use of the Tandem pullout FSP 3030. i"Four plug fuses can be replaced by one 240 V. plug-in unit FSP230, FSP260, or Tandem 30A. unit FSP3030. $ 3.00 SCHEDULE C DISCOUNT PAGE 17 SQDSLV 000152 design leadership FUSIBLE SERVICE EQUIPMENT MAIN & RANGE This is factory assembled equipment providing only the circuits shown, no space is provided for additional circuits, t Fusible Service Entrance Equipment having pullout type disconnect and plug fuse branches. 120 volt and 120/240 volt ac 1<-3 wire systems. MAINS Rating j Pullouts BRANCHES Pullouts j Plugs GENERAL PURPOSE Cat. No. j Price RAINTIGHT Cat. No. | Price SINGLE MAIN PULLOUT 60 A. 1-60 A. 1-60 A. 100 A. 1-100 A. 4 M4F or S 6 M6F or S 8 M8F or S 4 M R4F or S 1-60 A. 6 FSP33782F or S 8 FSP33982F or S 8 FSP30813F or S 1-60 A. 10 FSP31013F or S 12 FSP31213F or S 8 FSP30823F or S 10 FSP31023F or S 2-60 A. 12 FSP31223F or S 16 FSP31623F or S 8 FSP30853F or S 10 FSP31053F or S 1-60 A. 12 FSP31253F or S 1-30 A. 16 FSP31653F or S 20 FSP32053F or S $12.50 18.50 22.50 13.25 23.50 27.50 45.00 49.00 51.00 52.00 56.00 60.00 68.00 52.00 56.00 60.00 68.00 76.00 M4RO A M6RO A M8RO A MR4RO A $ 25.00 30.00 34.00 26.00 Order Separately Merchandised FSP Components From Pages 16 A 17 PARALLEL MAIN PULLOUTS 100 A. 4 LR4F or S $13.25 LR4RO A | % 26.00 120 A. 125 A. 2-60 A. 2-60 A. 1-30 A. 2-60 A. 2-30 A. 6 FSP33783PF or S 23.50 8 FSP33983PF or S 27.50 4 FSP30453PF or S 31.00 6 FSP30653PF or S 35.00 8 FSP30853PF or S 39.00 8 FSP30843PF or S 47.00 12 FSP31243PF or S 55.00 Order Separately Merchandised FSP Components From Pages 16 A 17 This device has 60 amp. sub-feed Jugs behind lighting or main pullout. f*The FSP devices, FSP33782S, etc. and all raintight devices have insulated groundable neutrals. For in sulated neutrals on indoor M, MR and LR devices add suffix Letter "Z" to the catalog number, such as MR4ZS. AType RO raintight devices have threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order sep arately from table on page 15. DATA and DIMENSIONS Cat. No. FS230F/S FS230RO FS260F/S FS260RO FS330F/S FS330RO FS360F/S FS360RO FS2100F/S FS2100RO FS220OF/S FS2200RO FS3200F/S FS3200RO FSP30453PF/S wt. H ,w D 8 11 % 7% 3Vk 8 10% 7% 3Yk 8 11 % 7% 3Me 8 10|/8 7% 3Ms 9 11'/8 8% 3% 13 12% 8% 4% 9 11 % 8% 3% 13 12% 8% 4% 14 15% 7% 3% 15 151/4 8Yk 4'He 25 22 9% 5% 29 22 9% 5% 31 21 12 4% 36 2! % 12% 5 23 15% 14% 3% Cat. No. FSP30653PS/F FSP30813S/F FSP30823S/F FSP30843PS/F FSP30853S/F FSP30853PS/F FSP31013S/F FSP31023S/F FSP31053S/F FSP31213S/F FSP31223S/F FSP31243PS/F FSP31253S/F FSP31623S/F FSP31653S/F Wt. H w D 24 15% 14% 3% 37 24% 14% 3% 38 24% 14% 3% 25 24% 14% 3% 38 24% 14% 3% 24 15% 14% 3% 37 24% 14% 3% 38 24% 14% 3% 38 24% 14% 3% 38 24% 14% 3% 39 24% 14% 3% 38 15% 14% 3% 40 24% 14% 3% 41 24% 14% 3% 40 24% 14% 3% Cat. No. FSP32053F/S FSP33782F/S FSP33783PF/S FSP33982F/S FSP33983PF/S LR4F/S LR4RO M4F/S M4RO M6F/S M6RO M8F/S M8RO MR4F/S MR4RO Wt. H w D 41 24 % 14% 3% 12 15% 11% 3% 12 15% 11% 3% 13 15% 11 % 3% 13 15% 11% 3% 13 15% 8% 3% 14 17%6 7% 4% 11 15% 8% 3% 13 17%6 7% 4% 12 15% 8% 3% 13 17%6 7% 4% 12 15% 8% 3% 13 17%6 7% 4% 13 15% 8% 3% 14 17%; 7% 4% Indoor Enclosure Interior Catalog Number FSP4-112 A L FSP4-208 FSP6-312 A 120L FSP6-408 FSP6-312H FSP6-408H FSP-120M & 320M FSP8-512H FSP8-512A FSP8-1312 FSP-28M A RO FSP-40M FSP-2100-1 RO, 2RO Main Lugs 1/0-10 1/0-10 2/0-6 1/0-10 300MCM-6 300MCM-6 300MCM-6 250MCM-6 Catalog Number FSB-4 FSB-6 FSB-8 M FSB-8 M-A Box Included with Interior Overall Dimensions H WD 15% 11% 3% 15% 14% 3% 24% 24% 35% 40 14% 14% 14 14 3% 3% 4% 4% Terminal lugs suitable for use with aluminum or copper conductors. Raintight Enclosures Catalog Number Overall Dimensions H wD FSB-4RO fsb-6ro 16% 16% 11 %6 14% 4% 4% FSB-6HR0 fsb-8mro FSB-8-512RO FSB-8-1312RO Box Included with Interior 16% 27% 27% 27% 35% 24M6 14%6 14Ms 14%6 14%6 14% 14% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4%6 4% Plug-in Unit FSP-130 FSP-230 FSP-3030 FSP-230WH FSP-330D FSP-260 * FSP-260WH FSP-360D Load Wire Size 8-14 4-14 PAGE SQD SLV UGC-1 220-QRF With Underground Pull Section Cover Removed Cot. No. 1096MA design leadership METER DEVICES RAINTIGHT COMBINATION SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICE 4 jaw meter socket with AL-CU line lugs and Duncan type sealing ring. Load side of socket wired to main lugs, main pullout or main breaker. Devices with branch circuits accept QO or Q1 plug-in breakers as selected from page 2. NEUTRAL IS INSULATED AND GROUNDABLE. 240 V. AC Max. Non-Circuit Closing Catalog Number Surface Semi-Flush Main Rating jfcType Max. Poles Single Tandem Box Size wH D Max. AHub Price BASIC DEVICES --3 WIRE S/N --NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE -- OVERHEAD SERVICE C12RO C812RO C1212RO C12RF C812RF C1212RF 100 Lugs 100 Lugs 200 Lugs 12 8 12 12 14 2114 5/4 2 " $ 31.70 12 14 21 'A 5/4 2 * 26.70 12 14 30'/4 5/4 2/2' 69.60 C70QRO CIOOQRO C200PRO C70QRF C100QRF C200PRF 70 $C/B 100 *C/B 200 P.O. 0 0 0 0 7% 211/4 5/4 2 ' 33.00 0 7% 211/4 5/4 2 * 37.00 O 1014 3014 514 2/2' 103.00 C610QRO C1014QRO C816QRO C1220QRO C1620QRO C610QRF C1014QRF C816QRF C1220QRF C1620QRF 50 C/B 70 C/B 100 C/B 100 C/B 100 C/B 6 10 8 12 16 1 10 14 16 20 20 14 211/4 5/4 2 ' 14 21/4 514 2 * 14 21/4 61/4 2 * 14 24/4 5/4 2 * 14 2414 5<A 2 # 35.50 44.60 47.00 48.60 54.60 C2030PRO C2440PRO C2030PRF C2440PRF 200 P.O. 200 P.O. 20 24 30 14 401/4 5!4 2/2" 130.50 40 14 401/4 51/4 2/2' 139.20 BASIC DEVICES -- 3 WIRE S/N--NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE -- UNDERGROUND SERVICE UGC-1220-QRF UGC-1620-QRF 100 100 C/B C/B 12 16 20 1414 23/4 5/4 A $ 59.00 20 14l/4 23/4 5/4 A 65.00 Order QO or Q1 Breakers separately from Page 2. AOutdoor devices have threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. Order separately from table on page 15. AStandard hub-nut accepts maximum 2* hub. Specify, if hub-nut for 2*4^ hub is desired. jfcC/B s= Circuit Breaker. P.O. = Fusible Pull-Out. f*Automatic Circuit Closing, (100 A.) add $2.40 list, (200 A.) add $4.00 list. 5th Jaw Kit -- (100 A.) SG66 $1.10 list; (200 A.) MSA-2U $2.00 list. Order separately. Field installable in right, left or low er position. :Type Q1L main breaker. SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT METER SOCKETS--OVERHEAD COMMERCIAL AND UNDERGROUND RESIDENTIAL SERVICES Meter socket with Duncan type sealing ring for application on services requiring special provisions such as: perch for utility test switch, space to accommodate bussed current transformer base and factory installed by-pass harness. Service Type Service Maximum Conduit Enters Amps. Wire Meter Jaws IndoorSurface Cat. No. Price AOutdoorSurface Cat. No. Price AOutdoor Semi-Flush Dimen sions Up 3 W. Under ground 709MA $26.00 l</> 3 W. Resid. Under ground 200 3/0 I196R04 $68.35 30 1096MA4 19.00 1096R04 4H 103 W. Comm. 120/240 V. Over head 200 3/0 1152MA5 1196R04 1152R05 1196RF4 99.00 $60.60 30 103 W. 120/208 V. Comm. Over head 100 200 3/0 400 500 MCM 1096MA5 U52MA5 20.20 1096RO5 1196R05 103.00 1152R05 60.36 1196RF5 62.60 Wz 30 42 30 3 W. 240 V. or 480 V. Comm. Over head 200 3/0 400 500 MCM 1096MA5 1152MA8 20.20 1096RO5 1196R05 60.35 1196RF5 110.00 1152R08 106.00 62.60 4Vz 42 100 1096MA7 26.00 1096R07 _4V4 304 W. Comm, 120/208 V. Over head 200 3/0 400 500 MCM 1207RO 70.40 1207RF 180.00 72.66 6 With removable test switch perch. With removable test switch perch and studs to accommodate bussed C/T base (Order bussed C/T base separately). 1152 RO requires bolt-on hub -- See page 20. For internal type manual by-pass add suffix -M; add $6.00 list for 100 A. and $10.00 list for 200 A. Bussed C/T base for two C/T's Cat. No. 1180-L, $18.00 list. ^ AOutdoor devices (except 1152RO) require threaded hub--See page 15. *0rder by description. 5th Jaw Kit -- (100 A.) SG66 $1.10 list; (200 A.) MSA-2U $2.00 list. Order separately. SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT PAGE 19 SQDSLV 000154 . . design leadership EZ nck A completely self-contained meter-center with a unique removable interior assembly. Serves up to six apartments. 4 jaws are mounted on an indestructible base of polyester glass fiber. Provisions at 6 and 9 o'clock for potential 5th jaw. Rigid bussed throughout; no interconnections required. Service connects to top, bottom or side; load conduits connect to top, bottom, sides and back. External mounting provisions. ^Interior removes as a complete assembly. Retained by one cap tive fastener for convenience. Removed interior assembly speeds attaching conduits and pulling wires. Meter jaws and other parts are protected from weather and construction hazards. Supplied with snap-type seal rings. Lockoff and sealing provisions for each branch main breaker. Code-gauge steel finished bluegray baked enamel. U/L approved. INDOOR INDOOR --1</>3 W. --100 A. METER SOCKETS No. of Meters Mains Rating Max. I Branch Rating Catalog Number Price Line Lugs Per Phase AL/CU 3 225 A. 100 A. UEZ134 $ 90. (1) 300MCM 225 A. 100 A. 4 400 A. 100 A. UEZ 144 UEZ145 106. 110. (1) 300MCM (1) 600MCM or (2) 400MCM 225 A. 70 A. 5 400 A. 100 A. UEZ154 UEZ155 136. 140. (1) 300MCM (1) 600MCM or (2) 400MCM 400 A. 100 A. 6 600 A. 100 A. UEZ165 UEZ166 170. (1) 600MCM or (2) 400MCM 180. (1) 600MCM or (2) 400MCM Plug-i n base for two-pole Type QO or Q1 breaker, Ordei breakers separately from Page 2. Dimensions (Inches) WHO 14fc x33>5 x 5 28% x 24% x 5 28fc x 33Vz x 5 l(j) 3 W. -- 125A150A METER SOCKETS No. of Meters Mains Rating Max.A Branch Rating 400 A. 125 A. 400 A. 150 A. 400 A. 125 A. 400 A. 150 A. 400 A. 125 A. 400 A. 150 A. 600 A. 125 A. 600 A. 150 A. 600 A. 125 A. 600 A. 150 A. Catalog Number UEZ535-125 UEZ535-150 UEZ545-125 UEZ545-150 UEZ555-125 UEZ555-150 UEZ556-125 UEZ556-150 UEZ566-125 UEZ566-150 Price $242. Line Lugs Per Phase al/cu Dimensions (Inches) |"w h r 18% x 42 x 5 320. 386. 32%x31%x6`/. (1) 600MCM or (2) 400MCM 406. 32*4x42 x6V4 488. Alncludes factory installed two-pole Type 02 breaker. Indoor -- Surface Mounting Cat. No. UEZ 166 ACCESSORIES Description Cat. No. 5th jaw kits include neutral terminal bar, mtg. hardware and instructions: 6 -- Unit Devices......................................................... SG109-2 SG109-3 SG109-4 SG109-5 SG109-6 Glass meter socket cover plate........................................ 29007 Automatic circuit-closing (factory installed).............. Add "C" to Cat. No. i.e., UEZ166C Keeper terminal (factory installed)............................... Order by description Terminal bar for attaching bonding conductor to enclosure: (One bar for 2 and 3 unit devices)............................ (Two bars for 4, 5 and 6 unit devices) PK5GT Price $3.50 4.50 5.50 6.50 7.50 .80 Add $2.40 per socket Add $1.10 per Socket .80 INTERCHANGEABLE HUBS For Top Endwall of Devices with RO Suffix For UEZ124RO UEZ134RO (Threaded) Cat. No. Price 1/2" HG $2.60 Conduit Size 2" 2/2' HH HW * $4.40 $7.80 All Other -RO Devices (Bolt-On) Cat. No. Price HH5 $4.40 HJ5 $7.80 3" HK5 $7.80 PAGE 20 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT )A 5 l design leadership . . . UNITIZED C K TM Outdoor -- Semi/Flush Mounting UEZ134RF Individual breaker covers on outdoor devices can be padlocked and,/or sealed 10 3 W.--100 A. METER SOCKETS -- SURFACE and SEMI/FLUSH MOUNTING OUTDOOR Surface Mounting $ Semi/Flush Mounting No. of Meters 2 3 Mains Rating 200 A. 225 A. Max. Branch Rating 100 A. 100 A. Catalog Number UEZ124-RO UEZ134-RO Price $ 7. 96. Dimensions (Inches) WH D 14*4x33VS x5 Catalog Number UEZ124RF UEZ134RF Price $ 80. 110. Dimensions (Inches) WHO Line Lugs Per Phase AL/CU 17`/4*35J/.x5Vt (1)300MCM 225 A. UEZ144-RO 120. UEZI44RF 4 100 A. 28*4x24*4x5 400 A. UEZ145-RO 130. UEZI45RF (86. 146. 31*4x27 x6V4 (1)300MCM (1) 600MCM or (2)400MCM 225 A. 70 A. UEZ154-RO 165. UEZ154RF 5 400 A. 100 A. UEZ155-RO 165. UEZ155RF 28V4x33!4x5 400 A. UEZ165-RO 186. UEZ165RF 6 100 A. 600 A. {-UEZ166-RO 200. UEZ166RF 170. 180. 200. 216. 31ttx35Mx6!4 10 3 W. -- 125 A./ISO A. METER SOCKETS -- SURFACE and SEMI/FLUSH MOUNTING Surface Mounting $ Semi/Flush Mounting (1)300MCM (1)600MCM or (2) 400MCM No. of Meters 2 3 Mains Rating 225 A. 400 A. Max. Branch RatingA 125 A. 150 A. 125 A. 150 A. Catalog Number UEZ524RO-125 UEZ524RO-150 UEZ535RO-125 UEZ535RO-150 Price $186. 806. Dimensions (Inches) WHD 18*4x42 x 5 Catalog Number UEZ524RF-125 UEZ524RF-150 UEZ535RF-125 UEZ535RF-150 Price Dimensions (Inches) WH D Line Lugs Per Phase AL/CU $196. 320. (1)300MCM 21>/<x44`/4x6>/, 125 A. fUEZ545RO-I25 UEZ545RF-125 4 400 A. 330. 32*4x31*4x6*/4 850. 3554x3314x654 150 A. tUEZ545RO-150 UEZ545RF-150 (1) 600 MCM or (2) 400MCM 125 A. TUEZ555RO-125 UEZ555RF-125 400 A. 400. 420. 150 A. tUEZ555RO-150 UEZ555RF-150 5 32*4x42 x 6*4 35V* x44V4 x654 125 A. *f*UEZ556RO-125 UEZ556RF-125 600 A. 420. 436. 150 A. tUEZ556RO-150 UEZ556RF-150 125 A. tUEZ566R0-125 6 600 A. 504. 150 A. f UEZ566RO-150 UEZ566RF-125 UEZ566RF-150 520. Plug-in base for two-pole Type QO or Q1 breaker. Order breakers separately from Page 2. Alncludes factory installed two-pole Type Q2 breaker. ^Outdoor -- surface mounted devices are furnished with a closing cap and require interchangeable hub. *f*Top endwall has provisions for two bolt-on interchangeable hubs. See page 20. SCHEMJIL A DISCOUNT CUSTOMIZED E-Z STACK METERING SWITCHBOARDS Double Row Construction FREE STANDING -- COMPLETELY FACTORY ASSEMBLED Flexibility -- A wide variety of standard metering components available including 100 and 200 Amp. sockets, 4, 5, and 7 jaw, with circuit breaker discon nects for 1 <f> 3 W. 120/240 V. and 3<f>, 4 W. 120/208 V. services. Individual sections with main bussing up to 2000 amps., Multi-sections bussed to 4000 amps. Main breakers, switches and other switchboard components can be incorporated in the metering center. Economy -- application engineered, free-standing, factory assembled for minimum jobsite installation cost. Price and descriptive information available from your local field engineer. Single Row Construction PAGE 21 SQDSLV 000156 . . design leadership COMPACT E VERSATILE R T COMPONENTS PRE-ASSEMBLED I cK C U/L LISTED L Compact design of Vertical E-Z Stack makes the best use of available wall space. Pre-assembled components are easy to transport on the job site through narrow doorways, up stairs or in the restricted confines of narrow meter rooms. Far superior to bulky factory-assembled meter centers. Components interconnect with bus kits (provided). No internal cable is required. Rugged design and rigid bussing provides mechanical strength for services having high faultcurrent availability. Vertical E-Z Stack can be fed directly by 1-Line Riser Duct for efficient distribution in high-rise buildings. Consult your Square D field engineer for additional details. Meter devices with 100A, 125A, or 150A branches can be readily intermixed in a Vertical E-Z Stack assembly. Internal cross bussing permits random top or bottom loads without the expense and wall space of a transition section. . SPECIFICATIONS: SERVICE: 120/240V 10 3W or 120/208V 30 4W. SOCKETS: 4-jaw for 10 3W service, 5-jaw for 3 Wire net work meters on 3 phase-4 W service. Snap-type sealing ring included. BREAKERS: Two-pole with individual branch neutral. 100A branches have plug-in base for QO or Q1; Type Q2 breaker factory installed in 125A and 150A branches. ENCLOSURE: Indoor, surface mounting. LINE LUGS IN MAIN DEVICES Maximum Wire Size Per Phase Rating Terminal Boxes Fuse Switches 200A 400-600A 800A 1000 A 1200 A (1) 300 MCM Al/Cu (2) 500 MCM Al/Cu (3) 600 MCM Al/Cu (1) 300 MCM Al/Cu (2) 500 MCM Al/Cu Circuit Breakers (1) 300 MCM Al/Cu (2) 500 MCM Al/Cu (3) 400 MCM Al/Cu (3) 500 MCM Al/Cu (4) 500 MCM Al/Cu MAIN DEVICES MAIN Incoming Service Enters: TERM INAL BOX TOP BOTTOM FUSIBLE TOP SWITCH BOTTOM CIRCUIT TOP or BREAKER BOTTOM C200A C400A 10 3W 30 4W 10 3W 30 4W $ 26. $ 28. 42. 49. 77. T 109. *t 103. t $ 201. 141. * + 254. * $ 242. 306. * 160. 200. 388. 460. 600A 10 3W 30 4W $ 43. $ 47. 63. 75. 384. 438. 448. * 515. 4= 581. 718. Alncludes 600A cross bus for attaching meter devices to both the left and right sides, e Includes cross bus for attaching meter devices to either left or right side. Specify on order. ^Includes EZUG Underground Terminal Box. + 200A Pull-Out. A800A 10 3W 30 4W 842. 1039. A1000A 10 3W 30 4W A1200A 10 3W 30 4W $ 234. $ 288. 234. 288. 1070. 1215. 1598. 1786. METERED BRANCHES * -- NON CIRCUIT CLOSING -- (Includes Interconnecting bus) Main Device Rating Service 100A Meter Sockets (Breakers not included) 8J4" Centers 10" Centers 125/150A Meter Sockets (Includes Q2 branch breakers) Meters on 8J4" vertical and 10" horizontal centers. 200A 10 3W A3 <p 4W $ 30.00 30.50 $ 31.50 32.00 Over 200A 10 3 W A3<p 4W 31.00 31.50 32.00 32.50 $100.00 101.00 *100A is maximum four-high; 125A and 150A is maximum three-high. A5th jaw included for 3-wire network meters on 3 phase--4 wire 120/208 V AC services. SPECIAL FEATURES Modifications and Accessories: Manual by-pass. . .per socket.......................... Auto circuit-closing. . .per socket................... Keeper-terminal. . .per socket......................... Anti-shorting protector. . .per socket........... Glass socket-cover plate..................................... 200A House Panel with 2-pole Q2 breaker: with perch for utility test-switch................ with internal, manual by-pass..................... $ 15.00 2.40 1.10 .50 .80 170.00 180.00 PRICING AND ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS: Step 1 -- Select main device. Step 2 -- Add metered branches. Step 3 -- Add special features: by-pass, accessory barriers, etc. Step 4 -- For 15A thru 100A branches, select and add 2-pole Type QO or Q1 breakers from page 2. Note: Type Q2 2-pole breakers are included in 125A and 150A branches. Step 5-- Include sketch showing location of incoming service and arrangement of metered branches. Example: 18 unit 120/240V 10-3W overhead, 600A main breaker, branches: 16-100A and 2-60A. 1 -- 600A main breaker $581.00 18 -- 100A metered branches . .$30.00 540.00 16 -- Q12100 circuit breakers . .$17.60 281.60 2 -- QO260 circuit breakers . . $6.40 12.80 Total $1,415.40 For devices and special features not listed contact your local Field Engineer. PAGE 22 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT i i \ i f I i SQDSLV 000157 design leadership METER SOCKETS Cat. No. M24RO with 5th Jaw MS5RH200 with Cover Removed Cat. No. OS-1MA SEALING RING INCLUDED t NON-CIRCUIT CLOSING TYPE U/L Listed 100 AMPERE Raintight--Code gauge galvannealed steel with permanently attached hubs, baked on blue-gray enamel finish. Neutral lugs are permanently attached to the box for positive bonding. Terminals--100 amp. max. capacity, tin plated, lay-in type, size 0-10 awg. Fifth and sixth jaw can be added in the field. Catalog Number SO-4 SO-4D SO-4E SO-4G SO-4H SO-5T No. of Jaws Hub Size 4 Blank 4 1* 4 VA" 4 V/2* 4 2* 5th or 6th Jaw Only t Price $ 6.50 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 .80 Dimension s WH D 7 SMe" 3" Weatherproof--water-tight die cast enclosure made from super dense aluminum alloy. Conforms to EEINEMA standards. Terminals--14 to 1 wire. Neutral--2 #1 wire. Porcelain base. Fifth jaw can be added when required. Finish- Blue-. gray enamel. Standard package 20. CATALOG NUMBERS Without Breakout With Breakout With Hub in Back MSP4D2A MSP4E2A MSA1 MSP4D2-BA MSP4D2-HA MSP4E2-BA MSP4E2-H A MSP4D3-BA MSP4E3-BA 5th Ja w Only No. of Jaws 4 4 4 4 No. of Conduit Open ings Size of Conduit Open ings Price 2 1 ' $ 6.00 2 VA* 6.00 3 1' 6.40 3 1J4" 6.40 .80 Provided with two threaded-conduit hubs. One in end and one in back. *f*Price includes Duncan type sealing ring furnished with each device. See accessory table for other type sealing rings. SEALING RING INCLUDED f U/L Listed 200 AMPERE Number of Jaws 4$ Type Enclosure Surface Semi-flush Semi-flush Semi-flush Non-Circuit Closing Automatic Circuit Closing Application Catalog Number t Price Catalog Number t Price Wall or Pole Stucco Wood Brick M24RO M24RF M24WF *M24WF A$38.30 41.30 41.30 * 41.30 M24CRO A $42.30 M24CRF 45.30 M24CWF 45.30 *M24CWF * 45.30 Manual Circuit Closing Catalog Number f Price M24MRO AS53.60 Box Size WxHx D 10x17x5I/8 Surface Wall or Pole M27RO A $53.50 M27CRO A557.20 M27MRO A102.20 7 Semi-flush Stucco M27RF 56.50 M27CRF 59.10 Semi-flush Wood M27WF 56.50 M27CWF 59.10 Semi-flush Brick *M27WF * 56.50 *M27CWF * 59.10 A Uses Interchangeable Hubs. Select and add from Hub Table Page 15. $5th Jaw -- Cat. No. MSA-2U $2.00 list. fPrice includes Duncan Type Sealing Ring. Select and add for brick veneer adaptor -- BVA-3 (13%x19x1 y2) or B VA-3T (16x19x1 y2) both $7.60 list. Dimensions shown are for non-circuit and automatic types. Manual type 10x22x5|/fe. Connecting link type. RINGLESS MANUAL BY-PASS CIRCUIT CLOSING 10x17x5{/8 U/L Listed Raintight--Galvannealed steel with permanently attached hubs. Sealable rubber gasketed ringless cover design allows removal of cover without re moving meter or interrupting service. Single lev er type manual by-pass circuit closer provides front operation that simultaneously by-passes and releases jaw clamps. Cover cannot be replaced with by-pass energized. Lay-in lugs accept #1-300 MCM CU or AL conductors. A non-tracking trans parent safety shield provides safety during instal lation and testing. No. of Jaws 5 System 1 0, 20 & 30-3 Wire Hub Size 2" 2/2" 7 30-4 Wire m" Catalog Number Price MS5RH200 $49.80 MS5RW200 50.30 Dimensions Wx H x D 10x17x5Me MS7RW200 70.20 10x17x53^ SEALING RING INCLUDED + 100 AMPERE METER TROUGH UNBUSSED Indoor--Surface Mounting Outdoor -- Surface Mounting Meter troughs use 4-jaw porcelain base; individual terminals for each socket take #8 to #1 wire; fifth jaw may be add- ed. Outdoor troughs provided with one threaded opening in top endwall for interchangeable hub--order separately. Vertical Cat. No. Wt. ' Cat. No. Cat. Wt. 1 IS-1MA $12.20 6 OS-1 M A OS-1 M A $12.80 7 2 IS-2MA 23.60 10 OHS-2MA OVS-2MA 25.00 12 3 IS-3MA 34.80 16 OHS-3MA OVS-3MA 36.80 18 4 IS-4MA 46.40 21 OHS-4MA OVS-4MA 48.40 27 tPrice includes Duncan type sealing ring furnished with each device. See accessory table for other type sealing rings. U/L listed. ACCESSORIES Description Trough Cover Plate -- Steel (Not Usable with Socket)......................... Trough Meter Socket Interior 4 Jaws -- With Ring........................ 4 Jaws -- With Ring and Cir cuit Closing Device...................... 5 Jaws -- With Ring....................... 5 Jaws -- With Ring and Cir cuit Closing Device...................... Cat. No. 1068 B1064S B1066S B1065S B1067S Price $ .80 8.70 18.70 10.00 23.00 Description 5th Jaw for B1064S Trough Type Socket.................................... Sealing Plug -- 1 A"..................... ^ Sealing Plug -- V............................ Glass Cover Plate................................ Sealing Rings-- Duncan Type..................................... Westinghouse Type........................ General Electric Type................... Cat. No. 1107 MS125 MS100 29007 29008-D 29008-W 29008-G Price $ 1.10 .50 .40 .80 .60 1.10 1.10 PAGE 23 i i SQDSLV 000158 m . . . design leadership METER EQUIPMENT COMBINATION COMMERCIAL SAFETY SOCKET BOX Common enclosure with meter socket and main disconnect. Has space for utility test blocks or manual by pass (internal type). 4, 5 or 7 jaw meter socket has AL-CU line lugs. All devices are U/l listed. Service 240 V. AC 10 3 W. S/N 30 3 W. 30 4 W. S/N Jaws C4 5 7 Main Amps. tioo 200 100 200 100 200 Indoor -- Surface Cat. No. Price CM4-1QS $ 43.65 CM 5-1 QS 55.80 CM7-1QS 65.80 Non-Circuit Closing ^Outdoor-- Surface Cat. No. Price CM4-1QRO $ 43.65 CM4-2PRO 160.60 CM5-1QRO 55.80 CM5-2PRO 1S6.50 CM7-1QRO 65.80 CM7-2PRO 216.00 ^Outdoor-- Semi-Flush Cat. No. Price CM4-1QRF $ 46.30 CM4-2PRF 165.00 CM5-1QRF CM5-2PRF 58.40 201.20 CM7-1QRF CM7-2PRF 68.40 218.75 Dimensions (Inches) WH D 10 33 4/2 14 48 6 10 33 4/2 14 48 6 10 33 4/2 14 48 6 CTo add 5th clip, use Kit No. SG66 (100 A.) or No. MSA-2U (200 A.). For internal type Manual Circuit Closing, add letter "M" to Cat. No. i.e., CM4-1 MQS. Add $5.00 (100 A.) or $10.00 (200 A.). For automatic circuit closing, use overhead service combination devices listed on page 19. ^Outdoor devices have threaded opening for interchangeable hub or closing cap. f Space for 2 pole QO or Q1 plug-in circuit breaker. Order separately. Space for 3 pole QO or Q1 plug-in circuit breaker. Order separately. Includes fusible pull-out. SERVICEpak1^ Distribution panels with or without self-contained metering provisions de signed specifically for: gasoline service stations, food and beverage establishments, ice cream parlors and other small commercial buildings. Combination panels accommodate top or bottom entering service and have 4-jaw meter socket with metering provisions as noted. Non-combination panels are for installations requiring the meter to be outside the build ing. Indoor surface mounting enclosures have removable bottom plate and are finished white baked enamel. A mechanical interlock is provided to couple the night-light and air-compressor breakers in service station applications. Accessory devices attach to right or left side of combination or non-combination panels by matching knockouts. Furnished less branch breakers. Order QO or Q1 plug-in breakers separately. All devices and accessories are U/L listed. Max. Pofes Mains Rating j Type 1 Phase -- 3 Wire Cat. No. j Price WITHOUT METER PROVISIONS Dimensions W| H | D 30 100 A. 100 A. Lugs Breaker S01-3L SO1-100 $105. 15 150. 15 28 4/2 28 4/2 200 A. Lugs S02-3L 40 200 A. Lugs S02-3LX 200 A. Breaker S02-200 200 A. Breaker S02-200X 130. 155. 165. 180. 18/? 18/2 18/2 18/2 34 34 34 34 6 6 6 6 WITH UTILITY METERING PROVISIONS 100 A. Breaker SSI-100 220. 22 28 4'/? 30 100 A. Breaker SS1-100M 225. 22 28 4/2 100 A. Breaker ST1-100 240., 22 28 4/2 200 A. 200 A. Breaker Breaker SS2-200 SS2-200X 330. 27 355. 27 34 6 34 6 40 200 A. Breaker SS2-200M 340. 27 34 6 200 A. Breaker SS2-200M X 365. 27 34 6 200 A. 200 A. Breaker Breaker ST2-200 ST2-200X 365. 27 390. 27 34 6 34 6 Description With 14 circuit split-bus With 14 circuit split-bus Hot sequence with test switch perch. Hot sequence with internal by-pass Cold sequence with test switch perch Hot sequence with test switch perch Hot sequence with test switch perch and circuit split-bus Hot sequence with internal by-pass Hot sequence with internal bv-oass and circuit split-bus Cold sequence with test switch perch Cold sequence with test switch perch and circuit split-bus. SERVICEpak PANELS painted white baked enamel SOI-100 Panel with SSG-1 Tumbler Gutter ... . * f i^ LI, 4 '' vgiijte. ; -. 'BAB,,, ' (m||^ t ------^ $1$ < && : __ ' : > .r* 1i . ; ~HIIB a. Al * iii umm. `s / ; ACCESSORIES Description Cat. No. TUMBLER SWITCH GUTTER Accommodates T-rated tumbler switches. 12 switch spaces -- 100 A. panels........... 16 switch spaces -- 200 A. panels........... SSG-1 SSG-2 LIGHTING CONTACTOR CABINET Contains one 4-pole Size 1 contactor with space and mounting provisions for one ad ditional contactor............................................... SCC-1 SPARE BOTTOM PLATES For: 100 A. non-combination panels(SOl) 100 A. combination panel (SSI, ST1). ZOO A. non-combination panels(S02) 200 A. combination pan ls(SS2, ST2) SBP0-1 SBP-1 SBP0-2 SBP-2 Price $36.00 40.00 120.00 Description PUMP CONTROLLERS For submersible product systems. 1 relay and 1 pilot light................ 2 relays and 2 pilot lights............ UNDERGROUND SPLICE BOX Sealable box mounts to bottom of 200 A. panels with utility meter provisions. 8" W x 18" H x 6" D................................. 18" W x 24" H x 6" D............................... Cat. No. Price SPC-1 SPC-2 $36. 62. SUG8186 $26. SUG18246 47. 5.00 5.00 5.50 5.50 AIR COMPRESSOR STARTER Manual starter with auxiliary contact for night-light for separate mounting. Class 2510-CG1 Form X2(3 hp 230 V.) Class 2510-CG2 Form X2 (5 hp 230 V.) $36. 47. MODIFICATIONS Add to basic panel Description Suffix No. Price Automatic Circuit Closing: 100 A. Meter Socket........ 200 A. Meter Socket........ $ 2.40 4.00 Manual by-pass (externally operated): 100 A. Meter Socket only....................... 16.00 Split-bus (14 Circuits) 200 A. panel only. Includes molded clear-plastic cover and padlock pro visions for isolating lower 14 circuits. Does not include 2-pole branch main or branch breakers. Order breakers separately. 26.00 SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT * SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 24 SQDSLV 000159 FOR THE FIRST TIME... An Enclosure For Safety Switches That Really Meets Heavy Industry Requirements Square D now offers you the first and only line of NEMA 12 enclosures for safety switches meeting JIC and all other industrial specifications. Here's how it works: unless the lever on the side of a switch is depressed, completely sealing the cover, the switch cannot be operated. These other features make this switch your best buy: JIC and Mill and Foundry requirements are met with one switch. Padlocking provisions are in full view and directly block operation of switch. Easy access is provided with a coin-proof screwdriver slot on front which releases cover when turned. Visible blades . . . you can see you're safe. Fast, one-stroke cover sealing doesn't require a tool . . . takes only seconds. The safety handle is an integral part of the box, not the cover ... up for "ON", down for "OFF". You get all these features at no additional cost. Square D offers the most COMPLETE line of heavy duty safety switches: D PAGE 25 SQDSLV 000160 design leadership GENERAL DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES FUSIBLE General Duty Safety Switches are designed for residential and commercial applications where price is limiting and the service factor not great -- such as lighting, air conditioning and appliance loads. These switches are U/L listed. File E2875 and meet or exceed NEMA KSI-1 957 for Type LD. D-200 and 300 line switches, 60-600 ampere meet WS-865C for Type LD and ND with or without single interlock, as specified in NEMA 1 enclosure and without interlock in NEMA 3R enclosure. 30 ampere switches meet Federal Specifications WS865-C for Type LD switches. SINGLE THROW Amp. Fuse NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. Price NEMA 3R Raintight Cat. No. A Price Max. Hub Size Ins. Horsepower Rating Standard 10 | 30 Maximum 10 | 30 2 WIRE S/N {1 BLADE, 1 FUSE) 120 VOLTS AC !; <1 30 Plug 30 Cart. D111N D121N $ 5.00 5.50 D111NRO $ 11.20 D121NRO 13.10 1'/4 114 Vz Vz 2 2 2 POLE--120/240 VOLTS AC (PLUG) -- 240 VOLTS AC (CART.) (y /f bb <c 11 30 Plug 30 Cart. 60 100 200 400 600 600 D211 D221 D222N D222N D224N D225 *D226 96256 $ 6.20 7.40 14.90 30.00 65.00 157.00 340.00 340.00 D211RO D221 RO D222NRO D223NRO D224NRO $ 12.80 13.10 23.20 35.00 88.00 114 1'/4 m 2 2/2 i/2 1/2 3 7/2 15 .... 3 Wire -- S/N (2 BLADE -- 2 FUSES) 120/240 VOLTS AC (PLUG) --240 VOLTS AC (CART.) / // L Sr 1 C1 C1 L 30 Plug 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 600 D211N D211NWH D221N D222N D223N D224N D225N D226N 97316 $ 6.50 8.90 8.40 14.90 30.00 65.00 183.00 366.00 366.00 D211NRO D221NRO D222NRO D223NRO D224NRO D225NR D226NR 97316R $ 13.10 13.80 23.20 35.00 88.00 248.00 471.00 471.00 m 154 114 1/4 2 214 Z2 I/2 1A 1 1/2 3 3 714 7/2 15 15 25 3 POLE, 120 VOLTS AC (PLUG) -- 240 VOLTS AC (CART.) 111 / // L (t b bp \l \1 \I 30 Plug 30 Cart. 60 100 200 400 600 600 D311 D321 D322 D323 D324 D325 D326 96356 $ 11.20 14.40 22.90 42.00 89.00 196.00 392.00 392.00 D311RO D321RO D322RO D323RO D324RO D325R D326R 96356 R $ 20.40 20.90 32.00 59.00 107.00 253.00 549.00 549.00 in 114 m 2 2 3 11/2 3 7J/2 15 25 50 4 WIRE -- S/N (3 BLADES -- 3 FUSES) -- 240 VOLTS AC (CART.) V 1(/ '(/ cc c 111 I 30 Cart. 60 100 200 400 600 600 D321N D322N D323N D324N D325N D326N 97416 $ 14.40 22.90 42.00 89.00 222.00 418.00 418.00 D321NRO D322NRO D323NRO D324NRO D325NR D326NR 97416R $ 20.90 32.00 59.00 107.00 278.00 574.00 574.00 m 2 2 214 3 3 7/2 15 25 50 4-POLE, 240 VOLTS AC (CART.) 30 D421 $ 20.90 60 D422 39.00 100 D423 90.00 200 D424 151.00 400 D425 268.00 600 D426 535.00 3 7/2 15 30 50 3 3 10 15 2 2 3 10 15 10 10 3 3 7/2 15 30 50 3 7/2 15 25 50 7/2 15 30 50 10 20 30 NOT FUSIBLE 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC 1/ 1. // 30 60 100 200 400 600 Switch DU221RO $ 13.10 DU222RO 26.00 114 1/4 Switch 3 10 15 25 3-POLE, 240 VOLTS AC 30 DU321 S 11.20 DU321RO $ 20.90 114 60 DU322 15.00 DU322RO 32.00 v/4 100 DU323 35.00 DU323RO 59.00 2 200 DU324 65.00 DU324RO 107.00 214 400 DU325 157.00 600 DU326 300.00 600 91356 300.00 3 10 15 10 ^Interchangeable hubs for raintight enclosures. Type RO devices have threaded opening for interchangeable hubs or closing caps. Order hubs or cap separately from table page 15. Old style construction -- not quick-make, quick-break. New compact design -- 600 ampere available August, 1966. 714 15 30 50 50 PAGE 26 SCHEDULE C DISCOUNT D-200 and D-300 Line Enclosure D-300 Line Fusible Interior D-200 Line Fusible Interior Rotor Disc Switch D design leadership GENERAL DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES System ROTOR DISC TYPE Amp. Fuse NEMA 1 Indoor Price FUSIBLE Horsepower Rating Standard 1 <p 1 3<p Maximum 1 <p | 3<p TERMINAL LUG SIZES Ampere Rating 30 60 100 200 200 400 600 Min. Wire 14 14 6 6 4 3/0 3/0 Max. Wire 8 2 1/0 300 MCM 300 MCM 600 MCM 2-600 MCM Lugs are U/L listed for Cu orAI conductors, except as noted. Lugs are U/L listed for Cu only. New style switch with lay-in lugs U/L listed for Cu or Al conductors. *r. % Plei switch has lufls fisted for Cu onfy. 2 WIRE S/N (1 BLADE, 1 FUSE) 120 VOLTS AC 30 Plug T111N 30 Plug T111NWH $ $ 5.00 5.90 % % 2 POLE 120/240 VOLTS AC (PLUG)--240 VOLTS AC (CART.) i/ i/ <? P 30 Plug T211 30 Plug T211WH* 30 Plug T211-2* 30 Plug T211-2WH 30 Cart. T221 $ 6.20 7.40 13.80 16.00 7.40 1/2 1/2 1 Yz 3 WIRE S/N (2 BLADES -- 2 FUSES) 120/240 VOLTS AC (PLUG)--240 VOLTS AC (CART.) 0 1/ I HIS S m CC I 1T 30 Plug T211N $ 6.50 1/2 ____ 30 Plug T211NWH4: 7.70 1/2 ____ 30 Cart. T221N 18.40 1/2 3 $Has dead front shield over interior -- 120 or 120/240 volts AC. ^ Dual water heater switch --two T211s in one box. 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 7/2 APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS Catalog Number D111N D111NRO D121N D121NRO D211 D211 N D211RO D211NRO D211NWH D221 D221 N D221 RO D221NRO D222N D222NRO D223N D223NRO D224N D224NRO D225 D225N D225NR D226 D226N D226NR D311 D311 RO D321 D321N D321 RO D321NRO D322 D322RO D322N D322NRO D323 D323N D323RO D323NRO D324 D324RO D324N D324NRO D325 D325N Wt. 3/4 5 3 5 3 3/2 5 5 3% 3/4 3/4 5 5 9 11 14 16 29 33 0 0 149 200 246 5 7 4/2 4/2 7 6/2 9 11 9 11 14 14 16 16 30 34 30 34 0 0 Overall Dimensions H W W/H D Std. Pack. 7% 9 7% 9 7% 7% 9 9 7% 7% 7% 9 9 11/4 12/46 5/a 5'Me 5/a 5'Me 5% 5/a 5'Me 5'Me 5/a 5/a 5/a 5'Me 5'Me 7% 7% 6Me 6Me 6^6 6Me 6Me 6Me 6Me 6Ms 6Me 6Me 6Ms 6Me 6Me 8 8'Me 4 4Ms 4 4Me 4 4 4Ms 4Me 4 4 4 4Me 4Me 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 15'Ms 15'Ms 20/6 19' Me 28% 8'Me 8'Me 13''/32 13Me 17/4 9/2 10M6 14 14% 19% 5'Ms 5'Me 9 7/a 10Me 1 1 1 1 1 28% 43% 33% 50 52'Ms 17/4 21/2 21 20Me 24% 19% 23'Me 23Me 21'Me 27Me 10Me 14Me 11/2 14/4 17/4 1 1 1 1 1 8% 6% 8 4 9% 7% 8Me 4Me 8/2 6% 7% 4/4 8% 6% 8 4 9% 7% 8Me 4Me 5 5 5 5 5 9% 7% 8Me 47/s 11/4 7% 8 5 1274 7% 8'Me 5 11/. 7% 8 5 12Me 7% 8'Me 5 5 1 1 1 1 15'Ms 15'Me 15'Me 15'Me 20Ms 8'Me 8'Me 8'Me 8'Me 13"/32 9% 9/2 103/s 10M6 14 5'Me 5' M6 5>Me 5'3/e 9 1 1 1 1 1 19'Ms 20Ms 19'Me 28% 28% 13Me 13' V32 13Me 22/4 221/4 14% 14 14% 24% 24% 7/s 9 7/a 1 oM6 ioMs 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog Number D325R D325NR D326 D326N D326R D326NR D421 D422 D423 D424 D425 D426 DU221RO DU222RO DU321 DU321RO DU322 DU322RO DU323 DU323RO DU324 DU324RO DU325 DU326 T111N Till NWH T211 T211 N . T211WH T211NWH T211-2 T211-2WH T221 T221N 91356 96256 96356 96356R 97316 97316R 97416 97416R Overall Dimensions Std. Wt. H w W/H D Pack. 152 43% .21/2 23' Me 14/16 1 170 43% 21/2 23"/ie 14/16 1 212 52' Ms 24'Me 27Me 1414 1 270 49% 32 3b/,, 16/4 1 264 52% 24% 27Ms 17/4 1 266 52% 24% 27Ms 17/4 1 11 9% 9% 10Me 5% 1 20 15% 11% 13 6'/a 1 38 19% 14% 16/2 7% 1 65 24% 16% 19Me 7'Me 1 128 40'Me 23 25'Ms 13/a 1 280 49% 32 35 I6/4 1 5 9 5'Me 6Me 4/i6 5 10 12Me 7% 8'Me 5 1 5 8% 6% 7% 4/4 5 7 9% 7% 8Me 47/ie 5 9 11/4 7% 8 5 1 11 12Me 7% 8'Me 5 1 14 15'Me 8'Me 9/2 5'Me 1 17 15'Me 8'Me 10Me 5'Me 1 29 33 0 140 1% 20Me 19'Me 28% 38% 6 Ys 13Me 13Me 22/4 24% 4 13'Me 14% 24% 27%s 7 7/a lOS/le 14/4 2% 1 1 1 1 10 1% 6'/a 4 1% 6 Ye 4 2 6 Yb 4 m 6/a 4 2 6/a 4 2% 10 2% 10 2% 10 2% 10 2% 10 3 6% 7% 3/a 1 3 6% 7% 3'/a 1 2 6/a 4 2% 10 2 6/a 4 2% 10 140 38% 24% 27Me 14/4 1 200 50 20Me 21'Mi 14/4 1 212 52'Me 24'Me 27M6 14% 1 264 52% 24% 27M6 17/4 1 204 52'Me 24'Me 27Me 14/4 1 246 52% *24% 277/16 17/4 1 270 49% 32 35 % I6/4 1 266 52% 24% 277/s 17/4 1 SCHEDULE C DISCOUNT PAGE 27 SQDSLV 000162 design leadership HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES SAFETY HANDLE GENERAL PURPOSE -- RAINTIGHT 240 VOLT H200 and H300 line Heavy Duty Safety Switches are designed for application where safety, performance and continuity of service are required. They meet Federal Specification W-S-865c for Heavy Duty Switches and are U/L listed: File E2875. The H200 and H300 line also meets NEMA KS1-1957 for Type ND and for Type HD except with general purpose enclosure. Features include Quick-make, Quick-break operating mechanism and full cover interlock thru 600 ampere. Three and four pole, 800 and 1 200 ampere switches are Quick-break only and have vault cover handles. Terminal lugs are suitable for aluminum or copper conductors: 30 A. thru 1200 A. SINGLE THROW FUSIBLE System Amps. NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. | Price NEMA 3R Raintight AType R0 Max. , Hub Cat. No. ] Price Size HORSEPOWER RATINGS 240 Volts AC Standard 10 I 30 | 20 Maximum 10 j 30 | 20 DC Std. Max. 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC -- 2S0 VOLTS DC 33 c1 c1 30 30 30 . 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 45251 H221 H221-2 H222 H223 H224 H225 H226 H227 H228 $ 17.90 17.90 29.00 33.00 63.00 94.00 194.00 386.00 697.00 826.00 H221RO H222R0 H223R0 H224RO H225NR H226NR 89317R 89318R $ 32.00 61.00 79.00 m.oo 276.00 617.00 910.00 1248.00 114 i y. 114 114 i% 31 2 714 2'h 15 1 % 3 WIRE S/N (2 BLADES 2 FUSES) 240 VOLTS AC -- 125 250 VOLTS DC \, 1. 1 Lr ? sI ?\ 1 I 1 30 60 too 200 400 600 800 1200 3 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC H221N H222N H223N H224N H225N H226N 89317 89318 $ 17.90 33.00 63.00 94.00 220.00 413.00 647.00 876.00 H221NRO H222NRO H223NRO H224NR0 H225NR H226NR 89317R 89318R $ 32.00 61.00 79.00 113.00 276.00 617.00 910.00 1248.00 p/i 144 2 214 * T 114 3 714 15 3 714 15 25 50 11 /( f/ f/ ppp \sS 11 30 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 45351 H321 *H321-2 H322 H323 H324 H325 H326 88357 88358 $ 21.90 21.90 36.00 39.00 61.00 105.00 243.00 439.00 811.00 1031.00 H321RO H322RO H323R0 H324RO H325R H326R 88357R 88358R 4 WIRE S/N (3 BLADES 3 FUSES) 240 VOLTS AC $ 40.00 64.00 92.00 127.00 283.00 589.00 1100.00 1420.00 3 iy. 3 3 iy. 714 2 '/V, 15 214 15 25 $ 50 //7 p S p \1 ccc L 1 11 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 H321N H322N H323N H324N H325N H326N 89417 89418 $ 21.90 39.00 61.00 105.00 270.00 464.00 861.00 1081.00 H321NRO H322NRO H323NRO H324NRO H325NR H326NR $ 40.00 64.00 92.00 127.00 308.00 614.00 iy 2 2 214 + 5 3 m 15 25 50 4 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC ... c3(/ c5i/ lC5/ lC5/ tiii 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 *H421-2 H422 H423 H424 H425 H426 88457 88458 $ 43.00 69.00 94.00 169.00 322.00 580.00 1230.00 1504.00 3 714 15 25 50 . SINGLE THROW -- NOT FUSIBLE 3 3 3 10 15 3 10 15 15 55 55 55 10 10 20 20 50 50 714 15 30 50 50 55 10 10 20 20 714 714 714 15 30 50 50 20 20 714 15 30 50 50 10 20 30 50 50 (Dimensions Page 32) 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC -- 2S0 VOLTS DC 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 HU221 HU222 HU223 HU224 HU225 HU 226 HU267 HU268 $ 19.80 36.00 56.00 87.00 196.00 347.00 623.00 722.00 Use 3 Pole Switch for 2 Pole Application 3 10 15 15 5 10 20 50 3 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Sec footnotes Page 29. HU361 HU362 HU363 HU 364 HU365 HU366 84347 84348 $ 19.80 36.00 66.00 87.00 196.00 347.00 706.00 948.00 HU361RO HU362RO HU363RO HU364RO HU365R HU366R 3 36.00 63.00 89.00 107.00 260.00 636.00 1'/. 3 iy. 10 2 l/z * * 7V? 15 30 50 50 io (Dimensions Page 32) General Purpose Enclosure Fusible Interior Visible Blades and Interlock Type RO Raintight Switch Showing Threaded Opening for Interchangeable Hub or Cap PAGE 28 SCHLDULE A DISCOUNT VISIBLE BLADES SAFETY HANDLE design leadership HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES GENERAL PURPOSE -- RAINTIGHT System Amps. NEMA I Indoor Catalog j Number 1 Price SINGLE THROW-- FUSIBLE NEMA 3R Raintight AType R0 Catalog Number Price Max. Hub Size HORSEPOWER RATINGS 480 Volts AC 600 Volts AC Standard Maximum Standard Maximum 10 1 30 | 20 10 | 30 | 20 10 1 30 I 20 10 | 30 1 20 DC Std. Max: 3 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC i, i, i. \Ll cc? i 1l 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 H361 *H361-2 H362 H363 H364 H365 H366 88347 88348 $ 39.00 44.00 46.00 84.00 125.00 323.00 645.00 941.00 1238.00 H361R0 H362RO H363RO H364R0 H365R H366R $ 65.00 77.00 119.00 164.00 386.00 759.00 1J4 iw 2 Ml $ 5 5 15 2b 50 15 15 30 50 50 4 WIRE S/N (3 BLADES 3 FUSES) 277/480 VOLTS AC fill 1 30 H361N $ 44.00 60 H362N 51.00 100 H363N 92.00 200 H364N 136.00 400 H365N 348.00 600 H366N 670.00 4 POLE. 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC im 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 H461-2 H462 H463 H464 H465 H466 88447 88448 $ 62.00 73.00 122.00 205.00 420.00 684.00 1257.00 1763.00 5 15 25 50 m 15 25 50 15 30 50 50 20 40 50 50 (Dimensions Page 32) SINGLE THROW -- NOT FUSIBLE m m 15 30 50 10 20 30 50 20 20 40 50 50 .. .. .. 25 50 50 50 2 POLE. 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC OR DC ) 't 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 f HU261 HU262 HU263 HU264 HU265 HU266 HU267 HU268 $ 19.80 36.00 56.00 87.00 196.00 347.00 528.00 722.00 Use 3 Pole Switch for 2 Pole Application 3 POLE. 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC ) '/ '/ 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 + HU361 HU362 HU363 HU364 HU365 HU 366 84347 84348 $ 19.80 36.00 66.00 87.00 196.00 347.00 706.00 948.00 + HU361RO HU362RO HU363R0 HU364RO HU365R HU366R $ 36.00 63.00 89.00 107.00 268.00 636.00 1M 1*4 2 2V4 * * 4 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC ( i ft 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 HU462 HU463 HU464 HU465 HU466 84447 84448 S 62.00 114.00 165.00 363.00 616.00 911.00 1260.00 Provisions for Class J Fuses are standard on 30-200 ampere switches, 400 and 600 Class J and other rejection type fuse provisions available on special order. All neutrals -- Insulated groundable. Finish -- Blue-Gray Enamel. Switching Neutral 3-Wire price is the same as the standard 3-pole switch. Add "SWN" to 3-pole Catalog Number (240 V. only). *60 ampere switch with 30 ampere fuse spacing and clips. 600 V. AC -- 250 V. DC only. 4)Swing-out base -- no interlock. *Hubs larger than 2(4* are available on order. Not U/L listed. 800 and 1200 ampere safety switches require parallel fusing with 2 blades and 2 fuses per pole unless otherwise specified. f-Switch will not accept electric interlock kit. m 20 30 50 15 30 50 50 10 25 40 50 20 40 50 50 15 25 50 50 40 50 50 50 50 50 AINTRCHANGEABLE HUBS for Rain-tight Enclosures. Type RO devices, have threaded opening for interchangeable hubs or closing caps. Order hub or cap separately from table below, and simply screw into place. For details see Page 15. Conduit Size Inches % 1 I'A 1 Y2 2 30-60 Amp. 100 A. 200 A. Hub Cat. No. Cap HC HD HE HG HH HW Cat. CE CH ` No. Price Price Each $2.60 $2.60 $2.60 $2.60 $4.40 $7.80 Each $ .20 $ .20 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT PAGE 29 SQDSLV 000164 design leadership HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES SAFETY HANDLE SPECIAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES 240 VOLT H200 and H300 line Heavy Duty Safety Switches and special purpose enclosure switches are designed for application where safety, performance and continuity of service are required. They exceed Federal Specification W-S-865c for Heavy Duty Switches and are U/L listed: Files E2875 and El 0673. The H200 and H300 line also meets NEMA KS1-1957 for Type HD Switches. Features include Quick-make, Quick-break operating mechanisms and dual cover interlocks. SINGLE THROW--FUSIBLE System t Amps. NEMA 12 JIC--Mill & Foundary Type Single Stroke Cover Sealing Knockouts Without Knockouts NEMA 12 JIC Type Cover Gasket With Knockouts $ Cat. No. Cat. No. Price Cat. No. | Price 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC - 250 VOLTS DC 30 H221A H221AWK $32.00 30 *H221-2A H221-2AWK 40.00 60 H222A H222AWK 43.00 100 H223A H223AWK 65.00 200 H224A H224AWK 108.00 400 600 H85251 H86252 H86253 H86254 H225A H226A $32.00 43.00 65.00 108.00 244.00 427.00 3 WIRE S/N (2 BLADES, 2 FUSES) 240 VOLTS AC -- 125/250 VOLTS DC (/ (>/ 11 J> J> A SS f 30 H221NA H221NAWK $36.00 H87311 $36.00 60 H222NA H222NAWK 48.00 H87312 48.00 100 H223NA H223NAWK 77.00 H87313 77.00 200 H224NA H224NAWK 119.00 H87314 119.00 400 H225NA 271.00 600 H226NA 452.00 3 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC (\ ( ( *> <s s 30 H321A 30 *H321-2A 60 H322A 100 H323A 200 H324A 400 600 H321AWK H321-2AWK H322AWK H323AWK H324AWK $40.00 48.00 56.00 87.00 130.00 H85351 H86352 H86353 H86354 H325A H326A $40.00 56.00 87.00 130.00 287.00 479.00 4 WIRE S/N (3 BLADES, 3 FUSES) 240 VOLTS AC (til J> J> 3 (j s S S *P 30 60 100 200 400 600 H321NA H322NA H323NA H324NA H321NAWK H322NAWK H323NAWK H324NAWK $45.00 61.00 98.00 141.00 H87411 H87412 H87413 H87414 H325NA H326NA $45.00 61.00 98.00 141.00 314.00 505.00 4 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC2<p 30 H421A 60 H422A b( S{ b{ b( 100 200 H423A H424A ss ss 400 600 H421AWK H422AWK H423AWK H424AWK $66.00 69.00 114.00 199.00 H86451 H86452 H86453 H86454 H425A H426A $56.00 69.00 114.00 199.00 382.00 658.00 VISIBLE BLADE NEMA 4 and 5 Dust-Tight, Water-Tight D-Cast Enclosure DS-Stainless Steel Cat. No. j Price Horsepower Ratings DC Std. Max. 1 <t> | 3 <j> 1<|3< Std.|Max H221D or DS H222D or DS H223D or DS H224D or DS H86255WP H86256WP $132.00 160.00 350.00 482.00 979.00 1405.00 w, \Yi 3 IV, 15 3 3 in 15 55 55 10 10 20 20 40 40 50 50 H221ND,or DS H222ND or DS H223ND or DS H224ND or DS H87315WP H87316WP $138.00 166.00 361.00 497.00 1000.00 1425.00 w. 3 3 IV, 3 /V, 10 15 IVz 15 15 30 15 25 50 50 '50 H321D or DS H322D or DS H323D or DS H324D or DS H86355WP H86356WP $140.00 173.00 370.00 518.00 1011.00 1447.00 3 IV, 3 IV, IV, 15 15 30 25 50 50 50 H321ND or DS H322ND or DS H323ND or DS H324ND or DS H87415WP H87416WP $146.00 179.00 381.00 533.00 1011.00 1447.00 3 IV,! IV, 15 15 30 25 50 50 50 2<p 3 10 IV, 20 15 30 30 50 50 50 H200A & H300A NEMA 1 2 Enclosure H200DS & H300DS NEMA 4 & 5 Stainless Steel Enclosure 240 VOLT System SINGLE THROW -- NOT FUSIBLE t Amp. NEMA 12 JlC--Mill & Foundary Type Single Stroke Cover Sealing Knockouts Without Knockouts NEMA 12 JIC Type Cover Gasket With Knockouts $ AVISIBLE BLADE NEMA 4 and 5 Dust-Tight, Water-Tight D-Cast Enclosure DS-Stainless Steel NEMA 7 Hazardous Location Class I Group D Horsepower Ratings 240 V. AC Cat. No. Cat. No. 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC -- 250 VOLTS OC ) '( 30 HU221A HU221AWK 60 HU222A HU222AWK 100 HU223A HU223AWK 200 HU224A HU224AWK 400 600 I POLE, 240 VOLTS AC '/ \ \ 30 HU361A HU361AWK 60 HU362A HU362AWK 100 HU363A HU363AWK 200 HU364A HU364AWK 400 600 4 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC '/ '( '{ ) 60 HU462A HU462AWK 100 HU463A HU463AWK 200 HU464A HU464AWK 400 600 See footnotes, Page 31. Price $30.00 40.00 64.00 91.00 $43.00 54.00 79.00 105.00 $69.00 121.00 194.00 Cat. No. H81261 H81262 H81263 H81264 HU225A HU226A $36.00 47.00 77.00 100.00 209.00 353.00 H81341 H81342 H81343 H81344 HU325A HU326A $43.00 64.00 79.00 105.00 272.00 436.00 H81442 H81443 H81444 HU425A HU426A $69.00 121.00 194.00 388.00 877.00 Cat. No. Cat. No. Price l<p 3<ft 1 20 HU261D or DS $132.00 54261 $200.00 3 10 HU262D or DS 160.00 54262 233.00 10 HU263D or DS 331.00 15 HU264D or DS 459.00 15 H81265WP 860.00 H81266WP 1249.00 HU36ID or DS HU362D or DS HU363D or DS HU364D or DS H81345WP H81346WP $145.00 172.00 353.00 482.00 966.00 1296.00 54341 $219.00 54342 255.00 7VS 15 30 50 50 (Dimensions, Page 33.) H200D and H300D NEMA 4 and 5 Enclosure 50,000 Line NEMA 7 Enclosure PAGE 30 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT | D 1 \ t $| I i Jf '& I SQD SLV_000165 m m design leadership VISIBLE BLADES SAFETY HANDLE HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES SPECIAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES SINGLE THROW -- FUSIBLE 600 VOLT NEMA 12 JIC--MiM & Foundary Type Single Stroke Cover Sealing Knockouts Without Knockouts Cat. No. 2 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC or DC 1| (( <i <i 30 H261A 60 H262A 100 H263A 200 H264A 400 600 8 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC iv, vi iv LL L JJ J C11C 1C 30 H361A 30 *H361-2A 60 ' H362A 100 H363A 200 H364A 400 600 4 WIRE 8/N (8 BLADES, 8 FUSES) 277/480 VOLTS AC m. ] 30 H361NA 60 H362NA 100 H363NA 200 H364NA 400 600 4 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC i/ i/ i/ LS 1S IS \SS / ) 30 H461A 60 H462A 100 H463A 200 H464A 600 (Dimensions, Page 33) Cat. No. H261AWK H262AWK H263AWK H264AWK H361AWK H361-2AWK H362AWK H363AWK H364AWK H361NAWK H362NAWK H363NAWK H364NAWK H461AWK H462AWK H463AWK H464AWK Price $ 64. 66. 87. 180. $ 62. 64. 65. 100. 161. $ 67. 70. 111. 172. J 77. 84. 131. 221. NEMA 12 JIC Type Cover Gasket With Knockouts^ Cat. No. | Price H85261 H86262 H86263 H86264 H265A H266A $54.00 56.00 87.00 180.00 299.00 478.00 H85341 H86342 H86343 H86344 H365A H366A $62.00 65.00 100.00 161.00 855.00 600.00 H87441 H87442 H87443 H87444 67.00 70.00 111.00 172.00 H86441 H86442 H86443 H86444 HifiSA H466A $77.00 84.00 131.00 221.00 46? 00 752.00 VISIBLE BLADE* NEMA 4 and 5 Dust-Tight, Water-Tight D-Cast Enclosure DS-Stainless Steel Cat. No. | Price H261D or DS H262D or DS H263D or DS H264D or DS H86265WP H86266WP $164. 185. 882. 508. 1011. 1447. H361D or DS H362D or DS H363D or DS H364D or DS H86345WP H86346WP $ 172. 190. 800. 530. 1011. 1447. H361ND or DS H362ND or DS H363ND or DS H364ND or DS $ 178. 196. 391. 645. SINGLE THROW -- NOT FUSIBLE HORSEPOWER RATINGS 480 Volts AC 600 Volts AC Std. Max. Std. Max. 10|30 10 { 30 10| 30 10 | 30 3 m 3 10 5 20 10 25 10 30 15 40 25 50 30 50 5 15 IVi 20 5 15 7V? 20 15 30 15 40 25 40 30 50 50 50 50 50 5 15 15 30 15 30 50 20 20 20 20 m 20 10 25 lb 40 20 50 25 50 30 50 50 50 50 50 DC Std. Max. 10 15 25 25 40 50 600 VOLT System t Amp. NEMA 12 JIC--Milt & Foundary Type Single Stroke Cover Sealing Knockouts Cat. No. Without Knockouts Cat. No. Price NEMA 12 Cover Gasket JIC Type With Knockouts^ Cat. No. | Price AVISIBLE BLADES NEMA 4 and 5 Dust-Tight, Water-Tight D-Cast Enclosure DS-Stainless Steel Cat. No. | Price NEMA 7 Hazardous Locations Group D Compact Type Cat. No. | Price HORSEPOWER RATINGS 480 Volts AC 600 Volt AC 10 j 30|20 10 | 301 20 DC 2 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC or DC '/ '/ 30 HU261A HU261AWK 60 HU262A HU262AWK 100 HU263A HU263AWK 200 HU264A HU264AWK 400 600 $ 36. 40. 64. 91. H8I261 H81262 H81263 H81264 HU265A HU266A $36.00 40.00 64.00 91.00 209.00 353.00 HU261D or DS HU262D or DS HU263D or DS HU264D or DS H81265WP H81266WP $ 132. 160. 881. 459. 860. 1249. *54261 54262 $ 200. 283. m 20 30 50 10 25 40 50 10 25 40 50 8 POLE. 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC ) '( '( 30 HU361A 60 HU362A 100 HU363A 200 HU364A 400 600 HU361AWK HU362AWK HU363AWK HU364AWK $ 43. 54. 79. 105. H81341 H81342 H81343 H81344 HU365A HU366A $43.00 54.00 79.00 105.00 272.00 436.00 HU361D or DS HU362D or DS HU363D or DS HU364D or DS H81345WP H81346WP $ 145. 172. 358. 402. 965. 1296. C54341 54342 $ 219. 255. 15 30 50 50 20 40 50 50 4 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC 60 HU462A HU462AWK H81442 100 HU463A HU463AWK 121. H81443 '/ 'l '( ) 200 HU464A HU464AWK 194. H8I444 400 HU465A 600 HU466A 1. Provisions for Class J fuses are standard on 600 volt 30-200 ampere switches of visible blade construction in NEMA 12 and NEMA 4 and 5 enclosures, 400 and 600 Class J and other rejection type fuse provisions are available on special order. 2. All neutrals are insulated groundable. 3. 3-wire switching neutral switches are priced at the same level as standard 3-pole switches and to order add SWN to the 3-pole Catalog Number (240 volts only). 4. Switches having WP suffix have not been submitted to U.L. for listing. 600 volts A.C. -- 250 volts D.C. only -J-For application above 600 amperes, refer to BOLT-LOC switches on Page 36. *60 amp. switch with 30 amp. fuse spacing and clips. C)A.C. only. AFor NEMA 9, hazardous locations, Class II Group G see page 34. ^Available without knockouts -- Add WK suffix. 69.00 121.00 194.00 388.00 677.00 40 .. 1 50 .. 50 50 .. 50 .... .. 1 .. HUB PROVISIONS All 400 and 600 amp. WP switches are constructed of Boiler Plate Sheet Steel and their hub sizes must be specified on the order. Cast enclosures have thread ed conduit holes as follows:____________________________________________________ Enclosure Rating Top Bottom NEMA 4 and 5 H200-D, DS H300-D, DS Line Interior 30 A. 60 A. 100 A. 200 A. 1--1 * i--m* 1 --I/2' 1--2/2' 1--1 * 1--1/4" 1--1/2" 1--2/2' NEMA 4 and 5 and NEMA 9 Compact Type (Page 34) NEMA 7 30 A. 60 A. 100 A. 200 A. 30 A. 60 A. 1-- %' 1--1/4' 1-- %' 1--114' 2---- 1 Y2 " 2--2/2' 2-- %' 2--1/4" SCHLDULE A DISCOUNT PAGE 31 SQDSLV 000166 design leadership HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES GENERAL PURPOSE -- RAINTIGHT -- H200 & H300 LINE Ampere Rating TERMINAL LUG SIZES Minimum Wire Maximum Wire A 30 A 60 * 100 200 400 600 800 1200 14 1 14 1 60 6 300 MCM 2/0 2-500 MCM 2/0 2-500 MCM 2/0 4-500 MCM 2/0 4-500 MCM Lugs are U/L listed for Cu or Al conductors, except as noted. ALugs are U/L listed for Cu conductors only. 240 volt lugs are U/L listed for No. 14 to No. 0 conductors. Cu only. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS Catalog Number 45251 45351 84347 84348 84447 84448 88347 88348 88357 88357R 88358 88358R 88447 88448 88457 88458 89317 89317R 89318 89318R 89417 89418 H221 H221-2 H221 N H221 RO H221NRO H222 H222N H222RO H222NRO H223 H223N H223RO H223NRO H224 H224N H224RO H224NRO H225 H225N H225NR H226 H226N H226NR H227 H261 H262 H263 H264 H265 H266 H267 H268 H321 H321-2 H321N H321RO H321 NRO H322 H322N H322RO H322NRO H323 H323N H323RO H323NRO H324 H324N H324RO H324NRO Overall Dimensions, Inches Weight Std. Height Width W/H Depth Pkg. 5 6 224 390 205 455 286 470 280 365 465 552 390 500 347 590 265 340 425 450 455 609 9 13 10 10 12 14 14 16 17 25 26 33 29 40 41 46 47 139 128 156 192 198 200 200 11 15 27 41 150 216 260 600 11 15 12 13 14 15 17 17 20 28 30 33 35 46 51 52 57 7% 7% 40% 47%; 48% 60% 52% 62' y,6 52% 52% 58% 57% 58% 68% 58% 68% 52% 52% 58% 58 58% 68% 9% 13% 9% 11% 11% 13% 13% 15 15 17% 17% 18% 18% 21% 21% 23% 23% 43% 43% 43Ms 49% 49% 52V,6 52% 12% 15% 19% 24% 43% 52% 52% 58% 9% 13% 9% 11% 11% 13% 15% 15 17% 17% 19% 18% 21 % 217% 24% 23% 26 5% 6% 31'Ms 39M6 41 Ms 48'Ms 22% 39'/s 22% 33 39Ms 41 39Ms 48'Ms 40'Ms 48'Ms 22% 33 39Ms 41 40'Ms 48'Ms 5% 8% 7% 6% 8 8% 8/2 9Ms 9Ms 11% 11% 12% 12% 13% 13% 14Ms 14Ms 16% 16% 21'Ms 18'Ms 16% 24% 22% 7% 8% 11% 13% 21% 24'Ms 22% 25 7% 8% 9% 8 9% 8% 8% 9Ms 9Ms 11% 11% 12% 12% 13% 13% 14M6 14Ms 6Ms 7% 34% 433/s 46% 56/4 24 433/6 24 357/6 433/6 43Ms 433/s 56% 48Ms 56% 24 35Ms 43Ms 43Ms 48% 56% 6% 9% 8% 7% 9% 9% 9% 10Ms 10Ms 13'/s 13'/s 13% 13% 14% 14% 15% 15% 19% 19% 23% 21 Ms 19 26% 24 8% 9% 13'/s 14% 23% 27'/s 24 273/s 8% 9% 10% 9% 10% 9% 9% 10Ms 10% 13Ms 13'/s 13% 13% 14% 14% 15% 15% 4 4% 16% 16'Ms 17% 17% 17% 17% 17% 10 17% 13% 17% 18Ms 17% 18Ms 17% 11 17% 13% 17% 18Ms 5% 6% 5% 5% 5% 6% 6% 6% 6% 7% 7% 7% 7% 7'3/6 7'3/6 8Ms 8'/s 14% 14% 14% 17 14% 17% 17% 5% 6% 7% 713/s 14"/s 16% 17% 18% 5% 6% 5% 5% 5% 6% 6% 6% 6% 7% 7% 7% 7% 7'3/,s 7'3/s 8'/s 8'/s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog Number H325 H325N H325R H325NR H326 H326N H326R H326NR H361 H361-2 H361N H361RO H362 H362N H362RO H363 H363N H363RO H364 H364N H364RO H365 H365N H365R H366 H366N H366R H421-2 H422 H423 H424 H425 H426 H461-2 H462 H463 H464 H465 H466 HU221 HU222 HU223 HU224 HU225 HU226 HU261 HU262 HU263 HU264 HU265 HU266 HU267 HU268 HU321 HU361 HU361RO HU362 HU362RO HU363 HU363RO HU364 HU364RO HU365 HU365R HU366 HU366R HU462 HU463 HU464 HU465 HU466 Overall Dimensions, Inches Weight Std. Height Width W/H Depth Pkg. 150 160 165 175 252 260 272 275 12 17 21 14 17 22 20 30 39 35 48 62 57 158 166 163 258 255 283 22 22 40 66 167 289 22 22 41 66 160 275 9 13 23 35 105 158 9 13 24 37 105 170 180 238 10 10 12 15 17 26 30 43 46 124 160 200 250 21 37 60 150 240 40% 43% 43% 43%s 52% 52% 52/2 52^2 12% 15% 15% 14% 15% 15% 17% 19% 19% 21 !4 24% 24?/e 26 43% 43% 43Ms 52% 52%; 52% 15% 15% 19% 247%; 43% 52% 15% 15% 19% 247/6 43% 52% 9% 13% 17% 21% 31 38% 9% 13% 17% 21% 31 38% 40% 47% 9% 9% 11% 13% 15 17% 18% 21% 23% 30% 43Ms 38% 52% 15% 19% 247/s 31 38% 21% 21% 21% 21 "/s 24'Ms 243/ 24% 24 7% 8% 11% 8 8V2 11% 9Ms 11% 14% 12% 13% 16% 14'/s 21% 21% 21'Ms 24'3/js 24 24% 11% 11% 14% 16% 21'Ms 24'Ms 11% 11% 14% 16% 21 "/s 24'Ms 5% 8% 11% 13% 16% 18% 7% 8% 11% 13% 16% 18% 22% 24'3/6 7% 7% 8 sj/2 9Ms 11% *2'/4 13% 14'/s 21% 21 "/s 24'Ms 24% 11% 14% 16% 21% 24'3/s 24% 243/s 23% 23% 27 Ms 27Ms 27% 27% 8% 9% 1211/6 9% 9% 12i Me 10'/4 13'/s 16V4 13% 14% 18% 15% 23% 23% 23% 27M6 26/2 27% 12% 12% 16Me 18% 24% 27'/s 12% 12% 16'/6 18% 24% 27'/s 6% 9% 13'/s 14% 19% 21% 8% 9% 13'/s 14% 19% 21% 24% 27'/s 8% 8% 9% 9% 10'/4 13'/s 13% 14% 15% 24% 23% 271/6 26% 12"/s 16'/s 18% 24% 27'/6 14'Me 14i Me 14% 14Me 16% 16% 17!4 17^4 5% 6^4 6/4 5% 64 64 6% 71/4 7'/4 7/2 7'3/s 7% 8'/6 14' '/s 14"/s 14% 16% 16% 17% 6Ms 6%4 7>4 7'Me 14% 16% 6Ms 6Ms 7% 71 Me 14% 16% 5/2 6% 7% 7'3/s 14% 16% 5% 6% 7% 7i Me 14% 16% 17% '8% 5% 5% 5% 6'A 6% 7A 7% 7i Me 8>/s 14% 14% 16% 17% 6Ms 7A 7'3/s 14% I6M2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PAGE 32 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT j MANY OUTSTANDING FEATURES! Dead front construction Visible Blades Positive-Pressure Fuse Clips Spring-Loaded Blade Hinges Reduce Heating Padlock Attachment locks switch ON or OFF SQD SLV_000167 Heavy Doty Fusible Interior lockoff Assembly Heavy Dufy Cross Bar Assembly H80,000 Line Weatherproof Enclosure NEMA 4 and 5 design leadership HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES SPECIAL PURPOSE INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES TERMINAL LUG SIZES Amp. Rating 60,000 Line Min. Wire Max. Wire H200A & H300A Line Min. Wire Max, Wire 30 14 4 14 2 60 14 4 14 2 100 14 0 6 0 200 6 250 MCM 6 300 MCM 400 A2/0 2-500 MCM 600 A2/0 2-500 MCM Lugs are U/L listed for Cu conductors only, except as noted. Lugs are U/L listed for Cu or Al conductors. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS Catalog Number 50311. 50312 50313 50314 50411 50412 50413 50414 53261D 53262D 53263D 53264D 53341D 53342D 53343D 53344D 54261 54262 54341 54342 55251 55252 55253 55254 55261 55262 55263 55264 55341 55342 55343 55344 55351 55352 55353 55354 H221 A H221NA H221-2A H222A H222NA H223A H223NA H224A H224NA H225A H225NA H226A H226NA H261A H262A H263A H264A H265A H266A H321A H321NA H321-2A H322A H322NA H323A H323NA H324A H324NA H325A Overall Dimensions, Inches Weight Std. Height Width W/H Depth Pkg. 23 15'/s 10/s n% 5% 1 24 15/s 10/s n% 5% 1 68 25 Vz 16'/4 171/6 8% 1 78 25/z I6/4 171/6 8% 1 23 15/, 10/s 11% 5/s 1 24 15 Vs 10/s 11% 5/s 1 68 25 /z I6/4 171/6 8% 1 78 25/z I6/4 17'/, 8% 1 23 15/s 10/s 11% 5/s 1 24 15*4 10/s 11% 5/s 1 68 25V2 I6/4 171/e 8% 1 78 25 *4 I6/4 17'Zs 8% 1 23 15/s 10/s 11% 5/s 1 24 15*/s 10/s 11% 5/s 1 68 25/2 16/4 17'Zs 8% 1 78 25/2 16/4 171/s 8% 1 78 13 11/z 13/z 6/, 1 142 15J4 10/s 11% 5% 1 78 13 11/2 13% 6/s 1 142 25/z 16/4 171/s 8% 1 23 15/s 10/s 11% 5% 1 24 15*/s 10/s 11% 5% 1 68 25/z 16/, 1 7* '/is 8% 1 78 25/z 16/, 171/s 8% 1 23 15/a 10/s 11% 5/s 1 24 1514 10% 11% 5/s 1 68 25/z I6/4 17'/, 8% 1 78 25/z I6/4 171/s 8% 1 23 15/s 10/s 11% 5/s 1 24 15/s 10% 11% 5/s 1 68 25/z 16/, 17'/, 8% 1 78 25/2 I6/4 17'/, 8% 1 23 15/s 10% 11% 5/s 1 24 15/s 10% 11% 5/s 1 68 25/z 16% 17'/, 8% 1 78 25/z 16% 17'/, 8% 1 13 12/s 7/s 9/4 51/, 1 13 12/s 7% 9% 5'/, 1 17 15/s 8/4 10% 6/s 1 18 15% 8/4 10% 6/s 1 15 15/s 8/4 10% 6/e 1 32 19% 11% 14 7/s 1 33 19% 11% 14 77/ie 1 47 24% 13% 15% 8 1 45 24% 13% 15% 8 1 156 45% 21/z 24/, 14'Zs 1 160 45% 21% 24/, 14'/e 1 250 55/4 24/, 27/s 16% 1 250 55/4 24/, 27/, 16% 1 13 12% 7% 9% 5'Ms 1 18 15% 8/4 10% 6/6 1 32 19% 11% 14 7/6 1 48 24% 13% 15% 8 1 155 45% 21% 24'/, 141/6 1 248 55% 24/, 27/6 16% 1 14 12% 7% 9/4 5'/, 1 14 12% 7% 9% 5'1/16 1 19 15% 8/4 10% 6/6 1 19 15% 8/4 10% 6/6 1 20 15% 8/4 10% 6/e 1 35 19% 11% 14 7/6 36 19% 11% 14 7/, 52 24% 13% 15% 8 54 24% 13% 15% 8 164 45% 21/z 24/, 14'/, Catalog Number H325NA H326A H326NA H361A H361NA H361-2A H362A H362NA H363A H363NA H364A H364NA H365A H366A H421A H422A H423A H424A H425A H426A H461A H462A H463A H464A H465A H466A HU221A HU222A HU223A HU224A HU225A HU226A HU261A HU262A HU263A HU264A HU265A HU266A HU361A HU362A HU363A HU364A HU365A HU366A HU462A HU463A HU464A HU465A HU466A H81265WP H81266WP H81345WP H81346WP H86255WP H 86256WP H86265WP H86266WP H86345WP H86346WP H86355WP H86356WP H87315WP H87316WP H87415WP HP7416WP Overall Dimensions, Inches Weight Std. Height Width W/H Depth Pkg. 174 272 284 1423 20 20 23 35 40 52 60 168 270 24 25 41 68 180 280 25 25 46 64 180 280 12 17 29 43 122 200 12 17 29 43 122 200 14 19 31 48 133 210 22 40 57 155 280 220 300 225 400 230 340 240 350 284 378 280 380 275 375 275 385 45% 55/4 55/4 12/s 15/s 15/a 15/s 15/s 19% 19% 24% 24% 45% 55/4 15/s 15/s 19% 24% 45% 55/4 15/s 15/s 19% 24% 45% 55/4 12/s 15/s 19% 24% 31/s 38'/, 12/s 15/s 19% 24% 31/6 41 Ye 12/s 15/s 19% 24% 31/s 41% 15/s 19% 24% 31/6 41/s 46/, 55/6 46/, 55/6 46/, 55/s 46/, 55/6 46/, 55/6 46/, 55/6 46/, 55/s 46 % 555,4 21/2 24/4 24/4 27/s 24/4 27/6 7/s 11/a 8/4 9/4 13/4 10% 8/4 10% 11/a 11% 14/, 13/, 14 16/s 13/s 15% I6/2 19/a 21/2 24/, 24/, 11/s 11/s 14/, 27/6 13/, 13/4 16/s I6/2 21/z 24/, 19/8 24/, 27/e 11/s 11/s 14/, 13/, 13/4 16/s 16/z 19'/s 21/z 24/, 24/, 27/6 7/s 9/4 8/4 11% 13/e 10% 14 15% 21% 23/s 24'/s 26/s 7/e 8/4 11% 13/s 9/4 10% 14 15% 21% 23'/s 24% 27/6 7/s 8/4 11% 13/s 9/4 10% 14 15% 21% 23/s 24% 11/s 14/4 27/s 13/4 16/z 19/s 21% 23/s 24% 27/2 22/4 25/4 22/4 26/4 29/4 26/, 25/4 29/, 22% 26/, 25/4 29/4 22/4 26/, 25/4 29/4 22% 26/, 25/, 29/, 22/4 26/, 25/, 29/, 22/4 26/, 25/4 29/, 22'4 26/, 25/4 29/, 14'/, 16% 16% 5' %6 6/s 6/s 6/s 6/6 7/s 7/s 8 8 14'Zs 16% 6/6 6/e 7/s 8 14% 16% 6/ 67/6 77/6 8 14% 16% 5' %6 67/6 7/6 8 14% 16% 5'/, 67/s 77/s 8 1 4' %6 16% 5"/s 67/6 77/6 8 14' %6 6% 67/6 77/6 8 14% 16/s 14/, 15% 14/s 15% 14/s 15% 14/s 15% 14/s 15% 14/s 15% 14/s 16% 14/s 15% 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 H200 & H300 Line Cast Switches -- NEMA 4 AS (All Catalog Numbers) 30 Amp. 60 Amp. 21 15'%6 8 28 187/, 9 n% 6%6 1 12% 7/4 1 100 Amp. 200 Amp. 21,5/s 11'M, 16 26/s 14'3/6 18/z 8% 9'%6 1 1 H80000 line switches have equivalent dimensions as those above. Use Pages 30 and 31 for cross-reference. Switches with "AWK" suffix have same dimensions as equivalent devices above. SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT PAGE 33 SQDSLV 000168 m design leadership HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES -??PTCT Compact type Industrial Safety Switches have general purpose enclosures (NEMA Type 1) with knockouts -- no cover gasket or (NEMA 4, 5, 9) with cast enclosure. Double break contacts in special arc chambers give high interrupting capacity. Special features include cover interlocks, cadmium plated current carrying parts and compact design, with front operated handle as integral part of box, which permits close ganging. These switches meet Federal Specification W-S-865c for Heavy Duty Switches and are U/L listed: File E2875. They also meet NEMA KSI-1 957 for Type Heavy Duty except with general purpose enclosure. FUSIBLE SINGLE THROW System Amps. NEMA 1 Compact NEMA 4 & 5 Dust-tight Water-tight Compact Type A* Cat. No. | Price Cat. No. | Price 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC -- 2S0 VOLTS DC | HORSEPOWER RATINGS 240 or 480 Volts AC || 600 Volts AC |I DC Standard 10 1 30 Maximum 10 j 30 Standard 10 1 30 Maximum 10 | 30 Std. Max. (( bs SS 30 56251 60 56252 100 56253 200 56254 $ 32. 43. 65. 108. 55251 55252 55253 55254 $119. 128. 328. 482. IV* 3 7V* 15 3 10 15 15 55 10 10 20 20 40 40 3 WIRE S/N (2 BLADES, 2 FUSES) -- 240 VOLTS AC V / 1 L LI Sj <S m41 30 59311 60 59312 100 59313 200 59314 i 36. 48. 77. 119. 50311 50312 50313 50314 $132. 144. 352. 608. IV* 3 3 3 7V* 10 7V* 15 15 15 25 15 7V* 15 30 50 3 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC ((( ss\ <<< 30 56351 60 56352 100 56353 200 56354 $ 40. 66. 87. 130. 55351 55352 55353 55354 $133. 146. 361. 618. 4 WIRE S/N (3 BLADES, 3 FUSES) -- 240 VOLTS AC 3m 7V* 15 15 30 25 50 30 60 |Jt 100 200 50411 50412 50413 50414 $146. 162. 380. 680. 3 7V4 7VV 15 15 30 25 50 2 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC - 600 VOLTS AC OR DC (( s <r 30 56261 60 56262 100 56263 200 56264 $ 54. 66. 87. 180. 55261 55262 55263 55264 3 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- GOO VOLTS AC J147. 160. 352. 608. 3 5 10 25 7V* 3 20 10 30 15 50 30 10 25 40 50 10 15 2b 25 40 40 50 50 / '/ '/ 30 56341 J 62. 55341 $162. 5 15 m .... 20 LS LS LS lo6o0 56342 56343 65. 55342 100. 55343 175. 380. 15 25 30 50 15 .... 40 30 .... 50 \ S S 1 200 56344 161. 55344 530. 50 50 50 .... 50 50,000 Line Compact Type NEMA 1 Enclosure TERMINAL LUG SIZES Ampere Minimum Maximum Rating Wire Wire 30 14 4 60 14 4 100 14 0 200 6 250 MCM Lugs are U/L approved for copper conductors only NOT FUSIBLE SINGLE THROW 2 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC -- 250 VOLTS DC '/ ) 30 51251 60 51252 100 51253 200 51254 $ 30. 40. 64. 91. 53261D 53262D 53263D 53264D $120. 130. 331. 459. 3 POLE, 240 VOLTS AC i. i, i. l 30 51351 60 51342 100 51343 200 51344 $ 36. 64. 79. 105. 53341D 53342D 53343D 53344D $133. 142. 353. 482. 2 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC OR DC yy 30 51261 60 51262 100 51263 200 51264 $ 36. 47. 77. 100. 5326ID 53262D 53263D 53264D $120. 130. 331. 459. 3 POLE, 480 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS AC y)'/ 30 51341 60 51342 100 51343 200 51344 $ 42. 54. 79. 105. 53341D 53342D 53343D 53344D $138. 142. 353. 482. 5 10 15 30 5 10 15 30 m 15 30 50 7V* 10 20 25 30 40 50 50 m 15 30 50 5 10 20 40 5 10 20 40 *Cast aluminum enclosures are standard but cast iron is available on order at no extra cost. Non-fusible types meet NEMA 9, APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS hazardous location. Class II. Group G specifications. Cat. No. Weight Overall Dimensions, inches Height Width W/H D Cat. No. Weight Overall Dimensions, inches Height Width W/H D Cat. No. Weight 51251 51252 51253 51254 51261 51262 51263 51264 51341 51342 51343 9 14 41 47 9 14 41 47 9 14 41 8^6 11' Ms 19% 22(4 11'Ms 19% 22(4 8Ms 111 Ms 19% 6% 7% 11 (4 12 6% 7% 11(4 12 6% 7% 11(4 7(4 814 11 V*6 12% 7(4 8(4 111 Ms 12% 7(4 8(4 Il'Ms 4% 51344 5(4 51351 7(4 56251 8(4 56252 4% 56253 5(4 56254 7(4 56261 8(4 56262 4% 56263 5(4 56264 7(4 56341 47 9 9 14 41 47 9 14 41 47 9 22(4 8Ms 8Ms 11' Ms 19% 22(4 Il'Ms 13Ms 19% 22(4 Il'Ms 12 6% 6% 7% 11(4 12 7% 7% 11(4 12 7% 12% 7(4 7(4 8(4 111 Ms 12% 8(4 8(4 Il'Ms 12% 8(4 8(4 4% 4% 5(4 7(4 8(4 5(4 5Ms 7/2 8(4 5(4 56342 56343 56344 56351 56352 56353 56354 59311 59312 59313 59314 14 41 47 9 14 41 47 9 14 41 47 ADimensions Page 33. Overall Dimensions, Inches Height Width W/H D 13Ms 19% 22(4 8Ms Il'Ms 19% 22(4 8Ms Il'Ms 19% 22(4 7% 11(4 12 6% 7% 11(4 12 6% 7% 11 (4 12 8(4 Il'Ms 4V2%s 8(4 Il'Ms 12% 7(4 8(4 Il'Ms 12% 5Ms 7(4 814 4% 5(4 7(4 8(4 4% 514 7(4 8(4 PAGE 34 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT ' SQDSLV 000169 m design leadership . . . DOUBLE THROW SAFETY SWITCHES 82,000 Line Interior 92,000 Line Fusible Interior IIIlf NEMA 7 Enclosure TERMINAL LUG SIZES Ampere Rating Minimum Wire Maximum Wire *100 *200 A400 600 14 60 6 300 MCM 1 2-350MCM 3/0 2-500 MCM Lugs are U/L listed for CU conductors onlv. except as A1-500 MCM conductor may be used. AL or CU DOUBLE THROW SAFETY SWITCHES are designed to transfer loads from one supply source to another. Horsepower ratings are not necessary, since use as motor circuit switches is not expected. These switches are U/L listed: File E2875, except as noted. 82,000 line meets WS865-C for Type NDD switches. 240 600 VOLT VOLT FUSIBLE TOP AND BOTTOM NOT FUSIBLE Amps. Sheet Steel Enclosure -- NEMA Type 1 Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 2-POLE, 240 VOLTS AC -- 250 VOLTS DC 30 30-60 60 100 200 400 600 92251F 82252F 82253F 82254F *92255F *92256F $ 62. 112. 167. 234. 473. 589. 92251 82252 82253 82254 *92255 *92256 3-POLE, 240 VOLTS AC 30 30-60 60 100 200 400 600 92351F 82352F 82353F 82354F 92355F 92356F | j $ 66. 121. 204. 308. 649. 784. 92351 82352 82353 82354 92355 92356 4-POLE, :240 VOLTS AC 30 30-60 60 100 200 400 600 92451F 92452F 92453F 82454F 92455F 92456F 5 94. 149. 239. 388. 722. 927. 92451 92452 92453 92454 92455 92456 $ 39. 61. 88. 118. 333. 472. : S 44. 66. 107. 168. 446. 619. $ 65. 94. 191. 265. 598. 779. FUSIBLE 1| TOP AND BOTTOM || NOT FUSIBLE j| Sheet Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Cat. No. | Price |[ Cat. No. | Price 2-POLE, 600 VOLTS AC -- 600 VOLTS DC 82261F 82262F 82263F 82264F 92245F $ 124. 129. 223. 272. 508. 82262 82263 82264 92245 ^92246 | 3-POLE, 600 VOLTS AC $ 62. 96. 132. 374. 525. 82341F 82342F 82343F 82344F 92345F $ 132. 135. 239. 358. 666. | 4-POLE, 600 VOLTS AC 82342 82343 82344 92345 92346 $ 74. 118. 182. 471. 681. 92441F $198. 92442F 92443F 82444F 92445F , 204. 353. 455. 782. 92442 ! $103. 92443 92444 92445 92446 219. 292. 652. 845. EXPLOSION RESISTING ENCLOSURE Class 1, Group D, NEMA 7, Hazardous Locations -- Three 1 %" Threaded Conduit Holes in Bottom -- Cast Iron. 60 Amp. 60 Amp. 2 Pole 3 Pole 600 V. AC/DC 600 V. AC/DC Cat. 52262 Cat. 52342 Price $ 499. Price 520. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS Catalog Wt. Number Overall Dimensions H w W/H D Std. Pkg. Catalog Number 52262 52342 82252 82252F 82253 82253F 82254 82254F 82261F 82262 82262F 82263 82263F 82264 82264F 82341F 82342 82342F 82343 82343F 82344 82344F 82352 82352F 82353 82353F 82354 82354F 82444F 82454F 92245 9224 5 F 92246 92251 92251F 220 220 16 22 24 40 49 74 22 16 22 26 42 50 77 29 19 30 33 48 63 98 18 29 31 50 62 93 140 140 82 180 184 9 18 20% 20/a 13% 23% 16'Ms 30'Ms 22% 38'Ms 23% 13% 23% 16i fie 30'Ms 22% 38'Ms 23% 12% 23% 16'Ms 30'Ms 23Ms 38'Ms 12% 23% 16'Ms 30'Ms 23Ms 38'Ms 38'Ms 38'Ms 31% 46% 52'Ms 10% 16% 17% 17% 9% 9Ms 11 Ms 20Ms 20Ms 12% 11'Ms 14Ms 11% 15% 15% 9Ms 9% 14'Ms 19 19% 11'Ms 12% 9Ms 11 Ms n% 15% 15% 11'Ms 14Ms 14'Ms 19 19% 12'Ms 12'Ms 12'Ms 15Ms 15Ms 20 20 12'Ms 12'Ms 15M 15Ms 20 20 25Ms 25'Ms 16% 16Ms 16% 18% 19 23% 23% 16Ms 16% 18% 19 23% 23% 28Ms 28%s 163% 25% 18% 7% 9% 20 29 22 10% 12% 7 7 6% 6Ms 8Ms 7% 9'Ms 9% 6Ms 6% 6Ms 8M 7% 9'Ms 9% 6Ms 6Ms 6Ms 8% 8'Ms 11'Ms 11'Ms 6Ms 6Ms 8% 8'Ms 11'Ms 11'Ms 12% 12% 12% 12% 16% 4% 6% 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 92255 92255F 92256 92256F 92345 92345F 92346 92351 92351F 92355 92355F 92356 92356F 92441F 92442 92442F 92443 92443F 92444 92445 92445F 92446 92451 92451F 92452 92452F 92453 92453F 92454 92455 92455F 92456 92456 F 600 Volts AC -- 250 Volts DC only Not U/L listed. Wt. 75 180 180 300 125 205 236 13 24 110 195 225 340 42 28 42 59 80 86 180 190 316 19 34 26 42 60 81 82 165 295 290 466 Overall Dimensions H W W/H D Std. Pkg. 31% 46% 52'Ms 54% 31% 46% 52% 10% 16% 31% 46% 52% 54% 12% 12% 23 22% 30% 31% 38% 46% 62% 12% 16% 12% 18 22% 30'% 31% 38% 46% 52% 55 16% 25% 18% 33 21'Ms 25% 25% 11% 14% 21 "Ms 25% 25% 33 17 17 18% 20% 18'% 22% 24% 36% 31'Ms 13 17% 17 17% 20% 18% 22% 24%^ 36% 31'Ms 42% 20 29 22 36Ms 25'Ms 29 28% 14% 17% 24'Ms 29 28% 36Ms 20% 20% 20% 23% 19% 26% 28% 37% 34% 14% 21% 20% 20% 23% 19% 26% 28% 37% 34% 45% 12% 12% 16% 14% 12% 12% 16% 4% 6% 12% 12% 16% 14% 7% 7% 6% 11 Ms 7% 11% 14'Ms 13 16% 6/2 6% 7% 6Ms 11% 7% 11% 14'Ms 13 16% 14% , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 *240 Volts AC only. fifSWeWLFA-'blScSUNf PAGE 35 SQDSLV 000170 . . . design leadership BOLT-LOC BOLTED PRESSURE CONTACT SWITCHES GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE -- LOAD BREAK TYPE Bolt-Loc Switches through 2000 ampere are quick-make, quick-break supplied in a wall moun ted enclosure. The side operating handle has pro visions for padlocking in both the open or closed position. The handle is mechanically interlocked with the hinged cover preventing access to the switch in the closed position. The interlock is void able to authorized personnel. Bolt-Loc Switches 2500 ampere and above are slow-make, quick-break, front operated and are mounted in a free standing enclosure having re movable sides and top plates. Switches include lugs and have line terminals at the top and load terminals at the bottom. Suffi cient wiring gutter permits both line and load cables to enter the top or the bottom. All fusible switches are equipped with NEMA Class L fuse terminal drillings to accept one fuse per pole such as Bussmann Hi-Cap KRP-C and Bussmann Limitron, KTX etc. (Fuses are not supplied by Square D). FAULT CLOSING AND INTERRUPTION: Tests completed at Square D Cedar Rapids High Power Testing Laboratory demonstrated the ability of the Bolt-Loc switch to close and open on fault currents greater than let-thru currents of current-limiting fuses based on a minimum operator opening time. These tests prove complete safety under the most severe applications. Fusible Switch Prices* (Including Lugs) Volts Ampere Rating 2 Pole, 2 Wire Catalog Number Price 2 Pole, 3 Wire Catalog Number Price _ 3 Pole, 3 Wire Catalog Number Price 3 Pole, 4 Wire Catalog Number Price Quick Make Quick Break through 200 Ampere AC 800 BLG-22080 $1485. BLG-22080-N 1200 BLG-22120 1520. BLG-22120-N 1600 BLG-22160 1585. BLG-22160-N 2000 BLG-22200 1675. BLG-22200-N Ml/ 2500 BLG-22250 1880. BLG-22250-N 3000 BLG-22300 3035. BLG-22300-N 4000 BLG-22400 3960. BLG-22400-N 600 V. AC 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 BIG-26080 BLG-26120 BLG-26160 BLG-26200 BLG-26250 BLG-26300 BLG-26400 1(40. 1680. 1780. 1860. 2060. 3680. 4860. BLG-26080-N BLG-26120-N BLG-26160-N B LG-26200-N BLG-26250-N BLG-26300-N BLG-26400-N NEMA Type 12 Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure (functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5).........................................Add $200.00 SI600. 1630. 1740. 1850. 2180. 3255. 4180. BLG-32080 BLG-32120 BLG-32160 BLG-32200 BLG-32250 BLG-32300 BLG-32400 $1650. 1695. 1785. 1895. 2225. 3565. 4665. BLG-32080-N BLG-32120-N BLG-32160-N BLG-32200-N BLG-32250-N BLG-32300-N BLG-32400-N $1796. 1830. 19(0. 2090. 2445. 8876. 4886. 1740. 1780. 1900. 2020. 2110r 8860. 6060. BLG-36080 BLG-36120 BLG-36160 BLG-36200 BLG-36250 BLG-36300 BLG-36400 1820. 1880. 1980. 2100. 2310. 4840. 6800. BLG-36080-N BLG-36120-N BLG-36160-N BLG-36200-N BLG-36250-N BLG-36300-N BLG-36400-N 1940. 2000. 2140. 2280. 2440. 4660. 6000. onot-fusible switch prices Add suffix "-U" to Catalog Number and deduct from Price. 2 Pole (All Sizes)..................................................................$40.00 3 Pole: 800-4000 A.............................................................. 60.00 DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, LUG SIZES Quan- Weight tityA Lugs/ Amp. W H D (Approx.) Phase #4 to 600 2P 3P 2P 3P MCM 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 24* 24* 28* 28* 36 42 48 30* 30* 36* 36* 36 42 4 48 63 63 lb lb 91W 91W 91V4 15 15 16 16 37* 32* 48* 430: 480 ! 3 470 520 4 520 5/0 5 5/0 620 6 9/5 1050 Specify 11/5 12/5 Qty. Size 1415 1595 & Cable Type *Add 3%" for operating handle. DC Bolt Loc Dust-Tight Enclosed Switches APPLICATION: Any Dust Location such as Steel Mills, Foundries, Cement Mills, Textile Plants. Bolt-Loc Switches are quick-make, quick-break through 2500 ampere DC and slow-make, slow-break, 3000 ampere and above. The side operating handle is furnished with locking provisions for four padlocks in the open position. Provisions for padlocking in closed position are available upon request. The wall mounted dust-tight enclosure has a removable gasketed front screw cover containing a wire glass window for viewing the switch blade positions. Switches include lugs and have line terminals at the top and load terminals at the bottom. Sufficient wiring gutter permits both line and load cables to enter either the top or the bottom. Fuse provisions are same as for general purpose enclosed devices above. DC Switch Prices -- 2 Pole, 2 Wire (Including Lugs) Volts Amp. Rating Fusible Catalog Number Price Not-Fusible Catalog Number Price Weight (Approx.) Not Fusible Fused Dimensions Fusible Not-Fusible W* H D W* H D 250 V. DC 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 BLO-23080 BLD-23120 BLD-23160 BLD-23200 BLD-23250 BLD-23300 BLD-23400 $1390. 1495. 1630. 1785. 2310. 2795. 3280. BLD-23080-U BLD-23120-U BLD-23160-U BLD-23200-U BLD-23250-U BLD-23300-U BLD-23400-U S 1280. 1365. 1475. 1610. 2050. 2510. 2995. 550 560 615 620 970 1000 1130 515 30 525 30 580 30 585 30 875 30 905 32 985 32 4c Add 62 21 21 50 17/z 62 21 21 50 17/2 62 21 21 50 17/2 62 21 30 62 21 62 21 30 62 21 75 26 32 64 21 75 26 32 64 21 for side operating handle. Bolt-Loc Double Throw Switches Bolt-Loc switches are available in double throw construction, in fusible or non-fusible arrangements. A single operation handle allows positioning the switch in "Line 1 -- Open -- Line 2" operating positions. These switches are suitable for mounting in general purpose or dust-tight enclosures as well as free standing switchboards. Bolt-Loc Motor Operated Switches Motor operated Bolt-Loc switches are equipped with necessary electrical controls to allow for electrical remote opening and closing, as well as local manual or electrical operation. The switches are available in general purpose or dust-tight enclosures and in free standing switchboards. Consult your local field engineer for detailed information. Bolt-Loc Dust-Tight Enclosed Switch Quick Make Quick Break through 2500 Ampere DC LUG SIZES Switch Amperes 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 Quantity A Lugs/Phase #4-600 MCM 3 4 5 6 T Specify Quantity, Size and Cable Type Suitable for copper or aluminum cables. PAGE 36 * SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT . design leadership . . ACCESSORIES & MISCELLANEOUS Electrical interlocks for Heavy Duty Safety switches (A80,000, H80,000, H200 and H300 lines) are available in kit form for field or factory installation on 30A, 60A, 100A, 200A, 400A and 600A. Each kit contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm (see picture at left) operates from switch mechanism, breaking the control BEFORE the main switch blades break. Old style interlock (A80,000 and H80,000 line switches) uses Type BC-3, Class 9999 interlock, and new style (H200 and H300 line switches) uses Class 9007 snap switch. ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKS Ampere Rating of Switch New Style Interlock Kit Part No. H200 and H300 tine Switches Old Style Interlock Kit Part No. A & H8,000 Line Switches Price Kit Only Price ^Factory Installed 30 A 0 100 & 200 400 & 600 EI-306-1 or 2 EI-1020-1 or 2 PK-4060EI PK-306EI PK-1020EI PK-4060EI $15. 25. 35. $25. 35. 45. ^Factory installed price covers special handling required. Delivery on factory installed interlocks are sub ject to factory schedules and backlog. . EI-306-1 or 2 cannot be used on 30A. 250V fusible or 30A. 250V. or 600V. not fusible switches. Indicates 2 Contacts, 2 indicates 4 Contacts. LUGS UL Listed as Suitable for Aluminum or Copper. Kits include Spring Washers. Cat. No. AL-100 AL-200 AL-300 AL-400 No. Wires 1 1 1 2 Wire Size #12 -- #0 AWG (Cu.) #6 -- #0 (Al.)................................ #6 -- 300 MCM (Al or Cu) #00 -- 500 MCM (Al. or Cu.).. . #00 -- 500 MCM (Al. or Cu.) Description Kit of 3 Lugs Kit of 3 Lugs Kit of 1 Lug Kit of Lug Price per Kit $ 2.00 3.60 2.80 7.50 VOLTAGE TESTERS Description TESTER (complete with polarity cap) 110-220-440-550 V. AC, 60 cycle, 125-250-600 V. DC .. .. TESTER (same as 5008 except with fusible prods)............................................................................. POLARITY INDICATING CAP (for any Square D Voltage Tester)........................................... CASE, Laminated Vinyl............................................................................................................................. CASE, Leather............................................................................................................................................... Catalog Number 5008 5008S 48150-007-50 5002 5002 D Price $ 16.50 17.50 2.50 2.00 4.00 Amps. POSITIVE PRESSURE FUSE CLIPS Type Cat. No. Price , Each Price Per C Size Conduit Opening Cat. No. KNOCKOUT CLOSERS Price Per C Size Conduit Opening Cat. No. Price Per C 250 VOLTS 30 Clip *SK2370 $ .33 $ 33. 30 Clip SK2371 .33 33. 60 Clip SK2372 .42 42. 100 Jaw 4:SK2363 1.42 142. 200 Jaw 4:SK2364 2.85 285. 400 Jaw *SK2365 6.90 690. 600 Jaw $SK2366 11.80 1180. Vz" %* 1" m" Size Inches 1901 1902 1903 1904 $ 9.10 10.50 22.20 29.00 2* m" 3" 1905 1906 1907 1908 REDUCING WASHERS For reducing knockout to fit smaller conduit Cat. No. Price Per C Size Inches Cat. No. $36.00 53.00 62.00 91.00 Price Per C 600 VOLTS 30 Clip SK2361 $ .39 $ 39. 60 Clip SK2362 .53 53. 100 Jaw $SK2363 1.42 142. 200 Jaw *SK2364 2.85 285. 400 Jaw SK2365 6.90 690. 600 Jaw *SK2366 11.80 1180. % to /2 1 to J/2 1 to % 1 (/4 to 7a 174 to % i yA to i 1 Vz to % 514 $ 5.50 1 y2 to 1 515 11.00 1 7a to 1 74 516 11.00 2 to 72 517 18.70 2 to % 518 18.70 2 to 1 519 18.70 2 tO 1 74 520 18.70 2 to 1 !/2 521 18.70 522 $18.70 523 18.70 524 28.00 525 28.00 526 28.00 527 28.00 528 28.00 *For Lighting Panels only. SWITCH RATING FOR MOTOR LOADS ^Pressure Springs included but not assembled. Single Phase Time Delay Fuses 3 Phase 2 Phase, 4 Wire Direct Current Above 50 horsepower, non-fusible switches are rated as disconnects only and should be selected with a rating of at least 115% of the motor full load current. Horsepower % l'A 2 120 Volts 30 30 60 240 Volts 30 30 30 240 Volts 30 30 30 480 Volts 30 30 30 600 Volts 30 30 30 240 Volts 30 30 30 480 Volts 30 30 30 125 Volts 30 30 30 250 Volts 30 30 30 600 Volts 30 30 30 Next size smaller switch can be used for normal or light starting duty. However, under many con ditions, switch size indicated may be necessary to accommodate fuses large enough to start motor. Use next size smaller if selecting not-fusible switch. 3 5 Wz 10 15 20 25 60 30 30 60 30 60 60 100 60 100 60 100 100 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 30 30 30 60 30 60 60 100 60 60 60 100 60 30 30 30 60 30 30 60 30 60 30 100 60 200 60 200 60 Selections are based on U/L hp ratings for enclosed switches. Where switch sizes are not shown, hp ratings are not listed by the U/L. 30 40 50 200 60 60 100 60 200 100 60 200 100 200 100 100 200 100 200 400 400 100 100 200 Selections are based on fuse manu facturers' recommendations for mo tors without code letters and may be used as indicated in Section 430 56 of the N.E.C. Not-fusible switches carry equiva lent horsepower ratings to those Underwriters' ratings shown. The maximum horsepower listing available from Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc, is 50 horsepower. 60 400 200 100 200 100 i.. 400 200 75 400 200 200 400 200 400 200 100 400 200 200 400 200 600 400 125 600 200 200 400 200 600 400 150 600 200 400 600 400 400 200 600 400 400 600 400 600 SCHCDUIE A DISCOUNT PAGE 37 SQDSLV 000172 . . design leadership SQUARE-Duct & FITTINGS SQUARE-Duct SQUARE-Duct combination wireway is usable as either Hinge Cover or Screw Cover Duct. It provides full lay-in features throughout its entire installation, eliminating threading and pulling of conductors. Hinge covers are quickly removed and replaced by pressing spring tabs. The same cover has keyhole slots to accept captive screws locking the cover securely closed. The entire run may be sealed. All SQUARE-Duct components are U/L listed as steel enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter. Knockouts match other Square D switches, breakers, service entrance equipment, contactors and starters. Finish: Blue-gray baked enamel. NO CONNECTORS ARE FURNISHED WITH LENGTHS OR FITTINGS 2*S"x 254 - 4*'x 4" 6"x 6" 8"x 8" Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat No. Component Description Knock Without outs Knockouts Wt Price Knock outs Without Knockouts Wt. Price Knock outs Without Without Knockouts Wt. Price Knockouts Wt. 2 Foot.............................. 3 Foot.............................. 4 Foot.............................. 5 Foot.............................. ID Foot.............................. LD21 LD22 LD23 LD24 LD25 LD210 LD21WK LD22WK LD23WK LD24WK LD25WK LD210WK 2% $ 2.30 LD41 5 1.70 LD42 IV, 6.20 LD43 10 1.40 LD44 UK 10.00 LD45 24 20.00 LD410 LD41WK LD42WK LD43WK LD44WK LD45WK LD410WK 4 11 15) 18 36 4.70 7.50 10.00 11.30 23.20 i nfii LD62 LD63 LD64 LD65 LD610 LD62WK LD63WK LD64WK LD65WK LD610WK 11 8.20 LD82 16 11.30 LD83 22 15.30 LD84 26H 18.90 LD85 53 39.00 17 26 34 42 LD290L LD245L 22Yi degrees..................... LD225L 6.00 LD490L LD490LS 1 4.70 LD445L 1 4.70 LD425L 3 6.90 LD690L 3 14.70 LD690LS 3 5.80 1 nfi45! 3 6.80 LD625L 9 7(1 LD88L 10 19.50 7 It ?n 5 8.20 20 20 Junction Box. For T, L or Cross Pull Box....... For T, L or Cross LD2T LD2J ' Transposition Section___ (2 sides--2 openings)....... Rotates wireway 90......... LD2TF LD21TS 2 6.60 LD4T 2 9.60 LD4J LD4PB 5 8.70 LD4TF 3 3.96 LD41TS 4 io.nn LD6T 4 11.40 L.D6J 14 30.80 LD6PB 5 8.70 LD6TF 4 4.96 LD61TS R 11.40 LD88T 9 11.40 1 DARI 26 62.60 9 36.00 6 11.00 19 30 Closing Plate. Seals openings.................. Wire Retainer Snap-in spring steel Adaptor........ Connects to panel 4* x 4" to IVi" x V/i"....... LD2C LD2H LD2CP LD2WR LD22A Gusset Cut-off Fitting Mount for vertical wall For cutting odd dimensions 3 Foot......................... ;... LD2GB LD23N LD26N LD29N LD23CF LD2CPWK 3/b .60 LD4C Yi 1.00 LD4H /. .60 LD4CP V* .20 LD4WR 1 2.00 LD44A LD42R V* 1.00 LD4GB Yi 2.50 LD43N 1 2.50 LD46N 2 2.50 LD49N 7*4 6.20 LD43CF LD4CPWK Yi .60 LD6C Wa 1.80 LD6H Vi .60 LD6CP Vs .25 LD6WR m 2.30 LD66A i 4.30 LD64R Vi 1.30 LD6GB 3.00 LD63N 2 3.00 LD66N 3 3.00 LD69N 11 7.50 LD63CF LD6CPWK 1 1.20 LD88C 2/2 4.00 LD88H 1 1.20 LD88E ys .30 4 3t 60 1 DRRA 2 9.60 LD86R 1 4.00 2 6.20 3 6.20 4*4 6.20 16 11.30 LD83CF 1 3 2 2 2 26 Price 16.00 23.00 28.00 33.00 15.00 32.00 82 on 1.70 fi 50 1.70 6 on 11.00 23.00 ^Connectors to adapt SQUARE-Duct to existing competitive duct are avaiiabie. For information contact your nearest SQUARE-D field office. Dimensions, Page 40 RAINTIGHT WIREWAY Raintight wireway is for ganging meter devices, panels, switches, etc. Each length is a completely enclosed section with a %, ,removable cover that has a provision for sealing. Two sizes of concentric knockouts (one Vi, 1 1 Vi and two 1 !4, 1 Vi, 2, 2 Vi per foot) are located along the bottom of the wireway on 3" centers. These knockouts provide easy ganging of service equipment. Lengths without knockouts are available at standard price -- add WK sufFix to Cat. No. Finish: Blue-gray baked enamel. Description 1 Foot Length.................... 2 Foot Length................... 3 Foot Length....................... 4 Foot Length....................... 5 Foot Length............ Cat. No. RD41 RD42 RD43 RD44 RD45 4* x 4" Price $ 6.50 9.70 14.00 17.30 21.00 Cat No. RD61 RD62 RD63 RD64 RD65 6" x 6" Price $13.60 16.80 23.30 29.80 35.50 PAGE 38 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT SQD SLV EDdesign leadership . . . JIC WIREWAY & TROUGHS Type JIC Sectional Oiltight Wireway and fittings are used to protect runs of electrical wiring from oil, water, coolants, dirt or dust as well as physical damage, and may be used either indoors or outdoors. This wireway is manufactured to JIC and NMTBA standards for Industrial Con trol Equipment. It is available in four standard sizes 2Vi,f x 2Vi!t, 4" x 4", 6" x 6" and 8" x 8''. Lengths and fittings are made of 14 gauge steel with 10 gauge welded flanges. Straight lengths have hinged covers with sponge neoprene gasket all around and are held dosed with external clamps. A " solid neoprene gasket is provided for placing between flanges when sections and fittings are bolted together. All lengths and fittings are without knockouts. Finish is a gray prime coat over a phosphated surface. Type JIC Sectional Wireway and Enclosed wiring troughs are generally used in conjunction with industrial machinery and consequently have never been submitted for U/L listing. JIC WIREWAY 00 4 CO Description No. of Gaskets Furnished Straight Length -- 1 foot. . . . 2 foot.. . . 1 t 1 5 foot.... 10 foot. . . . 1 1 90 Elbow..................................... 45 Elbow..................................... Cross.............................................. Tee................................................. Telescope Fitting........................ 1 1 2 2 1 Cut-off Fitting............................. Box Adaptor................................ Closure Plate............................... Drop Hanger................................ Bracket Hanger.......................... 1 1 1 0 0 2/2' x 2/z" Cat. No. Price JD-21 JD-22 JD-23 JD-24 JD-25 JD-210 $12.40 16.30 22.20 ?A.Afl 27.40 52.20 JD-290L JD-245L JD-2X JD-2T JD2TF 14.40 14.40 23.50 19.70 18.30 JD-2CF JD-2A JD-2CP JD-2DH JD-2BH 8.70 3.30 1.80 2.60 2.60 4* x 4 Cat. No. JD-41 JD-42 JD-43 jD-44 JD-45 JD-410 JD-490L JD-445L JD-4X JD-4T JD-4TF JD-4CF JD-4A JD-4CP JD-4DH JD-4BH Price $15.00 20.60 24.80 28.70 32.60 57.50 18.30 18.30 31.30 22.20 19.60 12.50 4.50 3.30 3.90 3.90 6" x 6' Cat. No. Price JD-61 JD-62 JD-63 JD-64 JD-65 JD-610 $18.30 24.80 32.60 41.70 52.20 91.40 JD-690L JD-645L JD-6X JD-6T JD-6TF 22.20 22.20 40.50 31.30 23.50 JD-6CF JD-6A JD-6CP JD-6DH JD-6BH 15.80 5.80 3.90 5.80 5.80 Cat. No. JD-81 JD-82 JD-85 JD-890L JD-845L JD-8X JD-8T JD-8TF JD-8CF JD-8A JD-8CP JD-8DH JD-8BH Price $29.20 40.30 70.80 33.00 33.00 53.70 45.10 35.40 24.40 7.30 5.90 10.20 10.20 Reducer Bushing-- Gasket & Screws (Extra)......... 1 1 1 1 1 1 JD-2G JD-42 RC JD-42RE .60 jb-4G 7.80 7.80 .80 JD-64 RC JD-64RE j D-6 G 9.10 9.10 1.00 JD-86RC JD-8G 12.20 12.20 1.60 Dimension Page 40. Type JIC Totally Enclosed Wiring Troughs are dust proof and water-tight. They are used to house electrical wiring where protection against oil, coolants, water, dust or dirt, as well as physical damage, is required. This wireway is manufactured to JIC specifica tions. It is made of 14 gauge steel with welded seams ground and polished. A removable cover, with a sponge neoprene gasket, is attached to the trough by a chain at each end and is latched securely with external clamps. Troughs have external mounting feet and JIC WIRING are without knockouts or openings. Finish is a baked blue-gray enamel over a phosphated surface. TROUGHS Description 2!/2' x 2!/2Cat. No. Price 4" x 4" Cat. No. Price 1 Foot Length (12*)................................... V/2 Foot Length (IS')............................... 2 Foot Length (24''').................................... 3 Foot Length (36*).................................... 4 Foot Length (48*j................................... 5 Foot Length (60*)................................... 6 Foot Length (72*).................................... JT-21 JT-2018 JT-22 JT-23 JT-24 JT-25 S10.50 13.20 15.60 18.00 24.00 30.70 JT-41 JT-4018 JT-42 JT-4030 JT-43 JT-44 JT-45 JT-46 $12.50 15.40 20.50 21.00 23.10 26.50 34.60 38.40 Note: 6" x 6" and 8' x 8" Troughs available on special order. Consult factory. Dimension Page 40. CONDUCTOR TABLE -- NO DERATING NECESSARY UP TO 30 CONDUCTORS AND 20% FILL -- N.E.C. 362-5 fAreas in square inches for are .0327 and .0384 respec tively. *NOTE: The 1965 National lations to 30 conductors in one wireway except where special permission has been obtained from the local authority enforcing the Code or where for signalling circuits or are control wires between a motor and its starter and used only for starting duty. Size of Conductor 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0 00 000 0000 250,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 Area of Conductor Type R RH & RW Sq. /nches .02301 .0278 t .0460 .0760 .1238 .1605 .1817 .2067 .2715 .3107 .3578 .4151 .4840 .5917 .6837 .8365 .9834 Maximum Number of Conductors All of One Size 2K2*x2/2* Duct *54 *44 27 16 10 7 6 6 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 4*x4* Duct *139 *115 *69 *42 25 19 17 15 11 10 8* 7 6 5 4 3 3 6*x6* Duct *313 *259 *156 *94 *58 *44 *39 *34 26 23 20 17 14 12 10 8 7 8*x8* Duct *533 *440 *266 *161 *99 *76 *62 *59 *45 *39 *34 29 25 21 18 15 12 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT PAGE 39 SQDSLV 000174 design leadership JIC & SQUARE-Duct DATA 2Vz" x 2/2"--Knockouts Vz, %, 1, 1!4 Cat. No. A B c D LD21 12 2% 2% LD22 24 2% 2% LD23 36 2% 2% LD24 48 2% 2% LD25 60 2% 2% LD210 120 2% 2% LD290L 4% 2% 3Ms LD245L LD225L LD2T LD2J 2% 2% m 2Me 2% 2Vk 6% 2% 3Vk 4% 6% 2% 3Me 6% LD2TF LD2H LD22A 15 IV/z /2 45/16 10 3M 4% 3>A 2% 3% 4" x 4* -- Knockouts Cat. No. A B LD41 12 LD42 24 LD43 36 LD44 48 LD45 60 LD410 120 LD490L LD490LS 9%i LD445L 3!/2 LD425L 2% LD4T SVk LD4J 8'/s LD4PB 14M LD4TF 15 LD4H 4/s LD44A 3!4 4/a 4/s 4/8 4/8 4/e 4/8 4/s 4/s 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/s 4 Vs 11H1 11% 4/a 1, 1J4 CD 4/s 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/a 4/a 4/e 7% 4/6 4Ms /2 3'Ms 5/a qiA 97/16 3/2 2% 6J4 8'/a 14Ms 6 6' x 6'-Knockouts Vz, %, 1, 1 'A, 1 Vz, 2 g* x 8' -- No Knockouts Cat. No. A B C D Cat. No. A B C D LD61 12 LD62 24 LD63 36 LD64 48 LD65 60 LD610 120 LD690L 8% LO690LS 14Ms LD645L 5 LD625L 3% LD6T LD6J LD6PB 11% 11% 19i Ms LD6TF 15 LD6H 5/6 LO66A 47/6 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6 i/e 6/e 6/s 6/8 6/8 6/a 6/a 6% 6% 11/2 17 6/s 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/8 6/a 5'Ms 11 51/6 5'Ms /2 5Ms 7% 8% 14/s 5 3% 8% 11% 191/s 8/s LD81 LD82 LD83 LD84 LD85 LD88L LD845L LD88T LD88J LD88H LD88A 12 24 36 48 60 io% 57/8 13% 13% 5/s 2 8 8 8 8 8 8/s 8/e 8/s 8/a 16% 8/a 8 8 8 8 8 6> |/l6 io% 5% 6'Ms io% BU/i6 13% 5% 9/2 9% Drop Hanger 12 A i> Cut Off Fitting Cat. No. JD21 JD22 JD23 JD24 JD25 JD210 JD290L JD245L JD2X JD2T JD2TF JD2CF JD2DH JD2BH JT21 JT2018 JT22 JT23 JT24 JT25 2/2" x 2/2" AB 2Vz 2/z 2/2 2Vz 2/. 2/2 2Vz 2Vz 2Vz 2/2 2`/i 2/z 4>/z 3% 2/2 2/2 2/2 '2/2 2/2 2/2 4 V* 2 4J4 4/4 CL 12 24 36 48 60 120 5Vz 2% B'/z 5/2 8/2 9i4 4% 12 18 24 36 ' 48 60 Cat. No. JD41 JD42 JD43 JD44 JD45 JD410 JD490L JD445L JD4X JD4T JD4TF JD4CF JD4DH JD4BH JT41 JT4018 JT42 JT4030 JT43 JT44 JT45 JT46 DIMENSIONS--JIC WIREWAY 4" x 4* 6# x 6' A B C L Cat. No. A B 4 12 JD61 6 4 24 JD62 6 4 36 JD63 6 4 48 JD64 6 4 60 JD65 6 4 120 JD610 6 457 JD690L 6 6 4 27/fc 3'A JD645L 6 3 45 io JD6X 6 6 4 5 7 10 JD6T 6 6 4 JD6TF 6 4 JD6CF 6 6 n% JD6DH 8/4 5% 6% JD6BH 7% 4 12 4 18 4 24 4 30 4 36 4 48 4 60 4 72 PAGE 40 Straight Section 1' ,2', 3', 4', 5' and 10' lengths CL 12 24 36 48 60 120 9 4/4 12 9 12 15/4 8% Cat. No. JD81 JD82 8* A 8 8 CO Xj B JD85 JD890L JD845L JD8X JD8T JD8TF JD8CF JD8DH JD8BH 8' 8 8 8 8 8 8 10/4 9% 8 4 8 8 CL 12 12* ` 5% 12 60 ` 16 16 i8'/4 10% D SQDSLV 000175 design leadership . . . UNDERFLOOR DUCT SINGLE LEVEL SYSTEM Distribution (Insert) Duct and Feeder Duct on Same Level JUNCTION BOXES G-1910-2 ng Legs (Included)' With y8" insert duct, use 2" leveling legs in junction boxes, support couplers and supports in 2J/" to 4" slab thicknesses. With 1 %" insert duct, use 2" leveling legs in 3" to 4J/fc" slab thicknesses. Single level junction boxes will be shipped with 2" leveling legs assembled. Other height leveling legs available at no charge on special order only. Catalog Number GX12-A0 G XI 2-BO GX2-A0 GX2-B0 GX2-A1 GX2-B1 GX23-A2 GX23-B2 GZ3-A1 GZ3-A3 Duct Insert Height i%" Yb' Yb" 1%' Yb' & 1%' Yb' & 1%' Description 1 Standard by 1 Super Duct Junction Box 1 Super by 1 Super Duct Junction Box 2 Standard by 2 Standard Duct Junction Box 2 Standard by 1 Standard and 1 Super Duct Junction Box 3 Standard by 3 Standard Duct 1 Standard by 1 Super by 1 Standard and 1 Super Duct Junction Box CM Box Height Min. Max. V/b" 2 Yb' 2'Ms' 3'Ms' 2/2' 2 Yb' 2'Ms" 3'Ms' 2'A' 2/b" 2' Ms" 3'Ms' 2/z' 2Yb' 2'Ms' 3'Ms" 2Vb" 3%' 3%' Weight Each 6.8 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 12.0 lbs. 13.0 lbs. 12.0 lbs. 13.0 lbs. 17.5 lbs. 18.8 lbs. 34.2 lbs. 34.2 lbs. Price Each $ 47. 47. 58. 58. 58. 58. 76. 76. 92. 92. SERIES V (Two Level) TWO LEVEL SYSTEM Distribution (Insert) Duct on Upper Level and Feeder (Blank) Duct on Lower Level Catalog Number Duct Insert Height Description Box Height Min. Max. Weight Each Price Each GV12-A0 GV12-B0 GV2-A0 GV2-B0 Yb' Yb' 1%' 1 Standard by 1 Super Duct Junction Box 1 Super by 1 Super Duct Junction Box 4* 4/2' 4* 4/2' 4% " 5%' 4/b" 5%' 12.7 lbs. 14.3 lbs. $ 52. 52. 64. 64. The Series V two level junction boxes provide a full capacity feeding system with super duct on the lower level and a distribu tion system with standard insert duct on the upper level. 4" mini mum slab thickness is required. Two level junction boxes will be shipped with 3" leveling legs assembled. Other height leveling legs available at no charge on special order only. NOTES (APPLY TO ALL JUNCTION BOXES) Aluminum tile trim for l/s* tile furnished unless otherwise specified. Special junction box trims available for cork, wood, marble, or terrazzo floors. Prices on application. For complete junction box listing, refer to the latest UD Green Price List. SCHEDULE U2 DISCOUNT PAGE 41 SQDSLV 000176 . . design leadership UNDERFLOOR DUCT It is impossible to design all buildings to use standard 10' lengths of duct or multiples MODULAR UNDERFLOOR DUCT thereof. Therefore, it has always been necessary to cut duct on the job to fit the given space. The f0' duct, as previously made, had the firstinsert 12" from either end, therefore, producing a uniform duct with regard to placement of the inserts. If the dimensions of any lengthwere an oddfootage, suchas 1,3, 5, 7 or 9, the duct could not be installed with one cut, since this would mean cutting through an insert. Therefore, 3 or 4 inches was first cut from the end. Then a second cut was required to obtain the desired odd foot length. When this piece was coupled with standard lengths, the standard Insert spacing was no longer maintained. Now four standard lengths of duct with the first insert 6" from the end have eliminated this problem. The table below lists combinations for duct runs from21 to 60 feet with no cutting required. SPAN COMBINATION 21 Feet 22 Feet 23 Feet SUPER DUCT 1-3/8" X 7- i/4" 10 FEET 24 Feet 25 Feet Catalog Number GD-100A GD-100B GD-100C GD-100D GD-107A GD-107B GD-107C2 GD-107C3 GD-107D GD-113A GD-113B GD-113C2 GD-113C3 GD-113D Catalog Number GD-200A GD-200B GD-200C GD-200D GD-207A GD-207B GD-207C2 GD-207C3 GD-207D GD-213A GD-213B GD-213C2 GD-213C3 GD-213D 12 FEET- STANDARD DUCT* Insert Height Duct Length Blank Blank Blank Blank Zb' y" Zb" Zb" Zb' 1%' 1%' 1%* 1%' 1%' 10' 12' 5' 6' 10' 12' 5' 5' 6' 10' 12' 5' 5' 6' SUPER DUCT* Insert Height Duct Length Blank Blank Blank Blank 10' 12' 5' 6' Zb" Zb" Zb" Zb" Zb' 1%" 1%' 1%" 1%" 10' 12' 5' 5' 6' 10' 12' 5' 5' 6' Weight 22.0 lbs. 26.5 lbs. 11.0 lbs. 13.3 lbs. 24.1 lbs. 28.8 lbs. 12.0 lbs. 12.1 lbs. 14.4 lbs. 24.4 lbs. 29.1 lbs. 12.1 lbs. 12.3 lbs. 14.6 lbs. Weight 43.6 lbs. 52.4 lbs. 21.8 lbs. 26.2 lbs. 42.2 lbs. 50.6 lbs. 21.0 lbs. 21.2 lbs. 25.3 lbs. 45.1 lbs. 54.1 lbs. 22.4 lbs. 22.7 lbs. 27.0 lbs. Price Each $11.00 13.20 6.00 7.10 $14.00 16.80 7.50 7.50 8.90 $14.00 16.80 7.50 7.50 8.90 Price Each $30.00 36.00 15.60 18.60 $36.00 43.20 18.60 18.60 22.20 $36.00 43.20 18.60 18.60 22.20 DUCT SUPPORT COUPLERS & SUPPORTS 26 Feet 27 Feet 28 Feet 29 Feet 30 Feet 31 Feet 32 Feet 33 Feet 34 Feet 35 Feet 36 Feet 37 Feet 38 Feet 39 Feet 40 Feet 41 Feet 42 Feet 43 Feet 44 Feet 45 Feet 46 Feet 47 Feet -- 1 10 r--3 ' 10 STANDARD DUCT 1 3/8" X 3-1/8' J \A ~r3.75 SQ . IN A_ INSERT HEIGHT 48 Feet 49 Feet 50 Feet 51 Feet For more than minimum slab thickness, or where more rigidity is required, use G-1548 support coupler and G-1590 support. Catalog Number G-1538-1 .G-1538-11 G-1538-2 G-1538-111 G-1538-12 G-1580-1 G-1580-2 G-1580-3 Description Duct * Support Coupler Duct Support * Capacity 1 Std. 2 Std. 1 Super 3 Std. 1 Std. and 1 Super 1 Std. 2 Std. or 1 Super 3 Std. or 1 Std. and 1 Super Weight Each 1.6 lbs. 2.5 lbs. 2.5 lbs. 3.4 lbs. 3.4 lbs. .7 lbs. .9 lbs. 1.4 lbs. Price Each 3.00 4.40 4.40 6.40 6.40 2.00 2.20 2.40 52 Feet 53 Feet 54 Feet 55 Feet 56 Feet 57 Feet 58 Feet 59 Feet 60 Feet Note*: Prices for Insert duct with inserts on 12' centers available upon request. Marker screw assemblies for all inserts are available no charge upon request. Specify catalog number of duct. Escutcheon washers for marker screw assemblies are available in white, red or blue in packages of 50 pieces (G-1413, G-1413-R, G-1413-B respectively). No charge when ordered with duot lengths. *For Complete Listing, Refer to UD Green Price List. PAGE 42 SQD SLV_000177 design leadership . . . UNDERFLOOR DUCT SUGGESTED METHOD OF TAKE-OFF 1. Study the specifications and blue prints to determine: Type of system (Two standard ducts, standard--super, etc.) Height of insert and junction box ring Number and types of service fittings Material called for in specification not shown on drawing 2. Determine the number of pieces of modular duct lengths with inserts required by measuring the duct runs in feet and con verting to pieces. (Don't forget to take into consideration whether a one-duct, two-duct or three-duct system.) 3. The cross runs are usually blank duct. Determine the proper modular lengths required to fit between the junction boxes and to feed the system from the panel and cabinet locations. (These will be field cut by the contractor to the exact size.) Risers are often needed to the panels and cabinets so include some extra blank duct. 4. Using the "Systems Selector", determine the duct arrangements and select the proper junction boxes, support-couplers, and supports. (A support-coupler is required at every duct joint and at the end of a duct run. A support is required in the center of a 10 foot and 12 foot modular length.) System e SYSTEMS SELECTOR June. Box Support-Coupler sfc GX1-A0 G1538-1 Support # G1580-1 ee GX2-A1 G1538-11 G1580-2 r^r^i^i GZ3-A1 G1538-111 G1580-3 GZ3-A3 G1538-12 G1580-3 5. Count the box opening plugs (used to close up unused box open ings) and duct end plugs. 6. Include the vertical and flat elbows required. Include a cabinet connector for each vertical elbow. 7. Determine the size and quantity of conduit adapters required. If conduit is shown out of the corner of the junction box and no box opening is available for the conduit adapter, use a "Y" take-off fitting in conjunction with the conduit adapter. 8. Include sleeve coupling or support-coupler with any flat elbow and conduit adapter not at box. 9. Include a marker screw for all inserts on either side of a (unction box, the last insert in every run, and for the first insert on either side of a partition, unless otherwise called for in the specifica tions. 10. Include approximately 1/10 gallon of sealing compound for every two junction boxes. *For more than minimum slab thickness or where more rigidity is required, use G-1548 support couplers and G-1590 supports. TYPICAL "SMALL JOB" AND BILL OF MATERIAL LP-A TC-I Quantity 10 8 8 8 8 4 16 2 16 2 2 16 2 2 2 32 2 BILL OF MATERIAL Catalog No. Description GD-100C GD-107A GD-107B GD-107-C3 GD-107D GX2-A1 G-1538-11 G-1538-1 G-1580-2 G-1580-1 G-1401 G-1411 G-1601 G-1621 G-1619 G-155 G-1470 Blank Duct 5'0" L Insert Duct 10'0# L Insert Duct 12'0" L Insert Duct 5'0" L Insert Duct 6'0" L Junction Box Support Coupler Support Coupler Support Support Box Opening Plug Duct End Plug Vertical Elbow Cabinet Connector Flat Elbow Marker Screw Sealing Compound NOTES: Be sure to include material called for in specifications. Double check the scale on the drawing. Check slab depth and construction for proper levelling leg heig on boxes, support-couplers, and supports. AUnderfloor duct layouts normally call for Standard duct for telephone feeders as shown. Telephone feeder capacity requirements normally exceed Standard duct capacity, therefore Square D recommends using Super duct for telephone feeders. D PAGE 43 SQDSLV 000178 design leadership UNDERFLOOR DUCT ACCESSORIES ITEM yJ*JTi 9VERTICAL ELBOWS fcC/y\ fs'drr'y VERTICAL ADJUSTABLE ELBOW Used for offsetting duct runs where standard offsets are not applicable. fcy/fcy# 90 HORIZONTAL elbows Leveling screws not included. 45 HORIZONTAL ELBOW Sk\\ \jVH HORIZ. ADJUSTABLE ELBOW Allows a turn from 1 5 to 30 STANDARD / OFFSET ELBOWS / /''j Leveling screws not included. SUPER For complete accessory listing, refer to latest UD green price list. Catalog Number STANDARD G-1601 SUPER G-1602 STANDARD G-1617 SUPER G-1618 STANDARD G-1611 SUPER G-1612 STANDARD G-1619 STANDARD G-1615 SUPER G-1616 G-1605-075 G-1605-150 G-1605-200 G-1606-150 Weight Each Price Each 3.8 lbs. $ 6.00 7.0 lbs. 12.00 ITEM (Rectangular) CABINET CONNECTORS Std. hole req'd. 1%" x 3Vs" Super hole req'd. 1 " x 7%" G-1622S is for double std. duct, side by side mtg. Catalog Number STANDARD G-1621 G-1622S SUPER G-1622 2.0 lbs. 4.0 lbs. 7.0 lbs. 16.5 lbs. 2.0 lbs. 1.2 lbs. 2.9 lbs. 3.2 lbs. 3.2 lbs. 3.2 lbs. 6.0 lbs. $ 6.00 CABINET CONNECTOR FOR 3" DIA. K. O. STANDARD G-1432 12.00 $12.00 30.00 6.00 $ 3.00 5.00 $ 6.00 6.00 6.00 12.00 "Y" TAKE-OFF FITTING ' vr Use at box corners or at couplers for conduit or duct takeoffs. ^*4/^ SLEEVE COUPLING Permits duct ends to butt. Two bonding screws. EXPANSION COUPLING SEALING COMPOUND 1/10 gallon disposable container for caulking gun. 1 gallon container STANDARD G-1631 SUPER G-1632 STANDARD G-1463 SUPER G-1464 STANDARD G-1465 SUPER G-1466 G-1470 G-1469 Weight Each Price Each .5 lbs. $ 2.00 1.0 lbs. 4.00 .9 lbs. 4.00 1.5 lbs. $ 4.00 2.7 lbs. $ 4.00 4.7 lbs. 6.00 .5 lbs. $ 1.30 1.0 lbs. 2.60 2.0 lbs. $10.00 4.0 lbs. 20.00 1.5 lbs. 15 lbs. $ .SO 4.00 ITEM BOX OPENING PLUGS Description Plug--to close unused duct openings in junction box. Standard CONDUIT ADAPTERS DUCT END PLUGS G-1435 G-1432, 34, 36, 37 & 38 Super CONDUIT ADAPTER PLATE Super CONDUIT ADAPTER BODY V/a" to Ya" REDUCER BUSHINGS 1 Va" to 1 2" to 1 Zi` G-1457 G-1458 G-1455 Plug -- drive fits into end of duct. 2 " conduit adapter for std. duct....................................... \'A" conduit adapter for std. duct....................................... 1 54 " conduit adapter for std. duct for two 1 54 "'conduits Zz" conduit adapter for std. duct....................................... conduit adapter for std. duct....................................... 1 " conduit adapter for std. duct....................................... Conduit adapter body for Super duct. Use with G1456. Conduit adaptor plate for three 154''' conduits reduced to two and one 1" conduit. (Use with G1433). Use with G-1434 and G-1435 for %" conduit. Use with G-1434 and G-1435 for 1 " cenduit. Use with G-1432 for 1*4" conduit...................... Catalog Number STANDARD G-1401 SUPER G-1402 STANDARD G-1411 SUPER G-1412 G-1432 G-1434 G-1435 G-1436 G-1437 G-1438 SUPER G1433 SUPER G1456 Weight Each Price Each .15 lbs. .30 lbs. $ .40 .60 .14 lbs. .28 lbs. 1.5 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.4 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. $ .40 .60 $ 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.0 lbs. 4.00 .60 lbs. 1.50 G-1457 G-1458 G-1455 .7 lbs. $ 1.50 .5 lbs. 1.50 .10 lbs 1.50 LEVELING SCREWS WITH SQUARE FEET i Screw Catalog Size Number sa e^ X 0*0 vr x 3Me' X 4' Me' x 6' G-1910-3 G-1910-4 G-1910-6 G-1910-8 Weight Each .21 lbs. .23 lbs. .27 lbs. .31 lbs. Price Each $.44 .48 .52 .56 FOR COMPLETE ACCESSORY LISTING REFER TO LATEST UD GREEN PRICE LIST. MARKER SCREW ASSEMBLIES G-1 421C for Afterset Insert G-1 55 for Ellipsoid Insert. ----- ,-- v._______ s Catalog Number G-155 G-1421C Weight Each .10 lbs .20 lbs. Price Each $ .60 1.00 1 DUCT PULL BOX (Single Level) 4<^>b GX1 Catalog Number GX1-AO GX1-BO Box Height Min. Max. 2i/2* 2%" 2'Me' 3'Me' Weight Each 4.2 lbs. 4.7 lbs. Price Each $ 35.00 35.00 PAGE 44 -SCHEDULE 112 DISCOUNT! SQDSLV 000179 G2 FOR HIGH OR LOW POTENTIAL SERVICE Cat. Nos. G2-BA G2-BB G2-CA G2-CC G2-BA FOR HIGH POTENTIAL SERVICE * $ Accommodates Weight Each One Standard duplex receptacle--20 Amp... Two Standard duplex receptacles, back to back -- 20 amp............................................... One Standard single receptacle--20 amp... . Two Standard single receptacles, back to back -- 20 amp................................................ 1.5 lbs. 1.5 lbs. 1.5 lbs. 1.5 lbs. Price Each $ 10. 1100.. 10. FOR LOW POTENTIAL SERVICE t* Cat. Nos. Includes Weight Each G2-LA G2-LL One Split Rubber bushing with dia. hole.................................................................... Two Split Rubber bushings with %" dia. hole back to back..................................................... 1.5 lbs. 1.5 lbs. Dimensions for G2: 4/q" long, 4/q" wide, 2^6* high. Finish-SATIN ALUMINUM Price Each $ 10. 10. G-5 FOR LOW POTENTIAL --HIGH CAPACITY SERVICE* design leadership . UNDERFLOOR DUCT NEW G7 SERVICE FITTINGS * FOR HIGH OR LOW POTENTIAL SERVICE FITTINGS SERVICE MODERN -- COMPACT The G7 service fitting is a low compact service outlet. It is designed to have the minimum size required to give power or telephone service to an office area through an above the floor outlet. G7-CA FOR HIGH POTENTIAL SERVICE* Cat. Nos. Accommodates Weight Each G7-CA G7-CC One -- Single Receptacle #5258-15A. 125V. 3W Grounded U Slot..................................... Two -- Single Receptacle #5258-15A. 125V. 3W Grounded U Slot. Back to back.......... .75 .75 FOR LOW POTENTIAL SERVICE Cta. Nos. Includes Weight Each G7-LA G7-LL One Split Rubber Bushing with 1"dia.open- ing with Diagram............................................ Two Split Rubber Bushing with 1" dia. open- ing with Diaphram, back to back............... Dimensions for G7: long; wide, 2%" high. Finish--SATIN ALUMINUM C .72 .72 Price Each $ 10. 10. Price Each $ 10. 10. G3 AND G4 FOR LOW POTENTIAL SERVICE* LOW SILHOUETTE -- FOR 1 OR 2 AMPHENOL CONNECTORS. For Low Potential Service Only. -- Shown with G132 Bracket Assembly Cat. Nos. Accommodates G5-100 5 Amphenol Connector...................................... G132 Bracket Ass'y for 10-44A terminal blocks or equivalent......................................................... Dimensions for G5-100: 10" long, 4" wide, 2^6* high. Finish-SATIN ALUMINUM Weight Each 2.6 lbs. .4 lbs. Price Each $ 16. 2. The G5 service fitting is a large capacity, low potential fitting of quality die cast aluminum. It accommodates 1 0 -- 44A connector blocks or 8 -- 44A and buzzer, or Amphenol, cinch and other types of ribbon connectors. A hinged mounting bracket is available to give access to both sides of connectors in the upright position. A split rubber insulating bushing is included in the housing. It can be used beside all G series service fittings in any combination. ^ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS FOR SERVICE FITTINGS ON THIS PAGE: SI = Has components to adapt to any Underfloor Duct with 2# I.P.S. circular insert or afterset inserts. Si service fittings must be ordered from factory. S3 -- Has components for mounting on new ellipsoid insert. To con vert S3 service fittings for use on 2' I.P.S. inserts, order a G-113 chase nipple. G-113 furnished, no charge, when or dered with an S3 service fitting. e.g.: G2-BA -- To fit 2 " I.P.S. Circular Insert Duct Catalog No. is G2-BA-S1. All fittings for high potential service are shipped without receptacle. f These fittings will accommodate 4 connector blocks of the 44A type by using a specially designed bracket (Cat. No. G-133). The additional cost for the bracket is $2.00 each. These fittings will also accommodate one Amphenol connector. See Price Sheet UD-148 for brass and other finishes. Dimensions for: G3: 1W long, 4/i" wide, I'/s" high. G4; 9\/2* long, 4!4// wide, 1%" high. Finish-SATIN ALUMINUM Many telephone companies use a single Amphenol connector (25 pr.) for 6 button key sets, or double Amphenol (50 pr.) for two key set telephones at the same location or for data processing transmission equipment. The new low silhouette G3 service fitting was designed for the single Amphenol that allows termination without deformation of cable. The G4 is slightly higher and longer to provide the safe housing for the double Amphenol. G6 COMBINATION SERVICE FITTINGS G6 For low and high potential service shown with duplex receptacle and 3 Amphenol connections Cat. Nos. Accommodates Weiqht Each Price Each G6 One standard duplex receptacle, 20 amp. and up to 3 Amphenol connectors.............. Dimensions for G6; 10" long, 4" wide, 2'Me" high. Finish-SATIN ALUMINUM 2.1 lbs. $ 20. To make telephone connection safe and convenient, the duplex power recep tacle is completely enclosed even with the cover removed. Removal of the isolating housing mokes installation of the power receptacle easy. The tele phone section has ample room for single or three Amphenol fittings for quick telephone installation. PAGE 45 SQDSLV 000180 design leadership UNDERFLOOR DUCT SERVICE FITTINGS Item TOP MOUNTING Mode of solid brass or alumi num plate, available in satin brass or satin aluminum finish only. Bevelled edge permits mounting above floor level. Can be used side by side or in any combination with other Square D underfloor duct service fittings- All high tension fittings ship ped complete with devices as shown. FLUSH MOUNTING Made of solid brass or alumi num plate. Available in satin brass or satin aluminum finish only. Square edge permits flush mounting in /* tile floor. Can be used side by side or in any combination with other Square D underfloor duct service fittings. All high tension fittings ship ped complete with devices as shown. FLUSH FLOOR SERVICE FITTINGS * Catalog Number BRASS G-601 B G-601C G-601L ALUMINUM G-602B G-602C G-602L Includes One 15 amp. 125 volt, 3 wire parallel blade, U slot receptacle. One 15 amp. 250 volt, 3 wire tandem blade, U slot receptacle Space for low potential termination................................................. One 15 amp. 125 volt, 3 wire parallel blade, U slot receptacle One 15 amp. 250 volt, 3 wire tandem blade, U slot receptacle Space for low potential termination............................................... BRASS G-603B G-603C G-603L One 15 amp. 125 volt, 3 wire parallel blade, U slot receptacle One 15 amp. 250 volt, 3 wire tandem blade U slot receptacle. Space for low potential termination............................................... ALUMINUM G-604B G-604C G-604L One 15 amp. 125 volt, 3 wire parallel blade, U slot receptacle One 15 amp. 250 volt, 3 wire tandem blade U slot receptacle. Space for low potential termination............................................... Weight Each 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.0 lbs. Price Each $ 14. .13. 12 ..13. 12 11 14. .13. 12 13. .12 .11 -- ^ i *V m STANDPIPE ASSEMBLY * Catalog Number Pipe 'H' Size BRASS G-701-075-3 G-701-075-6 G-701-100-3 G-701 -100-6 G-701-125-3 G-701-125-6 G-701-150-3 G-701-150-6 G-701-200-3 G-701-200-6 3* %' 6* %" 3* 1* 6* 1* 3* H4' 6' VA' 3* VA' 6* VA' 3* 2* 6* 2* ALUMINUM G-702-075-3 G-702-075-6 G-702-100-3 G-702-100-6 G-702-125-3 G-702-125-6 G-702-150-3 G-702-150-6 G-702-200-3 G-702-200-6 3* %' 6* %' 3* 1* 6* 1* 3* VA' 6* VA' VA' 6* VA' 3* 2* 6* 2* Weight Price Each Each 1.3 lbs. 1.8 lbs. 1.4 lbs. 2.0 lbs. 1.5 lbs. 2.2 lbs. 1.6 lbs. 2.5 lbs. 1.6 lbs. 2.7 lbs. $ 10. 14. 11. 15.50 12. 17. 13. 18. 14. 19.50 .4 lbs. .5 lbs. .4 lbs. .5 lbs. .5 ibs. .7 Ibs. .5 Ibs. .7 Ibs. .5 lbs. .7 lbs. $ 8. 11. 9. 12.50 10. 14. 11. 15.50 12. 17. ABANDONED OUTLET ASSEMBLY $ Description Catalog Number Finish Weight Each Price Each G-201 BRASS 0.6 lbs. $ 4. Top Mounting. G-202 ALUMINUM 0.4 Ibs. 4. 8 G-203 BRASS 0.6 Ibs. $ 4. Flush Mounting. (For Vi ' Tile) G-204 ALUMINUM 0.4 Ibs. 4. ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS FOR SERVICE FITTINGS ON THIS PAGE: Order by Catalog Number and Series Number SI = Has components to adapt to any Underfloor Duct with 2" I.P.S. Circular Insert. SI service fittings must be ordered from factory. S3 = Has components for only new ellipsoid inserts. S3 furnished unless otherwise requested, e.g.: G-601 B -- To fit Ellipsoid Insert Duct Cat. No. G-601 B-S3. AFTERSET INSERTS Afterset inserts are installed after the duct instal lation has been completed and after concrete has been poured. They are installed by means of o closing tool and the G-1 705 hole taw for cutting top of duct or steel cell. G-1420 closure cap avail able upon request. Order series 1 service fittings for use on afterset inserts. Insert Heights For Installation in Underfloor Duct Cat. No. For Installation in Cellular Steel Flooring Cat. No. Weight Each %' m' VA" 2%' m' 3%' G-1471-0875 G-1471-1375 G-1471-1875 G-1471-2375 G-1471-2875 G-1471-3375 G-1473-0875 G-1473-1375 G-1473-1875 G-1473-2375 G-1473-2875 G-1473-3375 .21 Ibs. .33 Ibs. .45 Ibs. .57 Ibs. .69 Ibs. .81 Ibs. Description SPECIAL TOOLS Catalog Number Weight Each Closing Tool (Hand Operated) for Afterset Inserts...................................... G-1701 1.5 Ibs. Closing Tool Kit -- for G-1471 and G-1473 aftersets and 2)/2* and 3* grommets. Adapts to any hand or power operated hydraulic pump with !4" hose couplings................................. G-1706 20.0 Ibs. Hole Saw for Installing Aftersets.......... G-1705-2.5 .5 Ibs. Insert Finder, Electronic.......................... G-1710 10.0 Ibs. Insert Finder, Magnetic........................... G-1711 1.0 Ibs. *Drive Tool for Service Fitting Wedge Screw..................................... G-1730 .3 Ibs. CONDUIT ADAPTERS TO ELLIPSOID INSERT Description Catalog Number Weight Ellipsoid to %*.......................................... Ellipsoid to 1*............................................ Ellipsoid to 1 Z\"........................................ Ellipsoid to 1 Yz"........................................ Ellipsoid to 2*............................................ G-1485 G-1486 G-1487 G-1488 G-1489 .60 Ibs. .55 Ibs. .47 Ibs. .38 Ibs. .25 Ibs. Price Each $2. 2. 2.50 2.50 3. 3. Price Each $ 36. 500. 20. 150. 30. 2. Price Each $ 2. 2. 2. 2. 4. INSERT ADAPTERS FOR OLDER DUCT SYSTEMS Adapts All Square D Underfloor Duct G1, G2, _____________ G3, G4, G5 and G6 Service Fittings:_______________ Description Catalog Number Weight Price Each Fits Inserts with 1.9* Special Fine Thread...................................................... G-991 AL .2 Ibs. S 2. Fits Inserts with 1 Yz" I.P.S.................... G-992 AL .2 Ibs. 2. Fits Inserts with 2* I.P.S........................ G-113 .3 Ibs. 2. sJeUse for driving wedge screws where large quantities of service fittings are installed. PAGE 46 [SCHEDULE-'Ul DISCOUNT _ SQD SLV 000181 design leadership . . LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKERS INDIVIDUALLY ENCLOSED TYPE K-225 15 to 225A. K-600 20 to 600A. K-1600 130 to 1600A. K-3000 1600 to 3000A. K-4000 2000 to 4000A. 600 Volt AC or 250 V. DC ENCLOSURES: General Purpose, Dust-proof, Weather-proof. K-225, K-600, and K-1600: 15 ampere through 1600 ampere power circuit breakers are sup plied in wall mounted type enclosures and have stored energy (quick-make and quick-break) operating mechanisms. The breaker is of drawout construction having a position indicator for the positions of fully closed, test, and discon nect. In the disconnect position, the separable connectors are disconnected from the line and load contacts and the circuit breaker is entirely isolated. K-3000 & K-4000: 2000 ampere through 4000 ampere breakers are electrically operated, sta tionary mounted in a free standing structure with removable side and rear plates for wiring. The increased weight of larger frame circuit breakers makes floor mounting free standing constructions more practical. GENERAL: Manually operated breakers are equipped with trip free closing mechanism, and push button trip. Electrically operated breakers include trip free closing mechanism, push but ton closing and tripping, control relays, shunt trip, and one spare auxiliary contact (in addi tion to those required for push button and indi cating lights) for customer's use. OVERCURRENT TRIP MECHANISM: Standard dual magnetic trip mechanism for each pole includes long time delay and instant aneous trip devices (Type OD-3 or OD-300). Other special tripping devices are available. (Consult your local field engineer.) When Ordering, Specify: 1. Catalog number of breaker and accessory form letters. 2. Number of poles. 3. Trip coil rating (amperes) and trip setting. 4. Manual or electrical operation. (specify control voltage for E. O. Breakers). 5. Type of enclosure. 6. Frequency. 7. Accessories. 8. Any special conditions or requirements. For large motors, give complete characteristics including full load current, locked rotor current, HP, RPM, operating voltage, and type of motor. For resistance welding circuits, give weld current and duty cycle. For E.O. Breakers, shunt trip, under-voltage trip, or indicating lights give control voltage. CATALOG NUMBERS * 3 Pole Only * General Purpose Enclosure + Continuous Breaker Ampere Type Range Manual Electrical K-225 15-20 30-40 50-70 90-125 150-225 K-225 -3MG20 K-225 -3MG40 K-225 -3MG70 K-225 -3MG125 K-225 -3MG225 K-225 -3EG20 K-225 -3EG40 K-225 -3EG70 K-225 -3EG125 K-225 -3EG225 K-600 30-40 50-70 90-125 150-225 250-400 500-600 K-600 -3MG40 K-600 -3MG70 K-600 -3MG125 K-600 -3MG225 K-600 -3MG400 K-600 -3MG600 K-600 -3EG40 K-600 -3EG70 K-600 -3EG125 K-600 -3EG225 K-600 -3EG400 K-600 -3EG600 K-1600 150-225 250-400 500-800 1000-1600 K-1600-3MG225 K-1600-3MG400 K-1600-3MG800 K-1600-3MG1600 K-1600--3EG225 K-1600-3EG400 K-1600-3EG800 K-1600-3EG1600 K-3000 2000-3000 KD-3EG3000 K-4000 4000 KE-3EG4000 *For 2 pole breaker catalog numbers replace 3M or 3E with 2Mor2E. *fFor Dust-tight or weatherproof breaker catalog numbers replace G with D or W. PRICES (NET): Breaker Type K-225 Operation Manual Electrical Poles 2 3 2 3 Enclosure General Purpose Dust proof $ 495. 540. $ 515. 560. 785. 805. 830. 850. Weather proof $ 600. 646. 895. 935. Manual K-600 Electrical 2 3 2 3 640. 680. 805. 700. 740. 865. 925. 960. 1085. 985. 1020. 1145. Manual K-1600 Electrical 2 3 2 3 1580. 1730. 2195. 2345. 1655. 1805. 2270. 2420. 1960. 2110. 2575. 2725. K-3000 Electrical K-4000 Electrical 2 3 2 3 4830. 5280. 6990. 7655. 5990. 6440. 8075. 8735. 6990. 6440. 8075. 8735. ACCESSORIES Shunt Trip Device (Included on E.O. breakers). For M.O. breaker including 2 N.C. and 1 N.O. spare aux- Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches For four contact block, add.................................................. Alarm Switch (Hand reset) Switch closes when breaker is tripped by overcurrent Push,button and Indicating Lights (For E.O. break- Welded Hubs for weatherproof enclosures. Consult fac tory for prices giving size, quantity and location of hubs Form Letters Form UT-1 Form AU-1 Form AU-2 Form AS Form Kl K-225 & K-600 K-1600 K-3000 K-4000 $ 115. $ 115. $ 115. i us. 90. 90. 135. 55. 110. 90. 90. 135. 55. no. 90. ns. 55. no. 90. ns. 55. no. 90. 90. 90. 90. r to Class 9001 De vices 75. U5. 230. 230. 75. 75. 75. 75. Add accessory form letters to catalog number and separate by commas. Example: K-1600-3MG1600 Form S, ST, SN, Kl. APPLICATION DATA: Break er Type K-225 Standard Cur Adjustable rent Lugs Rat Per Phase $ ing Amps. Quan. Wire Size 225 1 2/0--500 Weights and Dimensions General Purpose Wt. w H D 360# 18 40 & 32% K-600 600 2 2/0--500 360# 18 40/2 32% 800 3 2/0--500 500# 24 48 K-1600 1600 6 2/0--500 500# 24 48 37% 37% 2000 8 2/0--500 1300# 36 91/2 48 K-3000 3000 K-4000 4000 Specify Size Required Specify Size Required 1300# 36 91/2 48 1600# 38 91 H 54 tfcLugs are suitable for either aluminum or copper conductors. Interrupting Rating and Minimum Applicable Trip Coil Rating for Interrupting Rating Shown Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. 600 V. AC 14.000 15.000 05) 22,000 25,000 (30) 42.000 50.000 (150) 42.000 50.000 (150) 65.000 75.000 65.000 75.000 85,000 100,000 480 V. AC 22,000 25,000 (15) 30.000 35.000 (90) 50.000 60.000 (250) 50.000 60.000 (250) *65,000 75,000 65.000 75.000 85,000 100,000 240 V. AC 25,000 30,000' (15) 42.000 50.000 (150) 65.000 75.000 (500) 66,000 75,000 (500) 85,000 100,000 85,000 100,000 130.000 150.000 250 V. DC 15,000 05) 25,000 (30) 50,000 (150) 50,000 (150) 75,000 75,000 100,000 PAGE 47 SQDSLV 000182 design leadership ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVICE ENTRANCE INDOOR AND OUTDOOR TYPES TYPE Al The NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosed circuit breakers as listed below are U/L listed as service equipment COMPLETE UNIT DEVICES WILL BE SHIPPED SEPARATELY AS AN ENCLOSURE ONLY AND UNIT BREAKER UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. Insulated groundable neutrals, if required, must be ordered separately for all frame sizes except the E frame. To order, specify quantity, complete catalog number of the device and description. E FRAME -- 100 AMPS. MAX. 240 V. AC -- PERMANENT TRIP System Amps. 1L , l 2 WIRE S/N / 1 120 V. AC \ 125 V. DC 3 WIRE S/N L eS>--^7 fl 1 1 240 V. AC 12S/250 V. DC 4 WIRE S/N s1 1 S \ J \SJ rl 1 1 15 20 30 40 $50 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 Commercial NEMA 1 Devices Complete Unit Price Enclosure Only Al E 115 F or S Al E 120 F or S Al E 130 F or S Al E 140 F or S Al E 150 F or S $ 24.10 24.10 24.10 24.10 24.10 E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS A1E 215 F or S Al E 220 F or S A1E 230 F or S Al E 240 F or S Al E 250 F or S Al E 260 F or S Al E 270 F or S A1E 2100 F or S 41. 41. 41. 41. 41. 59. 59. 59. E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS A1E 315 F or S Al E 320 F or S Al E 330 F or S Al E 340 F or S Al E 350 F or S A1E 360 F or S Al E 370 F or S Al E 3100 F or S 54. 54. 54. 54. 54. 73. 73. 73. E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS E 100 NF or NS Price 5 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. APaintight NEMA3R Devices Complete Unit Price Enclosure Only Al E 115 RO Al E 120 RO A1E 130 RO Al E 140 RO A1E 150 RO $ 46.10 46.10 46.10 46.10 46.10 E 100 NRO E 100 NRO E 100 NRO E 100 NRO E 100 NRO A1E215 RO 63. E 100-NRO Al E 220 RO 63. E 100 NRO Al E 230 RO 63. E 10O NRO Al E 240 RO 63. E 100 NRO Al E 250 RO 63. E 100 NRO A1E 260 RO 81. E 100 NRO Al E 270 RO 81. E 100 NRO A1E 2100 RO 81. E 100 NRO A1E 315 RO 76. E 100 NRO Al E 320 RO 76. E 100 NRO Al E 330 RO 76. E 100 NRO Al E 340 RO 76. E 100 NRO Al E 350 RO 76. E 100 NRO A1E 360 RO 95. E 100 NRO A1E 370 RO 95. E 100 NRO Al E 3100 RO 95. E 100 NRO Price $ 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. Breaker Incl. Terminals Breaker Cat. No. Price AIL 115 AIL 120 AIL 130 AIL 140 AIL 150 $ 11.10 11.10 11.10 11.10 11.10 AIL 215 Al L 220 Al L 230 Al L 240 Al L 250 Al L 260 Al L 270 AIL 2100 28. 28. 28. 28. 28. 46. 46. 46. AIL 315 AIL 320 Al L 330 Al L 340 Al L 350 Al L 360 AIL 370 AIL 3100 41. 41. 41. 41. 41. 60. 60. 60. TYPE FA 2 POLE u r7 480 V. AC 3 POLE ik ik ik j---)-- 1r Ir r1 480 V. AC 100 AMPERE FRAME --100 AMPS. MAX. 480 V. AC -- PERMANENT TRIP 15 FAE 24015 F or S S 64. 20 FAE24020For S 64. 30 FAE 24030 F or S 64. 40 FAE 24040 F or S 64. 50 FAE 24050 F or S 64. 70 FAE 24070 F or S 78. 100 FAE 241 OOF or S 78. FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S $ 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. FAE 24015 RO FAE 24020 RO FAE 24030 RO FAE 24040 RO FAE 24050 RO FAE 24070 RO FAE 24100 RO $ 86. 86. 86. 86. 86. 100. 100. 15 FAE34015 For S 20 FAE 34020 F or S 30 FAE 34030 F or S 40 FAE 34040 F or S 50 FAE 34050 F or S 70 FAE 34070 F or S 1Q0 FAE 341 OOF or S 78. 78. 78. 78. 78. 92. 92. FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S 13. FAE 34015 RO 100. 13. FAE34020 RO 100. 13. FAE 34030 RO 100. 13. FAE 34040 RO 100. 13. FAE 34050 RO 100. 13. FAE 34070 RO 114. 13. FAE 34100 RO 114. FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO $ 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. FAL 24015 FAL 24020 FAL 24030 FAL 24040 FAL 24050 FAL 24070 FAL 24100 FAL 34015 FAL 34020 FAL 34030 FAL 34040 FAL 34050 FAL 34070 FAL 34100 $ 51. 51. 51. 51. 51. 65. 65. 65. 65. 65. 65. 65. 79. 79. TYPE FA 100 AMPERE FRAME -- 100 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC -- PERMANENT TRIP ^ 2 POLE 1 f 600 V. AC 250 V. DC 15 FAE 26015 F or S $ 73. 20 FAE26020 For S 73. 30 FAE 26030 F or S 73. 40 FAE 26040 F or S 73. 50 FAE 26050 For S 73. 70 FAE 26070 F or S 89. 100 FAE 26100 F or S 89. FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S $ 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. FAE 26015 RO FAE 26020 RO FAE 26030 RO FAE 26040 RO FAE 26050 RO FAE 26070 RO FAE 26100 RO $ 95. 95. 95. 95. 95. 111. 111. FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO $ 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. 35. FAL 26015 FAL 26020 FAL 26030 FAL 26040 FAL 26050 FAL 26070 FAL 26100 3 POLE 1k 1k lk yj-- --3 rr r iii 600 V. AC 15 FAE 36015 For S 90. 20 FAE 36020 F or S 90. 30 FAE36030 For S 90. 40 FAE 36040 F or S 90. 50 FAE 36050 F or S 90. 70 FAE 36070 For S 106. 100 FAE 36100 F or S 106. FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S FA 100 F or S 13. FAE 36015 RO 112. 13. FAE 36020 RO 112. 13. FAE 36030 RO 112. 13. FAE 36040 RO 112. 13. FAE 36050 RO 112. 13. FAE36070 RO 128. 13. FAE 36100 RO 128. FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO FA 100 RO 35. FAL 36015 35. FAL 36020 35. FAL 36030 35. FAL 36040 35. FAL 36050 35. FAL 36070 35. FAL 36100 For 1-75,000 devices substitute "H" for "A" in prefix of complete unit catalog number. See SP Green Sheets for prices. See Page 49 for footnotes. $ 60. 60. 60. 60. 60. 76. 76. 77. 77. 77. 77. 77. 93. 93. PAGE 48 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT ] SQDSLV 000183 design leadership ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVICE ENTRANCE INDOOR and OUTDOOR TYPES Note: Devices are shipped as an enclosure only and breaker only unless complete devices are requested on order. 225 AMPERE FRAME --225 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC 250 V. DC PERMANENT TRIP System Amps. Complete Unit Commerical NEMA 1 Devices Price Enclosure Only 125 KAE 26125 F or S $ 186. 1r L L 2 POLE 150 KAE 26150 F or S 175 KAE 26175 F or S 186. 186. )-------+ 600 V. AC r1 r1 250 v* oc 200 KAE 26200 F or S 225 KAE 26225 F or S 186. 186. KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S IIIs JS S S POLE ------- "7------- "/ 600 V. | f | AC 125 150 175 200 225 KAE 36125 F or S KAE 36150 F or S KAE 36175 For S KAE 36200 F ro S KAE 36225 F or S 226. 226. 226. 226. 226. KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S KA 225 F or S Price $ 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. ' 16. 16. Raintight NEMA 3R Devices Complete Unit Price Enclosure Only KAE 26125 RO KAE 26150 RO KAE 26175 RO $ 221. 221. 221. KA 225 RO KA 225 RO KA 225 R0 KAE 26200 R0 KAE 26225 RO 221. 221. KA 225 RO KA 225 RO KAE 36125 RO KAE 36150 R0 KAE 36175 R0 261. 261. 261. KA 225 RO KA 225 R0 KA 225 RO KAE 36200 RO KAE 36225 RO 261. 261. KA 225 RO KA 225 RO For 1-75,000 devices substitute "H" for "A" in prefix of complete unit catalog number. See green sheets for prices. TYPE KA Price $ 51. 61. 61. 61. 51. 51. 61. SI. 51. 51. Breaker Incl. Terminals Breaker Cat. No. Price KAL 26125 KAL 26150 KAL 26175 $ 170. 170. 170. KAL 26200 KAL 26225 170. 170. KAL 36125 KAL 36150 KAL 36175 210. 210. 210. KAL 36200 KAL 36225 210. 210. TYPE LA 400 AMPERE FRAME--400 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. ACf 250 V. DC PERMANENT TRIP 1 | 2 POLE ss J-------- 3 600 V. AC 250 LAE 26250 ForS $ 822. 300 LAE 26300 F or S 822. r! r1 250 v- Dc 350 400 LAE 26350 F or S LAE 26400 F or S 322. 322. LA 400 F or S LA 400 F or S LA 400 F or S LA 400 F or S $ 22. 22. 22. 22. LAE 26250 R LAE 26300 R LAE 26350 R LAE 26400 R $ 417. 417. 417. 417. 8 POLE k kk P--7--p III 600 V. AC 250 LAE 36250 F or S 300 LAE 36300 F or S 350 LAE 36350 F or S 400 LAE 36400 F or S 386. 386. 386. 386. LA 400 F or S LA 400 F or S LA 400 F or S LA 400 F or S 22. LAE 36250 R 22. LAE 36300 R 22. LAE 36350 R 22. LAE 36400 R 481. 481. 481. 481. For 1-75,000 devices substitute "H" for "A" prefix of complete unit catalog number. See green sheets for prices. LA 400 R LA 400 R LA 400 R LA 400 R LA 400 R LA 400 R LA 400 R LA 400 R $ 117. 117. 117. 117- 117. 117. 117. 117. LAL 26250 LAL 26300 LAL 26350 LAL 26400 LAL 36250 LAL 36300 LAL 36350 LAL 36400 $ 300. 300. 300. 300. 364. 364. 364. 364. TYPE MA 800 AND 1000 AMPERE FRAME -- 1000 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC, 250 V. DC . . 2 POLE 500 MA 656 F or S 600 MA 666 F or S S S 600 v- Ac * 700 MA 676 ForS J J 250 V DC $ 800 MA 686 ForS 1i f$ 900 MA 696 F or S +*1000 MA 6106 ForS 3 POLE 1k 1k 1k f1 f1 r1 600 V. AC 500 MA 756 F or S 600 MA 766 For S * 700 MA 776 For S * 800 MA 786 F or S f* 900 MA 796 For S +*1000 MA 7106 F or S $ 541. 641. 693. 693. 1008. 1008. 676. 676. 880. 880. 1150. 1150. MA 800 F or S MA 800 F or S MA 800 ForS MA 800 F or S MA 800 LF or LS MA 800 LF or LS MA 800 F or S MA 800 F or S MA 800 F or S MA 800 F or S MA 800 LF or LS MA 800 LF or LS S 40. 40. 40. 40. 80. 80. 40. 40. 40. 40. 80. 80. MA 656 R MA 666 R MA 676 R MA 686 R MA 696 R MA 6106 R MA 756 R MA 766 R MA 776 R MA 786 R MA 796 R MA 7106 R 5 653. 653. 805. 805. 1128. 1128. 788. 788. 992. 992. 1270. 1270. MA 800 R MA 800 R MA 800 R MA 800 R MA 800 LR MA 800 LR MA 800 R MA 800 R MA 800 R MA 800 R MA 800 LR MA 800 LR $ 152. 152. 152. 152. 200. 200. 152. 152. 152. 152. 200. 200. MA 2500 MA 2600 MA 2700 MA 2800 MA 2900 MA 21000 MA 2500 MA 3600 MA 3700 MA 3800 MA 3900 MA 31000 $ 501. 601. 653. 653. 928. 928. 636. 636. 840. 940. 1070. 1070. INSULATED GROUNDABLE NEUTRAL ORDER SEPARATELY TYPE AMP. RATING TERMINALS LUGS CATALOG NUMBER PRICE FA 100 ONE #14 -- #1 /0 Cu or Al 100 SN KA 225 ONE #6 -- 300 MCM Cu or Al 225 SN LA 400 TWO #2/0 -- 500 MCM Cu or Al 400 SN MA 800 THREE #2/0 -- 500 MCM Cu or Al 800 SN T Type RO devices have threaded openings for interchangeable hubs or closing caps. Order hub or cap separately and screw into place. For details see Page 15. Type R devices have blank end walls. Welded hubs available on request. $60 amp. 70 amp., and 100 amp. single pole devices available on order. *AC only. fNot U/L listed. DIMENSIONS: Page 53 FINISH: Blue-gray baked enamel COMPLETE BREAKER LISTINGS: Pages 54 and 55. LUGS: Pages 54 and 55 INTERRUPTING CAPACITY: Page 53. S 11.00 15.00 18.00 22.00 ...________ _ SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT PAGE 49 SQDSLV 000184 design leadership ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS INDUSTRIAL AND SPECIAL PURPOSE TYPE FA Industrial devices shipped completely assembled only. 100 AMPERE FRAME --100 AMPS. MAX. 240 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP System Ampere Rating NEMA Type 1 Dust-resisting with Gasket Cat. No. Price 3-WIRE S/N iL rL J--5 rr 11 r ] 15 FAE 22015 NG $ 49. 20 FAE 22020 NG 49. 30 FAE 22030 NG 49. 40 FAE 22040 NG 49. 50 FAE 22050 NG 49. 70 FAE 22070 NG 97. 100 FAE 22100 NG 87. 120/240 V. AC 12S/250 V. OC 100 Non-Auto. FAE 22000 NG 49. 4-WIRE S/N Li iL iL f1 r' / s I ill 15 20 30 40 50 70 100 FAE 32015 NG FAE 32020 NG FAE 32030 NG FAE 32040 NG FAE 32050 NG FAE 32070 NG FAE 32100 NG 62. 62. 92. 62. 62. 81. 81. 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC 100 Non-Auto. FAE 32000 NG 62. NEMA 12 Cover Gasket Without Knockouts Cat. No. Price FAE 22015 NAWK FAE 22020 NAWK FAE 22030 NAWK FAE 22040 NAWK FAE 22050 NAWK FAE 22070 NAWK FAE 22100 NAWK $ 49. 49. 49. 49. 49. 67. 67. FAE 22000 NAWK FAE 32015 NAWK FAE 32020 NAWK FAE 32030 NAWK FAE 32040 NAWK FAE 32050 NAWK FAE 32070 NAWK FAE 32100 NAWK 49. 62. 62. 62. 92. 62. 81. 81. FAE 32000 NAWK 62. NEMA Type 4 & 5 Water-proof and Dust-tight Cat. No. Price FAE 22015 ND FAE 22020 ND FAE 22030 ND FAE 22040 ND FAE 22050 ND FAE 22070 ND FAE 22100 ND $ 97. 97. 87. 87. 87. 136. 136. FAE 22000 ND FAE 32015 ND FAE 32020 ND FAE 32030 ND FAE 32040 ND FAE 32050 ND FAE 32070 ND FAE 32100 ND 87. 121. 121. 121. 121. 121. 150. ISO. FAE 32000 ND in. NEMA Type 9 Hazardous Locations Class II, Group E, F, G Cat. No. Price FAE 22015 NY FAE 22020 NY FAE 22030 NY FAE 22040 NY FAE 22050 NY FAE 22070. NY FAE 22100 NY $ 87. 87. 87. 87. 87. 136. 136. FAE 22000 NY FAE 32015 NY FAE 32020 NY FAE 32030 NY FAE 32040 NY FAE 32050 NY FAE 32070 NY FAE 32100 NY 87. 121. 121. 121. 121. 121. 150. 150. FAE 32000 NY 121. NEMA Type 7 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Group D Cat. No. Price FAE 22015 NX FAE 22020 NX FAE 22030 NX FAE 22040 NX FAE 22050 NX FAE 22070 NX FAE 22100 NX 104. 104. 104. 104. 104. 161. 161. FAE 22000 NX FAE 32015 NX FAE 32020 NX FAE 32030 NX FAE 32040 NX FAE 32050 NX FAE 32070 NX FAE 32100 NX 104. 139. 139. 139. 139. 139. 175. 176. FAE 32000 NX 139. NOTE: When neutral is not required on NEMA 4, 5, 7, and 9 enclosures only, substract $7.00 for 15-50 Amp. and $11.00 for 70-100 Amp. and omit letter "N" from catalog number. TYPE FA 100 AMPERE FRAME -- 100 AMPS. MAX. 480 V, AC PERMANENT TRIP System Ampere Rating NEMA Type 1 Dust-resisting with Gasket Cat. No. Price 3-WIRE S/N |1 S-i ( ] rr 15 FAE 24015 NG $ 72. 20 FAE 24020 NG 72. 30 FAE 24030 NG 72. 40 FAE 24040 NG 72. 50 FAE 24050 NG 72. 70 FAE 24070 NG 86. 100 FAE 24100 NG 86. 480 V. AC 100 Non-Auto. FAE 24000 NG 67. 4-WIRE S/N IL il j----^ 11 [ 15 FAE 34015 NG S 86. 20 FAE 34020 NG 86. 30 FAE 34030 NG 86. 40 FAE 34040 NG 86. 50 FAE 34050 NG 86. 70 FAE 34070 NG 100. 100 FAE 34100 NG 100. 277/480 V. AC 100 Non-Auto. FAE 34000 NG 81. NEMA 12 Cover Gasket Without Knockouts Cat. No. Price FAE 24015 NAWK FAE 24020 NAWK FAE 24030 NAWK FAE 24040 NAWK FAE 24050 NAWK FAE 24070 NAWK FAE 24100 NAWK 9 72. 72. 72. 72. 72. 86. 99. FAE 24000 NAWK FAE 34015 NAWK FAE 34020 NAWK FAE 34030 NAWK FAE 34040 NAWK FAE 34050 NAWK FAE 34070 NAWK FAE 34100 NAWK 67. $ 86. 86. 86. 86. 66. 160. 100. FAE 34000 NAWK 91. NEMA Type 4 & 5 Water-proof and Dust-tight Cat. No. Price FAE 24015 ND FAE 24020 ND FAE 24030 ND FAE 24040 ND FAE 24050 ND FAE 24070 ND FAE 24100 ND $ 108. 108. 108. 108. 108. 144. 144. FAE 24000 ND FAE 34015 ND FAE 34020 ND FAE 34030 ND FAE 34040 ND FAE 34050 ND FAE 34070 ND FAE 34100 ND 98. $ 149. 149. 149. 149. 149. 169. 169. FAE 34000 ND 144. NEMA Type 9 Hazardous Locations Class II, Group E, F, G Cat. No. Price FAE 24015 NX FAE 24020 NY FAE 24030 NY FAE 24040 NY FAE 24050 NY FAE 24070 NY FAE 24100 NY $ 108. 108. 108. 103. 103. 144. 144. FAE 24000 NY FAE 34015 NY FAE 34020 NY FAE 34030 NY FAE 34040 NY FAE 34050 NY FAE 34070 NY FAE 34100 NY 98. $ 149. 149. 149. 149. 149. 169. 169. FAE 34000 NY 144. NEMA Type 7 Class 1, Group D Hazardous Locations Cat. No. Price FAE 24015 NX FAE 24020 NX FAE 24030 NX FAE 24040 NX FAE 24050 NX FAE 24070 NX FAE 24100 NX $ 121. 121. 121. 121. 121. 169. 169. FAE 24000 NX FAE 34015 NX FAE 34020 NX FAE 34030 NX FAE 34040 NX FAE 34050 NX FAE 34070 NX FAE 34100 NX 116. $ 163. 163. 163. 163. 163. 194. 194. FAE 34000 NX 158. NOTE: When neutral is not required on NEMA 4, 5, 7, and 9 enclosures only, substract $7.00 for 15-50 Amp. and $11.00 for 70-100 Amp. and omit letter "N" from catalog number. For Footnote: See Page 51. PAGE 50 SQDSLV 000185 design leadership ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS INDUSTRIAL AND SPECIAL PURPOSE Industrial devices shipped completely assembled only. 100 AMPERE FRAME -- 100 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP TYPE FA System 2-POLE \^| 1 rr 600 V. AC 250 V. DC 3-POLE f\r Isr lrs 600 V. AC Ampere Rating 15 20 30 40 50 70 100 100 Non-Auto. 15 20 30 40 50 70 100 100 Non-Auto. NEMA Type 1 Dust-resisting with Gasket Cat. No. Price FAE26015G FAE26020G FAE26030G FAE26040G FAE26050G FAE26070G FAE26100G $ 86. 86. 86. 86. 86. 102. 102. FAE26000G FAE36015G FAE36020G FAE36030G FAE36040G FAE36050G FAE36070G FAE36100G 86. $103. 103. 103. 103. 103. 119. 119. FAE36000G 103. NEMA 12 Cover Gasket Without Knockouts Cat. No. Price FAE26015AWK FAE26020AWK FAE26030AWK FAE26040AWK FAE26050AWK FAE26070AWK FAE26100AWK $ 86. 86. 86. 86. 86. 102. 102. FAE26000AWK FAE36015AWK FAE36020AWK FAE36030AWK FAE36040AWK FAE36050AWK FAE36070AWK FAE36100AWK 86. $103. 103. 103. 103. 103. 119. 119. FAE36000AWK 103. NEMA Type 4 d. 5 Water-proof and Dust-tight Cat. No. Price FAE26015D FAE26020D FAE26030D FAE26040D FAE26050D FAE26070D . FAE26100D $142. 142. 142. 142. 142. 200. 200. NEMA Type 9 Hazardous Locations Class II Group E, F, G Cat. No. Price FAE26015Y FAE26020Y FAE26030Y FAE26040Y FAE26050Y FAE26070Y FAE26100Y $142. 142. 142. 142. 142. 200. 200. NEMA Type 7 {Hazardous Locations Class 1, Group D Cat. No. Price FAE26015X FAE26020X FAE26030X FAE26040X FAE26050X FAE26070X FAE26100X $164. 164. 164. 164. 164. 232. 232. FAE26000D FAE36015D FAE36020D FAE36030D FAE36040D FAE36050D FAE36070D FAE36100D 184. $159. 159. 159. 159. 159. 216. 216. F AE26000 Y FAE36015Y FAE36020Y FAE36030Y FAE36040Y FAE36050Y FAE36070Y FAE36100Y 184. $159. 159. 159. 159. 159. 216. 216. FAE26000X FAE36015X FAE36020X FAE36030X FAE36040X F AE36050 X FAE36070X FAE36100X 216. $181. 181. 181. 181. 181. 249. 249. FAE36000D 200. FAE36000Y 200. FAE36000X 233. For 1-75,000 devices substitute "H" for "A" in prefix of catalog number. See green sheets for prices. TYPE KA 225 AMPERE FRAME -- 225 AMPS. MAX. -- 600 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP System ISr--r23-1 POLE 600 V. AC 250 V. DC 1sr 1sr r1s3-POLE 600 V. AC Ampere Rating 125 150 175 200 225 225 Non-Auto. 125 150 175 200 225 225 Non-Auto. NEMA Type 1 Dust-resisting with Gasket Cat. No. Price KAE26125G KAE26150G KAE26175G KAE26200G KAE26225G $205. 205. 205. 205. 205. KAE26000G KAE36125G KAE36150G KAE36175G KAE36200G KAE36225G 170. $245. 245. 245. 245. 245. KAE36000G 205. NEMA 12 Cover Gasket Without Knockouts Cat. No. Price KAE26125AWK KAE26150AWK KAE26175AWK KAE26200AWK KAE26225AWK $205. 205. 205. 205. 205. KAE26000AWK KAE36125AWK KAE36150AWK KAE36175AWK KAE36200AWK KAE36225AWK 170. $245. 245. 245. 245. 245. KAE36000AWK 205. NEMA Type 4 & 5 Water-proof and Dust-tight Cat. No. Price KAE26125D KAE26120D KAE26175D KAE26200D KAE26225D $359. 359. 359. 359. 359. NEMA Type 9 Hazardous Locations Class II Group E, F, G Cat. No. Price KAE26125 Y KAE26150Y KAE26175Y KAE26200 Y KAE26225Y $359. 359. 359. 359. 359. KAE26000D KAE36125D KAE36150D KAE36175D KAE36200D KAE36225D 324. $399. 399. 399. 399. 399. KAE26000 Y KAE36125Y KAE36150Y KAE36175Y KAE36200 Y KAE36225 Y 324. $399. 399. 399. 399. 399. KAE36000D 359. KAE36000 Y 359. NEMA Type 7 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Group D Cat. No. Price KAE26125X KAE26150X KAE26175X KAE26200X K AE26225X $430. 430. 430. 430. 430. KAE26000X KAE36125X KAE36150X KAE36175X K AE36200X KAE36225X 395. $470. 470. 470. 470. 470. KAE36000X 430. For 1-75,000 devices substitute "H" for "A" in prefix of catalog number. See green sheets for prices, *f*For Spin Top enclosures -- see Pages 193 -- 194. Hazardous location enclosures for systems above 250 volt are furnished without Underwriter's label. All industrial circuit breakers on this page quick make and quick break and have permanently calibrated integral trip mechanisms. Availability to be announced. FINISH: Blue-gray enamel. INTERRUPTING CAPACITIES: Page 53. DIMENSIONS: Page 53. NEUTRALS: Page 49. LUGS: Page 54 and 55. CAST ENCLOSURE DRILLINGS Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Top Drillings Bottom Drillings Type FA, FAH Type FA, FAH Type KA, KAH 15- 50 60-100 125-225 i--m' 1--2 " 1--2^' 2--1 'A' 2--2 " 2--2'h' SCHEDULF A DISCOUNT PAGE 51 SQDSLV 000186 . design leadership ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS INDUSTRIAL AND SPECIAL PURPOSE INDUSTRIAL DEVICES SHIPPED COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED ONLY TYPE LA 400 AMPERE FRAME --400 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC Syste m 2 Pole 600 V. AC 250 V. DC 3 Pole 600 V. AC Ampere Rating * 250 300 350 400 400 Non-Auto 250 300 350 400 400 Non-Auto NEMA Type 1 Dust-Resisting with Gasket Catalog Number Price LAE26250G LAE26300G LAE26350G LAE26400G $ 362. 362. 362. 362. LAE26000G 289. LAE36250G LAE36300G LAE36350G LAE36400G LAE36000G 426. 426. 426. 426. 335. NEMA Type 12 Cover Gasket without Knockouts Catalog Number Price LAE26250AWK LAE26300AWK LAE26350AWK LAE26400AWK $ 362. 362. 362. 362. LAE26000AWK 289. LAE36250AWK LAE36200AWK LAE36350AWK LAE36400AWK LAE36000AWK 426. 426. 426. 426. 335. Type LA 125 A.-225 A. available on order. For 1-75,000 devices substitute "H" for "A" in prefix of catalog number and see green sheets for prices. TYPE MA 800 AMPERE FRAME -- 800 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC System Ampere Rating NEMA Type 1 Dust-resisting with Gasket Catalog Number Price NEMA Types 4 A 5 Water-proof and Dust-tight Catalog Number Price 2 Pole lS_s + r1 r1 600 V. AC 250 V. DC 500 600 $700 *800 800 Non-Auto MA 2500 G MA 2600 G MA 2700 G MA 2800 G $ 618. 618. 770. 770. M A 2800 NG 501. MA 2500 D MA 2600 D MA 2700 D MA 2800 D MA 2800 ND $1099. 1099. 1251. 1251. 982. 3 Pole 1S 1S lS irri ri 600 V. AC 500 600 $700 *800 800 Non-Auto MA 3500 G MA 3600 G MA 3700 G MA 3800 G $ 753. 753. 957. 957. M A 3800 NG 604. MA 3500 D MA 3600 D MA 3700 D MA 3800 D MA 3800 ND 1234. 1234. 1438. 1438. 1085. NEMA Type 7 ^Hazardous Locations Class I, Group D Catalog Number Price MA 2500 X MA 2600 X MA 2700 X MA 2700 X MA 2800 NX $1234. 1234. 1386. 1386. 1117. MA 3500 X MA 3600 X MA 3700 X MA 3800 X MA 3800 NX 1369. 1369. 1573. 1573. 1220. Type MA 125 A. -- 400 A. available on order. -A-INSULATED GROUNDABLE NEUTRAL: For 3 and 4 wire S/N devices, order neutral assembly 400 SN or 800 SN. See Page 49 for details. Not available for NEMA 4 and 5 and NEMA 7 devices. $AC only. Availability to be announced. #AII cast enclosures for MA breakers furnished without conduit opening unless size and location are specified on order. All industrial circuit breakers are quick-make and quick-break. Type MAis equipped with interchangeable trip mechanism. FINISH: Blue-gray enamel. LUGS: Page 55. INTERRUPTING CAPACITIES: Page 53. MA Frame NEMA 1 with Gasket MA Frame NEMA 7 800 Ampere SQDSLV 000187 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA CIRCUIT BREAKER INTERRUPTING CAPACITY Breaker Type 00 00 QOB QOB Q1 Q1B A1B AIL Y1B ML-Y FA FA FAH Q2 KA KAH LA LAH MA MA Max. Voltage Rating 120/240 240 120/240 240 240 240 120 240 120 240 277 277 120 240 277 480 277 600 277 600 240 600 600 600 600 600 No. Poles 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 2-3 2-3 1 2-3 1 2-3 1 2-3 1 2-3 1 2-3 1 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 Ampere Ratings 15- 70 15- 70 15- 70 15- 70 70-100 70-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15- 20 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 15-100 125-225 125-225 225-400 225-400 125-800 900-1000 120 V. AC Asym. Sym. 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 10000 7500 7500 10000 18000 INTERRUPTING CAPACITY -- R.M.S. AMPERES (Based on NEMA Test Procedures and U/L Listed Ratings) 240 V. AC 480 V. AC 600 V. AC Asym. Sym. Asym. Sym. Asym. Syn. 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 7500 *10000 *10000 7500 *10000 *10000 *10000 20000 *15000 20000 *30000 75000 10000 30000 50000 75000 50000 50000 *10000 18000 *14000 18000 *25000 65000 10000 25000 65000 42000 65000 42000 42000 15000 25000 40000 35000 40000 35000 35000 14000 35000 30000 35000 30000 30000 15000 20000 30000 25000 30000 25000 25000 14000 25000 22000 25000 22000 22000 Interrupting rating for breakers applied at 277 V. AC or less. 125/250 V. DC 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 250 V. DC 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 Federal Specs. W-C-375a la 1b la 1b 1b 1b 2b 2c 2b 2c 2a 2a 2b 2c 2a 2d 4b 4c DIMENSIONS --SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICES Breaker Type AIL FA, FAH KA, KAH LA, LAH MA MAI 000 Amps. 15-100 15-100 70-225 125-400 125-800 900-1000 NEMA 1 Flush HWD 132'/32 15% 20% 24'% 3725/, 9% 9% 1321/32 16'3/2 20% 3'Me 4 Vs 5% 65/; 6'i/; 43 20% 7% NEMA 1 Surf. HwD 12% 8% 3"/s 13% 8% 4% 18% 2315/2 12% 159% 5% 65% 36% 18'M6 6"/, 42% 1 8' 1/6 7% NEMA 3R Hw 133/6 1 3' 1/6 7' V32 825/2 18% 235/2 12'% 1513% 36% 195/s 421/s 189/6 D 45% 425% 6% 7% 821% 8% NOTES: Dimensions in Inches. For dimensions and accessories not listed, contact your local Square D Field Office. ACCESSORIES Item Shunt Trip Undervoltage Trip Description Max. Control Voltages -- 250 V. DC or 600 V. AC -- Specify Voltage and Frequency. .. . Trips when Voltage 40-60% of Normal -- Specify Voltage and Frequency............................ Auxiliary Switch 10 Amps, at 120 V. AC 2 Amps, at 600 V. AC Alarm Switch 2 Contacts: 2 -- "A" or 2 -- "B" -- See Footnote....................................................................... 3 Contacts: Combination -- See Footnote....................................................................................... 4 Contacts: Combination -- See Footnote....................................................................................... Rating: 1 Amp. 120 V. AC................................................................................................................... "A" Contacts are closed when breaker is closed. "B" contacts are open when breaker is closed. All auxilliary devices factory installed only. . SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT Type FA Price $59.00 59.00 10.80 26.00 .... 26.00 Type KA, LA, MA Price $64.00 64.00 26.00 36.00 % 45.00 52.00 26.00 PAGE 53 SQDSLV 000188 design leadership MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITHOUT ENCLOSURES TYPE AIL Types AIL, FA, FAH and Q2 circuit breakers are U/L listed. They meet requirements for Federal Specifications W-P-1 31a and W-C-375a as indicated on Page 53. Thermal and magnetic trip elements are an integral part of the breaker. Terminal lugs listed for each breaker are included. E FRAME BREAKER -- 100 AMPERE MAXIMUM 240 V. AC Ampere 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 100 Volts 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC Single Pole ^5 v! DC Catalog Number Price AIL 115 AIL 120 AIL 130 AIL 140 AIL 150 AIL 160 AIL 170 AIL 1100 $11.10 11.10 11.10 11.10 11.10 22.60 22.60 22.60 Non-Automatic Double Pole 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC Catalog Number AIL 215 AIL 220 AIL 230 AIL 240 AIL 250 AIL 260 AIL 270 AIL 2100 A1 L 2000 Price $28. 28. 28. 28. 28. 46. 46. 46. 28. Three Pole 240 V. AC Catalog Number AIL 315 AIL 320 AIL 330 AIL 340 AIL 350 AIL 360 AIL 370 AIL 3100 A1 L 3000 Price $41. 41. 41. 41. 41. 60. 60. 60. 41. Terminal Lug Wire Size #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al #12-4 Cu, #10-4 Al #12-4 Cu, #10-4 Al * #12-4 Cu, #10-4 Al # 6-0 Cu, #4-0 Al ~ # 6-0 Cu, #4-0 Al # 6-0 Cu, #4-0 Al # 6-0 Cu, ,-#4-0 Al TYPE Ampere 15 20 30 40 50 70 100 100 FA 100 AMPERE FRAME --100 AMPS. MAX. 480 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP Volts Single Pole 277 V. AC Catalog Number Price Double Pole 480 V. AC Catalog Number Price Three Pole 480 V. AC Catalog Number Price Terminal Lug Wire Size 277 V. AC 480 V. AC FAL 14015 FAL 14020 FAL 14030 FAL 14040 FAL 14050 FAL 14070 FAL 14100 $ 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 26. 26. FAL 24015 FAL 24020 FAL 24030 FAL 24040 FAL 24050 FAL 24070 FAL 24100 $ 51. 51. 51. 51. 51. 65. 65. FAL 34015 FAL 34020 FAL 34030 FAL 34040 FAL 34050 FAL 34070 FAL 34100 $ 65. 65. 65. 65. 65. 79. 79. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al #8-1/0 Cu or Al #8-1/0 Cu or Al #8-1/0 Cu or Al #8-1/0 Cu or Al Non-Auto. FAL 14000 20. FAL 24000 46. FAL34000 60. #8-1/0 Cu or Al TYPE FA 100 AMPERE FRAME -- 100 AMPS. MAX. GOO V. AC PERMANENT TRIP Ampere Volts Single Pole 277 V. AC Catalog Number Price Double Pole 600 V. AC, 250 V. DC Catalog Number Price Three Pole 600 V. AC Catalog Number Price Terminal Lug Wire Size 15 FAL 16015 $ 26. FAL 26015 $ 60. FAL 36015 $ 77. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al 20 250 V. FAL 16020 26. FAL 26020 60. FAL 36020 77. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al 30 DC FAL 16030 26. FAL 26030 60. FAL 36030 77. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al 40 FAL 16040 26. FAL 26040 60. FAL 36040 77. #8-1/0 Cu or Al 50 FAL 16050 26. FAL 26050 60. FAL 36050 77. #8-1/0 Cu or Al 70 600 V. FAL 16070 31. FAL 26070 76. FAL 36070 93. #8-1/0 Cu or Al 100 AC FAL 16100 31. FAL 26100 76. FAL 36100 93. #8-1/0 Cu or Al 100 Non-Auto. FAL 16000 26. FAL 26000 60. FAL 36000 77. #8-1/0 Cu or Al TYPE FAH 1-75,000 100 AMPERE FRAME -- 100 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP Ampere Volts Single Pole 277 V AC Catalog Number Price Double Pole 600 V. AC, 250 V. DC Catalog Number Price Three Pole 600 V. AC Catalog Number Price Terminal Lug Wire Size 15 FHL 16015 $ 38. FHL 26015 $ 98. FHL 36015 $115. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al 20 250 V. FHL 16020 38. FHL 26020 98. FHL 36020 115. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al 30 DC FHL 16030 38. FHL 26030 98. FHL 36030 115. #14-8 Cu, #12-8 Al 40 FHL 16040 38. FHL 26040 98. FHL 36040 115. #8-1/0 Cu or Al 50 FHL 16050 38. FHL 26050 98. FHL 36050 115. #8-1/0 Cu or Al 70 600 V. FHL 16070 43. FHL 26070 113. FHL 36070 130. #8-1 /0 Cu or A! 100 AC FHL 16100 43. FHL 26100 113. FHL 36100 130. #8-1/0 Cu or Al Q2-240 VOLT TYPE Q2 8REAKER --225 AMPERE MAXIMUM 240 V. AC Amperes Volts Double Pole 120/240 V. AC Catalog Number Price Three Pole 240 V. AC Catalog Number Price Terminal Lug Wire Size 125 Q2L 2125 150 240 Q2L 2150 175 V. AC Q2L 2175 200 Q2L 2200 225 Q2L 2225 NOTE: For Enclosed Q2 Device See Page 6. $ 45. 45. 45. 45. 45. Q2L 3125 Q2L 3150 Q2L 2175 Q2L 3200 Q2L 3225 $ 110. 110. 110. 110. no. #4--3/0 Cu or Al #4--3/0 Cu or Al #4--300 MCM Cu or Al #4--300 MCM Cu or Al #4--300 MCM Cu or Al PAGE 54 SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT Type FA, Single Pole Type FA Three Pole Type Q2 Three Pole SQDSLV 000189 Type KA & KAH Type LA & LAH Interchangeable Trip Units available for MA Breakers design leadership MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT DREAKERS WITHOUT ENCLOSURES Type KA, KAH, LA LAH and MA circuit breakers are U/L listed. They meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-P-131a as indicated on Page 53. Terminal lugs as tabulated are furnished unless otherwise noted on order. Back connected breakers are available on special order. 225 AMPERE FRAME -- 225 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP TYPE KA & KAH Amp. Rat ing AC Magnetic Trip Settings Amperes Low High Type KA Double Pole 600 V. AC 250 V. DC Three Pole 600 V. AC Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price I- 75,000 Typo KAH Double Pole 600 V. AC 250 V. DC Three Pole 600 V. AC Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 125 625 150 750 175 875 200 1000 225 1125 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 KAL 26125 KAL 26150 KAL 26175 KAL 26200 KAL 26225 $170. 170. 170. 170. 170. KAL 36125 KAL 36150 KAL 36175 KAL 36200 KAL 36225 $210. 210. 210. 210. 210. KHL 26125 KHL 26150 KHL 26175 KHL 26200 KHL 26225 $409. 409. 409. 409. 409. KHL 36125 KHL 36150 KHL 36175 KHL 36200 KHL 36225 $494. 494. 494. 494. 494. 225 Non- Auto. KAL 26000 135. KAL 36000 170. Lugs accept #2-300 MCM Cu or #1-300 MCM Al wire. 400 AMPERE FRAME --400 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC PERMANENT TRIP TYPE LA & LAH Amp. Rat ing * AC Magnetic Trip Settings Amperes Low High Type LA Double Pole 600 V. AC 250 V. DC Three Pole 600 V. AC Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 1-75,000 Type LAH Double Pole 600 V. AC 250 V. DC Three Pole 600 V. AC Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 225 1125 250 1225 300 1500 350 1750 400 2000 2250 2500 3000 3500 4000 LAL 26225 LAL 26250 LAL 26300 LAL 26350 LAL 26400 $300. 300. 300. 300. 300. LAL 36225 LAL 36250 LAL 36300 LAL 36350 LAL 36400 $364. 364. 364. 364. 364. LHL 26225 LHL 26250 LHL 26300 LHL 26350 LHL 26400 $546. 546. 546. 546. 546. LHL 36225 LHL 36250 LHL 36300 LHL 36350 LHL 36400 $653. 653. 653. 653. 553. 400 Non-Auto. LAL 26000 227. LAL 36000 273. *Type LA & LAH 125-200 Amp. available on order. Lugs accept one #3/0-600 MCM Cu or Al wire, or two #3/0-250 MCM Cu or Al. 800 & 1000 AMP. FRAME --1000 AMPS. MAX. 600 V. AC INTERCHANGEABLE TRIP TYPE MA Complete Breaker Shipped as: Amp. Rating t AC Magnetic Trip Settings Amperes Low High Including Pressure Type Terminals Indicated Catalog Number Price Frame Only Catalog Number Price Trip Unit Only Aluminum--Copper Pressure Typ Terminals Only Catalog Number Catalog Qty. Price Number Req'd Price TWO POLE -- 600 V. AC -- 250 V. DC 400 500 600 $700 $800 **900 * *1000 2000 2500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 4000 5000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 MA 2400 MA 2500 MA 2600 MA 2700 MA 2800 MA 2900 MA 21000 $501. 501. 501. 653. 653. 928. 928. MA 2800F MA 2800F MA 2800F MA 2800F MA 2800F MA 21000F MA 21000F $325. 325. 325. 325. 325. 543. 543. MA 2400T MA 2500T MA 2600T MA 2700T MA 2800T MA 2900T MA 21000T $150. 150. 150. 288. 288. 345. 345. SK 4072A SK 4073 A SK 4073A SK 4074A SK 4074A SK 4088 SK 4088 4 $6.50 4 6.50 4 6.50 4 10.00 4 10.00 4 10.00 4 10.00 800 Non-Automatic MA 2800N 384. SK 4074A THREE POLE -- 600 Vf. AC -- 125/250 V. DC 400 500 600 $700 $800 *$900 J$1000 2000 2500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 4000 5000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 MA 3400 MA 3500 MA 3600 MA 3700 MA 3800 MA 3900 MA 31000 $636. 636. 636. 840. 840. 1070. 1070. MA 3800F MA 3800F MA 3800F MA 3800F MA 3800F MA 31000F MA 31000F $400. 400. 400. 400. 400. 600. 600. MA 3400T MA 3500T MA 3600T MA 3700T MA 3800T MA 3900T MA 31000T $197. 197. 197. 380. 380. 410. 410. SK 4072A SK 4073A SK 4073A SK 4074A SK 4074A SK 4088 SK 4088 6 $6.50 6 6.50 6 6.50 6 10.00 6 10.00 6 10.00 6 10.00 800 Non-Automatic MA 3800N 487. SK 4074A TERMINAL LUGS: Aluminum -- Copper Number of Wires Wire Size One One Two Two Three Three #6-350 MCM #4-600 MCM #1/0-250 MCM #3/0-600 MCM #4/0-400 MCM #3/0-500 MCM $Type MA 125-350 amp. available on order. Catalog Number SK 4071A SK 4072A SK 4072A SK 4073A SK 4074A SK 4088 JkNot U/L listed. Price Each Included in complete breaker price 3 $ 6.50 6.50 6.50 6.50 10.00 10.00 $AC only. PAGE 55 SQDSLV 000190 NOW... CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS FROM YOUR DISTRIBUTOR'S STOCK Introducing I-LINE panelboards . . . safest ever built! Square D now offers you the first major design change in dis tribution panelboards since QMB. I-LINE panelboards offer you a choice of reliable plug-on or bolt-on circuit breaker connections. Plug-on is standard on the unassembled version. Integrated equipment rating makes I-LINE panelboards the safest you can get: I-LINE panelboards can be used on systems having high available short circuit levels. The entire panelboard, with breakers installed, has been tested for its full short circuit rating with every combination of breaker frame sizes and unused spaces. You get LOCAL AVAILABILITY with I-LINE Panelboards: I-LINE panelboards come to you as components, for fast and convenient on-the-job assembly, or as custom-built panel boards, from Square D's network of regional assembly plants. I-LINE Panelboards offer you unique features: Installation is simplified . . . with branch breakers you can mount anywhere, regardless of number of poles or frame size. All breakers have mounting hardware permanently attached . . . no loose parts to order separately or misplace. I-LINE designed circuit breakers mean greater capability . . . with a choice of standard breakers or high interrupting capacity 1-75,000 (75,000 A.I.C.) breakers. Greater personnel safety, too . . . with I-LINE main lugs in a hinged-cover compartment and barriers designed to guard against hand tool or "fish-tape" contact with the bus assembly. PAGE 56 SQD SLV 000191 design leadership LIGHTING & DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS INDEX AND SELECTION CIRCUIT BREAKER* See Page 84 for Ordering Information Panelboard Type Service NQO 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 240 V. AC Maximum Branch Ratings Rating 15-100 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole Type QO 01 Frame 70A 100A Connection Plug-On Max. Mains Rating Lugs Main Switch or Breaker Box Size 400 A. 400 A. 14' W. x 5%" D. 14* W. x 4* D. 20* W. x 534" D. NQO-LX 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 240 V. AC 15-70 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole QO 70 A Plug-On 225 A. 100 A. 6%* W. x 5" D. 8%* W. x 5* D. NQOB 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 240 V. AC 15-100 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole QOB Q1B Q1B 70A 100 A 100A Bolted 600 A. 400 A. 14* W. x 4* D. 20* W. x 5%" D. NQOB-LX 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 240 V. AC 15-70 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole QOB 70A Bolted 225 A. 100 A. 6%" W. x 5* D. 8%* W. x 5* D. NA1B 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC 15-100 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole A1B 100A Bolted 600 A. 400 A. 20* W. x 5%" D. NA1B-LX 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC NY1B NYB-LX 277/480 V. AC 480 V. AC 277/480 V. AC HCN HCM 125/250 V. AC-DC 250 V. AC-DC 120/208 V. AC 277/480 V. AC 480 V. AC 600 V. AC 15-50 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole 15-100 A. 1, 2, 3 Pole 15-20 A. 1 Pole 15-100 A. 1 Pole 15-225 A. 2, 3 Pole A1B Y1B FA ML-Y FA + Q2 FA KA 100A 100 A 100 A 100A 225A 100A 225A Bolted Bolted Bolted Plug-On or Bolted 225 A. 100 A. 400 A. 225 A. 400 A. 800 A. 400 A. 100 A. 225 A. 400 A. 8%* W. x 5* D. 20* W. x 5%* D. 8%* W. x 5* D. 26* W. x 6*4* D. 32* W. x 8* D. 125/250 V. AC-DC 15-100 A. A1B 100A 250 V. AC-DC 1 Pole Y1B 100A 120/208 V. AC FA 100A 31* W. x 10%* D. ML 277/480 V. AC KA 225A Bolted 1200 A. 800 A. 38* W. x 10% * D. 480 V. AC 15-800 A. LA 400A 46* W. x 10%* D. 600 V. AC 2, 3 Pole MA 800A Digest Page No. 58, 60 58, 62 64, 65 64 66, 67 66 68, 69 68 70, 72 70, 72 74, 75 FUSIBLE * NTFB NTHB QMB 120/208 V. AC 120/240 V. AC 277/480 V. AC 120/208 V. AC 125/250 V. AC-DC 277/480 V. AC 250 V. AC-DC 600 V. AC Tumbler Sw. 15-30 A. Type SC 1, 2, 3 Pole Cart. Fuse 15-30 A. 1 Pole Tumbler Sw. Type SC Cart. Fuse 30-200 A. 2, 3 Pole 400, 600 A. 2, 3 Pole Quick-Make Quick-Break Cart. Fuse Bolted Bolted Plug-On Bolted Circuit Breaker panelboards meet Federal Specification W-P-115a. Type I, Class 1. *f*Type Q2 has maximum 240 V. AC only rating. Optional box sizes available at no additional cost on factory assembled panelboards. ifcFusible panelboards meet Federal Specification W-P-115a. Type II, Class 1. NOTE: Complete Circuit Breaker interrupting capacity data is shown on Page 53. D 600 A. 400 A. 1200 A. 600 A. 14* W. x 4" D. 20* W. x 5%* D. 20* W. x 5%" D. 31* W. x 10%* D. 38* W. x 14$6* D. 76 76 78, 79 8u, 81 82, 83 PAGE 57 SQDSLV 000192 . . design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS TYPE NQO 225 AMP. MAINS --MAX UNASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 120/240 Volts, 1 0 3 W., AC 30, Grd. "B" 0. 240 Volts, 10 2 W., AC 120/208 Volts, 30 4 W., AC 240 Volts, 30 3 W., AC MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: Main Breaker: 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu Wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu Wire 50 A. -- #4 Al or Cu Wire 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu Wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu Wire BRANCHES: Plug-In Type QO and Q1 rated at 5000 A.I.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class la and 1 b. Type QO, 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- 15-70 A. -- #4 Cu Wire AType Q1, 2 and 3 Pole -- 70-100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu Wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized steel with knockouts. ' Standard Width: Column Width: Main Lugs -- 14* W x4* D Main Lugs or Main Breaker Main Breaker -- 14* W x 5%" D 8%* W x 5* D (For 10* WF Beams) GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 5* Side--4* . Top and Bottom -- 5* Left Side -- 2*4 * Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. STANDARD WIDTH 1 PHASE 3 WIRE Max. No. of yo Poles Amp. Cap. of Mains Basic Device and Front Price Basic Device Only (Less Breakers) Catalog Number Price MONO-FLAT Front Only Catalog Number Price Box Hgt. Ins. MAINS: LUGS ONLY 12 100 $ 76. NQ0-20-123 20 100 91. NQO-24-203-1 20 225 95. NQ0-24-203-2 30 225 110. NQO-28-303 42 225 128. NQO-32-423 *54 225 146. NQO-37-543 $ 52. 65. 69. 79. 95. 108. NQC-20TF or S NQC-24TF orS NQC-24TF or S NQC-28TF or S NQC-32TF or S NQC-37TF or S $24. 2014 26. 24Vi 26. 2414 31. 28 33. 32 38. m, MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE 12 100 $129. NQO-24-123M 20 100 144. NQO-28-2Q3M 30 225 315. NQO-37-303M 42 225 333. NQO-42-423M *54 225 351. NQ0-48-543M $103. 113. 277. 293. 309. NQC-24TF or S NQC-28TF or S NQC-37TF orS NQC-42TF or S NQC-48TF or S $ 26. 31. 38. 40. 42. 24'/. 28 37% 4214 48'/. Box Oepth Ins. 4 4 4 4 4 4 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 3 PHASE 4 WIRE MAINS: LUGS ONLY 12 100 $ 86. NQO-20-124 20 100 101. NQO-24-204 30 100 116. NQO-28-304-1 30 225 128. NQO-28-304-2 42 225 141. NQO-32-424 *54 225 169. NQO-37-544 $ 62. 75. 85. 92. 108. 121. NQC-20TF or S NQC-24TF orS NQC-28TF or S NQC-28TF or S NQC-32TF or S NQC-37TF orS MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 12 50 $134. NQO-24-124M 20 100 170. NQ0-28-204M 30 100 185. NQO-32-304M 42 225 398. NQO-42-424M *54 225 411. NQ0-48-544M $108. 139. 162. 353. 369. NQC-24TF or S NQC-28TF or S NQC-32TF or S NQC-42TF or S NQC-48TF or S $24. 2054 26. 24Vi 31. 28 31. 28 33. 32% 38. 37% 4 4 4 4 4 4 $ 26. 31. 33. 40. 42. 2414 28 32% 4214 48'/. 5% 514 5% 53/4 5% Refer to Page 84. 42 Circuit Rule -- N.E.C. Para. 384-14 and 384-15. METHOD of SELECTING and PRICING COMPONENTS 1. List circuit breakers required. See Page 59 for Catalog Numbers. 2. Determine equivalent total number of poles required. (See "Note"). 3. Select proper Main Lugs or Main Breaker Basic Device (Standard or Column Width), based on equivalent total number of poles, from tables above. 4. Select Front required adding Suffix "F" for flush mounting or "S" for sur face mounting. 5. For complete panelboard price, add price of circuit breakers required from table on Page 59 to price of Basic Device and Front. NOTE: Panelboards -- 225 Amp. Max. Mains (Page 58). In panelboards listed above, two and three pole Type QO breakers require two and three pole spaces respectively. Two and three pole Type Q1 breakers require four and six single pole spaces respectively. AType Q1 breakers cannot be mounted in column width panelboards. COLUMN WIDTH 1 PHASE 3 WIRE Max. No. of QO Poles Basic Amp. Device Cap. and of Front Mains Price Basic Device Only (Less Breakers Catalog Number Price MAINS: LUGS ONLY 14 100 $ 79. NQO-826-143 20 100 91. NQO-832-203 30 225 110. NQO-840-303 42 225 128. NQO-849-423 $55. 65. 79. 95. MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE Front Only Catalog Number Box Hgt. Ins. Price LX-26TF or S LX-32TF or S LX-40TF or S LX-49TF or S $24. 26. 31. 33. 26%. 32/z 40 49 14 100 $112. NQO-832-143M $86. LX-32TF or S $26. 32/z 20 100 144. NQO-840-203M 113. LX-40TF or S 31. 40 3 PHASE 4 WIRE MAINS: LUGS ONLY 14 100 $ 89. NQO-826-144 20 100 101. NQO-832-204 30 100 116. NQO-840-304 42 225 141. NQO-849-424 $65. 75. 85. 108. LX-26TF or S LX-32TF or S LX-40TF or S LX-49TF or S $24. 26. 31. 33. MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 14 50 $137. NQO-832-144M $111. LX-32TF or S $26. 20 100 170. NQO-840-204M 139. LX-40TF or S 31. 30 100 185. N QO-845-304 M 153. LX-45TF or S 32. 26/2 32/2 40 49 32/2 40 45 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 volt, Type QO breakers and 40, 50, 70, 90 and 100 ampere, two pole, Type Q1 are approved for use on 30, Grounded "B" <p systems. EXAMPLE ESTIMATE No. Req'd. 8 2 2 1 2 1 1 No. Amps. Poles Catalog Number 20 QO-120 40 2 QO-240 50 3 QO-350 100 2 Q1-2100 100 3 Q1-3100 225 30, 4 W. NQO-32-424 NQC-32-TF Total Poles Price Each Total Price 8 $ 2.70 $ 21.60 4 6.40 12.80 6 22.00 44.00 4 17.60 17.60 12 32.00 64.00 34 108.00 33.00 Total $ 301.00 PAGE 58 SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000193 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS UNASSEMBLED TYPE TYPE 400 AMP. MAINS NQO APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 120/240 Volts, 10 3 W., AC 30, Grd. "B" 0 240 Volts, 1 0 2 W., AC 120/208 Volts, 30 4 W., AC 240 Volts, 30 3 W., AC MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 400 A. -- 2-500 MCM Cu or Al wire Main Breaker: 400 A. -- 2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Cu Wiro Lugs for Al cable available on special order. BRANCHES: CABINETS: Plug-In Type QO and Q1 rated at 5000 A.I.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class la and 1b. Type QO, 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- 15-70 A. -- #4 Cu Wire Type 01, 2 and 3 Pole -- 70-100 A. --* #0 Al or Cu wire MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel. Boxes-- Galvanized steel with knockouts, 20" wide, 5%# deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 8" Sides -- 4* Panelboard ordering information on page 84. 1 PHASE 3 WIRE Max. No. of QO or 01 Poles Amp. Cap. of Mains Basic Device and Front Price Basic Device Only (Less Breakers) Catalog Number Price MONO-FLAT Front Only Box Hgt. Catalog Ins. Number Price MAINS: LUGS ONLY 30 400 $159. NQO-38-303-4 42 400 177, NQO-41-423-4 $117. MDC-38TF orS $42. 132. M DC-41 TF or S 45. 38 41 MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE 30 400 $493. N QO-50-303-4 M $443. M DC-50TF or S $50. 50 42 400 511. N QO-53-423-4 M 456. M DC-53TF orS 55. 53 3 PHASE 4 WIRE MAINS: LUGS ONLY 30 400 $174. NQO-38-304-4 42 400 192. NQO-41-424-4 $132. MDC-38TF or S $42. 1 147. M DC-41 TF orS 45. MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 38 41 30 400 $573. NQO-50-304-4M j $523. M DC-50TF or S $50. 50 42 400 591. NQO-53-424-4M j 536. M DC-53 TF or S 55. 53 ACCESSORIES Description Closure plate (single pole)................................ Cat. No. QO-1HT HLO-1 QO-1CP See Page 86 QO-100ASF 0O-225ASF QO-1JTH Price $ 0.10 ea. 0.60 ea. 0.30 ea. 20.00 ea. 24.00 ea. 1.00 ea. For use with Main Lug panelboards only. Sub-feed lugs MUST be same rating as panelboard. METHOD OF SELECTING AND PRICING COMPONENTS 1. List circuit breakers required from table at right. 2. Determine equivalent number of single pole branches. In 400 ampere Basic Devices, two pole QO and Q1 breakers require two single pole spaces and three pole QO and Q1 breakers require three spaces. 3. Select proper Main Lugs or Main Breaker Basic Device based on equivalent number of single pole branches from table above. 4. Select front required, adding Suffix "F" for flush mounting, or "S" for Sur face mounting. 5. List and total prices of all components. Plug-In Type QO and Q1 -- CIRCUIT BREAKER Amp. Rating Single Pole 120 V AC Cat. No. Price Two Pole-- Common Trip 120/240 V AC Cat. No. Price Two Pole-- Common Trip 240 V AC Cat. No. Price Three Pole-- Common Trip 240 V AC Cat. No. Price 15 Q0115 $2.70 20 00120 2.70 30 00130 2.70 40 QO140 2.70 50 00150 2.70 60 70 90 100 Q0215 QO220 QO230 00240 QO250 00260 QO270 $ 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 13.00 Q0215H 0O220H 0O23OH QO240H 0O25OH Q1 270 Q1 290 Q1 2100 $13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 17.60 17.60 17.60 00315 00320 00330 00340 00350 00360 01 370 Q1 390 Q1 3100 $22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 28.00 32.00 32.00 Single pole breakers packaged 10 per carton; double pole breakers, 5 per car ton; three pole breakers, individually packaged. 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 volt, Type QO breakers and 40, 50, 70, 90 and 100 ampere, two pole Type Q1 are approved for use on 30, Grounded systems. SWITCHED NEUTRAL QO PLUG-IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS Ampere Rating Two Wire Switched Neutral 120 V AC Cat. No. Price Three Wire Switched Neutral 120/240 V AC Cat. No. Price 15 QO-215SWN $ 8.60 QO-315SWN $ 12.80 20 0O-22OSWN 8.60 0O-32OSWN 12.80 30 0O-23OWSN 8.60 QO-330SWN 12.80 CIRCUIT BREAKER PRICE TABLE Type QO Type Q1 No. of Brkrs. 1 Pole 120 V. 2 Pole 1120/ 240 V. 3 Pole 240 V. 2 Pole 240 V. 3 Pole 240 V. 3 Pole 240 V. 15-50 A. 15-60 A. 15- 60A. 70-100 A. 70 A. 90-100 A. 1 $ 2.70 2 5.40 3 8.10 4 10.80 5 13.50 6 16.20 7 18.90 8 21.60 9 24.30 10 27.00 11 29.70 12 32.40 13 35.10 14 37.80 15 40.50 16 43.20 17 45.90 18 48.60 19 51.30 20 54.00 21 56.70 $ 6.40 12.80 19.20 25.60 32.00 38.40 44.80 51.20 57.60 64.00 70.40 76.80 83.20 89.60 96.00 102.40 108.80 115.20 121.60 128.00 134.40 $ 22.00 44.00 66.00 88.00 110.00 132.00 154.00 176.00 198.00 220.00 242.00 264.00 286.00 308.00 $ 17.60 35.20 52.80 70.40 88.00 105.60 123.20 140.80 158.40 176.00 193.60 211.20 228.80 246.40 264.00 281.60 299.20 316.80 ^ 334.40 352.00 369.60 $ 28.00 56.00 84.00 112.00 140.00 168.00 196.00 224.00 252.00 280.00 308.00 336.00 364.00 392.00 $ 32.00 64.00 96.00 128.00 160.00 192.00 224.00 256.00 288.00 320.00 352.00 384.00 416.00 448.00 "^Prices shown do not apply to Type QO, 70 ampere, 2 pole, 120/240 V. and Type QO, 15-50 ampere, 2 pole, 240 V., branch breakers. SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT PAGE 59 SQDSLV 000194 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS TYPE NQO 240 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 10 2W., 10 3 W.f 30 3 W., 30 4 W. 30, Grd. "B" 0. 240 V. Max. AC MAINS: BRANCHES: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: Main Breaker: 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu Wire 50 A. -- #4 Al or Cu Wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu Wire 100 A. -- 0 Al or Cu Wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu Wire Plug-On Type QO and Q1 rated at 5000 A.I.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class la and 1b. Type QO - 15 - 70 A. -- #4 Cu wire Type Q1 - 70 - 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire CABINETS: GUTTERS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked ' enamel finish. - Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 14* wide, 4" deep. ~ Main Breaker boxes -- 5%* deep. Top and Bottom -- 5* Sides -- 4* Panelboard Ordering Information on Page 84. 1 PHASE 3 WIRE No. Brkr. Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price 8ox Cat. No. MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NQO 08-3L $105. 10 100 NQO 10-3L 116. 12 100 NQO 12-3L 127. 14 100 NQO 14-3L 16 100 NQO 16-3L 18 100 NQO 18-3 L 20 100 NQO 20-3L 138. 149. 160. 171. 22 225 NQO 22-3L 24 225 NQO 24-3L 26 225 NQO 26-3L 28 225 NQO 28-3L 30 225 NQO 30-3L 186. 197. 208. 219. 230. 32 225 NQO 32-3L 34 225 NQO 34-3L 36 225 NQO 36-3L 38 225 NQO 38-3L 40 225 NQO 40-3 L 42 225 NQO 42-3L 241. 252. 263. 274. 285. 296. NQ 20B NQ 20B NQ 20B NQ 24B NQ 24B NQ 24B NQ 24B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE 8 50 NQO 08-3AB $138. NQ 524B 10 50 NQO 10-3 A B 149. NQ 524B 12 100 NQO 12-3 A B 180. NQ 524B 14 100 NQO 14-3 A B 191. NQ 528B 16 100 NQO 16-3 A B 202. NQ 528B 18 100 NQO 1 8-3 A B 213. NQ 528B 20 100 NQO 20-3AB 224. NQ 528B 22 225 NQO 22-3 AB 391. NQ 537B 24 225 NQO 24-3 AB 402. NQ 537B 26 225 NQO 26-3AB 413. NQ 537B 28 225 NQO 28-3AB 424. NQ 537B 30 225 NQO 30-3AB 435. NQ 537B 32 225 NQO 32-3AB 446. NQ 542B 34 225 NQO 34-3 AB 457. NQ 542B 36 225 NQO 36-3 AB 468. NQ 542B 38 225 NQO 38-3 AB 479. NQ 542B 40 225 NQO 40-3AB 490. NQ 542B 42 225 NQO 42-3AB 501. NQ 542B MONO-FLAT Box Front Height Cat. No. (Inches) NQC 20T NQC 20T NQC 20T NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32r NQC 32T NQC 32T 20% 20% 20'A 24% 24'/4 24/4 24/4 28 28 28 28 28 32/2 32/2 32/z 32/2 32/2 32/2 NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 37T NQC 37T NQC 37T NQC 37T NQC 37T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T 24/4 24/4 24/4 28 28 28 28 37% 37% 37% 37% 37% 42% 42/4 42/4 42/4 42/4 42/4 PRICING AND BREAKER SELECTION PROCEDURE Breakers: 15-50 ampere, 1, 2 and 3 pole and 70 ampere, 2 pole Type QO breakers are twin mounted. 70-100 ampere. Type Q1 breakers are single mounted requiring twice the space of Type QQ breakers. Price Additions for Each Two and Three Pole Breaker: Convert to equivalent number of single pole breakers as indicated below and add to the price of the panelboard as follows: No. Poles Ampere Rating Voltage Type Equiv. No. of Single Price Pole Addition 2 15 - 60A 120/240 QO 2 $ 0.70 2 15 - 60A 240 QO 2 11.40 2 70A 120/240 QO 2 6.80 2 70 - 100A 240 Ql 4 0.50 3 15 - 60A 240 QO 3 12.70 3 70 A 240 Ql 6 9.40 3 100A 240 Qi 6 13.40 Space Only: When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboard on basis of total number of poles, including the future branches, and deduct $3.10 for each single pole omitted. 3 PHASE 4 WIRE No. Brkr. Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NQO 08-4 L $115. 10 100 N0O 10-4L 126. 12 100 NQO 12-4 L 137. 14 100 NQO 14-4 L 16 100 NQO 16-4L 18 100 NQO 18-4L 20 100 NQO 20-4 L 148. 159. 170. 181. 22 100 NQO 22-4 L 24 100 NQO 24-4 L 26 100 NQO 26-4 L 28 100 NQO 28-4 L 30 100 NQO 30-4 L 192. 203. 214. 225. 236. 32 225 NQO 32-4 L 34 225 NQO 34-4 L 36 225 NQO 36-4 L 38 225 NQO 38-4 L 40 225 NQO 40-4 L 42 225 NQO 42-4 L 254. 265. 276. 287. 298. 309. NQ 20B NQ 20B NQ 20B NQ 24B NQ 24B NQ 24B NQ 24B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 28B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B NQ 32B MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 8 50 NQO 08-4 A B $163. NQ 524B 10 50 NQO 10-4 A B 174. NQ 524B 12 50 NQO 12-4 A B 185. NQ 524B 14 100 NQO 14-4AB 196. 16 100 NQO 16-4 A B 228. 18 100 NQO 18-4AB 239. 20 100 NQO 20-4 A B 250. NQ 528B NQ 528B NQ 528B NQ 5288 22 100 NQO 22-4 A B 261. 24 100 NQO 24-4 A B 272. 26 100 NQO 26-4 A B 283. 28 100 NQO 28-4 A B 294. 30 100 NQO 30-4 AB 305. NQ 532B NQ 532B NQ 5328 NQ 532B NQ 532B 32 225 NQO 32-4 A B 506. 34 225 NQO 34-4 A B 517. 36 225 NQO 36-4 A B 528. 38 225 NQO 38-4 A B 539. 40 225 NQO 40-4 AB 550. 42 225 NQO 42-4 A B 561. NQ 542B NQ 542B NQ 542B NQ 542B NQ 542B NQ 542B MONO-FLAT Box Front Height Cat. No. (Inches) NQC 20T NQC 20T NQC 20T NQC 24T NQC 24T N0C 24T NQC 24T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T 20/4 20/4 20/4 2414 24/4 24% 24% 28 28 28 28 28 32 & 32/2 32/2 32/2 32 & 32/2 NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 24T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 28T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 32T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T NQC 42T 24% 24% 24% 28 28 28 28 32/2 32/2 32^ 32/2 32/2 42% 42 !4 4254. 42 !4 42i4 42% Column Width NQO (8%* Wide, 5* Deep for 10* WF Beams) are listed on Page 62. Deep Boxes: 20* Wide by 5%* Deep boxes, with 7 inch side gutters, are available at no extra charge. Not available on merchandise panelboards listed on Page 58. 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 volt. Type QO breakers and 40, 50, 70, 90 and 100 ampere, two pole Type Q1 are approved for use on 30, Grounded "B" 0 systems. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. No. Req'd. 20 1 2 1 1 1 EXAMPLE ESTIMATE Breaker Breaker Type Amp. No. Poles Total Branch Poles QO 20 QO 30 QO 20 Ql 70 Ql 100 20 22 36 24 36 NQ038-4L (30, 4W) 38 Total Price $ 00.00 0.70 25.40 0.50 13.40 287.00 327.00 PAGE 60 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT . SQDSLV 000195 design leadership . . CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE TYPE 240 V. AC NQO APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 10 2 W., 10 3 W., 30 3 W., 30 4 W. 30, Grd. "B" 0. 240 V. Max. AC MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 400 A. -- 2-500 MCM A! or Cu wire Main Breakers: 400 A.--2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Plug-On Type QO or Q1 rated at 5000 A.f.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class la and 1b. Type QO 15 - 70 A., 1, 2 and 3'pole -- #4 Cu wire Type Q1 70 - 100 A., 2 and 3 pole -- #0 Al or Cu wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 20" wide, 5%" deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 8" minimum Sides -- 4" Panelboard Ordering Information on Page 84. PRICING SOLID NEUTRAL -- PRICE 225 A. $ 25. 400 A. $ 32. BRANCH BREAKERS -- PRICE PER BREAKER Amp. Rating 1 POLE 120 V. 2 POLE 120/240 V. 2 POLE 240 V. 15-60 A. 70 A. 90-100 A. Space Only (Per Brkr.) $ s.so 2.40 5 12. 18. 4.80 $ 22.50 22.50 * 22.50 * 4.80 3 POLE 240 V. $ 29.50 35.50 * 39.50 * 7.20 BASE PRICE 225 A. PRICE 400 A. Main Lugs: 2 3 $ 60. 73. Main Breaker: 2 $ 265. t 3 325. t Type Q1, other circuits are Type QO. S225 Amp. Frame (Type ML-3) 400 Amp. Frame (Type LA) 5 82. 97. $ 416.$ 496.$ ADDITIONAL FEATURES No. of Poles 225 A. PRICE 400 A. Split Bus: 2 3 Sub-Feed Lugs: 2 3 $ 26. 37. 5 11. 11. $ 55. 65. 5 32. 40. Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker: (Two per Panelboard) 225 Amp. Frame Type ML-3 No. of Poles 125-225 A. Max. No. of Branch Poles Box Height 2 3 Space Only $ 193. 242. 71. 30* 54* 65" 77" Panelboard having 400 ampere main breaker requires 77" box. Not applicable to panelboards having 400 ampere main breaker. BOX HEIGHTS (Inches) Max. No. of Poles MAIN LUGS 400 A. MAIN BREAKER 400 A. 30 38" 42 41" 54 47" 66 50" 50" 53" For Cat. No. of box only, prefix letters "MH" to box heights shown above. Example: MH38. 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 Volt, Type QO breakers and 40, 50, 70, 90 and 100 ampere, two pole Type Q1 are approved for use on 3 <f>, Grounded "B" 0 systems. Price other additional features from Pages 85 and 86. METHOD OF PRICING 1. Make listing similar to one shown on right. 2. Box sizes for panelboards without additional features may be determined from table above. Total number of branch circuit poles, and select from proper column in table. When additional features are required, consult Field Office for box sizes. 3. When number of poles exceeds maximum shown in table, estimate as two or more panelboards, adding sub-feed lugs as required so purchaser can cable panelboards together. 4. Insert at right of each item in listing, including solid neutral, branch circuits, mains and optional features as required, the price shown in the tables above. The total will be the price of the panelboard and cabinet. EXAMPLE ESTIMATE No. Req'd. Type Amperes No. Total Poles Branch Poles Price 20 00 20 1 OO 30 2 QO 20 2 01 70 2 01 100 1 Solid Neutral 400 1 Main Breaker 400 1 20 22 36 36 36 .. $ $ 110.00 12.00 59.00 71.00 79.00 32.00 496.00 120/208 V., 30, 4 W. Surface Mtd. Bottom Feed Total Poles 40 Total price: Box Cat. No. MH-53 $ 859.00 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT PAGE 61 SQDSLV 000196 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS TYPE NQO 240 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE COLUMN WIDTH APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 10 2W..10 3W., 30 3 W., 3<*> 4 W. 3 <j>, Grd. "B" <f>. 240 V., Max. AC MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breaker -- Type A1B 50 A. -- #4 Al or Cu wire 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Plug-On Type QO rated at 5000 A.I.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class la and 1b. Type QO 15-70 A., 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- #4 Cu wire CABINETS: Fronts with door and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 8%' wide, 5* deep (For 10' WF beams). GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 5' Left Side -- 2/z" Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. 1 PHASE 3 WIRE No. Branch Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price Box Catalog Number MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NQO 08-3LX 10 100 NQO 10-3LX 12 100 NQO 12-3LX 14 100 NQO 14-3LX 16 100 NQO 16-3 LX 18 100 NQO 18-3 L X 20 100 NQO 20-3LX 22 225 NQO 22-3LX 24 225 NQO 24-3LX 26 225 NQO 26-3LX 28 225 NQO 28-3LX 30 225 NQO 30-3LX 32 225 NQO 32-3LX 34 225 NQO 34-3LX 36 225 NQO 36-3LX 38 225 NQO 38-3LX 40 225 NQO 40-3LX 42 225 NQO 42-3LX $105. 116. 127. 138. 149. 160. 171. 186. 197. 208. 219. 230. 241. 252. 263. 274. 285. 296. LX826B LX826B LX826B LX826B LX832B LX832B LX832B LX840B LX840B LX840B LX840B LX840B LX849B LX849B LX849B LX849B LX849B LX849B MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE 8 50 NQO 08-3ABX $138. LX832B 10 50 NQO 10-3ABX 149. LX832B 12 100 NQO 12-3ABX 180. LX832B 14 100 NQO 14-3ABX 191. LX832B 16 100 NQO 16-3ABX 202. LX840B 18 100 NQO 18-3ABX 213. LX840B 20 100 NQO 20-3ABX 224. LX840B Front Catalog Number LX26T LX26T LX26T LX26T LX32T LX32T LX32T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX32T LX32T LX32T LX32T LX40T LX40T LX40T Box Height Cinches) 26/2 26/z 26/2 26/2 32/2 32/2 32/2 40 40 40 40 40 49 49 49 49 49 49 32/2 32/2 32/j 32/2 40 40 40 No. Branch Amp. Poles Mains 3 PHASE 4 WIRE Catalog Number Price Number MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NQO 08-4LX 10 100 NQO 10-4LX 12 100 NQO 12-4LX 14 100 NQO 14-4LX 16 100 NQO 16-4LX 18 100 NQO 18-4LX 20 100 NQO 20-4LX 22 100 NQO 22-4LX 24 100 NQO 24-4LX 26 100 NQO 26-4LX 28 100 NQO 28-4LX 30 100 NQO 30-4LX 32 225 NQO 32-4LX 34 225 NQO 34-4LX 36 225 NQO 36-4LX 38 225 NQO 38-4LX 40 225 NQO 40-4LX 42 225 NQO 42-4LX $115. 126. 137. 148. 159. 170. 181. 192. 203. 214. 225. 236. 254. 265. 276. 287. 298. 309. LX826B LX826B LX826B LX826B LX832B LX832B LX832B LX840B LX840B LX840B LX840B LX840B LX849B LX849B LX849B LX849B LX849B LX849B MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 8 50 NQO 08-4ABX $163. LX832B 10 50 NQO 10-4ABX 174. LX832B 12 50 NOO 12-4ABX 185. LX832B 14 100 NOO 14-4ABX 196. LX832B 16 100 NQO 16-4ABX 228. LX840B 18 100 NQO 18-4ABX 239. LX840B 20 100 NQO 20-4ABX 250. LX840B 22 100 NQO 22-4ABX 261. LX845B 24 100 NQO 24-4ABX 272. LX845B 26 100 NQO 26-4ABX 283. LX845B 28 100 NOO 28-4ABX 294. LX845B 30 100 NQO 30-4ABX 305. LX845B Number LX26T LX26T LX26T LX26T LX32T LX32T LX32T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX49T LX32T LX32T LX32T LX32T LX40T LX40T LX40T LX45T LX45T LX45T LX45T LX45T (Inches) 26)4 26)4 26)4 2614 32*4 32 Vo 32j4 40 40 40 40 49 49 49 49 49 49 32*4 32*4 32)4 32*4 40 40 40 45 45 45 45 45 Price Addition for Each Two and Three Pole Breaker: Convert to equivalent number of single pole breakers as indicated below and add to the price of the panelboard as follows: No. Poles 2 2 2 3 Ampere Rating 15-60A 15-60A 70A 15- 60A Voltage 120/240 240 120/240 240 Typo QO QO QO QO Equiv. No. of Single Pole 2 2 2 3 Price Addition $ 0.70 11.40 6.80 12.70 Space Only: When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboard on basis of total number of poles including the future branches, and deduct $3.10 for each single pole omitted. No. Req'd. 20 1 2 1 EXAMPLE ESTIMATE Breaker Breaker Type Amp. No. Poles Total Branch Poles QO 20 QO 30 QO 20 1 20 22 36 NQ028-4LX (30-4W) 28 Total Price Addition $ 00.00 11.40 25.40 225.00 -- 261.80 Cable Troughs Duct Length $ 8%" x 5' Catalog Number Price BYs" x 5' Catalog Number 36' A MTX-836 $ 33. MTX-636 48' AMTX-848 37. MTX-648 56' AMTX-856 38. MTX-656 66' AMTX-866 42. MTX-666 AU/L listed as Wireway under File E6625. tfcSee Page 86 for prices of duct longer than 66 inches. Pull Boxes Price $ 33. 37. 38. 42. S/N Terminals 26 42 Catalog Numbers *MPX-815-26 MPX-815-42 Price $ 28. 28. *U/L listed as Pullbox under File E25442. For NEC restrictions on use of column width panelboards, refer to Page 63. Column Width NQOB (8%' Wide, 5' Deep for 10' WF Beams) may be fur nished at same price as NQOB Standard Width. Consult Distribution Equipment Catalog for Catalog Numbers and dimensions. Column Width NQO or NQOB (6%' Wide, 5' Deep for 8' WF Beams) may be furnished at same price as 8%* Wide panelboards 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 Volt, Type QO breakers are approved for use on 3 d>, Grounded "B" < systems. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. PAGE 62 SCHLL-ULE G2 DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000197 design leadership . . . COLUMN WIDTH PANELBOARDS APPLICATION DATA When cable troughs are used with panelboards, Section 362-5 of the National Elec trical Code should be observed. Section 362-5 reads "Wireways shall not contain more than 30 current carrying conductors at any cross section. Exception: Conductors for signal circuits or controller conductors between a motor and its starter and used only for start ing duty shall not be considered as current carrying conductors. The sum of the cross sectional areas of all contained conductors at any cross-section of a wireway shall not exceed 20% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway." Therefore, if the neutral bar is mounted in the panelboard, 3 feeder wires and 27 branch circuit wires or 4 feeder wires and 26 branch circuit wires are permitted. If a separate neutral wire is run for each circuit, the largest panelboard acceptable would be I 2 circuits. However, if common neutral conductors are used, the number of circuits in the panelboard could be increased. In view of this ruling, it is advantageous and more economical to have the neutral bar mounted in the pullbox. Under the Code ruling, it would then be permissible to run 2 feeder wires and 28 branch circuit wires or 3 feeder wires and 27 branch circuit wires in the cable trough. PANELBOARDS Column Type Panelboards are narrow single row construction, designed primarily for H or I-Beam mounting. NQO (Pages 58 and 62); NQOB; NYB (Page 68) and NAIB panel boards are available in LX construction, 8s/a" wide, suitable for mounting in 10" WF beams. Types NQO and NQOB are also available in LXX construction, 6Va" wide for mounting in 8" WF beams. Inside beam or Column dimensions should be checked against box dimensions to determine if standard listed column type panelboards can be installed as desired. Fronts are of screw-on type with standard flush lock and directory frame on door. Fronts are made of code gauge stretcher level steel and finished in blue-gray. Boxes are of three-piece construction with removable end walls screwed to box backs. When cable duct is used with these boxes, the top end wall is usually removed from the box and re-installed at the top of the cable duct. Boxes are made of code gauge steel. Standard knockouts are provided in top and bottom end walls of boxes. Pull Boxes are 20" wide x 15" high x 5%" deep and have same steel and finish specifi cations as the cable ducts. Solid neutral bar is included in the pullbox. Top end wall has knockouts same as in 20" wide panelboard cabinets. CABLE DUCT AND PULL BOXES Cable Duct and Pull Boxes are available for use with narrow column type panelboards when mounted in H or I-Beams. The cable duct is used as a wireway extension from the panelboard cabinet to the ceiling or truss, at which point a pullbox is installed on the front of the cable duct for conduit termination (see photo at left). The Cable Duct has same steel and finish specifications as the column type panelboard boxes outlined above. Cross-sectional dimensions are same as panelboard boxes (8Vb" wide and 5" deep or 6Va" wide and 5" deep). Cable duct is available in four standard lengths of 36" 48", 56", and 66" and can be ganged together to meet most common truss or ceiling heights. Bottom of each cable duct is provided with a sleeve so that it may be fastened to the top of the panelboard box or used to gang duct sections together. Fronts are of 2-piece screw-on type and furnished in surface type. The upper portion of the 2 piece front is 15" long and is removed when a pullbox is installed on the duct. PANELBOARD DATA Complete dimensional and selection data on column type panelboards is available in the Distribution Equipment Catalog as follows: Type NQO................................................................................................................. Catalog Section 1610 Type NQOB.................................................................................................Catalog Section 1620 Type NAIB................................................................................................................ Catalog Section 1640 Type NYB................................ Catalog Section 1660 PAGE 63 t SQDSLV 000198 E I. . . design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS 240 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-I15a, Type I, Class 1, Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 1 0 2 W., 1 0 3 W., 30 3 W., 30 4 W. 3 0, Grd. "B" 0. 240 V. Max. AC only. MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: Main Breaker: 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 50 A. -- #4 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Bolted Connection Type QOB and QlB. Rated at 5000 A.l.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a Class 1 a and 1 b. Type QOB 15 - 70 A. -- #4 Cu wire Type QlB 70 - 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 20* wide, 5%* deep. ` GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 5" _ Sides -- 6J/2* Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. 1 PHASE 3 WIRE 3 PHASE 4 WIRE No. Brkr. Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Front Cat. No. Box Height (Inches) MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NQOB 08-3L 10 100 NQOB 10-3L 12 100 NQOB 12-3L $ 105. 116. 127. MH 23 MH 23 MH 23 MSC 23T MSC 23T MSC 23T 23 23 23 14 100 NQOB 14-3L 138. MH 26 MSC 26T 16 100 NQOB 16-3L 149. MH 26 MSC 26T 18 100 NQOB 18-3L 160. MH 26 MSC 26T 20 100 NQOB 20-3L 171. MH 26 MSC 26T 26 26 26 26 22 225 NQOB 22-3L 186. MH 29 MSC 29T 24 225 NQOB 24-3L 197. MH 29 MSC 29T 26 225 NQOB 26-3L 208. MH 29 MSC 29T 28 225 NQOB 28-3L 219. MH 29 MSC 29T 30 225 NQOB 30-3L 230. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 29 29 29 29 32 225 NQOB 32-3L 241. MH 35 34 225 NQOB 34-3L 252. MH 35 36 225 NQOB 36-3L 263. MH 35 38 225 NQOB 38-3L 274. MH 35 40 225 NQOB 40-3L 285. MH 35 42 225 NQOB 42-3L 296. MH 35 MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE 8 50 NQOB 08-3AB $ 138. MH 23 10 50 NQOB 10-3AB 149. MH 26 MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 23T MSC 26T 35 35 35 35 35 35 23 26 12 100 NQOB 12-3 AB 180. MH 26 MSC 26T 14 100 NQOB 14-3AB 191. MH 26 MSC 26T 16 100 NQOB 16-3AB 202. MH 26 MSC 26T 26 26 26 18 100 NQOB 18-3AB 213. MH 29 MSC 29T 20 100 NQOB 20-3AB 224. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 29 22 225 NQOB 22-3AB 391. MH 38 MSC 38T 24 225 NQOB 24-3AB 402. MH 38 MSC 38T 26 225 NQOB 26-3AB 413. MH 38 MSC 38T 28 225 NQOB 28-3AB 424. MH 38 MSC 38T 30 225 NQOB 30-3AB 435. MH 38 MSC 38T 38 38 38 38 38 32 225 NQOB 32-3AB 446. MH 44 MSC 44T 34 225 NQOB 34-3AB 457. MH 44 MSC 44T 36 225 NQOB 36-3AB 468. MH 44 MSC 44T 38 225 NQOB 38-3AB 479. MH 44 MSC 44T 40 225 NQOB 40-3AB 490. MH 44 MSC 44T 42 225 NQOB 42-3AB 501. MH 44 MSC 44T 44 44 44 44 44 44 PRICING AND BREAKER SELECTION PROCEDURE Breakers: Type QOB, 1, 2 and 3 pole breakers are twin mounted. 2 and 3 pole breakers may be mounted opposite an equivalent number of single pole breakers. Type QlB breakers are single mounted requiring twice the space of Type QOB breakers. Type Q1B breakers cannot be mounted opposite Type QOB breakers. Price Additions for Each Two and Three Pole Breaker: Convert to equivalent number of single pole breakers as indicated below and add to the price of the panelboard as follows: No. Poles 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 Ampere Rating 15 - 60A 15 - 60A 70A 70 -100A 15 - 60A 70A 100A Voltage 120/240 240 120/240 240 240 240 240 Type QOB QOB QOB QlB QOB QlB QlB Equiv. No of Single Pole 2 2 2 4 3 6 6 Price Addition $ 0.70 11.40 6.80 0.50 12.70 9.40 13.40 Space Only: When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboard on basis of total number of poles, including the future branches, and deduct $3.10 for each single pole omitted. No. Brkr. Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NQOB 08-4L 10 100 NQOB 10-4L 12 100 NQOB 12-4L $ 115. 126. 137. MH 23 MH 23 MH 23 14 100 NQOB 14-4L 148. MH 26 16 100 NQOB 16-4L 159. MH 26 18 100 NQOB 18-4L 170. MH 26 20 100 NQOB 20-4L 181. MH 26 22 100 NQOB 22-4L 192. MH 29 24 100 . N0OB 24-4L 203. MH 29 26 100 NQOB 26-4L 214. MH 29 28 100 NQOB 28-4L 225. MH 29 30 100 NQOB 30-4L 236. MH 29 32 225 NQOB 32-4L 254. MH 35 34 225 NQOB 34-4L 265. MH 35 36 225 NQOB 36-4L 276. MH 35 38 225 NQOB 38-4L 287. MH 35 40 225 NQOB 40-4L 298. MH 35 42 225 NQOB 42-4L 309. MH 35 MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 8 50 NQOB 08-4AB $ 163. MH 26 10 50 NQOB 10-4AB 174. MH 26 12 50 NQOB 12-4AB 185. MH 26 14 50 NQOB 14-4AB 196. MH 26 16 100 NQOB 16-4AB 228. MH 29 18 100 NQOB 18-4A8 239. MH 29 20 100 NQOB 20-4AB 250. MH 29 22 100 NQOB 22-4AB 261. MH 29 24 100 NQOB 24-4AB 272. MH 29 26 100 NQOB 26-4AB 283. MH 35 28 100 NQOB 28-4AB 294. MH 35 30 100 NQOB 30-4AB 305. MH 35 32 225 NQOB 32-4AB 506. MH 44 34 225 NQOB 34-4AB 517. MH 44 36 225 NQOB 36-4AB 528. MH 44 38 225 NQOB 38-4AB 539. MH 44 40 225 NQOB 40-4AB 550. MH 44 42 225 NQOB 42-4AB 561. MH 44 MONO-FLAT Front Cat. No. MSC 23T MSC 23T MSC 23T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 44T MSC 44T MSC 44T MSC 44T MSC 44T MSC 44T Box Height (Inches) 23 23 23 26 26 26 26 29 29 29 29 29 35 35 35 35 35 35 26 26 26 26 29 29 29 29 29 35 35 35 44 44 44 44 44 44 Column Width NQOB (8%* Wide, 5* Deep for 10* WF Beams or 67/s" Wide, 5* Deep for 8* WF Beams) may be furnished at same price as NQOB Standard Width. Consult Distribution Equipment Catalog, Section 1620, for Catalog Num bers and dimensions. .,, 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 Volt, Type QOB breakers and 40, 50, 70,90 and 100 ampere, two pole Type QlB are approved for use on 3 0, Grounded "B" 0 systems. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. No. Req'd. 20 1 2 1 1 1 EXAMPLE ESTIMATE Breaker Type Breaker Amp. No. Poles Total Branch Poles QOB QOB QOB QlB 01B 20 30 20 70 100 1 20 22 36 24 36 NQOB 38-4L (30-4W) 38 Total Price $ 00.00 .70 25.40 0.50 13.40 287.00 % 327.00 PAGE 64 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000199 design leadership . . CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE TYPE 240 V. AC NQ06 APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 1 0 2 W., 10 3 W.( 30 3 W., 30 4 W. 30, Grd. "B" 0. 240 V. Max. AC MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-500 MCM Al or Cu wire 600 A. -- 2-500 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breakers: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A.--2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Al or Cu wire. BRANCHES: Bolted Connection Type QOB or QIB rated at 5000 A.I.C. AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class la and 1b. Type QOB 15 - 70 A., 1 2 and 3 Pole -- #4 Cu wire Type QIB 70 - 100 A., 2 and 3 Pole -- #0 Al or Cu wire Type A1B, E Frame, 15 - 100 A., 2 and 3 Pole also available A CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, doors with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 20" wide, 5%" deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 225 A. Mains -- 5" Minimum. 400 A. and 600 A. Mains -- 8" Minimum. Sides -- 4" Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. PRICING SOLID NEUTRAL -- PRICE 225 A. $ 25. 400 A. $ 32. 600 A. $ 46. BRANCH BREAKERS --PRICE PER BREAKER Amp. Rating 1 POLE 120 V. 2 POLE 120/240 V. 2 POLEA 240 V. 15-60 A. 70 A. 90-100 A. Space Only Per Brkr.) $ 5.50 2.40 5 12. 18. 4.80 $22.50 22.50 * 22.50 $ 4.80 3 POLEA 240 V. $29.50 35.50 * 39.50 * 7.20 BASE PRICE No. of Poles 225 A. PRICE 400 A. 600 A. Main Lugs: 2 3 $ 60. 73. $ 82. 97. $ 104. 119. Main Breaker: 2 3 265. t 325.+ 416. $ 896. + *Type QIB, other circuits are Type QOB. f 225 Amp. Frame (Type ML-3) $400 Amp. Frame (Type LA) APrice 2 and 3 Pole, Type AIB, E Frame branches from Page 67. Same space requirements as Type QIB. ADDITIONAL FEATURES No. of Poles 225 A. PRICE 400 A. 600 A. Split Bus: 2 3 $ 26. 37. $ 55. 65. $ 65. 72. Sub-Feed Lugs: 2 3 11. U. 32. 40. Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker: (Two per Panelboard) 225 Amp. frame Type ML-3 No. of Poles 125-225 A. Max. No. of Branch Poles Box Height 2 3 Space Only $ 193. 242. 71. 30 54 * * 65" 77" Panelboard having 400 ampere main breaker requires 77" box. Not applicable to panelboards having 400 ampere main breaker. BOX HEIGHTSC Max. No. of Poles Main Lugs 225 A. 400 or 600 A. Main Breakers 225 A. 400 A. 30 29" 38" 41" 50" 42 35" 41" 47" 53" 54 38" 47" 59" 66 50" For Cat. No. of box only, prefix letters "MH" to box heights shown above. Example: MH29. Price other additional features from Pages 85 and 86. METHOD OF PRICING 1. Make listing similar to one shown on right. 2. Box sizes for panelboards without additional features may be determined from table above. Total number of branch circuit poles, and select from proper column in table. When additional features are required, consult Field Office for box sizes. 3. When number of poles exceeds maximum shown in table, estimate as two or more panelboards, adding sub-feed lugs as required so purchaser can cable panelboards together. 4. Insert at right of each item in listing, including solid neutral, branch circuits, mains and optional features as required, the price shown in the tables above. The total will be the price of the panelboard and cabinet. 15, 20 and 30 ampere, two pole, 240 Volt, Type QOB breakers and 40, 50, 70, 90 and 100 ampere, two pole Type QIB are approved for use on 30, Grounded "B" 0 systems. EXAMPLE ESTIMATE No. Req'd. 20 1 2 1 1 1 1 Type QOB QOB QOB QIB QIB Solid Neutral Main Breaker 120/208 V.30, 4W. Surface Mtd. Bottom Feed Amperes No. Total Poles 3ranch Poles Price 20 1 20 $110.00 30 2 2 12.00 20 3 6 59.00 70 3 3 35.50 100 3 3 39.50 225 25.00 225 325.00 Total Poles a Total price 34 5606.00 Box Cat. No MH-47 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT PAGE 65 SQD SLV 000200 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS TYPE NA1B 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 10 2 W.f 10 3 W., 30 3 W., 30 4 W. 240 V. Max. AC 125 -- 125/250 V., DC MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 100 A. -- #0 A! or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breakers: 50 A. -- #4 Al or Cu wire 100 A. -- 0 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Bolted Connection Type A1B, E Frame rate at 7500 A.I.C. AC or 5000 A.I.C. DC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class 2b and 2c. 15 - 20 A., 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- #8 Al or Cu wire 60 - 100 A., 2 and 3 Pole -- #0 Al or Cu wire 30 - 50 A., 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- #4 Al or Cu wire . CABINETS: MONO-FLAT front with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. " Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 20" wide, 5%" deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 5" Miminmum. Sides -- 4" Minimum. 1 PHASE 3 WIRE 3 PHASE 4 WIRE No. Brkr. Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Box Front Height Cat. No. (Inches) MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NA1B 08-3L 10 100 NA1B 10-3L $ 171. 198. MH-26 MH-26 MSC-26T MSC-26T 26 26 12 100 NA1B 12-3L 14 100 NA1B 14-3L 225. 252. MH-29 MH-29 MSC-29T MSC-29T 29 29 16 100 NA1B 16-3L 18 100 NA1B 18-3L 20 100 NA1B 20-3L 279. 306. 333. MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MSC-35T MSC-35T MSC-35T 35 35 35 22 225 NA1B 22-3 L 24 225 NA1B 24-3L 26 225 NA1B 26-3 L 28 225 NA1B 28-3L 30 225 NA1B 30-3L 364. 391. 418. 445. 472. MH-29 MH-29 MH-29 MH-29 MH-29 MDC-29T M DC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T 29 29 29 29 29 32 225 NA1B 32-3L 34 225 NA1B 34-3L 36 225 NA1B 36-3L 38 225 NA1B 38-3L 40 225 NA1B 40-3L 42 225 NA1B 42-3L 499. 526. 553. 580. 607. 634. MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 POLE 8 50 NA1B 08-3AB S 204. MH-26, MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MSC-26T 35 35 35 35 35 35 26 10 50 NA1B 10-3AB 231. MH-29 12 100 NA1B 12-3AB 278. MH-29 MSC-29T MSC-29T 29 29 14 100 NA1B 14-3AB 305. MH-35 16 100 NA1B 16-3AB 332. MH-35 18 100 NA1B 18-3AB 359. MH-35 MSC-35T MSC-35T MSC-35T 35 35 35 20 100 NA1B 20-3AB 386. MH-29 MDC-29T 29 22 225 NA1B 22-3AB 569. MH-41 24 225 NA1B 24-3 A B 596. MH-41 26 225 NA1B 26-3AB 623. MH-41 28 225 NA1B 28-3AB 650. MH-41 30 225 NA1B 30-3AB 677. MH-41 M DC-41 T M DC-41 T M DC-41 T M DC-41 T M DC-41 T 41 41 41 41 41 32 225 NA1B 32-3AB 704. MH-47 34 225 NA1B 34-3AB 731. MH-47 36 225 NA1B 36-3AB 758. MH-47 38 225 NA1B 38-3AB 785. MH-47 40 225 NA1B 40-3AB 812. MH-47 42 225 NA1B 42-3AB 839. MH-47 MDC-47T MDC-47T MDC-47T MDC-47T M DC-47T MDC-47T 47 47 47 47 47 47 Price Addition for Each Two and Three Pole Breaker: Convert to equivalent number of single pole breakers as indicated below and add to the price of the panelboard as follows: No. Poles 2 2 3 3 Ampere Rating 15 - 50A. 60 - 100A. 15 - 50A. 60 - 100A. Equiv. No. of Single Poles 2 2 3 3 Price Addition $ 5.50 25.50 7.00 28.50 Space Only. When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboards on basis of total number of branches and deduct $9.70 for each breaker pole omitted. Panelboards requiring more than 225 ampere bus must be priced from Page 67. No. Brkr. Amp. Poles Mains Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MAIN S: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NA1B 08-4L 10 100 NA1B 10-4L $ 182. 209. MH-26 MH-26 12 100 NA1B 12-4 L 14 100 NA1B 14-4L 236. 263. MH-29 MH-29 16 100 NA1B 16-4L 18 100 NA1B 18-4L 20 100 NA1B 20-4L 290. 317. 344. MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 22 100 NA1B 22-4L 24 100 NA1B 24-4L 26 100 NA1B 26-4L 28 100 NA1B 28-4L 30 100 NA1B 30-4 L 371. 398. 425. 452. 479. MH-29 MH-29 MH-29 MH-29 MH-29 32 225 NA1B 32-4 L 34 225 NA1B 34-4 L 36 225 NA1B 36-4L 38 225 NA1B 38-4L 40 225 NA1B 40-4 L 42 225 NA1B 42-4L 512. 539. 566. 593. 620. 647. MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MH-35 MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 8 50 NA1B 08-4AB $ 230. MH-29 10 50 NA1B 10-4AB 257. MH-29 12 50 NA1B 12-4AB 284. MH-29 14 50 NA1 B 14-4AB 311. MH-35 16 100 NA1B 16-4AB 359. MH-35 18 100 NA1B 18-4AB 386. MH-35 20 100 NA1 B 20-4AB 413. MH-29 22 100 NA1B 22-4AB 440. MH-29 24 100 NA1B 24-4AB 467. MH-29 26 100 NA1B 26-4AB 494. MH-35 28 100 N Al B 28-4AB 521. MH-35 30 100 NA1B 30-4AB 548. MH-35 32 225 NA1B 32-4AB 764. MH-47 34 225 NA1B 34-4AB 791. MH-47 36 225 NA1B 36-4 A B 818. MH-47 38 225 NA1B 38-4AB 845. MH-47 40 225 NA1B 40-4AB 872. MH-47 42 225 NA1B 42-4AB 899. MH-47 MONO-FLAT Box Cat. No. (Inches) MSC-26T MSC-26T MSC-29T MSC-29T MSC-35T MSC-35T MSC-35T MDC-29T M DC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T M DC-35T MSC-29T MSC-29T MSC-29T MSC 35T MSC-35T MSC-35T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-47T MDC-47T M DC-47T MDC-47T MDC-47T MDC-47T 26 26 29 29 35 35 35 29 29 29 29 29 35 35 35 35 35 35 29 29 29 35 35 35 29 29 29 35 35 35 47 47 47 47 47 47 Column Width NA1B (8%" Wide, 5" Deep for 10" WF Beams) may be sub stituted at same price as NA1B Standard Width. Consult Distribution Equipment Catalog, Section 1640, for Catalog Numbers and Dimensions. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86._______________________________ EXAMPLE ESTIMATE No. Req'd. Breaker Amp. No. Poles Total Branch Poles Price 28 20A. 2 20A. 30A. 70A. 1 28 $ 00.00 2 4 11.00 33 7.00 3 3 28.50 1 NA1B38-4L (30-4W) 38 Total 593.00 $639.50 PAGE 66 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000201 design leadership . . CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC TYPE NA1B APPLICATION: For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: I0 2W..10 3W., 30 3 W., 30 4 W. 240 V. Max. AC 125 V. or 125/250 V., DC MAINS: BRANCHES: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 225 A. -- 300 MCM A1 or Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-500 MCM Al or Cu wire 600 A. -- 2-500 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breaker: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A.- 2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Al or Cu wire. Bolted Connection Type A1B, E Frame, rated at 7500 A.I.C. AC or 5000 A.I.C. DC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class 2b and 2c. 15 - 20 A. 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- #8 Al or Cu wire 30 - 50 A., 1, 2 and 3 Pole -- #4 Al or Cu wire 60 - 100 A., 2 and 3 Pole -- #0 Al or Cu wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT front with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized Steel with knockouts, 20" wide, 5%" deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 225 A. -- 5" Minimum -- 400 A. and 600 A. -- 8" Minimum. Sides -- 4" Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. PRICING SOLID NEUTRAL - PRICE 225 A. $ 25. 400 A. $ 32. 600 A. $ 46. BRANCH BREAKERS-- PRICE PER BREAKER Brkr. Amp. Rating 15- 50 A. 60-100 A. Space Only (Per Brkr.) 1 POLE 120 V. AC 125 V. DC $ 13.50 4.00 2 POLE 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC $ 32.50 52.50 6.50 3 POLE 240 V. AC 125/250 V. DC $ 47.50 69.00 8.50 BASE PRICE No. of Poles PRICE 225 A. | 400 A. | 600 A. Lugs Only: 2 3 $ 60. 73. $ 82. 97. $ 104. 119. Main Breaker: 2 265. t 416.$ 3 325. t 496.$ *{"225 Amp. Frame (Type ML-3) $400 Amp. Frame (Type LA) Alncludes connectors to mount future breakers. ADDITIONAL FEATURES Split Bus: 2 3 Sub-Feed Lugs: 2 3 225 A. $ 26. 37. 11. 11. 400 A. $ 55. 65. 32. 40. 600 A. $ 65. 72. 65. 72. Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker: (Two per Panelboard) 225 Amp. Frame (Type ML-3) No. of Poles 125-225 A. Max. No. of Branch Poles Box Height 2 3 Space Only $ 193. 242. 71. 30* 54** 65" 77" Panelboard having 400 ampere main breaker requires 77" box. Not applicable to panelboards having 400 ampere main breaker. BOX HEIGHTS (Inches) Max. No. of Poles MAIN LUGS 225 A. 400 or 600 A. MAIN BREAKER 225 A. 400 A. 30 29" 38" 41" 50" 42 35" 41" 47" 53" 54 38" 47" 59" 66 50" CFor Cat. No. of box only, prefix letters "MH" to heights shown above. Example: MH-29. Price other additional features from Pages 85 and 86. METHOD OF PRICING 1. Make listing similar to one shown at right. 2. Box sizes for panelboards without optional features may be determined from table above. Total the number of branch circuit poles and select box from proper column in table. When optional features are required, consult Field Office for box sizes. 3. When number of poles exceeds maximum shown in table, estimate as two or more panelboards, adding sub-feed lugs as required so purchaser can cable panelboards together. 4. Insert at right of each item in listing, including solid neutral branch circuits mains and optional features as required, the price shown in the tables above. The total will be the price of the panelboard and cabinet. EXAMPLE ESTIMATE No. Req'd. Amp. No. Poles Total Branch Poles 20 20 30 2 20 70 100 1 Solid Neutral 225 1 Main Breaker 225 1 2 3 3 3 Total No. of Poles 20 2 6 3 3 34 120/208 V., 30 4 W. Surface Mtd. Bottom Feed Total Price Box Cat. No. M H- 47 Price S 270.00 32.50 95.00 69.00 69.00 25.00 325.00 $ 885.50 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT PAGE 67 SQD SLV 000202 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS TYPE NY1B 277/480 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type \, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 277/480 V., 3 4> 4 W,, AC MAINS: Main Lugs: 100 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breaker: 50-100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Type Y1B, 1 Pole, 100]A. Frame, rated at 10,000 A.I.C. AC. Meet Federal Spe fications W-C-375a, class 2a. 15-20 A. -- #8 Al or Cu wire . 30-50 A. -- #4 Al or Cu wire - 70-100 A. -- #0 AL or Cu wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. , Boxes -- Galvanized steel with knockouts, 20* Wide, Deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 5" Minimum. Sides --- 4* Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. No. Branch Poles Amp. Mains STANDARD WIDTH Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Front Cat. No. MAINS LUGS ONLY 8 100 10 100 12 100 14 100 N Y1B 08-4L NY1B 10-4L NY1B 12-4 L NY1B 14-4L 16 100 18 100 20 100 22 100 NY1B 16-4L NY1B 18-4L NY1B 20-4 L NY1B 22-4 L 24 100 26 100 28 100 30 100 NY1B 24-4L NY1B 26-4L NY1B 28-4L NY1B 30-4L 32 225 34 225 36 225 38 225 40 225 42 225 NY1B 32-4L NY1B 34-4L NY1B 36-4L NY1B 38-4L NY1B 40-4L NY1B 42-4L $ 210. 244. 278. 312. 346. 380. 414. 448. 482. 516. 550. 584. 624. 658. 692. 726. 760. 794. MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 41 MH 41 MH 41 MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-29T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T M DC-41 T M DC-41 T M DC-41 T MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 3 POLE 8 50 10 50 12 50 14 50 NY1B 08-4AB NY1B 10-4AB NY1B 12-4AB NY1B 14-4AB $ 281. 315. 349. 383. 16 100 18 100 20 100 22 100 NY1B 16-4AB NY1B 18-4AB NY1B 20-4AB NY1B 22-4AB 433. 467. 501. 535. 24 100 26 100 28 100 30 100 NY1B 24-4AB NY1B 26-4AB NY1B 28-4AB NY1B 30-4AB 569. 603. 637. 671. 32 225 34 225 36 225 38 225 40 225 42 225 NY1B 32-4AB NY1B 34-4AB NY1B 36-4AB NY1B 38-4AB NY1B 40-4AB NY1B 42-4AB 876. 910. 344. 978. 1012. 1046. MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MH 41 MH 41 MH 41 MH 47 MH 47 MH 47 MH 53 MH 53 MH 53 MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-36T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T MDC-35T M DC-41 T M DC-41 T MDC-41T MDC-47T MDC-47T MDC-47T MDC-53T MDC-53T MDC-53T No. Branch Poles Amp. Mains * COLUMN WIDTH Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. Front Cat. No. *MAIN: LUGS ONLY 8 100 10 100 12 100 14 100 16 100 18 100 20 100 22 100 24 100 26 100 28 100 NYB 08-4L X NYB 10-4LX NYB 12-4 L X NYB 14-4L X NYB 16-4 L X NYB 18-4 L X NYB 20-4L X NYB 22-4 L X NYB 24-4 L X NYB 26-4L X NYB 28-4 L X $ 210. 244. 278. 312. 346. 380. 414. 448. 482. 516. 550. M0828 M0828 M0834 M0834 M0834 M0838 M0838 M0844 M0844 M0844 MQ848 M01828 M01828 M01834 M01834 M01834 M01838 M01838 M01844 M01844 M01844 MQ1848 ^Column width panelboards available with Type ML, Form Y, 15 and 20 ampere single pole branches only. STANDARD WIDTH 15 ampere single pole branches will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 20 thru 50 ampere single pole branches can be substituted without price change. Use of branch breakers rated more than 15 amperes may necessitate increased mains. Obtain price additions from Page 85. One Pole 70-100 Ampere, Y1B Breakers -- Consult factory. Two or Three Pole (Common Trip) 15-50 Ampere, Type FA, 100 A. Frame Breakers may be furnished as subfeed breakers at $ 59.50 addition for each 2-pole and $ 76.50 for each 3-pole breaker. be furnished as subfeed breakers with not more than two per panelboard at S 73.50 Space Only. When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboards on basis of total number of branches, including the future branches, and deduct $12.40 list for each breaker pole omitted. Handle Lock-Off Device: (Y1B Branch Cat. No. HLO-1; Price $0.60 each. (ML-Y Branch) Cat. No. SK-2894; Price $0.80 each. Cable Troughs and Pull Boxes can be furnished with column type panelboards for H-Beam mounting. See Page 62 for cataloo numbers and prices. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. PAGE 68 SCHEDULE G2 DISC0UN1 SQD SLV 000203 design leadership . CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE TYPE 480 V. AC NY1B APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 10 2W.J0 3 W., 30 3 W., 30 4W. 480 V., AC Max. MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: Main Breaker: 100 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A.-2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: 100 A. Frame, Type Y1B, rated at 10,000 A.I.C., AC and Type FA rated at 15,000 A.I.C., AC. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class 2a and 2d. Type Y1B, 1 Pole, 15 -- 20. A. -- #8 Al or Cu wire 30 -- 50*'A. -- #4 Al or Cu wire 70 -- 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire Type FA, 2 and 3 Pole, 15 -- 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized steel with knockouts. 20" Wide, 5%" Deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 225 A. Mains or less -- 5" Minimum. -- 400 A. Mains -- 8" Minimum. Sides -- 4" Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. PRICING SOLID NEUTRAL -- PRICE 100 A. or Less $ 20. Additional Hgt. 3" 225 A. $ 25. Additional Hgt. 3" 400 A. $ 32. Additional Hgt. 6" BRANCH BREAKERS -- PRICE PER BREAKER Brkr. Amps. 1 POLE 277 V. A.C. H 15-50 $ 19.50 70-100 Space Only (Per Brkr.) BASE PRICE 5.00 2 POLE 480 V. A.C. H 5 59.50 4/2 73.50 4/2 6.50 4/2 No. of Poles 100 A. Price H 225 A. Price H 3 POLE 480 V. A.C. AH $ 76.50 4/2 90.50 4/2 8.50 4/z 400 A. Price H Lugs Only: 2 5 52. 17 $ 60. 17 $ 82. 3 63. 17 73. 17 97. Main Breaker: 2 3 128. * 155. * 23 23 265. T 325.+ 29 29 416. + 496.+ *100 Amp. frame (Type FA) + 225 Amp. frame (Type KA) $400 Amp. frame (Type LA) AH listed is for two breakers (twin mounted). * 2*4" of space required for each group of one thru six branch poles. For 70-100 A., 1 pole breakers consult factory. 20 20 32 32 METHOD OF PRICING 1. Make a sketch, similar to the one shown at right, with main lugs or circuit breaker at top or bottom. 2. Insert ampere capacity of neutral bar when required. 3. Insert ampere capacity of branches required and type of breaker. 4. Insert ampere capacity, voltage and system of mains. 5. Insert height (H) in inches to the left of all items such as: solid neutral; branch units; base (which includes top and bottom gutters). 6. When total height exceeds 77 inches, estimate as two or more panelboards adding sub-feed lugs as required so purchaser can cable panelboards to gether. 7. Insert at the right of each item the price taken from tables above, and the sum will be the price of the panelboard and cabinet. ADDITIONAL FEATURES No. of Poles 100 A. or 225 A. Price H. Split Bus: 2 3 Sub-Feed Lugs: 2 3 $ 26. 37. $ ii. 11. 6" 9" 400 A. Price H. $ 55. 65. $ 32. 40. 12" 12" Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker: (One per Panelboard): 225 A. Frame (Type KA) No. of Poles 125-225 A. 2 3 Space Only $193. 242. 71. 12" 12" 12" BOX HEIGHT INCHES 4) 23 35 47 59 71 29 41 53 65 77 CFor Cat. No. of box only, prefix letters " M H" to heights shown above. Example: MH-29. Price other additional features from Pages 85 and 86. 3" EXAMPLE ESTIMATE 225 A. S/N 277/480V., 30, 4W., S/N 225A. Neutral Bar................ $ 25. f 15A. IP. (Y1B) 15A. IP. (Y1B) 1--15A. IP. with 1--15A. IP 39. 2/4' 20A. IP. (Y1B) 1 Y1B Space 20A. IP. (Y1B) YlB Space 1 --20A. 1 P. with 1 --20A. 1 P 2--1 P. Spaces........................ 39. 10. 4/2" 20A. 3P. (FA) 30A. 3P. (FA) 1--20A. 3P. with 1--30A. 3P 153. 4/2' 70A. 3P. (FA) 100A. 3P. (FA) 1--70A. 3P. with 1-100A. 3P. 181. 17 " 225A. Main Lugs Base--225A. Main Lugs3P. 73. 31/4' Total Price............................. $ 520. Nearest box height --35"--Cat. No. MH-35--20" wide, 5%" deep. SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT --------------------------- :-------------- PAGE 69 SQD SLV 000204 . . design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS X-LINE 250 V. AC or DC 600 V AC UNASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. Service Entrance approved with six circuits or less or with Main Breaker. SERVICE: Distributed Phase Bussing 1 (j> 2W, 1 (f> 3W, 3<j> 3W, 3<P 4W 600 V. Max. AC 250 V. Max. DC BRANCHES: Plug-on -- Types FA, FAH, KA, KAH and Q2 15-100 A. -- 1 Pole 15-225 A. -- 2 and 3 Pole (Complete data on Page 71) MAINS: Main Lugs: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A. d 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 800 A. -- 4-250 MCM Al or Cu wire or 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breaker: 100 A. j-- #1 /0 Al or Cu wire 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire CABINETS: Fronts with door, blue-gray baked enamel finish and flush lock. Boxes -- 26" Wide, G'/k" Deep galvanized steel with knockouts. 32" Wide, 8" Deep without knockouts, finished blue-gray baked enamel. Both sizes have removable endwalls. GUTTERS: Main Lugs -- 8" Minimum. Side -- 5" Minimum. Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. TABLE 1 --INTERIORS, BOXES AND FRONTS (Without solid neutral) Total Breaker Mounting Space (Inches) Ampere Rating of Mains Complete Price (Less Brkrs) Box Height (Inches) Interior Assembly (Less Breakers) Catalog Number Price Front Catalog Number MAXIMUM 225 A 27 27 45 45 BRANCH BREAKER -- TYPES FA, FAH AND Q2 BOX SIZE 26" WIDE, 6!4" DEEP 225 $ 144. 400 163. 225 180. 400 200. 36 HCN-1436-2 $ 89. HC-2636 TF or S 36 HCN-1436-4 108. HC-2636 TF or S 45 HCN-2345-2 116. HC-2645 TF or S 45 HCN-2345-4 136. HC-2645 TF or S 63 225 217. 54 HCN-3254-2 131. HC-2654 TF or S 63 400 236. 54 HCN-3254-4 ISO. HC-2654 TF or S 99 225 288. 72 HCN-5072-2 180. HC-2672 TF or S 99 400 309. 72 HCN-5072-4 201. HC-2672 TF or S 135 400 381. 90 HCN-6890-4 240. HC-2690 TF or S | Price $ 29. 29. 33. 33. 47. 47. 60. 60. 78. Box Catalog Number Price HC-2636-B HC-2636-B HC-2645-B HC-2645-B HC-2654-B HC-2654-B HC-2672-B HC-2672-B HC-2690-B $ 26. 26. 31. 31. 39. 39. 48. 48. 63. MAXIMUM 225 A. BRANCH BREAKER -- TYPES FA, FAH, KA, KAH AND Q2 BOX SIZE 32" WIPE, 8" DEEP 27 225 $ 151. 38 HCM-1438-2 $ 92. HC-3238 TF or S $ 30. 27 400 178. 38 HCM-1438-4 119. HC-3238 TF or S 30. 27 600 238. 38 HCM-1438-6 179. HC-3238 TF or S 30. 45 225 188. 47 HC M-2347-2 110. HC-3247 TF or S 40. 45 400 214. 47 HC M-2347-4 136. HC-3247 TF or S 40. 45 600 263. 47 HC M-2347-6 185. HC-3247 TF or S 40. 45 800 303. 47 HC M-2347-8 225. HC-3247 TF or S 40. 63 225 225. 56 HCM-3256-2 124. HC-3256 TF or S 54. 63 400 251. 56 HCM-3256-4 150. HC-3256 TF or S 54. 63 600 295. 56 HCM-3256-6 194. HC-3256 TF or S 54. 63 800 341. 56 HCM-3256-8 240. HC-3256 TF or S 54. 99 400 329. 74 HC M-5074-4 180. HC-3274 TF or S 77. 99 600 353. 74 HC M-5074-6 204. HC-3274 TF or S 77. 99 800 409. 74 HC M-5074-8 260. HC-3274 TF or S 77. HC-3238rB HC-3238-B HC-3238-B HC-3247-B HC-3247-B HC-3247-B HC-3247-B HC-3256-B HC-3256-B HC-3256-B HC-3256-B HC-3274-B HC-3274-B HC-3274-B $ 29. 29. 29. 38. 38. 38. 38. 47. 47. 47. 47. 72. 72. 72. TABLE 2 -- BLANKS AND NEUTRAL ASSEMBLIES Height (Inches) BLANKS Catalog Number Price 1/2 HNM-1BL $ 1.70 3 HNM-3BL 2.50 4/2 HNM-4BL 4.00 Ampere Capacity 225 400 600 800 SOLID NEUTRAL ASSEMBLIES ^Height Catalog Number HC-2 SN HC-4 SN HC-6 SN HC-8 SN Price S 19. 25. 35. 55. No additional height required. Mounted in main lug compartment. SELECTION OF COMPONENTS 1. List required circuits (ampere rating, voltage and poles). 2. Select catalog numbers of branch circuit breakers from Page 71 and determine total breaker mounting space. Include mounting space for planned future circuits. NOTE: Branch circuit breakers of different types may be mounted opposite each other. 3. Select interior, box and front catalog numbers (specify flush or surface mounting) based on required breaker space and mains capacity from Table 1. 4. Select solid neutral, if required, from Table 2. No additional height required. 5. Select blanks to fill unused breaker mounting space from Table 2. 6. MAIN BREAKERS--Select branch breaker of proper ampere rating and number of poles from Page 71. Mount breaker in position as shown on Page 71 and backfeed. Vertical mounted main breakers are available on factory assembled panelboards. PAGE 70 -- SCHEDULE. G1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000205 design leadership . ED CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS BRANCH AND MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERS I-LINE APPLICATION: For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-C-375a. Listed under Underwriters Laboratories File No. E-10027. BREAKER DATA Ampere Rating Frame Size Poles Type 15-30 A. 40-100 A. 15-30 A. 40-100 A. 15-30 A. 40-100 A. 125-150 A. 175-225 A. 125-225 A. 125-225 A. 100 A. 100 A. 100 A. 100 A. 100 A. 100 A. 225 A. 225 A. 225 A. 225 A. FA 1 FA 2, 3 FA 2, 3 FA FAH 2, 3 FAH 2, 3 02 2, 3 02 2, 3 KA 2, 3 KAH NOTE: Complete breaker data listed on Page 53. Wire S ize Copper Aluminum #14-#8 #8-#1/0 #14-#8 #8-#1/0 #14-#8 #8-# 1/0 #4-#3/0 #4-300 MCM #2-300 MCM #2-300 MCM #12-#8 #8-#1/0 #12-#8 #8-#1/0 #12-#8 #8-#1 /0 #4-#3/0 #4-300 MCM #1-300 MCM #1-300 MCM PLUG-ON BRANCH AND MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERS Ampere Rating Height I (Inches) } 1 Pole Catalog Number Price Height (Inches) Fed. Specs. W-C-375a 2b 2b c. 2c, 2d 2c, 2d 2f 2f 3b, 3c 3d 2 Pole Catalog Number tttAKtU I___ A FRONT 8US 8C CNTR REA* 8US N. 8US A Price Height (Inches) 3 Pole Catalog Number Price TYPE FA 100 AMPERE FRAME 240 VOLT AC 15 1/2 20 1/2 30 1/2 40 1/2 50 1/2 70 1/2 100 1/2 FA-12015 FA-12020 FA-12030 FA-12040 FA-12050 FA-12070 FA-12100 $ 22.40 22.40 22.40 22.40 22.40 27.00 27.00 * Rated 125 V. AC or DC. Rated 125/250 V. DC or 240 V. AC. 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 TYPE FA 100 AMPERE FRAME 480 VOLT AC 15 1 Zz 20 1/2 30 1/2 40 1/2 50 1/2 70 1/2 100 1/2 AFA-14015 AFA-14020 AFA-14030 AFA-14040 AFA-14050 AFA-14070 AFA-14100 $ 25.70 25.70 25.70 25.70 25.70 29.70 29.70 A Rated 277 V. AC. 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 TYPE FA 100 AMPERE FRAME 600 VOLT AC 250 VOLT DC 15 4/2 20 4/2 30 4/2 40 4/2 50 4/2 70 4/2 100 4/2 FA-22015 FA-22020 FA-22030 FA-22040 FA-22050 FA-22070 FA-22100 $ 33. 33. 33. 33. 33. 51. 51. 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 FA-24015 FA-24020 FA-24030 FA-24040 FA-24050 FA-24070 FA-24100 FA-26015 FA-26020 FA-26030 FA-26040 FA-26050 FA-26070 FA-26100 $56. 56. 56. 56. 56. 70. 70. $ 65. 65. 65. 65. 65. 81. 81. 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 FA-32015 FA-32020 FA-32030 FA-32040 FA-32050 FA-32070 FA-32100 $46. 46. 46. 46. 46. 65. 65. FA-34015 FA-34020 FA-34030 FA-24040 FA-34050 FA-34070 FA-34100 FA-36015 FA-36020 FA-36030 FA-36040 FA-36050 FA-36070 FA-36100 $ 70. 70. 70. 70. 70. 84. 84. $ 82. 82. 82. 82. 82. 88. 98. TYPE Q2 225 AMPERE FRAME 240 VOLT AC 125 150 175 200 225 4/2 02-22125 $100. 4/2 Q2-32125 $123. 4/> 02-22150 100. 4/. Q2-32150 123. 4/2 02-22175 100. 4/2 Q2-32175 123. 4/2 02-22200 100. 4/2 02-32200 123. 4/2 Q2-22225 100. 4/2 Q2-32225 123. TYPE KA 225 AMPERE FRAME 600 VOLT AC 250 VOLT DC 125 4/2 150 4/2 175 4/2 200 4/2 225 4/2 KA-26125 KA-26150 KA-26175 KA-26200 KA-26225 $180. 180. 180. 180. 180. 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 KA-36125 KA-36150 KA-36175 KA-36200 KA-36225 $223. 223. 223. 223. 223. SELECTION OF BREAKERS 1. Single Phase and Three Phase "WYE" and "DELTA" connections are available by selection of the bus connections required as shown on the wiring diagram above. 2 Breaker Catalog Numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix to the circuit breakers listed in the table above. 3. Panelboard Application: I-Line panelboards accept only the breaker types listed below -- Type HCN -- Type FA, FAH and Q2 breakers. Type HCM -- Type FA, FAH, KA, KAH and Q2 breakers. When 1-75,000 breakers (75,000 A.I.C.) are required, use prefix FH and KH. Not available on Type Q2 breakers. Refer to SP 148 Price List for prices. Example: 30A, 240 volt breakers required in phase connections and number of poles as shown. Phase Connection 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole A B c A-B A-C B-C A-B-C FA-12030-A FA-12030-B FA-12030-C Standard for single phase panelboards. % FA-22030-AB FA-22030-AC FA-22030- BC FA-32030 SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT PAGE 71 SQD SLV 000206 . design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 250 V. DC I-LINE 600 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. Service Entrance approved with six circuits or less or with Main Breaker. SERVICE: Distributed Phase Bussing 1 </> 2W, 1 <t> 3W, 3<t> 3W, 3<f> 4W 600 V. Max. AC 250 V. Max. DC BRANCHES: *Plug-on -- Types FA, FAH, KA, KAH and Q2. 15-100 A. -- 1 Pole 15-225 A. -- 2 and 3 Pole (Maximum wire sizes shown on Page 73). MAINS: Main Lugs: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Ai or Cu wire 400 A. d 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM AI or Cu wire 800 A. -- 4-250 MCM AI or Cu wire or 2-600 MCM AI or Cu wire Main Breaker: 225 A. -- 300 MCM AI or Cu wire CABINETS: Fronts with door, blue-gray baked enamel finish and flush lock. Boxes: 26' Wide, 6'A" Deep galvanized steel with knockouts. 32' Wide, 8' Deep without knockouts, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Both sizes have removable endwails. GUTTERS: Main Lugs -- 8' Minimum. Side --5' Minimum. Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. . PRICING BASE PRICE -- LUGS ONLY Max. MAINS RATING Branch Breaker 225 400 600 A H A. H A. 225 A. Type Q2 $90. T $110. + 225 A. Type KA, KAH 90. t 110. t $140. H t 800 A. $170. H t fHeight dimension not required. Panelboard height determined by total branch breaker mounting space and mains rating. BASE PRICE --MAIN BREAKER_______________________ MAIN BREAKER RATING Poles Type KA Type KAH Type LA 225 A. H 225 A. H 400 A. H 2 $ 279. t $ 522. t $ 504. t 3 328. t 626. T 591. T Type LAH 400 A. $ 634. 745. H t t SOLID NEUTRAL -- PRICE 225 A. H 400 A. H 600 A. H 800 A. $25. * $32. * $46. * $65. jfcNo additional space required. Mounted in main lug compartment. H * BRANCH BREAKERS -- PRICE PER BREAKER Breaker Ampere Rating * Type 240 V. AC or 125/20 V. DC 1 POLE 2 POLE Space Space Price Only H Price Only H 3 POLE Space Price Only H Brkr. Amp. Rating 480 V. and 600 V. AC or 250 V. DC TYPE j 2 POLE 3 POLE 480 V. 600 V. AC AC Price 600 V. Price Space Only H Price 600 V. Price Space Only TYPE FA, KA and Q2 BRANCH BREAKERS -- PRICE PER BREAKER 15-50 A. FA $26.40 $5.50 1/2 $ 39. $6.50 45/2 $ 56. $8.50 4/2 Cl 5-50 A. FA FA $62. S 71. $6.50 4/2 $80. $ 92. $8.50 4/2 70-100 A. FA 31. 5.50 v/2 57. 6.50 4/2 75. 8.50 4/2 C70-100 A FA FA 76. 87. 6.50 4/2 94. 108. 8.50 4/2 125-225 A. 02 113. 8.50 4/2 142. 8.50 4/2 125-225 A. KA 193. 8.50 4/2 242. 8.50 4/2 125-225 A. KA KA 193. 8.50 4/2 242. 8.50 4/2 Al-75,000`--TYPE FAH and KAH BRANCH BREAKERS -- PRICE PER BREAKER 15-50 A. 70-100 A. 125-225 A. FAH FAH KAH 45.70 50.70 5.50 V/2 5.50 1Z2 109. 113. 432. 6.50 4/2 6.50 4/2 8.50 4/2 130. 145. 526. 8.50 4/2 8.50 4/2 8.50 4/2 15-50 A. FAH 70-100 A. FAH 125-225 A. KAH FAH FAH KAH 109. 113. 432. 6.50 4/2 6.50 4/2 8.50 4/2 130. 145. 526. 8.50 4/2 8.50 4/2 8.50 4/2 Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. AType FAH 1 pole breakers are rated 277 volt AC. Type FAH and KAH 2 pole breakers are rated 600 volt AC, 250 volt DC; 3 pole breakers are rated 600 volt AC. *Plug-cn branch breakers will be furnished as standard. Bolt-on branch breakers will be furnished at no additional charge when specified. CFor 1 pole 15 thru 50 ampere, 277 volt AC only. Type FA, use $29.70 price each; for 70-100 A. 1 pole, use $33.70 price each. Space requirement is 11/2 inches. PAGE 72 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000207 design leadership . . CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE ILINE CABINET DIMENSIONS MAINS: LUGS ONLY Total Breaker Mounting Space (Inches) Main Lugs Rating Box Catalog Number Type FA, FAH and Q2 Breakers -- Box Size 26' Wide, 27 225 HC-2636-B 27 400 HC-2636-B 45 225 HC-2645-B 45 400 HC-2645-B 63 225 HC-2654-B 63 400 HC-2654-B 99 225 HC-2672-B 99 400 HC-2672-B 135 400 . HC-2690-B Box Height Deep 36 36 45 45 54 54 72 72 90 Type FA, FAH, KA, KAH and Q2 Breakers -- Box Size 32 r Wide, 8' Deep 27 225 HC-3238-B 38 27 400 HC-3238-B 38 27 600 HC-3238-B 38 45 225 HC-3247-B 47 45 400 HC-3247-B 47 45 600 HC-3247-B 47 45 800 HC-3247-B 47 63 225 HC-3256-B 56 63 400 HC-3256-B 56 63 600 HC-3256-B 56 63 800 HC-3256-B 56 99 400 HC-3274-B 74 99 600 HC-3274-B 74 99 800 HC-3274-B 74 135 400 HC-3292-B 92 135 600 HC-3292-B 92 135 800 HC-3292-B 92 MAINS: CIRCUIT BREAKER -- 2 or 3 POLE Total Breaker Mounting Space finches) Maximum Main Breaker Rating Box Catalog Nu mber Box Height Type FA, FAH and Q2 Breakers -- Box Size 26' Wide, 6/a," Deep 18 225 HC-2636-B 36 36 225 HC-2645-B 45 54 225 HC-2654-B 54 90 225 HC-2672-B 72 126 225 HC-2690-B 90 Type FA, FAH, KA KAH and Q2 Breakers -- Box Size 32* Wide, B" Deep 18 225 HC-3238-B 38 36 225 HC-3247-B 47 54 225 HC-3256-B 56 90 225 HC-3274-B 74 126 225 HC-3292-B 92 Type FA, FAH, KA, KAH and Q2 Breakers -- Box Size 32' Wide, 8' Deep 27 400 HC-3247-B 47 45 400 HC-3256-B 56 81 400 HC-3274-B 74 117 400 HC-3292-B 92 NOTE: Main breakers are vertically mounted. Mains Size 225 A. 400 A. 600 A. 800 A. MINIMUM GUTTER DIMENSIONS Main Lug s/2 8/2 8/2 10/2 Main Breaker 6/2 8 Solid Neutral 6% 6% 6% 9 BREAKER DATA BRANCH BREAKER TERMINAL SIZES Ampere Rating 15- 30 A. 40-100 A. 15- 30 A. 4'0-100 A. 125-150 A. 175-225 A. 125-200 A. 225 A. 125-220 A. 225 A. Frame Size 100 A. 100 A. 100 A. 100 A. 225 A. 225 A. 225 A. 225 A. 225 A. 225 A. Type FA FA FAH FAH 02 02 KA KA KAH KAH Wire Size Copper Aluminum #14--#8 #8--#1 /0 f 14--#8 #8--#1/0 #12--#8 #8--#1/0 #12--#8 #8--#1/0 #4 #3/0 #4--300 MCM #4--#3/0 #4--300 MCM #2--250 MCM 4/0--300 MCM #2--250 MCM 4/0--300 MCM #1--250 MCM 4/0--300 MCM #1--250 MCM 4/0--300 MCM NOTE: Complete breaker data fisted on Page 53. REPLACEMENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS To order circuit breakers only for replacement of existing branch circuits or for mounting in an existing space, refer to Page 71 for breaker Catalog Numbers and Prices. For Type FAH and KAH circuit breakers, refer to SP 148 Price List for Prices. Bolt-on breakers -- Types FAB, FHB, KAB, KHB and Q2B -- are also listed in SP 148 Price List. METHOD OF PRICING . 1. Make listing similar to one shown below. Include required branch breakers and spaces for future branches. 2. Insert at right of each branch breaker and space in listing the required mount ing space (H as shown on Page 72). Total the required branch breaker mount ing space. NOTE: Different type breakers may be mounted opposite each other. 3. When total branch breaker mounting space exceeds maximum shown in tables on left, estimate as two or more panelboards, adding sub-feed lugs as required so purchaser can cable panelboards together. 4. Insert at right of each item in listing the prices as shown in tables on Page 72. Include optional features as required from Pages 85 and 86. The sum will be the price of the panelboard and cabinet. 5. Panelboard height is based on required branch breaker mounting space and mains capacity. 6. Select box and front catalog numbers from main lugs or main breaker cabinet tables at left. For front catalog numbers, add suffix letters "TF" or "TS" in place of suf fix letter "B". No. Amp. Req'd. Rating EXAMPLE ESTIMATE 120/208 V. 3<pT 4 W. SERVICE 600 A. MAIN LUGS No. Poles Type Brkr. Branch Mounting Space Price Each Total Price 2 20 2 20 2 30 2 70 1 100 1 225 1 FA 3' $26.40 $ 52.80 2 FA 9' 39. 78. 3 FA 9' 56. 112. 3 FA 9' 75. 150. 3 FA 4/2' 75. 75. 3 KA 4/2" 242. 242. Total Branch Space 39 ' 600 A. Main Lugs 600 A. Solid Neutral 140. 46. 140. 46. Total Mounting Space 39 ' Nearest breaker mounting space -- 45' Cabinet -- Catalog No. HC-3247-B. 4 Total Price $895.80 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT D PAGE 73 SQD SLV 000208 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS TYPE ML 250 V. AC or DC 600 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type I, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: BRANCHES: Distributed Phase Bussing 1< 2 W., \<}> 3 W., 3< 3 W., 30 4 W. 600 V. Max. AC 250 V. Max. DC Bolted Connection -- Types A1B, Y1B, FA ,KA, LA and MA. 15- 50 A. -- 1 Pole 15-800 A. -- 2 and 3 Pole. Meet Federal Specifications W-C-375a, Class 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 3a, 3b, 4b, and 5. (Wire sizes shown on Page 75). MAINS: Main Lugs: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 800 A. -- 3-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 1200 A. -- 4-600 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Breaker: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-250 MCM or 1-600 MCM Al 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 800 A. -- 3-400 MCM Al or Cu wire (For other wire sizes refer to Page 75). CABINETS: Fronts with door, blue-gray baked enamel finish and 3 point vault handle lock. Boxes -- Without knockouts and painted blue-gray baked enamel. (Complete box and gutter dimension data on Page 75). Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. PRICING BASE PRICE -- LUGS ONLY (2 or 3 Pole) Max. Brkr. 225 A. 400 Ht A. MAINS RATING 600 800 H* A. H* A. H* 1200 A. H* 225 A. $ 90. 20 $110. 20 $140. 20 $170. 32 $240. 32 800 A. 130. 20 170. 20 210. 32 290. 32 $H dimension includes main lug and solid neutral compartment, top and bottom gutters. BRANCH BREAKERS PRICE PER BREAKER 240 V. AC or 125/250 V. DC BASE PRICE--MAIN BREAKER No. Poles 2 3 225 A. KA $279. 328. MAIN BREAKER RATING 400 A. 600 A. H LAB H MA H 24/2 $504. 24|/2 591. 28/4 $774. 28/4 939. 28/4 28/4 800 A. MA $1010. 1226. H 28/4 28/4 SOLID NEUTRAL-- PRICE 225 A. $ 25. H 400 A. 1 H 600 A. * $32. | * $ 46. H 800 A. * $ 65. H 1200 A. * $77. sfcNo additional space required. Mounted in main lug compartment. H * 480 V. and 600 V. AC or 250 V. DC Brkr. Amp. Rating and Type Cl POLE Frame Size Price Each Space Only H 2 POLE Price Space H Each Only 3 POLE Price Space H Each Only Breaker Amp. Rating and Type Frame Size 2 POLE Price Each 600 V. Space Price Only Each 3 POLE IHIBI 600 V. H Space Pii&e* Price Only Each Each H 15-50 A. Type AlB 100A. $19.50 $ 5.50 t TWIN MOUNTED BRANCH BREAKERS -- PRICE PER BREAKER $ 39. $ 6.50 t $ 56. $ 8.50 t 15-50 A. Type FA 100 A. $ 62. $ 71. $6.50 4/2 $ 80. $ 92. $8.50 4/2 60-100 A. Type A1B 125-225 A. Type KA 250-400 A Type LAB* Type La 100A. 225A. 400A. .... 57. 6.50 t 75. 8.50 t 193. 334. 364. 8.50 4/2 242. 18.50 8/4 415. 18.50 8/4 451. 8.50 4/2 18.50 8/4 18.50 8/4 70-100 A. Type FA 125-225 A. Type KA 250-400 A. Type LAB* Type LA 100 A. 225 A. 400A. 76. 87. 6.50 4/2 94. 108. 8.50 4/2 193. 334. 364. 8.50 4/2 18.50 m 18.50 8/4 242. 415. 451. 8.50 4/2 18.50 8/4 18.50 8/4 SINGLE MOUNTED BRANCH BREAKERS 00 00 CO CO 250-400A. Type LAB^ Type LA 400A. 334. 364. 18.50 18.50 415. 451. 18.50 8/4 18.50 8/4 250-400A. Type LAB^ Type LA 400A. 334. 364. 18.50 s/4 18.50 8 <A 415. 451. 18.50 18.50 500-600 A. Type MA 700-800 A. 800A. 566. 737. 37. 37. 8`A 731. 37. 8 'A 953. 37. 8/4 500-600 A. Type MA 8/4 700-800 A. 800 A. 566. 737. 37. 37. 8<A 8/4 731. 953. 37. 37. 8/4 8/4 Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. Connectors and associated assemblies to mount future breakers included for Type AlB and Y1B breakers. T3 inches of space required for maximum group of one thru six single pole; two double pole and two single pole; or two triple pole branches. CFor single pole 15 thru 50 ampere, 277 volt AC only, Type Y1B, use $22.00 each; for 70-100 A. 1 pole, consult factory. Space requirements same as for Type A1B breakers. Rated AC only. Non-interchangeable trip. For Type LA main breaker use base price of $534.00 for 2 pole or $627.00 for 3 pole. PAGE 74 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000209 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE TYPE ML CABINET DIMENSIONS* BREAKER DATA BRANCH BREAKER TERMINAL SIZES Ampere Trip Rating 15-20 A. 30-50A. 60-100A. 15-30A. 40-100A. 125-200 A. 225A. 250-400A. 450-600A. 700-800A. Type A1B or Y1B FA KA LA or LAB MA Wire Size Copper Aluminum corf 0 " =1 #14--#8 #12--#4 #6--#1 /0 #14 #8 #8--#1/0 #12--#8 #8--#1 /0 #2-250 MCM #4/0--300 MCM #1-250 MCM #4/0--300 MCM 1 "#4--250 MCM and 1--#3/0--600 MCM 1--#4--250 MCM and 1--#3/0--600 MCM 2--#3/0--600 MCM 2--#3/0--600 MCM 3--#4/0--400 MCM 3--#4/0--400 MCM Lug sizes listed above are furnished as standard. Listed lugs are interchange able in same breaker type. Specify on order. REPLACEMENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS To order circuit breakers only (less bus connectors and mounting supports) for replacement of existing branch circuits or for mounting opposite an existing breaker, refer to Pages 54 and 55 for breaker Catalog Numbers and Prices. When breakers are to be installed in spaces covering the full panelboard width or existing breakers are to be replaced by breakers of a different type, order "Break er Mounting Assemblies", as listed in Catalog Section 1670, in addition to the re placement circuit breakers. jfcAII cabinet dimensions are in inches. BOTTOM GUTTER Mains Rating Main Lugs Dimension "A" Solid Neutral w/Main Lugs Solid Neutral w/Main Breaker 225A. 400 A. 600A. 800A. 1200A. 10&' 10|/2' \oy2* 19/2' 19/2' 8' 8" 8' 12' 12' io!/2' 10*4' 10|/2" 10K2' 10*4' Box Height (Inches) BOX AND TRIM CATALOG NUMBERS 31" Wide Boxes 38' Wide Boxes 44 PPS-3144-B PP-3144-TF or TS PPS-3844-B PP-3844-TF or TS 56 PPS-3156-B PP-3156-TF or TS PPS-3856-B PP-3856-TF or TS 68 PPS-3168-B PP-3168-TF or TS P PS-3868-B PP-3868-TF or TS 80 PPS-3180-B PP-3180-TF or TS PPS-3880-B PP-3880-TF or TS 92 PPS-3192-B PP-3192-TF or TS PPS-3892-B PP-3892-TF or TS METHOD OF PRICING 1. Make a sketch, similar to the one shown below, with main lugs or main breaker at top or bottom. 2. Insert ampere capacity of neutral bar if required. 3. Insert ampere capacity and type of branches required (similar to that shown). 4. Insert ampere capacity, voltage and system of mains. 5. Insert height (H) in inches to the left of all items such as: each blank space; branch unit; BASE (which includes top and bottom gutters). 6. When total height exceeds 92 inches, estimate as two or more single panel boards adding sub-feed lugs as required so purchaser can cable panelboards together. (When total height is less than 41 inches, enough BLANK SPACE SECTIONS, at corresponding price, must be added to equal 41 inches.) 7. Insert at the right of each item the price taken from tables on Page 74 and the sum will be the price of the panelboard and cabinet. EXAMPLE ESTIMATE: 3' 3' 4|/2' B'A" 20' 41%' 20A. IP. 20A. 2P. 20A. IP. 20A. 2P. 30A. 3P. 30A. 3P. 70A. 3P. 70A. 3P. 225A. 3P. 225A. 3P. 500A. 2P. 600A. Main Lugs A 600A. Solid Neutral 120/208V. 3<p 4W 2--20 A. 1P.-A1B...................... $ 39. 2--20A. 2P.-A1B...................... 78. 2---30A. 3P.-A1B...................... 112. 2--70A. 3P.-A1B...................... 150. 2--225A. 3P.-KA..................... 484. 1--500A. 2P.-MA..................... 566. BASE--600A. Main Lugs. . . . 170. 600A. Solid Neutral................. 46. Total Price of Panel & Cabinet 1645. Nearest cabinet height--44"--Cat. No. PPS-3844-B--38' wide---44' high --10%' deep. SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT , PAGE 75 SQDSLV 000210 design leadership FUSIBLE LIGHTING PANELBOARDS FOR USE WITH TYPE G FUSES FUSES NOT FURNISHED TYPE 120/240 V. AC NTFB 120/208 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type II, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 1 <f> 3 W., 3 <j> 4 W., AC. MAINS: Distributed Phase Bussing Main Lugs: 100 A. -- #0 A! or Cu wire, 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Bolted connection Type QFSB, 1, 2 or 3 Pole Switch and Type G Cartridge Fusible (formerly Type SC) Type QFSB 15-30 A. -- #8 Cu wire CABINETS: GUTTERS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized steel with knockouts, 20" Wide, 5%" Deep. Top and Bottom -- 5* Sides -- 6^* Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. See notes below for additional information. No. Branch Amp. Poles Mains 1 PHASE 3 WIRE Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Box Front Height Cat. No. (Inches) MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NTFB 08-3L 10 100 NTFB 10-3L 12 100 NTFB 12-3L $101. 111. 121. MH 23 MH 23 MH 23 MSC 23 T MSC 23T MSC 23T 23 23 23 14 100 NTFB 14-3L 131. MH 26 16 100 NTFB 16-3L 141. MH 26 18 100 NTFB 18-3L 151. MH 26 20 100 NTFB 20-3L 161. MH 26 MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 26T MSC 26T 26 26 26 26 22 225 NTFB 22-3L 175. MH 29 24 225 NTFB 24-3L 185. MH 29 26 225 NTFB 26-3L 195. MH 29 28 225 NTFB 28-3L 205. MH 29 30 225 NTFB 30-3L 215. MH 29 MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T MSC 29T 29 29 29 29 29 32 225 NTFB 32-3L 225. MH 35 34 225 NTFB 34-3L 235. MH 35 36 225 NTFB 36-3L 245. MH 35 38 225 NTF8 38-3L 255. MH 35 40 225 NTFB 40-3L 265. MH 35 42 225 NTFB 42-3L 275. MH 35 MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T MSC 35T 35 35 35 35 35 35 Price Additions lor Each Two and Three Pole Switch: To the price of the total equivalent number of single poles from above, add $0.50 for each 2 pole and $8.00 for each 3 pole branch. Space Only. When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboard on basis of total number of poles, including the future branches, and deduct $2.60 list for each single pole omitted. type MAIN LUGS ONLY NTHB 277/480 V. AC No. Branch Amp. Poles Mains 3 PHASE 4 WIRE Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Cat. No. (Inches) MAINS: LUGS ONLY 8 100 NTFB 08-4L 10 100 NTFB 10-4L 12 100 NTFB 12-4L $111. 121. 131. MH 23 MH 23 MH 23 MSC 23T MSC 23T MSC 23T 23 23 23 14 100 NTFB 14-4L 141. MH 26 MSC 26T 26 16 100 NTFB 16-4L 151. MH 26 MSC 26T 26 18 100 NTFB 18-4L 161. MH 26 MSC 26T 26 20 100 NTFB 20-4L 171. MH 26 MSC 26T 26 22 100 NTFB 22-4L 181. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 24 100 NTFB 24-4L 191. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 26 100 NTFB 26-4L 201. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 28 100 NTFB 28-4L 211. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 30 100 NTFB 30-4L 221. MH 29 MSC 29T 29 32 226 NTFB 32-4L 238. MH 35 MSC 35T 35 34 225 NTFB 34-4L 248. MH 35 MSC 35T 35 36 225 NTFB 36-4L 258. MH 35 MSC 35T 35 38 225 NTFB 38-4L 268. MH 35 MSC 35T 35 40 225 NTFB 40-4L 278. MH 35 MSC 35T 35 42 225 NTFB 42-4L 288. MH 35 MSC 35T 35 Column Width NTFB (8%" wide, 5' deep for 10* WF Beams) may be furnished at same price as NTFB Standard Width. Consult local Field Office for Catalog Numbers and Dimensions. APPLICATION: For use on AC only. Meets Federal Specifications W-P-115a, Type II, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. SERVICE: 277/480 V., 3 </> 4 W., AC MAINS: 100 A. -- 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Bolted connection Type HFSB, 1 Pole Switch and Type G Cartridge Fusible (formerly Type SC). Type HFSB 15-30 A. -- #8 Cu wire CABINETS: MONO-FLAT fronts with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and flush lock, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- Galvanized steel with knockouts, 20* Wide, 5Deep. GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 5* Minimum Sides -- 4* 3 PHASE 4 WIRE No. Branch Poles Amp. Mains Catalog Number MAINS: LUGS ONLY Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Front Cat. No. No. Branch Poles Amp. Mains Catalog Number Price Box Cat. No. MONO-FLAT Front Cat. No. 8 100 NTHB 08-4L $ 186. 10 100 NTHB 10-4L 214. 12 100 NTHB 12-4L 242. 14 100 NTHB 14-4L 270. MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 MDC 29T M DC 29T MDC 29T MDC 29T 26 28 30 100 NTHB 26-4L $ 438. 100 NTHB 28-4L 466. 100 NTHB 30-4L 494. MH 35 MH 35 MH 35 MDC 35T MDC 35T MDC 35T 32 225 NTHB 32-4L 528. MH 35 MDC 35T 16 100 NTHB 16-4L 298. MH 29 MDC 29T 34 225 NTHB 34-4L 556. MH 35 MDC 35T 18 100 NTHB 18-4L 326. MH 29 MDC 29T 36 225 NTHB 36-4L 584. MH 35 MDC 35T 20 22 24 100 NTHB 20-4L 354. 100 NTHB 22-4L 382. 100 NTHB 24-4L 410. MH 29 MH 29 MH 29 M DC 29T MDC 29T M DC-29 T 38 40 42 225 NTHB 38-4L 612. 225 NTHB 40-4L 640. 225 NTHB 42-4L 668. MH 41 MH 41 MH 41 MDC 41T MDC 41T MDC 41T Space Only: When space only for future branches is required, figure panelboard on basis of total number of poles, including the future branches, and deduct $11.30 for each single pole omitted. Ordering Instructions: 30 ampere branch units will be furnished on both NTFB and NTHB unless otherwise specified. 15 ampere units will not accept 20 or 30 ampere fuses. 20 ampere units will not accept 30 ampere fuses. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86. PAGE 76 -------------------------------------------- SCHEDULE.G2 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000211 design leadership . . . TELEPHONE & EQUIPMENT CABINETS Two Piece Cabinet with Mono-Flat Front Two Piece Cabinet with Screw Cover and Door One Piece Cabinet CABINETS WITH MONO-FLAT FRONT Telephone and equipment cabinets with MONO-FLAT fronts are designed to provide a line of cabinets to match standard lighting panelboards in appearance, height and depth. Fronts -- MONO-FLAT type, code gauge steel, for flush or surface mounting with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinges and brushed stainless steel flush lock keyed same as lighting panelboards, blue-gray baked enamel finish. Boxes -- code gauge galvanized steel with removable blank endwalls. Boxes and fronts are UL listed. Concealed trim clamps and hinges restrict door opening to slightly smaller than screw cover type listed below. Dimensions WH 14 20 '/4 18 24/4 24 23 24 26 24 *30 *30 *36 28 29 32/2 35 D 4 4 6 6 4 6 4 6 Box Only Cat. No. Price TC-14204-B TC-18244-B TC-24236-B TC-24266-B $ 16. 22. 29. 31. TC-24284-B TC-30296-B TC-30324-B TC-36356-B 28. 38. 36. 55. Front Only Cat. No. TC-14204-TF or TS TC-18244-TF or TS TC-24236-TF or TS TC-24266-TF or TS TC-24284-TF or TS TC-30296-TF or TS TC-30324-TF or TS TC-36356-TF or TS Price $ 19. 27. 32. 34. 35. 47. 49. 70. Box & Front Wt. Price 20 $35. 31 49. 42 61. 47 65. 46 63. 78 85. 77 85. 106 125. *Fronts have double doors with 3-point vault lock. plywood backing finished with black insulating varnish. Easily installed in field. *Wood Backing Cat. No. Price TC-1420-W TC-1824-W TC-2423-W TC-2426-W $ 4. 6. 8. 9. TC-2428-W TC-3029-W TC-3032-W TC-3635-W 10. 13. 14. 18. CABINETS WITH SCREW COVER Telephone and equipment cabinets with screw cover are designed to provide a line of cabinets with maxi mum door opening for access to the cabinet interior. Top and bottom endwalls have a pattern of several V2 " -- Va * and two 2 " combination knockouts. The separately packaged flush or surface trims have a hinged door furnished with flush spring latch. Boxes and trims are steel, finished with blue-gray baked enamel and are UL listed. Di mensions W HD 12 12 4 12 16 4 12 16 6 12 18 4 12 18 6 12 24 4 12 24 6 18 18 4 18 18 6 18 24 4 18 24 6 18 30 4 18 30 6 24 24 4 24 24 6 24 30 4 24 30 6 24 36 4 24 36 6 30 30 4 30 30 6 30 36 4 30 36 6 30 48 4 36 48 6 Box Only Cat. No. Price 12124-B * 7. 12164-B 12166-B 12184-B 12186-B 9. 12. 9. 13. 12244-B 12246-B 18184-B 18186-B 10. 15. 10. 15. 18244-B 18246-B 18304-B 18306-B 16. 22. 18. 24. 24244-B 24246-B 24304-B 24306-B 18. 24. 23. 32. 24364-B 24366-B 30304-B 30306-B 25. 33. 27. 34. 30364-B 30366-B 30484-B 36486-B 29. 35. 45. 68. Front Only"f* Catalog No. Price 1212TF or TS 1216TF or TS 1216 11- or IS 1218TF or TS 1218TF or TS $ 9. 12. 12. 13. 13. 1224TF or TS 1224TF or TS 1818TF or TS 1818TF or TS 15. 15. 16. 16. 1824TF or TS 1824TF or TS 1830 11- or IS 1830TF or TS 24. 24. 26. 26. 2424TF or TS 2424TF or TS 2430 1 h or IS 2430TF or TS 28. 28. 34. 34. 2436TF or TS 2436 11- or IS 3030TF or TS 3030TF or TS 37. 37. 41. 41. 3036TF or TS 3036TF or TS 3048TF or TS 3648TF or TS 44. 44. 55. 80. Box & Front Wt. Price 11 $ 16. 13 21. 14 24. 16 22. 18 26. 22 25. 23 30. 23 26. 25 31. 28 40. 30 46. 33 44. 38 50. 35 46. 37 52. 40 57. 45 66. 57 62. 59 70. 60 68. 62 75. 71 73. 78 79. 101 100. 150 148. %' Plywood Cat. No. Price 1212-W $ 3. 1216-W 1216-W 1218-W 1218-W 4. 4. 5. 5. 1224-W 1224-W 1818-W 1818-W 6. 6. 6. 6. 1824-W 1824-W 1830-W 1830-W 7. 7. 8. 8. 2424-W 2424-W 2430-W 2430-W 9. 9. 11. 11. 2436-W 2436-W 3030-W 3030-W 14. 14. 15. 15. 3036-W 3036-W 3048-W 3648-W 17. 17. 22. 27. 'fAII fronts have single door and spring catch except 3648TF or TS which has double doors and 3-point lock. For cylinder lock in single-door trims, add $5.00 list and letter 44LM in catalog number, ie., 1216LTF. ONE-PIECE CABINETS One-piece telephone and equipment cabinets have a hinged door permanently fastened to the box and secured by a button catch. Surface mounting cabinet can be flush mounted in plaster wall using plaster stops. A knockout in the door is provided for installation of a PK2FL lock kit. Top and bottom endwalls have a pattern of several Vl* -- and one 1 * -- 1 Zi" combination knockout. Finished blue-gray baked enamel. Dimensions 12' x 18' x 4' 18' x 24' x 4' Cat. No. 12184T 18244T Weight 13 23 Price $ 18.00 24.00 Dimensions 24' x 30' x 4/2 * 30' x 36' x 4/>" Cat. No. 243045T 303645T Weight 38 61 Price $ 36.00 56.00 | SCHEDULE A DISCOUNT I PAGE 77 SQDSLV 000212 . . design leadership FUSIBLE DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS TYPE QMB SAFLEX 250 V. AC or DC 600 V. AC UNASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION For use on AC or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115a, Type II, Class 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. Service Entrance approved with six circuits or less or with Main Switch. SERVICE: 250 V. 1<6 2 W., AC or DC 125/250 V., 10 3 W., AC 250 V. or 600 V., 30 3 W., AC 120/208 V. or 277/480 V., 30 4 W,, AC MAINS: Main Lugs Only: 200 A. -- 300 MCM Al orCuwire 400 A. -- 2-500 MCM Al orCu wire 600 A. -- 2-500 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Switch: 100 A. -- #0 A1 or Cu wire 200 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Quick-make, Quick-break HP Rated Plug-On Switch Units. 30 A. -- #8 Cu wire 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 60 A. -- #4 Cu wire 200 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire CABINETS: Fronts -- Four-piece construction, finished blue-gray baked enamel, without door. Concealed, self-adjusting. trim clamps. Boxes -- Without knockouts, finished blue-gray baked enamel, 31 "Wide, 10%" Deep. - GUTTERS: Top and Bottom -- 8" Minimum (Except QMB-18-2 -- 5%") Side -- 6" Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. TABLE 1-- PLUG-ON SWITCH UNITS* *250 VOLTS AC or DC A600 VOLTS AC Unit Type Unit Ampere Rating Unit Height (Inches) Two Pole Catalog Number Price Three Pole Catalog Number Price Height (Inches) Two Pole Catalog Number Price Three Pole Catalog Number Price Branch Switches 30-30 Twin 60-60 Twin 100-100 Twin 200 Single 3 QMB-203-T 4/2 QMB-206-T 6 QMB-210-T 9 QMB-2220 $ 35. 43. 72. 86. QMB-303-T QMB-306-T QMB-310-T QMB-3220 $ 46. 59. 90. 122. 6 QMB-2603-T $ 75. QMB-3603-T $ 89. 6 QMB-2606-T 75. QMB-3606-T 89. 7/2 QMB-2610-T 111. 0MB-361O-T 142. 9 QMB-2620 130. QMB-3620 167. Main Switch 100 A. 200 A. 9 QMB-2210-M 109. QMB-3210-M 145. 9 QMB-2220-M 109. QMB-3220-M 145. 9 QMB-2610-M 9 QMB-2620-M A30-60, 30-100 and 60-100, 600 volt units are available from factory stock. *Twin 250 volt units may be converted to 30-60, 30-100 and 60-100 twin units by using adaptor kits listed below. *For 600 volt units modified to accept Class J fuses, add suffix "J" to catalog number. Refer to Page 83 for pricing. 146. 146. QMB-3610-M QMB-3620-M TABLE 2 - INTERIORS, BOXES AND FRONTS (Without Solid Neutral) Total Unit Mounting Ampere Space Rating (Inches) of Mains Type Interior, Front and Box Price (Less Units) "f*Box Height (Inches) COMPONENT ORDERING TABLES INTERIOR ASSEMBLY (Less Units) FRONT BOX Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price Catalog No. 189. 189. Price 18 200 QMB-18-2 $ 124. 32 QMB-1832-2 $ 76. QM-3132-TS 27 200 QMB-27-2 147. 44 QMB-2744-2 77. QM-3144-TS 24 400 QMB-24-4 162. 44 QMB-2444-4 92. QM-3144-TS 39 200 QMB-39-2 174. 56 QMB-3956-2 82. QM-3156-TS 36 400 QMB-36-4 203. 56 QMB-3656-4 111. QM-3156-TS 48 400 QMB-48-4 237. 68 QMB-4868-4 122. QM-3168-TS 48 600 QMB-48-6 269. 68 QMB-4868-6 154. 0M-3168-TS 60 600 QMB-60-6 332. 80 QMB-6080-6 179. QM-3180-TS 75 200 QMB-75-2 330. 92 QMB-7592-2 152. QM-3192-TS 72 600 QMB-72-6 391. 92 QMB-7292-6 213. QM-3192-TS $Solid Neutral, if required, is mounted in main lugs compartment. No additional space required. fBox height indicated includes unit mounting space, main lug and solid neutral compartment, top and bottom gutters. TABLE 3 -- BLANKS, NEUTRAL ASSEMBLIES AND ADAPTOR KITS $ 19. 27. 27. 35. 35. 43. 43. 61. 73. 73. QM-3132-B QM-3144-B QM-3144-B QM-3156-B QM-3156-B QM-3168-B QM-31G8-B QM-3180-B QM-3192-B QM-3192-B $ 29. 43. 43. 57. 57. 72. 72. 92. 105. 105. BLANKS SOLID NEUTRAL ASSEMBLIES ADAPTOR KITS - 250 V. UNITS ONLY Height Catalog Number Price Amp. Cap. 1/2 QM-1BL $ 1.70 200 3 QM-3BL 2.10 200 6 QM-6BL 2.20 400 9 QM-9BL 2.50 600 C^or use on Interior Catalog Number QMB-1832-2 only. Height Catalog Number CQM-1SN QM-2SN QM-4SN QM-6SN Price $ 19. 19. 25. 35. To Convert One Sw. From To 60 A. 100 A. 100 A. 30 A. 30 A. 60 A. Catalog Number QMB-63-AL QMB-103-AL QMB-106-AL Price 5 6.00 6.00 6.00 SELECTION OF COMPONENTS 1. List required circuits including main switch if desired {ampere rating and poles). 2. Select catalog numbers of switch units from Table 1 and de termine total unit space. NOTE: If solid neutral is required, select from Table 3. No addi tional height required. 3. Select interior, box and front from catalog numbers based on re quired unit space and Mains capacity from Table 2. 4. Select blanks, if required to complete unit space from Table 3. NOTE: Two pole branch units are shipped with outside phase connections. Center phase connector furnished with unit for easy field conversion. . EXAMPLE ESTIMATE 277/480 V. AC 3<T 4 W. SERVICE 400 A. MAIN LUGS--SURFACE MOUNTING Components 4-- 30 A. 3P. 2--- 60 A. 3P. 4--100 A. 3P. 1--200 A. 3P. 1--400 A. S/N 2 - QMB-3603-T 1--QMB-3606-T 2--QMB-3610-T 1--QMB-3620 1--QM-4SN Unit Mounting Space 12" 6" 15" 9" Price Each $ 89. 89. 142. 167. 25. 1--6" Blank 1--QM-6BL 42" 6" 2.20 1--48" Interior i 1--Front V 1--Box 1--QMB-48-4 48" 237. Total Price Total Price $ 178. 89. 284. 167. 25. 2.20 237. $ 982.20 PAGE 78 SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000213 design leadership . MOTOR STARTER PANELBOARDS UNASSEMBLED TYPE 208-240 V. AC APPLICATION: For use on Three Phase AC systems, 208, 240 or 480 Volts. M80 V. AC MAINS: DISCONNECT BREAKERS: Main Lugs Only: 200, 400 or 600 A. (Refer to Page 78 for Listing). Main Switch: 100 or 200 A. Type FA, 100 A. frame, and Type KA, 225 A. frame, 3 Pole, HP rated Plug-On breaker units rated 240 V., 480 V. and 600 V., AC. DISCONNECT SWITCHES: Type QMB-Saflex -- Quick-Make, Quick-Break HP rated Plug-On Switch Units (Refer to Page 78 for listing). STARTER: Line Voltage Type: Non-reversing -- Twin Units -- Class 8536 Types B, C, D, E and F. Reversing -- Single Units -- Class 8736 Types B, C, D, E and F. CABINETS: Front -- Without door, finished blue-gray baked enamel. Boxes -- Without knockouts, finished blue-gray baked enamel. (Complete box and gutter dimension data on Page 78). TYPE [i|w|:] SAFLEX Breaker Disconnect Ampere Rating Left Unit Right Unit Height (Inches) CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECTS Price 3 Pole Disconnect 240 Volt 480 Volt 100 A. Frame 100 A. Frame Breaker Disconnect Ampere Rating Height (Inches) Price 3 Pole Disconnect 240 Volt 225 A. Frame 480 Volt 225 A. Frame TWIN MOUNTED TYPE FA -- PRICE PER TWIN UNIT 15-50 A. Blank 6 $ 73. 15-50 A. 15-50 A. 6 114. 70-100 A. 15-50 A. 6 127. 70-100 A. 70-100 A. 6 146. 70-100 A. Blank 6 86. $ 86. 151. 156. 170. 91. SINGLE MOUNTED TYPE KA -- PRICE EACH 125 6 $ 226. 150 6 226. 175 6 226. 200 6 226. 225 6 226. $ 226. 226. 226. 226. 226. tSTARTERS NEMA Size Maximum Rating Volts HP (3 0) Unit Height (Inches) CLASS 8536 -- NON-REVERSING Twin-Starter Unit (Two Non-Reversing Starters) Catalog Number Price 4s CLASS 8736 -- REVERSING Single Starter Unit (One Reversing Starter) Catalog Number Price 4s 0 208-220 3 9 QMB 8536-1-00-220 $ 181. QMB 8736-1-0-220 $ 237. 0 440 5 9 QMB 8536-1-00-440 181. QMB 8736-1-0-440 237. 1 208-220 7/2 9 QMB 8536 1-11-220 207. QMB 8736-1-1-220 263. 1 440 10 9 QMB 8536-1-11-440 207. QMB 8736-1-1-440 263. 2 208-220 15 12 QMB 8536-2-22-220 302. 0MB 8736-2-2-220 375. 2 440 25 12 QMB 8536-2-22-440 302. QMB 8736-2-2-440 375. 3 208-220 30 18 QMB 8536-3-33-220 540. QMB 8736-3-3-220 570. 3 440 50 18 QMB 8536-3-33-440 540. QMB 8736-3-3-440 570. 4 208-220 50 21 QMB 8536-4-44-220 1063' QMB 8736-4-4-220 1135. 4 440 100 21 QMB 8536-4-44-440 1063. QMB 8736-4-4-440 1135. * Prices include overload relay thermal units but starters will be shipped less thermal units and $5.00 deducted for each pair of units. Select thermal units from Table 2 on Page 202 and obtain from distributor stock. CATALOG NUMBERS -- CIRCUIT BREAKER UNITS 1. FA Circuit Breakers are twin mounted units and available in any combina tion of 2 or 3 pole, 15 thru 100A ratings. 2. Catalog numbering system illustrated below has been adopted to simplify ordering of any combination of 2 or 3 pole breakers: QMB- 3 4 0 1 5 -24 1 C 0 - F A r1 Type No. of Poles Left Side + J JJ /-------- -- Voltage Amp. Rating Rating Left Left Side Side A, k I 1 No. of Poles Right Side *k A \ Voltage Ratinq Riqht Side n Amp. Rating Right Side i Breaker Type SELECTION OF COMPONENTS 1. List required motor starter units (reversing or non-reversing) and STARTER DATA 1. Line voltage coils are furnished as standard on all starters. 2. Twistouts are provided in starter covers for Start-Stop push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights. 3. Starter door interlocks furnished with motor starter enclosures. ACCESSORIES Description Push Button "Start-Stop" Class 9999...................................................... Push Button "Forward-Reverse-Stop" Class 9001 Type TR............. Selector Switch "Hand-Off-Auto" Class 9999........................................ Pilot Light Class 9001 Type TP................................................................. Electrical Interlocks Class 9999................................................................. Page No. 196 159 196 161 198 circuit breaker disconnects from tables above. Specify HP, voltage, phase, cycles and full load current rating of motor. Consult local Field Office for price of 2-pole and 600 V. 1 00 A. Frame QMB Circuit Breaker units. For motor starter voltages other than merchandised standard voltages of 208-220 and 440 volts, use factory assembled panelboards listed on Page 81 or distributor modified motor starters. 2. List required fusible switches and branch circuits from Page 78. 3. Select interior, box and front catalog numbers and blanks (if required) as outlined on Page 78. Accessories listed above are available for field installation. Consult page numbers shown for prices. ADAPTOR PANS permit replacing a larger size Class 8536 motor starter with a smaller size starter. Description Gat. No. Price Mounts Size 0 or 1 starter in 12' space............... Mounts Size 0 or 1 starter in 18' space............... Mounts Size 2 starter in 18' space......................... Mounts Size 2 or 3 starter in 21' space............... QMB-1AP 0MB-2AP 0MB-3AP QMB-4AP $ 9. 9. 9. 9. TStarter size, HP and fuse rating selection tables are listed on Page 81. Applicable circuit breaker ratings are listed on Page 82. SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT PAGE 79 SQDSLV 000214 design leadership FUSIBLE DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS TYPE QMB 250 V. AC or DC SAFLEX 600 V. kC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on eAc or DC systems. Meets Federal Specification W-P-1i5a, Type II, Cfess 1. Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. Service Entrance approved with six circuits or less or with Main Switch. SERVICE: ^ 10 2W., 10 3 W., 30 3 W., 30 4 W 600 V. Max. AC 250 V. Max. DC MAINS: Main Lugs: 225 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 800 A. -- 3-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 1200 A. -- 4-600 MCM Al or Cu wire Main Switch: 200 A. -- 300 MCM Al or Cu wire 400 A, -- 2-600 MCM A( or Cu wire 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire BRANCHES: Type QMB Saflex, Quick-Make, Quick-Break, HP rated Plug-On Switch Units. 30 A. -- #8 Cu wire 200 A. -- 300MCM Al or Cu wire 60 A. -- #4 Cu wire 400 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire 100 A. -- #0 Al or Cu wire 600 A. -- 2-600 MCM Al or Cu wire CABINETS: Fronts -- Without door, blue-gray baked enamel finish. A Boxes -- Without knockouts, blue-gray baked enamel finish. (Complete box dimension data on Page 83). Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. PRICING SOLID NEUTRAL -- PRICE 200 A. H 400 A. H 600 a: I H 800 A. 1 H 1200 A. $ 25. * $ 32. * $ 46. | * $ 6S. 1 * $ 77. *No additional space required. Mounted in main lug compartment. H BASE PRICE--LUGS ONLY (2 or 3 Pole) Max. Branch Switch MAIN RATING 200 400 600 800 1200 A. Ht A. H + A H + A. Ht A. Ht 200 $ 90. 20 $110. 20 $140. 20 $170. 32 $240. 32 600 130. 20 170. 20 210. 32 290. 32 fH dimension includes main lug and solid neutral compartment, top and bottom gutters. BASE PRICE -- MAIN SWITCH No. of Poles MAIN .SWITCH RATING 100 A. | H 1 200 A. 1 H | 400 A. | H | 600 A. | 250 V. AC or DC 2 $198. 3 243. 29 $198. 29 243. 29 $386. 29 496. 32 $591. 32 711. 600 V. AC 2 $237. 3 287. 29 $237. 29 287. 29 $475. 29 594. 32 $645. 32 759. H 35 35 35 35 BRANCH SWITCHES Branch Switch Rating Amps. Type Unit 2 POLE 250 V. AC or DC 3 POLE Space Only Twin Mounted Branch Switches -- Price Per Twin Unit 30A.-30A. T win $ 50. $ 65. $ 16. 60A.-60A. Twin 60. 82. 24. 100A.-100A. Twin 91. Single Mounted Branch Switches -- Price Each 114. 31. 100A. Single 200 A. Single 112. 157. 46. 400A. Single 246. 356. 70. 600 A. Single 383. 503. 70. H 3 4(4 6 9 12 15 2 POLE $ 89. 89. 134. 67. 151. 335. 437. 600 V . AC 3 POLE Space Only $108. 108. 172. $ 31. 31. 37. 86. 201. 454. 551. 37. 46. 70. 70. H 6 6 7(4 7(4 9 12 15 METHOO OF PRICING 1. Make a sketch with main lugs or main switch at top or bottom. 2. List required branch circuits including ampere capacity and number of poles. Include any spaces for future circuits. 30-60 twin units are available at same price as 60-60 twin. 30-100 or 60-100 twin units are available at same price as 100-100 twin unit. 30 and 60 ampere 600 volts single units also available. Contact factory. 30, 60 and 100 ampere 250 volt single units are not available; Should one unit be required, price as twin. 3. List neutral if required. No additional space required. 4. Insert mains capacity, voltage and type of distribution system. Price additional features from Pages 85 and 86 5. Insert height in inches opposite all items. 6. If total height exceeds 92 inches, estimate as two or more single panelboards (separate base for each), adding sub-feed lugs as required so that contractor can cable panelboards together. If total height is less than 44 inches enough BLANK SPACE SECTIONS at full price must be added to equal 44 inches. 7. Insert at the right of each item the prices taken from tables above and the sum will be the price of complete panelboard including the cabinet. Alf door in cabinet front is required, add $70. for 31" wide box or $00. for 38" wide box. 600 volt units may be modified to accept Class J fuses. Refer to Page 83 for pricing. PAGE 80 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000215 design leadership . MOTOR STARTER PANELBOARDS FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE 208-220 V. AC TYPE 440-550 V. AC QMB APPLICATION: For use on Three Phase AC systems, 208, 220, 440 or 550 volts. MAINS: Main Lugs Only: 200 A. thru 1200 A. (Refer to Page 80 for Listing). Main Switch: 100 A. thru 600 A. FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES: Type QMB Saflex -- Quick-Make, Quick-Break, HP rated Plug-On Switch Units. (Refer to Page 80 for Listing). CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECTS:Type QMB-FA and QMB-KA, HP rated Plug-On Circuit Breaker Units. (Refer to Page 82 for Listing). STARTERS: Non-reversing -- Twin Units -- Class 8536 Types B, C, D, E and F. Reversing -- Single Units -- Class 8736 Types B, C, D, E and F. CABINETS: Fronts -- Without door, finished blue-gray baked enamel. Boxes -- Without knockouts, finished blue-gray baked enamel. (Complete box and gutter dimension data on Page 83). 208-220 VOLTS AC _____________________________ I ____________________________________440-5S0 VOLTS NEMA STARTER SIZE Left Unit Right Unit Blank 0 Blank Blank 2 Blank 3 3 Blank 4 4 STARTERS -- CLASS 8536, 3P-, NON-REVERSING -- TWIN UNITS Maximum Rating -- 3$ (Based on Dual Element Fuses) Starter HP Fuse Size--Amp. Left Unit Right Unit Left Unit Right Unit Price C> Starter Only Does Not Include Disconnect Unit Height (Inches) Starter Unit Only NEMA STARTER SIZE Left Unit Right Unit Maximum Rating -- 30 (Based on Dual Element Fuses) Starter HP Fuse Size --Amp. Left Unit Right Unit Left Unit Right Unit Price O Starter Only Does Not Qnclude Disconnect Unit Height (Inches Starter Unit Only 3 3 30 30 $ 224. 3 30 145. 9 9 0 0 5 5 30 30 $ 224. Blank 0 5 30 145. 9 9 7/2 7/2 30 3 7/2 30 714 30 30 30 250. 243. 164. 9 9 9 1 0 Blank 10 10 30 30 5 10 30 30 10 30 250. 243. 164. 9 9 9 15 15 60 60 7/2 15 30 60 3' " 15 30 60 15 60 360. 317. 310. 231. 12 12 12 12 2 2 25 25 60 60 1 2 10 25 30 60 02 5 25 30 60 Blank 2 25 60 360. 317. 310. 231. 12 12 12 12 30 30 100 100 30 60 100 7/2 30 3 30 30 100 30 100 30 100 626. 553. 510. 503. 424. 18 18 18 18 18 3 3 50 50 100 100 2 3 25 50 60 100 1 3 10 50 30 100 03 5 50 30 100 Blank 3 50 100 626. 5b3. 510. 503. 424. 18 18 18 18 18 50 200 200 50 100 200 15 50 60 200 V/2 50 30 200 3 50 30 200 50 200 1164. 950. 877. 834. 827. 748. 21 21 21 21 21 21 4 4 100 100 200 200 3 4 50 100 100 200 2 4 25 100 60 200 1 4 10 100 30 200 04 5 100 30 200 Blank 4 100 200 1164. 950. 877. 834. 827. 748. 21 21 21 21 21 21 STARTERS -- CLASS 8736, 3P-. REVERSING -- SINGLE UNITS 3 7Y2 30 50 30 $ 280. 9 30 306. 9 60 433. 12 100 656. 18 200 1236. 21 0 5 30 $ 280. 9 1 10 30 306. 9 2 25 60 433. 12 3 50 100 656. 18 4 100 200 1236. 21 CPrices include thermal overload relays. No deduction for omission. Select from Page 202, table 3. STARTER DATA Melting alloy type overload relays furnished as standard. When specified, bi-metal overload relays will supplied at no extra OPTIONAL FEATURES Feature Price charge. Line voltage coils will be furnished as standard. Starter will be sup plied for separate control (specify voltage and frequency)--Form S at no extra charge. Line side of the motor starter is wired from the QMB disconnect switch or circuit breaker mounted directly above the starter. Dis connect switch or circuit breaker unit and starter doors are mechani cally interlocked. PRICING PROCEDURE 1. Obtain QMB base price from Page 80. 2. Price QMB switches from Page 80 or QMB circuit breakers from Page 82. 3. Price starters from table above. 4. Add separately for optional features on starter units from table at right. 5. To obtain height of panelboard, use standard dimensions of main lugs or main switch, required QMB units and solid neutral, if required, from Page 80. Add height of starters as shown above. Box height is not to exceed 92 inches. Push Button: "Start-Stop'', Class 9999 (wired)............................. "Forward-Reverse-Stop", Class 9001 Type TR Selector Switch: "Hand-Off-Auto", Class 9999 (wired)............. Pilot Light: Red or Green. Class 9001 Type TP (wired)............. (Includes electric interlock when required) $ 11. 54. 11. 36. 15. Lighting Circuit Section (20 Circ. Max.), Type NQO................... Consult your local Square D Field Office for Price and Dimensions SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT PAGE 81 SQDSLV 000216 design leadership MOTOR STARTER PANELBOARDS CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECTS TYPE QMB 208-220 V. AC 440-550 V. AC FACTORY ASSEMBLED TYPE APPLICATION: For use on Three Phase AC systems, 208, 220, 440 or 550 volts. MAINS: Main Lugs Only: 200 A. thru 1200 A. (Refer to Page 80 for Listing). Main Switch: 100 A. thru 600 A. DISCONNECT BREAKERS: Type FA, 100 A. frame, and Type KA, 225 A. frame, 3 Pole, HP rated. Plug-On breaker units rated 240 V., 480 V. and 600 V., AC. STARTERS: Non-reversing -- Twin Units -- Class 8536 Types B, C, D, E and F. Reversing -- Single Units -- Class 8736 Types B, C, D, E and F. (Refer to Page 81 for Listing). CABINETS: Front -- Without door, finished blue-gray baked enamel. Boxes -- Without knockouts, finished blue-gray baked enamel. (Complete box and gutter dimension data on Page 83), Panelboard ordering information on Page 84. Breaker Disconnect Ampere Rating Left Unit Right Unit Type Mtg. CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECTS 3 Pole 240 Volt | Space Only j Height (Inches) 480 Volt Space Only | Height (Inches) TWIN MOUNTED TYPE FA --PRICE PER TWIN UNIT 15-50 A. 15-50 A. 70-100 A. 70-100 A. 70-100 A. Blank 15-50 A. 15-50 A. 70-100 A. Blank Twin Twin Twin Twin Twin $ 95. 136. 151. 170. 110. SINGLE MOUNTED TYPE KA -- PRICE EACH 125 A. 150 A. 175 A. 200 A. 225 A. Single Single Single Single Single $ 260. 260. 260. 260. 260. S 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. $ 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 6 $105. 6 170. 6 186. 6 200. 6 121. 6 $ 260. 6 260. 6 260. 6 260. 6 260. $ 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. $ 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Starter HP 3 5 7^2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 SELECTION TABLE Volts (60 Cycle) 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 440-550 440-550 440-550 Breaker Rating 20 A. 15 A. 30 A. 15 A. 50 A. 20 A. 50 A. 30 A. 70 A. 40 A. 100 A. 50 A. 125 A. 50 A. 125 A. 70 A. 175 A. 100 A. 200 A. 125 A. 125 A. 150 A. 200 A. NEMA Starter Size 0 0 1 0 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 DISCONNECT DATA Type FA -- 100 A. frame breakers, 15 thru 100 amperes, are available in QMB-FA disconnects. Breakers are twin mounted in any ampere rating combination. Also available with a breaker on one side and space, with connectors, for a future breaker on the other side of a twin enclosure. For prices of 600 volt, 100 A, frame breaker disconnects, consult your Square D Field Office. Type KA, 225 A. frame breakers, 125 thru 225 amperes are avail able in QMB-KA disconnects. Breakers are single mounted only. Circuit breaker disconnect and starter doors are mechanically inter locked. Complete QMB circuit breaker units are available from stock. See Page 79. PRICING PROCEDURE 1. Obtain QMB base price from Page 80. 2. Price Starters from Page 81. 3. Add separately for optional features on starter units. Obtain prices from Page 81. 4. Price Circuit Breaker Disconnects from table above. 5. To obtain height of panelboard, use standard dimensions of QMB main lugs or main switch and solid neutral, if required. Add height of starters from Page 81. Add height of circuit breaker disconnects from table above. Box height is not to exceed 92 inches. PAGE 82 ; SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000217 design leadership . . FUSIBLE DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS STANDARD QMB SAFLEX PANELBOARD CABINETS TYPE QMB SAFLEX Cabinet Type Width................................................................... Depth................................................................... Side Gutters....................................................... End Gutter -- Opposite Mains..................... Maximum QMB SAFLEX unit..................... Mains Rating -- At-Cu wire range per phase 200 A. (1--#6-300 MCM). 400 A. (2--#4-600 MCM) 600 A. (2--#4-600 MCM) 800 A. (3--#4-600 MCM) 1200 A. (4--#4-600 MCM) Catalog Number for boxes Use box height to complete cabinet type. Add suffix letter "B"............................................... Catalog Numbers for fronts Add prefix letters "QM" for 31" wide boxes or "QW" for 38" wide boxes and add suffix letters "TS" to complete cabinet type number............................................................................. Note: T rims, less doors, for surface mounting only are furnished as standard. If flush or sur face trims with dorr are required, refer to Catalog Section 4620 for listing. CWhen panelboards have 800 A. or 1200 A. mains, unit mounting space is reduced by 12" PPS-3100-B and QM-3100-B type boxes are interchangeable. PPS-3100-B (QM-3100-8) 31 10% 6 5/2 200 Amperes Min. Gutter 5 8 10 12 14 Std. Box Ht. in Inches Unit Mtg. Space in Inches 44 24 56 36 C 68 48 C 80 60 C 92 72 0 PPM-3800-8 38 14% 9/2 5/2 600 Amperes Min. Gutter 10 12 14 Std. Box Ht. in Inches Unit Mtg. Space in Inches 44 24 56 36 C 68 48 0 80 60 0 92 72 0 2 POLE BUS CONNECTIONS REPLACEMENT QMB SAFLEX BRANCH AND MAIN SWITCH UNITS AND EXTENSION ASSEMBLIES A ABC WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY: Catalog Number Ampere Capacity and Voltage Number of Poles Panelboard Catalog Number (From Panelboard Nameplate) $ AH mounting hardware except extension assemblies is included with units. Order blanks from Page 78, if required to fill out unit space. ^BRANCH UNITS 30-200 Ampere Units are Plug-in Connection. 400 and 600 Ampere Units are Bolted Connection. Unit Ampere Rating *f Unit Height (Inches) Phase Conn. 250 VOLTS AC Catalog Number Price Three Pole Catalog Number Price Unit Height (Inches) Phase Conn. 600 VOLTS AC Catalog Number Price Three Pole Catalog Number Price 30-30 60-60 100-100 3 4/2 6 QMB-203-T QMB-206-T QMB-210-T $ 35. 43. 72. QMB-303-T QMB-306-T QMB-310-T $ 46. 59. 90. 6 6 7/2 QM B-2603-T Q M B-2606-T QMB-2610-T $ 75. .75. 111 QMB-3603-T $ 89. QMB-3606-T 89. QMB-3610-T 142, QMB-2220 QMB-3220 QM 8-2620 130. QMB-3620 .400 CA QM 8-2240 222 QMB-3240 311. CA QMB-2640 287. QMB-3640 395. .400 AB QMB-2240-L 222 AB QMB-2640-L 287. .400 BC QMB-2240-R 222 BC QMB-2640-R 287. 600 CA QMB-2260 347. QMB-3260 454. CA QM 8-2660 376. QMB-3660 489. 600 AB QMB-2260-L 347. AB QMB-2660-L 376. 600 BC QMB-2260-R 347. BC QMB-2660-R 376. Two pole branch units are shipped with "CA" phase connection. "B" phase connector furnished with unit for easy field conversion. $30-60, 30-100 and 60-100, 2 and 3 pole 600 volt twin units are available from Factory Stock. For 250 volt unit adaptor kits, refer to Page 78. $30-200 ampere units when used in 38" wide boxes require extension assemblies as listed below. For Class J Fuse Provisions -- Applicable only to 600 Volt units. Add suffix J to catalog number. For 2 or 3 pole units, 30 thru 400 A., add $5. per unit. For 2 pole, 600 A. unit, add $30. for 3 pole, 600 A. unit, add $45. MAIN SWITCH UNITS 100 9" CA QMB-2210-M $ 109. QMB-3210-M $ 145. 9" CA QMB-2610-M $ 146. QMB-3610-M $ 189. 200 9" CA QMB-2220-M 109. QMB-3220-M 145. 9" CA QMB-2620-M 146. QMB-3620-M 189. 400 12" CA QMB-2240-M 330. QMB-3240-M 454. 12" CA QMB-2640-M 330. QMB-3640-M 454. 600 15" CA QMB-2260-M 419. QMB-3260-M 562. 15" CA QMB-2660-M 419. QMB-3660-M 562. Ampere Capacity 30-30 60-60 100-100 200 EXTENSION ASSEMBLIES (Required on All 30-200 Ampere Units when used in QW Type Panelboards -- 38" Wide Box). 250 VOLTS 2 or 3 Pole Two Pole 600 VOLTS Tl^ree Pole Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price Catalog Number QM B-303-L-EX QMB-306-L-EX QMB-310-L-EX QM B-320-EX $ 6.50 7.50 8.50 21.50 QMB-206-EX QMB-206-EX QMB-210-EX QMB-220-EX $ 6.50 6.50 14.50 15.00 QMB-306-EX QMB-306-EX QMB-310-EX QMB-320-EX Price $ 8.50 8.50 21.00 21.50 SCHEDULE G1 DISCOUNT PAGE 83 SQDSLV 000218 . . . design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER & FUSIBLE PANELBOARDS PANELBOARD ORDERING INFORMATION ORIGINAL INSTALLATIONS: To facilitate order processing, cer tain pertinent data is required. Such information should appear on the face of the order. Outlined below, for your guidance, is the data required to insure prompt and efficient handling of your order. Com plete panelboard application data, showing services, mains ratings, box sizes and applicable circuit breaker or fusible branches, is list ed on Page 57. Volts: (Specify service; AC or DC). Panelboard Designation: (LP1, MDP, etc.) Branches Required: (List quantity, amperage and number of Poles). Feeders: (Specify Wire Size per </>). Feeders Enter At: (Top or bottom) Mounting: (Flush or Surface). Knockouts: (None, standard or special). Phase: (1, 2, or 3). Wire: (2, 3, 4 or 5). Cycles: Mains: (Lugs, Circuit Breaker or Fusible Switch). (When special knockouts are'required, template must accompany the order). - Ship Box Ahead: Additional Features or Equipment: (Increased gutters, time clocks, etc.) REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT General -- When ordering replacement equipment, the panelboard catalog number, service and mains rating should be shown on the face of the order. Panelboard catalog numbers are prefixed by 2 or more letters. If such information is unavailable, the type of panel board and approximate date of manufacture should be stated. tions required. Example: 1 -- MA2600. 600 A., 2 P., circuit breaker for use in 600 V., 3 Ph., 3 W. panelboard catalog number ML-56786. With mounting assembly for A-B phase connection. FUSIBLE BRANCH CIRCUITS CIRCUIT BREAKERS Replacements -- Replacement circuit breakers are readily avail able from your local Square D Distributor. Furnish quantity required, ampere rating and number of poles. Catalog numbers of all breaker types and frame sizes are listed in Distribution Equipment Catalog, Section 600. QMB Fusible branch circuits are listed on Page 83. Mounting as semblies are not required for 31 " wide Type QMB panelboards. "Extension Assemblies", as listed on Page 83, are required when mounting 30 A. thru 200 A., QMB Fusible units in 38" wide Type QMB panelboards. Example: 1 -- QMB-3610-T, 100 A., 3 P., twin unit. 1 -- QMB-310-EX Extension Assembly. For use in 38" wide, 600 V., 3 Ph., QMB panelboard catalog number QW-6789-7. Existing Spaces -- Circuit breakers for installation in spaces op posite an existing breaker of the same type or frame size, do not require additional mounting hardware and should be ordered as in dicated under "Replacements" above. Example: 2 -- A1B 350. 50 A., 3 P., circuit breaker for use in 120/208 V., 3 Ph., 4 W., panel board catalog number NA1B-1 234-5. Spaces covering the full panelboard width may or may not require mounting assemblies. If examination of the panelboard shows that bus connectors and mounting hardware are required, specify on order "With Mounting Assembly". When 1 or 2 pole circuit breakers are ordered for use in 3 phase panelboards, specify phase connec- REPAIR PARTS Service Bulletins and individual Service Parts sheets are available for all catalog listed Square D panelboards. If replacement parts are required for panelboards not listed or shown in the Service Bulletin, contact your local Square D Field Office for availability of parts. When ordering replacement parts, specify quantity, part number and description of part giving complete nameplate data of panel board. Example: 4 -- 739137 leveling nuts for use in 120/240 V., 1 Ph., 3 W., 225 A. main lug panelboard catalog number NQOB3456-8. PAGE 84 PANELBOARD CODE REQUIREMENTS -- Panelboard Gutter Taps -- -- 42 Circuit Rule -- N.E.C. Paragraph 240-15 -- states overcurrent de vices shall be located at the point where the conduc tor to be protected receives its supply. Exception No. 5 to this paragraph, permits omission of the main over current device if, (1) the smaller conductors have a current-carrying capacity of not less than the sum of the allowable current-carrying capacities for conduc tors of the one or more circuits or loads supplied, (2) the tap is not over 10 feet long and does not extend beyond the switchboard, panelboard or control de vices which it supplies. N.E.C. Paragraph 384-14 -- states a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard is one having more than 10% of its overcurrent devices rated 30 amperes or less, for which neutral connections are provided. N.E.C. Paragraph 384-15 -- states not more than 42 overcurrent devices of a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard shall be installed in any one cabinet or cutout box. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. defines an over-cur rent device as a single fuse holder or circuit break er pole, therefore, panelboards having more than Gutter taps as illustrated are permitted under this 42 poles and covered by the above rulings must be ruling. built as two panelboards. D SQDSLV 000219 design leadership ADDITIONAL PANELBOARD FEATURES Factory Assembled Type APPLICATION: Following additional features are applicable to all factory assembled panelboards. Following features cannot be furnished on unassembled l-LINE, NQO and QMB panelboards. Consult Field Office for box sizes when additional features are incorporated in panelboards. Panelboard Interiors .1 Increased Mains -- Circuit Breaker Lighting Panelboards A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER From 50 A. 50 A. 100 A. Main To Lugs Only 100 A. $ 11. 200 or 225 A. . 14. 200 or 225 A. 14. 2 Pole $ 31. 183. 165. 3 Pole NQO NQOB NA1B NY1B $ 44. 225. 188. $ 24. 201. 169. 2. Sub-Feed Lugs (100 A. or 225 A.)............................................................ $ 11.00 (For types NQO, NQOB, NA1B, NY1B and NTPR) 11. Split-Bus or Meter Loop A Maximum 20*' Wide Cabinets Ho. MAINS AMPERE RATING 100 A.-225 A. 400 A. 600 A. 2 $ 26. 3 37. $ 55. 65. $ 65. 72. Maximum 46* Wide Cabinets No. MAINS AMPERE RATING 225 A. 400 A. 600 A. 800 A. 2 $ 46. $ 55. $ 65. $ 92. 3 55. 65. 72. 102. 1200 A. $ 110. 119. 3. Sub-Feed Lugs (Type ML, l-LINE or QMB Panelboards) No. Poles 2 3 225 A. $ 18. 24. AMPERE RATING 400 A. 600 A. 800 A. $ 37. 43. $ 65. 72. $ 92. 102. 1200 A. $110. 120. Consult Field Office for additional height required. 12. Remote Control Switches (Contactors) for non-inductive loads (Push button control switches not included) 250 V. AC Tungsten Rating Electrically Held Class 8903 Mechanically Held Class 8903 or ASCO Bui. 920 4. Sub-Feed Breaker -- Circuit Breaker Lighting Panelboards No. Poles 2 3 AMPERE CAPACITY OF SUB-FEED 100 Amp. Frame 15-50 A. 100 Amp. Frame 70-100 A. 225 Amp. Frame 125-225 A. $ 32.50 47.50 $ 52.50 69. $ 193. 242. 5. Sub-Feed Fusible Switch -- Fusible Panelboards only No. AMPERE CAPACITY OF SUB-FEED 30 A.-60 A. 100 A. 200 A. 2 $ 26. $ 42. $ 99. 3 38. 63. 149. 6. For Lighting Panelboards for Use on 2 Phase, 5 Wire 125/250 V. solid neutral service with 125 V. single pole branches, use price of panelboard with single phase, 3 wire, solid neutral mains, having equivalent number of branches and add.........................................................................................$ 26.00 A 7. 800 Ampere Bus Density 20* wide maximum cabinet width...............................................................$ 17.00 46* wide maximum cabinet width............................................................... 44.00 8. Omitting Neutral Bar -- deduct.........................................................$ 11.00 A 9. Non-fusible Main Switch or sub-feed switches-- price as fusible switch. Fusible panelboards only. 10. Non-Automatic Breakers -- Consult Field Engineer for price deductions. 2 POLE 30 Amp. 60 Amp. 75 Amp. 100 Amp. 150 Amp. 200 Amp. $ 192.MD 256.00 309.00 506.00 549.00 $ 242.00 290.00 340.00 379.00 556.00 658.00 3 POLE 30 Amp. 60 Amp. 75 Amp. 100 Amp. 150 Amp. 200 Amp. $ 222.00 288.00 363.00 606.00 678.00 $ 274.00 340.00 388.00 428.00 625.00 755.00 30 ampere light duty mechanically held contactors are also available: 2 Pole............................................................................................................... $ 143.00 3 Pole................................................................................................................. 173.00 13. Panelboard interiors and trims to fit existing boxes: No deduction from the price of the complete panelboard for omitting the box The price of the panelboard interior and special trim will be the price of the complete standard panelboard having the desired interior, providing the existing box is the same depth or deeper than the standard for the panel board being ordered and mounting brackets are not required. Deeper box than our standard and mounting brackets are required; add to price of complete standard panelboard............................................. 22.00A Shallower box than our standard; add to price of complete standard panelboard..................................................................................................... 46.00A Special trim only to fit existing box and interior^ add to price of standard trim................................................................................................................. 46.00A 14. Duct Connection -- For price addition of Type ML or QMB panelboards mounted on feeder duct, refer to Page 91. (Continued on Page 86). SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT PAGE 85 SQD SLV 000220 design leadership ADDITIONAL PANELDOARD FEATURES Factory Assembled Panelboards APPLICATION: Following additional features are applicable to all factory assembled panelboards. Following features cannot be furnished on unassembled l-LINE, NQO and QMB panelboards. Consult Field Office for box sizes when additional features are incorporated in panelboards. Fronts Cabinets Boxes 15. Spring Hinges (Bommer, plain, brass or iron)--per door.............. $ 7.60 A 16. Concealed Hinges -- per door, where not standard............................... 7.60 17. Locks: Corbin 2510, 2520....................................................................................25.00 Yale 511, 51 IS......................................................................................... 25.00 Corbin 2720...............................................................................................12.00 Yale 5101-S...............................................................................................12.00 Master Keying -- per lock................................................................... 2.00 18. Front Punched for tumbler switches--(Switches not included). First front with one switch space............................................................17.00A * Each additional switch space in either first or additional fronts. . . 8.00A * 19. Directory frame with glass (other than manufacturer's standard). 5.50 20. No. 10 gauge fronts--(heavier than Code gauge)........................... 27.00A * Box and front...............................................................................................37.00 A * 21. Dust resisting fronts only: Maximum 20" wide cabinet.............................................................54.00A * Maximum 46" wide cabinet.............................................................72.00 A * 22. Vault handle locks (when not furnished as standard).................. 26.00 23. Special front or door arrangements including (a) Door-in-door with one door over interior and additional door which exposes wiring gutter. i,b) Double or split door, one above the other. (c) One front with two doors in place of two individual fronts (to cover two separate boxes mounted side by side)........................54.00 * 24. Galvanized sheet steel fronts instead of furniture steel..............35.00 * 25. Glass panel in door.................................................................................. 80.00 * 26. Watt-hour meter window or cutout in trim....................................37.00* (Extra space may be required -- consult factory) 27. Fronts hinged to the box....................................................................... 24.00 * 28. Cadmium plated: Maximum 20" wide cabinet Box or front only.................... ~........................................................$ 37.00 A Box and front....................................................................................... 64.00 A Maximum 46" wide cabinet Box or front only...................................................................................78.00 A Box and front....................................................................................... 127.00 A 29. Standard commercially available colors: Black, green, brown, gray, crystallic or prime coat only. For other colors.................................................................................... 54.00 * 30. No. 10 gauge boxes (heavier than Code gauge)................................27.00 * Box and trim.................................................................................................. 37.00 * 31. Increasing maximum 20" wide panelboard box to 8" maximum depth or 46" wide panelboard box to 18" maximum depth.............. 37.00 * 32. Increased side gutters -- For each 7" or fraction thereof increase in width...........................................................................................37.00* 33. Increased end gutters -- For each 12" or fraction thereof increase in length............................................................................................. 37.00A* 34. Weather-proof or dust-resisting panelboard cabinets, (NEMA 3R or 12). Maximum 20" wide cabinet Single door type...................................................................................102.00 * Door back of door type...................................................................... 136.00 * Maximum 46" wide cabinet Single door type...................................................................................136.00* Door back of door type......................................................................205.00* Note: For type QMB panelboards a front-with-door charge must also be included. Refer to Page 80. 35. Special drillings or knockouts in endwalls when template accompanies order....................................................................................... 11.00 36. Steel Cable-Duct (trough) for column width (8%" and 6%" wide) panelboards. Additional Lengths Duct Length Price 84".............................................................................................................$ 48.00 A 96"...................................................................................................................... 52.00A 104"...................................................................................................................... 56.00A 112"...................................................................................................................... 60.00A *lf individual order calls for duplicate devices with the same special feature or if a quantity of 10 or more assorted panelboards is involved, deduct 25% of the list price shown for the special feature. AApplicable to column width (LX) panelboards. Accessories Description Cat. No. Each Description Handle Tie (QO or QOB)A........................................ Handle Lockoff Type QO, Ql, A1 and Y1B................................... Type NTPR, NTPS................................................. Closure Plate for Twistout in Accessories for QMB Motor Starters...................... QO-1HT HLO-1 SK-5456 SK-2894 SK-5401 SK-5403 QO-1CP See Page 37 See Page 37 See Page 78 See Page 79 $0.10 0.60 1.90 0.80 0.80 6.00 0.30 Handle Padlock Attachment Type QO, QOB, QFSB and HFSB (1 Pole). . . Type QO, and QOB, (2 or 3 Pole)..................... Type LA.................................................................... Touch-up Paint, Blue-Gray (13 Oz. Aerosol Can)............................................. AHandle ties permit conversion of two single pole breakers to double pole, individual trip breakers. Cat. No. QO-1 PA QO-1PL QO-1 PL HPA-2QFS HPA-FK Q2-1PL HPA-LM HLO-ML HLO-ML1 HLO-ML3 HLO-KWX PK-3SP Each $ 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 1.80 1.80 2.10 1.80 2.10 4.80 8.50 3.00 PAGE 86 SCHEDULE G2 DISCOUNT D SQD SLV 000221 design leadership . . . TOTALLY ENCLOSED PLUG-IN DUCT-100 AMPERE Square D 100-ampere al uminum plug-in duct is a flexible and economical in door busway. Typical uses are (a) branch power feeders to panelboards or motors and (b) plug-in duct for small distributed loads. The electrical conductors are silver-plated round alumi num bars supported in a steel housing by molded insul ators. All plug-in openings are usable and are polarized. Finish is light gray baked enamel. (ASA-49). PI-QO FUSIBLE PLUG-IN UNITS SCHEDULE El DISCOUNT Fusible Floor-Operable 250 V-- 30 A. -- 60 A. --100 A. 600 V-- 30 A. -- 60 A. --100 A. 34>, 3W Cat. No. Price FA-321 FA-322 FA-323 FA-361 FA-362 FA-363 $66. 60. 89. 60. 64. 92. 3</>, 4W Cat. No. Price FAN-321 FAN-322 FAN-323 FAN-361 FAN-362 FAN-363 $66. 70. 99. 70. 74. 102. Uf>, 3W Cat. No. Price FAN-221 FAN-222 FAN-223 $66. 60. 99. Straight Lengths--Available only in lengths listed. One edgewise hanger is furnished with each 10 feet of duct. Normal mounting position is edgewise with neutral at the top. Extra Hangers--Duct is U/L listed for 10-foot hanger spacing if moun ted edgewise. For flatwise mounting (not U/L listed) order two flatwise hangers for each 10 feet of duct. Add $1*00 each for extra (edgewise hangers and all flatwise hangers. Cable Tap Box--Available as end tap box (bolt-on) or center tap box (plug-in). The end tap box is rated at 100 amperes and the center tap box is available in 60 or 100 ampere ratings. End closure is not required with end tap box. End Closure--Required at end of run when tap box is not used. Outlet Cover--Required to cover opening when plug-in unit is relo cated. Elbows -- Order by catalog number. Refer to drawings for proper orientation by top and front markings. Tees--Order by catalog number; follow same orientation procedure as that required for elbows, STRAIGHT LENGTHS AND FITTINGS Component 30-3W. 600 V. Max. Cat. No. Price 3-4W. 277/480 V. Cat. No. Price 10-3W. 120/240 V. Cat. No. - Price: Straight Lengths--10 ft............... 5 ft............... 3 ft.............. 2 ft............... 1 ft............... ST-13 ST-13-5 ST-13-3 ST-13-2 ST-13-1 $ 83. 22. 20. 16. 12. ST-14 ST-14-5 ST-14-3 ST-14-2 ST-14-1 $44. 28. 22. 18. 13. ST-13N ST-13N-5 ST-13N-3 ST-13N-2 ST-13N-1 $ 33. 22. 20. 16. 12. Cable Tap End............................. Boxes-- Plug-In (I00A.)... Plug-In (60A)......... EB-13 PIB-13 PIB60-13 22. EB-14 22. PIB-14 11. P1B60-14 30. 30. 15.50 EB-13N PIB-13N P1B60-13N 22. 22. 11. End Closure..................................... Outlet Cover.................................... fExtra Hangers--Edgewise___ Flatwise........ EC-1 OC-1 EH-l FH-1 6. EC-1 1. OC-1 1. EH-l 1. FH-1 5. EC-1 1. OC-1 1. EH-l 1. FH-1 6. 1. 1. 1. Elbows--Forward.......................... Rearward........................ Upward........................... Downward...................... Flexible........................... FE-13 RE-13 UE-13 DE-13 FXE-13 22. FE-14 22. RE-14 22. UE-14 22. DE-14 60. FXE-14 29. FE-13N 29. RE-13N 29. UE-13N 29. DE-13N 60. FXE-13N 22. 22. 22. 22. 60. i tfes--Forward............................... Rearward............................ Upward................................ Downward.......................... FT-13 RT-13 UT-13 DT-13 S3. FT-14 33. RT-14 33. UT-14 33. DT-14 44. FT-13N 44. RT-13N 44. UT-13N 44. DT-13N 38. S3. 38. 33. Wall Flange--Slip-on................... WF-1 6. WF-1 5. WF-1 6. fOne edgewise hanger is included with each 10 feet of dm ` murmur r*<s monnimr AUse 3<z>, 3W duct for 30, 3W,, grounded B0 system. vvittuULL LX uiol/UUli! | CIRCUIT BREAKER ENCLOSURES Enclosure Only (Price Circuit Breaker from Table Below) 30, 3W. Cat. No. Price PLUG-IN UNITS 30, 4W. Cat. No. Price a 10,3w. Cat. No. Price QO Bkr-70A. Max Enclosure... PI-QO EH, F Frame--50A. Max. Enel... PI-50-ML1 E, EH ,F Frame--70,100A. Enel.. PI-100-ML1 $ 9. 30. 30. PIN-QO $11. PIN-50-ML1 37. PIN-100-ML1 37. PIN-QO $11. PIN-50-MLI 37. PIN-100-ML1 37. gUse 3<D, 3W enclosures for 30 3W., grounded B0 Elsystem. With PI-QO, use breakers QO-215-H, QO-220-H and Q0 230-H. For higher ratings, use ML1 enclosures ['-SCHEDULE DISCOUNT ' and breakers. CIRCUIT BREAKERS Breaker Only (Price Enclosure from Table above) Type and Ampere Rating Single Pole Cat. No. Price Two Pole Cat. No. Price Three Pole Cat. No: Price QO (IP.--120/240 VAC) (2P.--120/240 VAC) (3P--240 VAC) --15A. --20A. --30A. --40A. --50A. 60A --70A. Q0115 Q0120 Q0130 Q0140 QO150 $ 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 Q0215 QO220 QO230 QO240 QO250 QO260 Q0270 $ 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.40 13.00 Q0315 Q0320 Q0330 Q0340 Q0350 Q0360 $22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 '""(240 VAC) --100A. 989270 989216 $46.00 46.00 989370 989316 $60.00 60.00 15A 20A 70A --100A. #Use F Frame type ML1 breakers for 600 VAC service. FUSIBLE PLUG-IN UNITS 30, 3W. 989615 989620 989630 989640 989650 989670 989616 $61.00 61.00 61.00 51.00 61.00 65.00 66.00 989715 989720 989730 989740 989750 989770 989716 $66.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 65.00 79.00 79.00 SCHEDULE B DISCOUNT 30, 4W; 10, 3W. Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Fusible Non-Switching* 250V.--30A. --60A. 600V--30A. --60A. NSF-321 NSF-322 NSF-361 NSF-362 $18. 29. 32. 33. NSF-421 NSF-422 NSF-461 NSF-462 $ 20. 31. 34. ^ 35. NSFN-321 NSFN-322 NSFN-361 NSFN-362 $18. 29. 32. 33. Fusible Cover Operated 250V.--30A. --60A. 600V.--30A. --60A. FC-321 FC-322 FC-361 FC-362 $39. 43. 41. 46. *For non-fusible, non-switching plug-in unit use plug-in pamo tan hnv FCN-321 FCN-322 FCN-361 FCN-362 $ 50. 62. 62. 64. FCN-221 FCN-222 $ 39. 43. SCHEDULE FI DISCOUNT ^-- ... PAGE 87 SQD SLV 000222 X-LINE BUSWAY now... both FEEDER DUCT & PLUG-IN DUCT I-LINE VS. WIRE AND CONDUIT Use l-LINE feeder duct instead of wire and conduit to cut the total cost for exposed (accessible) work. Althought material costs are higher, the installation time of l-UNE is much less than that of wire and conduit. The installation time for wire and conduit is shown in the chart. The labor units for wire and conduit are based upon data from ESTIMATIC CORPORATION, without job factors, using 1 00 foot wire pulls and taking parallel wire pulls into account. Hangers or fastenings or terminations are not included. INSTALLATION TIME OF I-LINE VERSUS WIRE IN CONDUIT FOR EXPOSED WORK No Hangers, Fastenings, or Terminations Included. Bcsed Upon 100 Ft. Runs I-LINE VS. OTHER FEEDER DUCT Compare the installation of I-LINE vs. the installation time of other feeder duct. The labcfr units shown in the charts allow direct comparison. Neither of the charts include job factors, hangers, fit tings, terminals or rigging. I-LINE installs faster, through simplified joint construction, lighter weight, compact size. The proof is given in the Labor Cost Survey by ESTIMATIC CORPORATION. Contact your local Square D field office for your copy. OTHER BUSWAY LABOR UNITS (3-Phase, 4-Wire) CURRENT RATING IN AMPERE - 3 PHASE-4WIRE BUSWAY WT. IN LBS./10 FI SECTION (3PH-4W) FROM ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION COST MANUAL BY RALPH E. JOHNSON, COPYRIGHT 1957 McGRAW HILL BOOK CO. USED BY PERMISSION I-LINE BUSWAY LABOR UNITS (3-Phase, 4-Wire) EXAMPLE: 200 Feet of 2500 amp. 3<t> 4 W. Other Duct @ 1.60 man Hrs./ft..................................320.0 hrs. I-UNE @ .1 69 man hrs./ft. 33.8hrs. Savings using I-LINE..........286.2 hrs. PAGE 88 EXAMPLE: 300 Feet of 1 350 amp. 3</) 4 W. Other Duct (a) 1.25 man hrs./ft................................. 375.0 hrs. I-LINE @ .115 man hrs./ft 34.5 hrs. Savings using I-LINE . . . .340.5 hrs USWAY WT. IN LBS./10 FI SECTION (3 PH- 4W) CHART BASED ON TEST OF 1350A AND 2500A 3 POLE DUCT, ESTIMATIC CORPORATION DENVER,COLO. SEPT. 25, 1962 COPYRIGHT 1962 SQD SLV 000223 Extends feeder duct ease of installation and safe reliable operation to plug-in duct jobs with: Totally enclosed housing for maximum protection from accumulation of dust inside the housing -- and from accidental contact with live parts. One bolt joint for installation ease comparable to I-LINE feeder, and for safe convenient maintenance. "Hook Swing" plug-in units -- the safest and easiest plug-in device yet. Fully insulated bus bars for maximum safety (Class B insulation). Electro-tin plated bus -- Aluminum or Copper -- to provide high efficiency and trouble free operation. No de-rating required. All I-LINE busway is fully rated in all mounting positions 10 foot hanger spacing -- U/L listed for ten foot hanger spacing * Installation costs will be affected by the number of opera tions involved in joint assembly and the physical size and weight of the busway. The first two pf these factors are nearly identical for plug-in and feeder rating for rating. Weight handling costs will be approximately that of the next higher feeder duct rating. PAGE 89 SQD SLV 000224 design leadership I-LINEa BUSWAY TOTALLY ENCLOSED LOW IMPEDANCE STRAIGHT LENGTHS AND FITTINGS [ ^STRAIGHT LENGTH ALUMINUM | Copper No. of Poles and Voltage Rating Amps. Indoor Plug-In Cat. No. Price Per Ft. Indoor Feeder Cat. No. Indoor Plug-In Cat. No. Price Per Ft. 225 AP-302 $ 11. 400 AP-304 15. 600 AP-306 20. 600 23. AF-306 CP-302 CP-304 CP-306 $ 14. 22. 28. 3 Pole 600 V. 800 800 1000 1350 AP-308 AP-310 AP-313 27. AF-308 32. AF-310 49. AF-313 CP-308 CP-310 CP-313 35. 41. 44. 66. 1600 2000 2500 AP-316 AP-320 AP-325 60. AF-316 70. AF-320 85. AF-325 CP-316 CP-320 CP-325 79. 99. 123. 3000 4000 5000 99. 134. 170. AF-330 AF-340 CP-330 148. 191. 230. 3 <p, 4 W. 277/480 V. 50% Neutral 277/480 V. 100% Neutral 225 400 600 600 800 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 225 400 600 600 800 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 AP-402 AP-404 AP-406 AP-408 AP-410 AP-413 AP-416 AP-420 AP-425 AP-502 AP-504 AP-506 AP-508 AP-510 AP-513 AP-516 AP-520 AP-525 $ 13. 20. 25. 27. 32. 40. 58. 68. 85. 105. 123. 164. 210. $ 14. 22. 30. 33. 37. 45. 65. 80. 96. 120. AF-406 AF-408 AF-410 AF-413 AF-416 AF-420 AF-425 AF-430 AF-440 AF-506 AF-508 AF-510 AF-513 AF-516 AF-520 AF-525 CP-402 CP-404 CP-406 $ 18. 30. 34. CP-408 CP-410 CP-413 CP-416 CP-420 CP-425 CP-430 CP-502 CP-504 CP-506 44. 49. 53. 78. 92. 115. 142. 171. 226. 275. $ 22. 33. 41. CP-508 CP-510 CP-513 CP-516 CP-520 CP-525 S3. 53. 66. 90. 107. 131. 162. jj & s 3000 4000 5000 140. 190. 240. AF-530 AF-540 CP-530 198. 262. 315. Consult factory for price of 2 pole busway. {Refer to "Additions" section for short-circuit current ratings and pricing for short-circuit current ratings exceeding NEMA Standards. To price weatherproof feeder duct, add 20% to indoor price per foot. The fit tings labor only charge is the same for indoor and weatherproof feeder duct. For elbows other than 90 degrees, double the labor only charge. BUSWAY PRICING Prepare a layout sketch of the run showing all dimensions in feet and inches, all wall and floor locations and thicknesses and all fittings such as elbows, tees crosses, flanged ends, end closures, cable tap boxes, expansion joints and reduc ers. Add all dimensions together and adjust the total to the higher whole foot. Multiply this total by the price per foot as determined by the type (plug-in or feeder) (aluminum or copper) (indoor or weatherproof), the ampere rating and the number of poles. To this add the labor only charges for each of the elbows, tees, crosses, flanged ends, expansion joints and reducers. To this add the price for each of the cable tap boxes, service heads, tap-off devices, transformer taps and end closures. Add for any bus extension or special features such as roof flanges, special lugs, ground bus. The sum of all these items is the price of the entire layout of duct. The price breakdown for each of the various components will be done at the factory. Pricing Weatherproof Feeder Duct -- Add 20% to the indoor feeder price per foot for the "footage charge" and add the "labor only" charges and cable tap box and end closure prices. Add charge for vapor barrier if duct passes through building wall or roof. Catalog numbers of weatherproof aluminum feeder duct are similar to indoor duct in the above tables except that the prefix is "AFW" instead of "AF". The same is true of copper except that the prefix is "CFW" instead of "CF". When ordering weatherproof feeder duct, a layout sketch must accompany the order. Sketch must show all dimensions, and must indicate whether duct is in flatwise, vertical or edgewise mounting position. If duct passes through a roof, r D / 1 <w ELBOW c- - - 1 < TAP BOX (SERVICE HEAD) Copper Copper Indoor Feeder Cat. No. Cat. No. Labor Only Cat. No. fNo. PriGe Labor Only Cat. No. CF-308 CF-310 CF-313 A P-302-1 AP-304-L AP-306-L AF-306-L AF-308-L AF-310-L AF-313-L $102. 102. 107. 102. 102. 102. 102. 136. C P-306-L C P-308-L CF-308-L CF-310-L CF-313-L AF-306-TB AF-308-TB AF-310-TB AF-313-TB $ 80. 100. 110. 130. 130. 136. 136. 178. PTB-302 PTB-304 PT8-306 CP-308-TB CF-308-TB CF-310-TB CF-313-TB CF-316 CF-320 CF-325 AF-316-L AF-320-L AF-325-L 136. 136. 136. CF-316-L CF-320-L CF-325-L AF-316-TB AF-320-TB AF-325-TB 206. 214. 240. CF-316-TB CF-320-TB CF-325-TB CF-330 CF-340 CF-350 AF-330-L AF-340-L 136. 170. 170. CF-330-L CF-340-L CF-350-L AF-330-TB 268. 292. 420. CF-330-TB CF-340-TB CF-350-TB AP-402-L AP-404-L AP-406-L AF-406-L $122. 122. 122. 122. CP-402-L CP-404-L CP-406-L PTB-402 PTB-404 PTB-406 AF-406 TB $ 90. 110. 120. 140. PTB-402 PTB-404 PTB-406 CF-408 CF-410 CF-413 AF-408-L AF-410-L AF-413-L 122. 122. 122. 170. C P-408-L CF-408-L CF-410-L CF-413-L AF-408-TB AF-410-TB AF-413-TB i 140. 152. 152. 196. CP-408-TB CF-408-TB CF-410-TB CF-413-TB CF-416 CF-420 CF-425 AF-416-L AF-420- L AF-425-L 170. 170. 170. CF-416-L CF-420-L CF-425-L AF-416-TB AF-420-TB AF-425-TB 226. 238. 262. CF-416-TB CF-420-TB CF-425-TB CF-430 CF-440 CF-450 AF-430-L AF-440-L * 170. 202. 202. CF-430-L CF-440-L CF-450-L AF-430-TB AF-440-TB * 290. 322. 448. CF-430-TB GF-440-TB CF-450-TB AP-502-L AP-504-L AP-506-L AF-506-L $122. 122. 122. ! 122. CP-502-L CP-504-L CP-506-L PTB-502 PTB-504 PTB-506 AF-506-TB $100. 120. 130. 150. PTB-502 PTB-504 PTB-506 CF-508 CF-510 CF-513 AF-508-L AF-510-L AF-513-L 122. 122. 122. 170. CP-508-L CF-508-L CF-510-L CF-513-L AF-508-TB AF-510-TB AF-513-TB 150. 162. 162. 214. CP-508-TB CF-508-TB CF-510-TB CF-513-TB CF-516 CF-520 CF-525 AF-516-L AF-520-L AF-525-L 170. 170. 170. CF-516-L CF-520-L CF-525-L AF-516-TB AF-520-TB AF-525-TB 246. 262. 284. CF-516-TB CF-520-TB CF-525-TB CF-530 CF-540 CF-550 AF-530-L 170. AF-540-L 202. i 202. CF-530-L CF-540-L CF-550-L AF-530-TB AF-540-TB 312. 352. 476. CF-530-TB CF-540-TB CF-550-TB $For lugs other than Square D manufacture, add lug charge from "Additions" section. CType PTB cable tap boxes are plug-in devices and require no footage charge. When a plug-in cable tap box is used at the end of a run, order an end closure. 5000 A. Aluminum will be supplied as two parallel runs. {Refer to Green Price Sheet DB148 numerical listing for complete device price floor or wall, be sure to indicate location and thickness and dimension from wall or roof surface to tap box, elbow, Hanged end or end of run. STRAIGHT LENGTHS Plug-in duct is available in standard lengths of 6, 7, 8 and 10 feet; feeder duct, 10 feet. Lengths are available in one inch increments on special order. When or dering by catalog number add suffix number to designate length (i.e., 7 feet = AF-320-7, 73 inches = AF-320-73). Joint connection parts are part of the duct length and are included in the duct prices. Hangers (one for each 10 feet of duct) are included in the duct prices. If 5 foot spacing of hangers is specified additional hangers will be shipped no charge if entered with order. ELBOWS Elbow labor only price does not include duct footage. If elbow is other than 90 degrees, double the labor only charge. A duct footage charge must be added to the labor only price to get the complete device price. When ordering by catalog number, refer to page 96 and add complete sufFix to designate type of elbow re quired (i.e., AP-304-LFO = front outside elbow, AF-310-LE = edgewise elbow). All edgewise elbows are 18 inches on each leg. Aluminum flatwise elbows from 225 amp. through 1350 amp. are 18 inches on each leg; from 1600 amp. through 4000 amp. are 36 inches on each leg. Copper flatwise elbows from 225 amp. through 1600 amp. are 18 inches on each leg; from 2000 amp. through 5000 amp. are 36 inches on each leg. PAGE 90 SCHEDULF E2 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000225 m design leadership . . . I-LINE BUSWAY TOTALLY ENCLOSED COMPACT SIZE FITTINGS i 13------------------------- 3*= CZZTZ3 FLANGED END 1 BUS EXTENSION END CLOSURE TEE Copper Ialum Copper ALUMINUM Copper Copper No. of Poles and Rating Voltage Amp. Cat. No. Price Labor Only Cat. No. Price Price Per Per Foot Foot Indoor Plug-in Cat. No. Price Each Indoor Feeder Cat. No. Indoor Plug-in Cat. No. Price Each Indoor Feeder Cat. No. Cat. No. Price Labor Only Cat. No. 225 AP-302-FE $ 65. CP-302-FE $ 13. $ 14. AP-502-EC $ 30. CP-502-EC $ 30. AP-304-FE 75. CP-304-FE 19. 26. AP-504-EC 30. CP-504-EC 30. 87. CP-306-FE 24. 33. AP-506-EC 30. CP-506-EC 30. 87. 24. 30. AF-508-EC AP-302-T AP-304-T AP-306-T AF-306-T $122. 122. 122. 122. CP-302-T CP-304-T CP-306-T 800 AF-308-FE 95. CP-308-FE 31. 44. AP-508-EC 30. AF-508-EC CP-508-EC 30. AF-308-T 122. CP-308-T 95. CF-308-FE 44. 30. CF-510-EC 122. CF-308-T 1000 AF-310-FE 109. CF-310-FE 41. 55. AP-510-EC 30. AF-510-EC CP-510-EC 30. CF-510-EC AF-310-T 122. CF-310-T 1350 AF-313-FE 128. CF-313-FE 70. 95. AP-513-EC 30. AF-513-EC CP-513-EC 30. CF-513-EC AF-313-T 170. CF-313-T 600 V. 1600 2000 2500 AF-316-FE AF-320-FE AF-325-FE 142. CF-316-FE 162. CF-320-FE 197. CF-325-FE 80. 101. 134. 112. AP-516-EC 139. AP-520-EC 186. AP-525-EC 40. AF-516-EC CP-516-EC 40. AF-520-EC CP-520-EC 40. AF-525-EC CP-525-EC 30. CF-516-EC AF-316-T 40. CF-520-EC AF-320-T 40. CF-525-EC AF-325-T 170. CF-316-T 170. CF-320-T 170. CF-325-T 3000 5000 AF-330-FE AF-340-FE * 236. CF-330-FE 280. CF-340-FE 333. CF-350-FE 216. 310. 450. 235. 431. 640. 50. AF-530-EC CP-530-EC 50. AF-540-EC 80. * 40. CF-530-EC AF-330-T 50. CF-550-EC AF-340-T 50. CF-550-EC * 170. CF-330-T 202. CF-340-T 202. CF-350-T 225 AP-402-FE $ 68. CP-402-FE $ 23. $ 25. AP-502-EC $ 30. 78. CP-404-FE 29. 40. AP-504-EC 30. AP-406-FE 90. CP-406-FE 36. 48. AP-506-EC 30. 90. 36. 30. CP-502-EC 5 30. CP-504-EC 30. CP-506-EC 30. AP-402-T $144. AP-404-T 144. AP-406-T 1 144. 144. CP-402-T CP-404-T CP-4Q6-T 800 AF-408-FE 3 <p, 4 W 277/480 V. 50/6 Neutral 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 AF-410-FE AF-413-FE AF-416-FE AF-420-FE AF-425-FE 98. 98. 113. 132. CP-408-FE CF-408-FE CF-410-FE CF-413-FE 152. CF-416-FE 169. CF-420-FE 208. CF-425-FE 46. 54. 74. 91. 108. 146. 64. 64. 74. 102. AP-508-EC AP-510-EC AP-513-EC 127. AP-516-EC 149. AP-520-EC 202. AP-525-EC 30. AF-508-EC CP-508-EC 30. AF-510-EC CP-510-EC 30. AF-513-EC CP-513-EC 40. AF-516-EC CP-516-EC 40. AF-520-EC CP-520-EC 40. AF-525-EC CP-525-EC 30. AF-408-T 30. CF-510-EC 30. CF-510-EC AF-410-T 30. CF-513-EC AF-413-T 30. CF-516-EC AF-416-T 40. CF-520-EC AF-420-T 40. CF-525-EC AF-425-T 144. 144. 144. 202. CP-408-T CF-408-T CF-410-T CF-413-T 202. CF-416-T 202. CF-420-T 202. CF-425-T 3000 4000 5000 AF-430-FE AF-440-FE * 225 AP-502-FE 400 AP-504-FE 600 AP-506-FE 600 l AF-506-FE 253. 295. 344. $ 68. 78. 90. 90. CF-430-FE CF-440-FE CF-450-FE CP-502-FE CP-504-FE CP-506-FE 233. 261. 331. 460. 480. ; 690. $ 26. 37. 48. 48. $ 35. 52. 66. AP-502-EC AP-504-EC AP-506-EC 50. 50. 80. $ 30. 30. 30. 30. AF-530-EC AF-540-EC * AF-508-EC CP-530-EC 40. 50. 50. CP-502-EC $ 30. CP-504-EC 30. CP-506-EC 30. CF-530-EC AF-430-T CF-550-EC ; AF-440-T CF-550-EC * : AP-502-T AP-504-T AP-506-T AF-506-T 202. 236. 236. $144. 144. 144. 144. CF-430-T CF-440-T CF-450-T CP-502-T CP-504-T CP-506-T 3<, 4 W 277/480 V. 100% Neutral 800 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 `2500 AF-508-FE AF-510-FE AF-513-FE AF-516-FE AF-520-FE AF-525-FE 101. 101. 120. 139. CP-508-FE CF-508-FE CF-510-FE CF-513-FE 162. CF-516-FE 179. CF-520-FE 220. CF-525-FE 50. 58. 79. 101. 116. 156. 72. 72. 79. 111. AP-508-EC AP-510-EC AP-513-EC 139. AP-516-EC 161. AP-520-EC 218. AP-525-EC 30. AF-508-EC CP-508-EC 30. AF-510-EC CP-510-EC 30. AF-513-EC CP-513-EC 40. AF-516-EC i CP-516-EC 40. AF-520-EC CP-520-EC 40. AF-525-EC CP-525-EC 30. AF-508-T 30. CF-510-EC 30. CF-510-EC AF-510-T 30. CF-513-EC AF-513-T 30. CF-516-EC AF-516-T 40. CF-520-EC AF-520-T 40. CF-525-EC AF-525-T 144. 144. 144. 202. CP-508-T CF-508-T CF-510-T CF-513-T 202. CF-516-T 202. CF-520-T 202. CF-525-T 3000 AF-530-FE 265. CF-530-FE 4000 5000 , AF-540-FE , 1 *1 316. 404. CF-540-FE CF-550-FE 250. 354. 510. 274. 492. 740. For Square D standard fugs on flanged end, add $5. per lug. For lugs other than Square 0 manufacture, add lug charge from "Additions'' section. CABLE TAP BOX (INDOOR) The Type PTB cable tap box is a plug-in device. The price is the total device price; no duct footage charge is required. If special lugs are required, add special lug charge from "Additions" section. If the tap box is to be used at the end of a run, order an end closure. The Types CP, AF and CF cable tap boxes are factory assembled and include Square D standard lugs. If special lugs are required, add special lug charges from "Additions" section. The cable tap box price does not include duct footage. Duct footage should be figured through tap boxes at center of run and to the centerline of tap boxes at end of run. To figure duct footage from end of duct to centerline of end tap box add 12 inches for 600 through 2000 amp.; add 18 inches for 2500 through 5000 amp. The end cable box is factory assembled and shipped with one 18 inch leg. The center cable tap box with two 18 inch legs. When cable tap boxes are ordered separately the duct footage required for the legs and tap box must be added to the tap box price. When ordering by catalog number add suffix "C" (center type) or "E" (end type) and suffix "S" (slot end) or "B" (bolt end) (i.e. AF-308-ETBS). Does not require end closure when used at end of run. SERVICE HEADS (WEATHERPROOF) Service heads are factory assembled and include Square D standard lugs. If spe cial lugs are required, add special lug charge. Price duct footage to end of duct run including dimension of service head. The vertical service head requires 24 inches of duct footage; the flatwise service head requires 20 inches of duct foot age. Add cable tap box charges. The standard service head will accept service cable through a removable insulating bottom plate. If conduit entrance is required, additional gutter space and a steel bottom plate will be furnished. 50. AF-530-EC i CP-530-EC 50. AF-540-EC : 80. * 40. CF-530-EC AF-530-T 50. CF-550-EC AF-540-T 50. CF-550-EC * 202. CF-530-T 236. CF-540-T 236. CF-550-T *5000A. Aluminum will be supplied as two parallel runs. Refer to Green Price Sheet DB148 numerical listing for complete device price. BUS EXTENSION Bus extensions are used in conjunction with flanged ends or transformer tap con nections. Price includes material and required forming. Determine length of bus extension and price to the next higher whole foot. FLANGED ENDS The Types AP and CP flanged end labor only price does not include duct foot age but does include 7 inch flared bus extension. For Square D standard lugs mounted on the flanged end, add $5. per lug. If special lugs are required, add special lug charge from "Additions" section. Dimensions of the standard flanged end fitting is 12 inches. When required by job conditions, the flanged end can be built as an integral part of a straight length or elbow. The Types AF and CF flanged end labor only price does not include duct foot age but does include 7 inch flared bus extension. For Square D standard lugs mounted on a flanged end add $5. price per lug. If special lugs are required, add special lug charge from "Additions" section. Dimensions of the standard flanged end fitting is 18 inches. When required by job conditions a flanged end can be built as an integral part of a straight length or elbow. OFFSETS Offsets are priced the same as two elbows. A- TEES AND CROSSES Tee or cross labor only price does not include duct footage. A duct footage charge must be added to the labor only price to get the complete device price. Aluminum flatwise tees and crosses from 225 amp. through 1350 amp. are 18 inches on each leg; from 1600 amp. through 4000 amp. are 36 inches on each leg. Copper flat wise tees and crosses from 225 amp. through 1600 amp. are 18 inches on each leg; from 2000 amp. through 5000 amp. are 36 inches on each leg. For dimensions of edgewise tees and crosses, consult factory. ' SCHEDULE E2 DISCOUNT PAGE 91 SQD SLV 000226 design leadership I-LINE' BUSWAY FITTINGS TOTALLY ENCLOSED LIGHT WEIGHT CROSS No. of Poles and Voltage 600 V. 30, 4 W. 50% Neutral 30, 4W. 100% Neutral Rating Amps. 225 400 600 800 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 225 400 600 600 800 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 225 400 600 600 800 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 Catalog Number AP-302-X AP-304-X AP-306-X AF-306- X AF-308-X AF-310-X AF-313-X AF-316-X AF-320-X AF-325-X AF-330- X AF-340-X * AP-402-X AP-404-X AP-406-X AF-406-X AF-408- X AF-410-X AF-413-X AF-416-X AF-420-X AF-425-X AF-430-X AF-440-X * AP-502-X AP-504-X AP-506-X AF-506-X AF-508-X AF-510-X AF-513-X AF-516-X AF-520-X AF-525-X AF-530-X AF-540-X * V Copper Price Labor Only $144. 144. 144. 144. 144. 144. 144. 202. 202. 202. 202. 202. 236. 236. $168. 168. 168. 168. 168. 168. 168. 236. 236. 236. 236. 236. 270. 270. $168. 168. 168. 168. 168. 168. 168. 236. 236. 236. 236. 236. 270. 270. Catalog Number CP-302-X C P-304-X CP-306-X CP-308-X CF-308-X CF-310-X CF-313-X CF-316-X CF-320-X CF-325-X CF-330-X CF-340-X CF-350-X C P-402-X CP-404-X CP-406-X CP-408-X CF-408-X CF-410-X CF-413-X CF-416-X CF-420-X CF-425-X CF-430-X CF-440-X CF-450-X CP-502-X C P-504-X CP-506-X CP-508-X CF-508-X CF-510-X CF-513-X CF-516-X CF-520-X CF-525-X CF-530-X CF-540-X CF-550-X EXPANSSION FITTING r Catalog Number Price Labor Only AP-302-EJ AP-304-EJ AP-306-EJ AF-306- EJ $165. 185. 205. 205. AF-308-EJ AF-310-EJ AF-313-EJ 264. 264. 282. 293. AF-316-EJ AF-320-EJ AF-325-EJ 396. 429. 462. AF-330-EJ AF-340-EJ * 581. 702. 739. AP-402-EJ AP-404-EJ A P-406-EJ AF-406-EJ $194. 211. 240. 240. AF-408-EJ AF-410-EJ AF-413-EJ 290. 290. 330. 372. AF-416-EJ AF-420-EJ AF-425-EJ 482. 515. 548. AF-430-EJ AF-440-EJ * 713. 825. 871. AP-502-EJ AP-504-EJ AP-506-EJ AF-506-EJ $194. 211. 240. 240. AF-508-EJ AF-510-EJ AF-513-EJ 290. 290. 330. 436. AF-516-EJ AF-520-EJ AF-525-EJ 528. 561. 607. AF-530-EJ AF-540-EJ * 799. 917. 964. Copper Catalog Number CP-302-EJ CP-304-EJ CP-306-EJ CP-308-EJ CF-308-EJ CF-310-EJ CF-313-EJ CF-316-EJ CF-320-EJ CF-325-EJ CF-330-EJ CF-340-EJ CF-350-EJ CP-402-EJ C P-404-EJ CP-406-EJ CP-408-EJ CF-408-EJ CF-410-EJ CF-413-EJ CF-416-EJ CF-420-EJ CF-425-EJ CF-430-EJ CF-440-EJ CF-450-EJ CP-502-EJ C P-504-EJ CP-506-EJ CP-508-EJ CF-508-EJ CF-510-EJ CF-513-EJ CF-516-EJ CF-520-EJ CF-525-EJ CF-530-EJ CF-540-EJ CF-550-EJ REDUCER Price Labor Only $64. 70. 70. 92. 92. 104. 224. 250. 316. 416. 490. 618. 766. $88. 96. 96. 118. 118. 136. 264. 290. 380. 482. 574. 738. 900. $88. 96. 96. 118. 118. 136. 304. 330. 444. 548. 658. 858. 1035. VER TICAL SPRING HANGER Price Each $15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 20. 20. 20. $15. 15. IS. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 20. 20. 20. $15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 20. 20. 20. 5000A Aluminum will be supplied as two parallel runs. ADDITIONS SHORT-CIRCUIT RATINGS -- PLUG-IN DUCT EXPANSION FITTINGS Expansion fitting labor only charge does not include duct footage. The expansion fitting is built into a 5 foot straight length and cannot be ordered separ ately. Limit of expansion or contraction is 1 Yz ins. REDUCER (UNFUSED) Unfused reducers are used to reduce from a higher amperage busway to a lower amperage. Labor only prices are listed in table and do not include duct footage. Reducers are built into a straight length of duct. Price each rating of duct to the centerline of reducer and include the labor only price of the high er rating. NOTE: Local inspection rulings or Nation al Electric Code Article 364 govern the use of un fused reducer. END CLOSURE End closures for busways Type AP 225-600A. and CP 226-800A. extend 4 inches beyond end of duct run. All-other end closures extend 5 inches beyond end of duct run. "JOINT PACKAGE ASSEMBLY l-LINE busway does not require joint packages. All conductor connection parts are assembled to the duct ends. JOINT TIE CHANNELS Joint tie channels are shipped with each piece of busway except -- Cat. #AJC-1 adapter tie channels are required to connect feeder duct to plug-in duct of like current rating and number of poles. One set of adapter tie channels, Cat. #AJC-1, will be fur nished at no charge for each feeder to plug-in joint connection. Order separately. TELESCOPIC JOINT ASSEMBLY Telescopic joint assemblies are not available. HANGERS All l-LINE busway is U/L listed for 10 foot hanger spacing in the flatwise (normal) mounting position and in the vertical mounting position. I-LINE bus way is U/L listed for 10 foot hanger spacing in the edgewise mounting position except as follows: Type AP 225 A and CP 225A........................................... .................................................... 5 foot maximum spacing Type AP 400 A and CP 400A, 600A.............................. ........... requires Cat. #ACP-2-SC for 10 foot spacing Type AP 600 A and CP 800A........................................... ............requires Cat. #ACP-3-SC for 10 foot spacing Support channels Cat. #ACP-2-SC and ACP-3-SC will be furnished at no charge if requested at time of order entry. Hangers are packaged separately with one hanger being furnished for each 10 feet of duct. If less than 10 foot hanger spacing is required additional hang ers will be shipped no charge if entered with order. If sway bracing is required, order Cat. #HP-1-SBC at $1.00 each. Nameplate Rating Amperes Aluminum 225 400, 600 800, 1000 1350 1600 2000, 2500 Copper 225 400, 600, 800 1000 1350, 1600 2000 2500, 3000 SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING -- AMPERES NEMA Standard Type AP d CP Type APH d CPH Symmetrical 14,000 22,000 22,000 42,000 42.000 65.000 Asymmetrical 15,000 25,000 25.000 50.000 50.000 75.000 Symmetrical 20,000 22,000 42,000 42,000 65,000 65,000 Asymmetrical 23,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 75,000 75,000 Symmetrical 42,000 65,000 65,000 85,000 85,000 Asymmetrical 50,000 75,000 75,000 100,000 100,000 PRICING To obtain price of APH d CPH busway, price as AP'or CP and and add as follows Add 10% to total footage price. Add 10% to footage price of plug in duct straight lengths only. Add 5% to footage price of plug in duct straight lengths only. SHORT-CIRCUIT RATINGS -- FEEDER DUCT All ratings of feeder duct are braced for 100,000 amps, symmetrical. For ratings above 100,000 amps -- consult factory. Reduced Capacity Cable Tap Boxes: If reduced capacity cable tap boxes are required; i.e., 1000 amp. tap box on 4000 amp. duct, price from table. Tap boxes are factory assembled and include Square D standard lugs. If special lugs are required, add special lug charge. Prices do not include duct footage. Vertical E-Z Stack Taps: Price from table includes connection box and connectors for adjacent-mounted Vertical E-Z Stack. Tap Off Device Mounted on Duct: To price QMB fusible switch es or molded case circuit breakers mounted on feeder duct, add connection charge and device charge from tables. The connection charge includes neutral lugs for 1 0, 3W. and 30, 4W. systems, but does not include duct footage. Unit mounting height will be deter mined by the number of devices and spaces priced but cannot ex ceed 24 inches. Refer to pages 79 and 83 for individual device heights. If additional height is required, price as panelboard moun ted on duct. Overcurrent devices through 225 amp. are plug-in; above 225 amp. are bolt-on. TAP OFF CONNECTION CHARGE Rating (Amp.) 3 Pole 10, 3W. 30, 3W. 4 Pole 30, 4W. 400 $ 108. 800 173. $ 140. 238. MODIFICATIONS AND COMPONENTS VERTICAL E-Z STACK TAPS AND REDUCED CAPACITY CABLE TAP BOXES System Service 10, 2W. 10, 3W. 30, 3W. 3Q>, 4W. E-Z Stack 600 A. $170. 202. 400 A. $130. 162. 162. 194. Cable Tap Box 600 A. 800 A. $138. 170. 170. 202. $146. 178. 178. 214. 1000 A. $156. 188. 188. 226. OVERCURRENT DEVICE (Add Connection Charge from Table at Left) Devices QMB Fusible Switch FA Cir- FA cuit KA Breaker LA MA Rating (Amp.) 100 200 400 600 15-50 70-100 125-225 250-400 500-600 240 V. AC 2P 3P $ 67. 112. 246. 383. $ 86. 157. 356. 503. $ 82. 96. 220. 364. 566. $ 95. 110. 260. 451. 731. 480 V. AC 2P 3P $ 67. 151. 335. 437. $ 86. 201. 454. 551. $ 91. 106. 220. 364. 566. $105. 121. 260. 451. 731. 600 V. AC 2P 3P $ 67. 151. 335. 437. $ 86. 201. 454. 551. $100. 117. 220. 364. 566. $117. 134. 260. 451. 731. Space Only $ 37. 46. 70. 70. $ 31. 37. 46. 70. 70. PACT Q9 \. SCHEDULE E2 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000227 design leadership I-LINE# BUSWAY TOTALLY ENCLOSED GREAT VERSATILITY Wall or Floor Flange -- 225 through 2500 amp......................................... Each $ 35. 3000through 5000 amp................................................ 50. Internal Vapor Barrier (required when duct passes through exterior wall or roof)...................................................................................................... 75. Roof Flange (weatherproof)........................................................................................... 250. Includes: Interna! Vapor Barrier and Flange Collar............................................... 75, Drip Hood Attached to Duct........................................................................ 100. Roof Collar (attaches to roof)...................................................................... 75, Lugs other than Square D manufacture..................................................................... Each (Applies to Transformer Taps, Tap Boxes, Service Heads, etc., when non-standard lugs are required) 500 MCM 750 MCM 1000 MCM $ 9. 15. 18. Fire Barrier.................................................................................................................. No charge Ground Bus Mounted on Duct Copper x 4' Ve" x 4' k' x 4" Price per Foot $ 4. 8. 16. ADDITIONS ML or QMB Panelboard Mounted on Duct -- Price the complete panelboard (factory assembled type only) from the Digest or latest SP Green Sheets. Add both panelboard provisions charge and duct connection charge from the tables below. PANELBOARD PROVISIONS CHARGE - Add to Duct Price Panelboard System 200 A. Panelboard Mains Rating 400 A. 600 A. 800 A. 1(D,2W, 10,3 W. 30, 3 W. 30, 4 W. $ 112. 138. 138. 170. $ 118. 146. 146. 178. $ 124. 154. 154. 186. $ 130. 162. 162. 194. DUCT CONNECTION CHARGE -- Add to Panelboard Price Panelboard System 200 A. Panelboard Mains Rating 400 A. 600 A. 10, 2 W. 10, 3 W. 30, 3 W. 30, 4 W. $ 90. 110. 110. 130. $ 110. 130. 130. 150. $ 130. 160. 160. 190. 800 A. $ 180. 240. 240. 300. TRANSFORMER TAPS -- PRICING TAP REQUIREMENTS System 1 Transformer 3--10 Transformers Connected in Delta 3--10 Transformers Connected in Wye Rating of Duct (Amperes) Price Each Tap Group (See Tap Requirements Table) Note: Add $100. to footage charge for non-standard dimensions. 2 Tap Group 3 Tap Group 4 Tap, Yi N Group 4 Tap, FN Group 10, 2 W. 10, 3 W. 30, 3 W. 30, 4 W. 1--2 Pole 1--3 Pole 1--3 Pole 1--4 Pole 3--2 Pole 2--2 P. & 1--3 P. 3--2 Pole 3--2 Pole Price does not include duct footage. Figure duct footage price from actual job dimensions. Use standard dimensions whenever possible. Note that taps need not be located directly above transformers for cable connections. If non-standard dimensions are required, price actual footage and add $100. Price of taps includes lugs; if lugs other than standard Square D manufacture are required, add charges from "Lugs" section above. The transformer tap is 7 inches long; if addi tional bussing is required, add price for bus extension. 600 800 1000 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 J 94. 101. 116. 132. 159. 179. 207. 241. 277. 320. $117. 126. 147. 172. 190. 220. 264. 311. 365. 400. $120. 129. 153. 177. 201. 228. 276. 330. 382. 450. $124. 132. 159. 183. 210. 237. 287. 340. 400. 500. TRANSFORMER TAPS -- DIMENSIONS ARRANGEMENT 1 (3-10 Transformer) ARRANGEMENT 2 (1-30 Transformer) | UjU UjLI ' UlLl [---- A' I B --j-- B A" C 7L mnrv L-j D I I I I f--D'--]4 4 4 4 D" A A D -- dimension to centerline of joint. A'AD' -- dimension to centerline of flatwise elbow or tee. A' 4 D' -- dimension to centerline of edgewise elbow. B -- centerline dimension between 2 pole taps. C -- dimension to end of duct equals width of one phase bar plus 8 inches. Dimension shown is approximate. Rating of Duct (Amperes) Dimensions -- Inches Min mu m (Increase in 4" ncrements only) A A' A" D D' D' B Standard C D" 600 800 1000 30 18 30 28 12 8 42 11 8 or 28 30 18 30 28 12 8 42 11 8 or 28 30 18 30 28 12 8 48 12 8 or 28 1350 1600 2000 30 22 30 28 12 8 48 14 8 or 28 30 22 30 28 14 8 48 11 8 or 28 30 22 30 28 14 8 60 13 8 or 28 2500 3000 4000 5000 30 26 42 28 16 8 60 14 8 or 28 30 26 42 28 16 8 72 13 8 or 28 30 32 42 28 20 8 72 14 8 or 28 30 32 42 28 20 8 72 14 8 or 28 Available at end of duct run only. For 3-pole tap, dimension from end of duct to first tap is 8 inches. Consult factory for dimensions of 5000 amp. aluminum. SERVICE HEADS -- DIMENSIONS AND STOCKING INFORMATION yjr WIDTH Of DUCT PIUS 2$ INCHES STOCK SERVICE HEADS In exact dimensions shown below and in Aluminum only 800 amp. through 2000 amp. Other arrangements and ratings are order only. ~wz / S*` \--wWIOTH OF DUCT PLUS 2% INCHES Service heads are factory assembled and include lugs. For lugs other than Square D standard add special lug charge. Ser vice head arrangements shown are standard. If other arrangements are required, consult factory. FLATWISE SERVICE HEAD Stock item in 800 thru 2000 amp. with L =>52'. L dimension can vary in 4' increments from 48' to 112' on special order. Specify wall thickness and location. FLATWISE SERVICE HEAD WITH EDGEWISE ELBOW Stock item in 800 thru 2000 amp. with L = 44' and H = 18'. L dimension can vary in 4' increments from 32' to 68' on special order. H dimension can vary in 1' increments from 18' to 48' on special order. Specify wall thickness and location. VERTICAL SERVICE HEAD L dimension can vary in 4' increments from 44' to 112'. Specify roof thickness and location. Vapor barrier will be loca ted 8' above top of roof. ORDER ONLY I FLANGE COLLAR 6 --VAPOR BARRIER t -- ROOF LINE JOINTS V SCHEDULE E2 DISCOUNT PAGE 93 SQD SLV 000228 design leadership I-LINE8 BUSWAY I-LINE BUSWAY PLUG-IN UNITS ONLY -- REFER TO PAGE 98 FOR TYPES APD AND SD UNITS PLUG-IN UNITS FUSIBLE SWITCH PLUG-IN UNITS FLOOR OPERABLE -- QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK Rating Amps. 240 V. AC -- 250 V. DC *2P-2 Fuse 3P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 120/208 V. AC 4P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Price 600 V. AC *2P-2 Fuse 3P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 30 PQ-2203 $ 45. PQ-3203 $ 55. PQ-4203 $ 65. PQ-2603 $ 47. PQ-3603 $ 56. 60 PQ-2206 50. PQ-3206 59. PQ-4206 69. PQ-2606 54. PQ-3606 63. 100 PQ-2210 76. PQ-3210 88. PQ-4210 98. PQ-2610 80. PQ-3610 91. 200 PQ-2220 134. PQ-3220 159. PQ-4220 174. PQ-2620 148. PQ-3620 162. 400 PQ-2240 278. PQ-3240 384. PQ-4240 414. PQ-2640 293. PQ-3640 384. 600 PQ-2260 482. PQ-3260 530. PQ-4260 583. PQ-2660 511. PQ-3660 557. 277/480 V. AC 4P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Price PQ-4603 PQ-4606 PQ-4610 PQ-4620 P0*4640 PQ-4660 $ 68. 73. 107. 180. 414. 583. *Two pole units are supllied with A0 and C<p connections. If A-B or B-C con nections are required, order 3 pole units. Fusible Switch Plug-in Units can be plugged in at any opening of aluminum or copper plug-in duct. Plug-in units with 600 A. switches plug into any 2 adjacent openings spaced 24" apart. Units rated 400 A. require space of two openings. Add suffix "LB" to Catalog Number of plug-in units with switch ratings of 200 A., 400 A., and 600 A. when units are to be supplied as lug to bus main switches; e.g., PQ-3640-LB. Class J Fuses -- Add suffix "J" to catalog number <600 V. and 277/480 V. only) for Class J fuse provisions. For 2, 3 or 4 pole units, 30 through 400 amp., add $5. price per unit. For 2 pole, 600 amp. unit, add $30. for 3 or 4 poles, 600 amp. unit, add $45. Unfused Units -- Use price of 250 V. fusible switch units for either 250 V. or 600 V. application. CIRCUIT BREAKER PLUG-IN UNITS -- FLOOR OPERABLE Type of Bkr. Bkr. Frame Amps. Trip Rating Amps. 240 V. AC --125/250 V. DC 2 Pole 3 Pole Cat. Cat No. Price No. Price 120/208 V. AC 30, 4W Cat. No. Price Type of Bkr. Bkr. Frame Amps. Trip Rating Amps/1 600 V. AC -- 250 V. DC 2 Pole 3 Pole Cat. Cat. No. Price No. Price 277/480 V. AC 30 4W Cat. No. Price FA 100 (240 V.) 15 , 20 30 40 PFA-22015 PFA-22020 PFA-22030 PFA-22040 $ 65. 65. 65. 65. 50 PFA-22050 60 PFA-22060 70 PFA-22070 100 PFA-22100 65. 93. 93. 93. PFA-32015 PFA-32020 PFA-32030 PFA-32040 $ 86. 86. 86. 86. PFA-32050 PFA-32060 PFA-32070 PFA-32100 86. 105. 105. 105. PFA-32015-N PFA-32020-N PFA-32030-N PFA-32040-N $ 99. 99. 99. 99. PFA-32050-N PFA-32060-N PFA-32070-N PFA-32100-N 99. 118. 118. 118. 15 PFA-26015 $102. PFA-36015 $122. PFA-36015-N $135. 20 PFA-26020 102. PFA-36020 122. PFA-36020-N 135. 30 PFA-26030 102. PFA-36030 122. PFA-36030-N 135. 100 40 PFA-26040 102. PFA-36040 122. PFA-36040-N 135. FA (600 V.) 50 PFA-26050 102. PFA-36050 122. PFA-36050-N 135. 60 PFA-26060 119. PFA-36060 138. PFA-36060-N 151. 70 PFA-26070 119. PFA-36070 138. PFA-36070-N 151. 100 PFA-26100 119. PFA-36100 138. PFA-36100-N 151. of Bkr. Bkr. Frame Amps. Rating Amps. 480 V. AC - 250 V. DC 2 Pole 3 Pole Cat. Cat. No. Price No. Price 277/480 V. AC 30, 4W Cat. No. Price 125 150 KA 225 175 (600 V.) 200 225 PKA-26125 PKA-26150 PKA-26175 $264. 264. 264. PKA-26200 PKA-26225 264. 264. PKA-36125 PKA-36150 PKA-36175 $311. 311. 311. PKA-36200 PKA-36225 311. 811. PKA-36125-N PKA-36150-N PKA-36175-N $324. 324. 324. PKA-36200-N PKA-36225-N 324. 324. 15 PFA-24015 S 93. PFA-34015 $110. PFA-34015-N $123. 20 PFA-24020 93. PFA-34020 110. PFA-34020-N 123. 30 PFA-24030 93. PFA-34030 110. PFA-34030-N 123. 100 40 PFA-24040 93. PFA-34040 110. PFA-34040-N 123. FA (480 V.) 50 PFA-24050 60 PFA-24060 70 PFA-24070 100 PFA-24100 93. 108. 108. 108. PFA-34050 PFA-34060 PFA-34070 PFA-34100 110. 124. 124. 124. PFA-34050-N PFA-34060-N PFA-34070-N PFA-34100-N 123. 137. 137. 137. 250 PLA-26250 $581. PLA-36250 $667. PLA-36250-N $686. LA 400 300 PLA-26300 581. PLA'36300 667. PLA-36300-N 686. (600 V.) 350 400 PLA-26350 PLA-26400 581. 581. PLA-36350 PLA-36400 667. 667. PLA-36350-N PLA-36400-N 686. 686. 500 PMA-26500 $760. PMA-36500 $903. PMA-36500-N $953. MA 800 600 PMA-26600 760. PMA-36600 903. PMA-36600- N 953. (600 V.) 700 PMA-26700 886. PMA-36700 1107. PMA-36700-N 1157. 800 PMA-26800 886. PMA-36800 1107. PMA-36800-N 1157. Two pole units are supplied with A <p and C 0 connections. Add suffix to designate other connections, if desired; e.g., PFA-2230-BC. Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units can be plugged in at any opening of aluminum or copper plug-in duct. Plug-in units with 800 A. frame circuit breakers plug into any 2 adjacent openings spaced 24" apart. Units rated 400 A. require space of two openings. Add Suffix "LB" to Catalog Number of plug-in units with circuit breaker trip ratings of 225 A. and above when units are to be supplied as lug to bus main breakers; e.g., PLA-36400-LB. PAGE 94 SCHFDULE El DISCOUNT SQDSLV 000229 design leadership I-LINE' BUSWAY I-LINE BUSWAY UNITS ONLY -- DO NOT USE FOR TYPES APD AND SD BUSWAY MOTOR STARTER AND MAGNETIC CONTACTOR PLUG-IN UNITS PLUG-IN UNITS AND CUBICLES NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 Max. Hp Rating -- 3 Phase 240 V., V.f AC 440/S50 V., AC 3 7/2 15 30 5 10 25 50 Motor Starter Units With Fusible Disconnect Switch Amps. 30 60 100 200 Catalog Number PCS-8538-C PCS-8538-( PCS-8538-( PCS-8538-( ) ) ) ) Price $ 223. 234. 300. 490. Breaker Amps. 20 30 70 100 With Circuit Breaker Catalog Number Price PCS-8539-C PCS-8539-C PCS-8539-( PCS-8539-( ) j ) ) $ 234. 242. 328. 45S. Magnetic Contactor Units With Fusible Disconnect Switch Amps. Catalog Number Price 30 PMC-8502-( ) $ 223. 60 PMC-8502-( ) 234. 100 PMC-8502-( ) 300. 200 PMC-8502-( ) 490. LIGHTING CONTACTOR PLUG-IN UNITS *Lighting Contactor Units With Fusible Disconnect Amps. 30 60 100 Catalog Number PMC-8903-( ) PMC-8903-( ) PMC-8903-( ) Price e 1 frT' 45W'* *480 Volts Maximum. ADDITIONS Description Pilot Light-- Red............................................................. Pilot Light -- Green......................................................... Control Circuit Transformer.......................................... Additional Electrical Interlock..................................... Additional Thermal Overload Relay......................... Form Letter P-1 P-2 FT X J Price Each Size 0 <5L 1 Size 2 $ 36. 36. 28. 15. 8. $ 36. 36. 31. 15. 13. Size 3 $ 36. 36. 46. 15. 24. Ordering Instructions: 1. Devices shown above are 3-pole, 3-<f>, 60 cycle, full-voltage, single speed, non-reversing. Select Catalog Number from table. Obtain suffix column headed "General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 1 Type 1" from starter or contactor Digest page; e. g., PCS-8539-CG-13 is a starter unit for use with a 5 Hp, 3 pole, 220 volt motor. 2. Specify Hp, voltage, phases, frequency, and full load current of motor. Specify fuse clip size when ordering Class 8502 or Class 8903 units. 3. If control voltage is different from line voltage, specify control voltage and frequency. 4. For additions or special features, select Form Letter from table and list on order immediately following Catalog Number. . CAPACITOR PLUG-IN UNITS -- (For 1-Line Plug-In Duct Only) With 3P. Fusible Switch With 3P. Circuit Breaker 3 4> Capac itor KVAR Amps. *230 V. AC 60 Cycle Cat. No. Price Amps. *460 V. AC 60 Cycle Cat. No. Price Amps. 230 V. AC 60 Cycle Cat. No. Price Amps. 460 V. AC 60 Cycle Cat No. Price 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0 30 PC-3203-5K $650. 30 PC-3603-5K $490. 30 PC-32030-5K $720. 15 PC-36015-5 K $620. 60 PC-3206-7K 790. 40 PC-32040-7 K 860. 30 PC-3603-10K 640. 30 PC-36030-1 OK 770. 60 PC-3606-15K 690. 40 PC-36040-15K 820. Capacitor plug consists of a 3P. fusible switch> or 3P. circuit breaker connected ahead of 3 phase capaci tor unit having discharge resistor for draining the stored charge in accor dance with N.E.C. rulings. Capacitors should not be connect ed in circuit under light or no-load conditions. *600 Volt Fuses must be furnished by customer for 230 V. and 460 V. Capacitor Plugs. Note--Prices cannot be used for 575 V. applications. GROUND INDICATOR PLUG-IN UNITS PLUG-IN UNITS -- MISCELLANEOUS 250 V. 3P. UNIT Cat. No. Price PGD-3200 $92. 575 V. 3P. UNIT Cat. No. Price PGD-3600 $92. Various types of plug-in units such as Transformers, and Plug-in Panelboards are also available. For further information contact your nearest Square D Field Office. ADAPTOR CUBICLES I SCHEDULE El DISCOUNT _ ' FUSIBLE SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKER Rating Amps. 240 V. AC 3P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Labor and Switch 120/208 V. AC 4P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Labor and Switch 600 V. AC 3P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Labor and Switch 277/480 V. AC 4P-3 Fuse Catalog Number Labor and Switch 600 V. AC 3 Pole Catalog Number Labor and Switch 277/480 V. AC 3<p-4 Wire Catalog Number Labor and Breaker 200 400 600 800 1000 PQ-3220-BB PQ-3240-BB PQ-3260-BB PQ-3280-BB PQ-32100-BB $ 546. 637. 743. 1022. 1242. PQ-4220-BB PQ-4240-BB PQ-4260-BB PQ-4280-BB PQ-42100-BB $ S83. 693. 806. 1108. 1380. PQ-3620-BB PQ-3640-BB PQ-3660-BB PQ-3680-BB PQ-36100-BB $ 583. 702. 823. 1084. 1324. PQ-4620-BB PQ-4640-BB PQ-4660-BB PQ-4680-BB PQ-46100-BB $ 618. 765. 899. 1179. 1477. PKA-36225-BB PLA-36400-BB PM A-36600-BB PM A-36800-BB PM A-361000-BB $ 756. 894. 1328. 1512. 1750. PKA-46225-BB PLA-46400-BB PM A-46600-BB PM A-46800-BB PM A-461000-BB $ 786. 937. 1363. 1560. 1800. Adapter Cubicles are used to join two sections of unlike ratings of busway in accordance with the National Electrical Code Ruling, Article 364. Prices shown are for switch or breaker and labor only; duct footage price must be added to obtain complete device price. Refer to Green Price Sheet DB 148 numerical listing for complete device price. When ordering by oatalog number add suffix AP, CP, AF or CF for type of busway and suffix LR or RL for left-to-right or right-to-left feed (i. e., PQ-3260-BB-AP-RL) POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER ADAPTOR CUBICLES FOR PLUG-IN & FEEDER DUCT Frame Size...................................................................... 600 A. 1600 A. 3000 A. 4000 A. Power Circuit Breaker Adapter Cubicles--Fig- Amps. Rating................................................................. 250-600 A. 800-1600 A. 2000-3000 A. 4000 A. table for breaker desired. Price covers single break- MANUALLY OPERATED j 2 Pole -- 2 Coil 3 Pole -- 3 Coil $ 2410. 2610. i 3860. 4270. ing, enclosure, duct openings, connection pullbox, anu an necessary connections. Where two adaptors are huilt into same ouhirle, price as two separate devices. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED 2 Pole -- 2 Coil ' """ 3 Pole -- 3 Coil $ 2825. 3115. 5 4936. 5370. $ 8410. 9860. $11,920. 13,870. same price as 3-pole unit. Main or Branch Breaker -- Use Power Circuit ter of unit. bCHCDULE E2 DISCOUNT PAGE 85 SQD SLV 000230 . . design leadership I-LINE' BUSWAY DIMENSIONS FOR STRAIGHT LENGTHS & ELBOWS PAGE 96 D SQD SLV 000231 design leadership . . . I-LINE BUSWAY DIMENSIONS FOR TEE FITTINGS SQD SLV 000232 design leadership PLUG-IN UNITS FOR TYPES APD & SD PLUG-IN DUCT ONLY Refer to Page 94 for Units for l-LINE Plug-in Duct PLUG-IN AND CLAMP ON UNITS PLUG-IN AND CLAMP-ON UNITS -- CIRCUIT BREAKER <^0Vn duct? * SD 240 V. AC -- 125/250 V. DC Type of Bkr. Bkr. Frame Amps. 2 Pole Cat. No. Price 3 Pole Cat. No. Price ML E 15 SD-76215 $ 65. SD-76315 $ 86. 20 SD-76220 65. SD-76320 86. 30 SD-76230 65. SD-76330 86. 40 SO-76240 65. SD-76340 86. 50 SD-76250 65. SD-76350 86. ML1 70 SD-75270 100 SD-75216 93. SD-75370 105. 93. SD-75316 105. 120/208 V. AC 3^, 4 W. Cat. No. Price SD-76915 SD-76920 SD-76930 SD-76940 SD-76950 $ 99. 99. 99. 99. 99. SD-75970 U8. SD-75916 118. 480 V. AC 277/480 V. AC Type of Bkr. Bkr. Frame Amps. 2 Pole Cat. No. Price 3 Pole Cat. No. Price 30, 4 W. Cat. No. Price ML1 EH 15 SD-71215 $ 93. SD-71315 $110. SD-71415 $123. 20 SD-71220 93. SD-71320 110. SD-71420 123. 30 SD-71230 93. SD-71330 no. SD-71430 123. 40 SD-71240 93. SD-71340 110. SD-71440 123. 50 SD-71250 93. SD-71350 no. SD-71450 123. 70 SD-71270 100 SD-71216 108. SD-71370 124. SD-71470 137. 108. SD-71316 124. SD-71416 137. 800 V. AC -- 250 V. DC 277/480 V. AC Type of Bkr. Bkr. Frame Amps. t2 Pole Cat. No. Price 3 Pole Cat. No. Price 30, 4 W. Cat. No. Price 15 SD-75615 $ 102. SO-75715 $ 122. SD-75415 $ 135. 20 SD-75620 102. SD-75720 122. SD-75420 135. 30 SD-75630 102. SD-75730 122. SD-75430 135. ML1 F 40 SD-75640 102. SD-75740 122. SD-75440 135. 50 SD-75650 102. SD-75750 122. SD-75450 135. 70 SD-75670 U9. SD-75770 138. SD-75470 151. 100 SD-75616 U9. SD-75716 138. SD-75416 151. 125 SD-78617 264. SD-78717 311. SD-78417 324. 150 SD-78618 264. SD-78718 311. SD-78418 324. ML3 J 175 SD-78619 264. SD-78719 3n. SD-78419 324. 200 SD-78626 264. SD-78726 311. SD-78426 324. 225 SD-78627 264. SD-78727 3U. SD-78427 324. 250 SD-67628 581. SD-67728 667. SD-67428 686. LA LA 300 SD-67636 581. SD-67736 667. SD-67436 686. 350 SD-67638 S81. SD-67738 667. SD-67438 686. 400 SD-67646 581. SD-67746 667. SD-67446 686. ^FOLLOWING UNITS ARE CLAMP-ON (See Footnote Cu. or Al. > 500 SD-69656 MA MA 600 SD-69666 700 SD-69676 800 SD-69686 760. 760. 886. 886. SD-69756 SD-69766 SD-69776 SD-69786 903. 903. U07. 1107. SD-69456 SD-69466 SD-69476 SD-69486 953. 953. U57. U57. Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units can be plugged in at any opening of copper or aluminum plug-in duct. 400 A. Plug-in unit plugs into any 2 adjacent openings spaced 24' apart. *f*For 2 pole, 250 V. dc, 100 A. Frame size plugs, add suffix letters "DC" to catalog numbers in this group. 225 A. and 400 A. plug-in units can be supplied as lug-to-bus main breakers by adding suffix letters "LB" to standard catalog numbers. sfeCircuit Breaker clamp-on units can be bolted to busses of plug-in duct be tween any two straight sections, or at the end of a plug-in duct run. When using at end of run, order an end closure. When ordering clamp-on unit specify end or center type and rating of duct to which unit will be connected. Clamp-on units can be supplied as lug to bus main breakers by adding suffix letters "LB" to standard catalog numbers. NOTE: Above clamp-on unit catalog numbers apply only to units for connecting to COPPER plug-in duct. For connecting to ALUMINUM plug-in duct, use prefix "APD" instead of "SD" in catalog number. When ordering clamp-on units, specify catalog number of duct involved. PLUG-IN UNITS -- FUSIBLE (SAFLEX) COVER OPERATED -- (FOR TYPES APD & SD PLUG-IN DUCT) Rating Amp. 30A 60 A I00A 200A 240 V. AC -- 250 V. DC 2P 2 FUSE 3P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-9251 S D-9252 SD-9253 S D-9254 Price $ 37. 39. 52. 119. Cat. No. SD-9351 SD-9352 SD-9353 SD-9354 Price $ 41. 45. 58. 131. 120/208 V. AC 4P 3 FUSE Cat. No. S D-9451 SD-9452 SD-9453 SD-9454 Price $ 51. 55. 68. 148. 600 V. AC 2P2 FUSE 3P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-9241 SD-9242 SD-9243 SD-9244 Price $ 39. 41. 54. 126. Cat. No. SD-9341 SD-9342 S D-9343 SD-9344 Price $ 43. 47. 66. 144. 277/480 V. AC 4P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-9441 SD-9442 SD-9443 SD-9444 Price $ 53. 57. 76. 162. Fusible Switch Plug-In Units -- 30 to 200 A. can be plugged in at any opening of plug-in duct. Units are horsepower rated. Untused Switch Units -- When required, use price of 250V. fusible switch units for either 250V. or 600V. application. PLUG-IN UNITS -- FUSIBLE (QMB) TYPE A &-- (for types apd so plug-in duct) Rating Amp. 30A 60 A 100 A 200A 400A 600A 240 V. AC -- 250 V. DC 2P 2 FUSE 3P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-2203 S D-2206 SD-2210 SD-2220 SD-2240 SD-2260 Price $ 45. 50. 76. 134. 278. 482. Cat. No. SD-3203 SD-3206 SD-3210 SD-3220 SD-3240 SO-3260 Price $ 55. 59. 88. 159. 384. 530. 120/208 V. AC 4P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-4203 SD-4206 S D-4210 S D-4220 SD-4240 SD-4260 Price $ 65. 69. 98. 174. 414. 583. 600 Vf. AC 2P 2 FUSE 3P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-2603 S D-2606 SD-2610 SD-2620 SD-2640 SD-2660 Price 5 47. 54. 80. 148. 293. sn. Cat. No. SD-3603 SD-3606 SD-3610 S D-3620 S D-3640 SD-3660 Price $ 56. 63. 91. 162. 384. 557. 277/480 \f. AC 4P 3 FUSE Cat. No. SD-4603 SD-4606 SD-4610 S D-4620 SD-4640 SD-4660 Price $ 68. 73. 107. 180. 414. 583. Fusible Switch Type A Plug-in Units -- 30 to 200 A. can be plugged in at any opening of plug-in duct. Horsepower ratings are the same as on QMB panel units. The 400 A. and 600 A. units plug into two openings in the duct, 24' apart. 200 A., 400 A., and 600 A. can be supplied as lug-to-bus plug-in main switches by adding suffix letters "LB" to above catalog numbers. ' Class J Fuses -- Add suffix -- J to catalog number (600 V. and 277/480 V. only) for Class J fuse provisions. For 2, 3, or 4 pole units 30 through 400 amp., add $5. price per unit. For 2 pole, 600 amp. unit, add $30. for 3 or 4 pole, 600 amp. unit, add $45. Unfused Units -- Use price of 250 V. fusible switch units for either 250 V. or 600 V. application. PAGE 98 SCHEDULE El DISCOUNT ' SQD SLV 000233 design leadership . . . POWER-STYLE" SWITCHBOARDS Power-Style Switchboards are designed for use as service entrance equipment for power and lighting distribution in industrial, commercial and institutional type buildings. The unlimited range of available equipment coupled with the following features makes this the finest and most com plete line of switchboards avaialbe. DEVICES AVAILABLE: Molded Case Circuit Breakers in group or Individually mounted construction; 2000 ampere maximum. QMB Fusible switches up to 1 200 amperes. QMB Molded Case Circuit Breakers. QMB Motor Starters to control motors. Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers up to 4000 Amperes. Bolt-Loc Bolted Pressure Contact switches up to 4000 amperes. Metering equipment for Power Company or customer's use. 1-Line Bus Duct connections for plug-in or feeder duct. CONSTRUCTION: Die formed steel framework, welded and bolted together. Removable rolled edge steel plates. Indoor or weatherproof enclosures. Standard depths from 14* to 60". AMPERE RANGE: MAIN BUS SIZE Service Section Type: 400 -- 2000 Amperes Multi-Section Type: 400 -- 4000 Amperes SERVICE SECTION SWITCHBOARDS -- Single Section Service Section Switchboards are single frame switchboards with a maximum of 2000 ampere main bus and containing overcurrent protection for distribution circuits. In addition, current transformer compartments may be included where required. The photographs below illustrate only a portion of the many types of Service Section switchboards combinations. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND CURRENT TRANSFORMER COMBINATION Main circuit breaker. Hot sequence current transformer compartment. Molded case branch breakers. 14" deep enclosure. QMB FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND MOLDED CASE MAIN BREAKER Molded Case Main Breaker for Top Feed. QMB Fusible Branch distribution switches. 14" Deep Enclosure. BOLT-LOC SWITCH AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Bolt-Loc fusible main switch. Molded Case Circuit Breakers through 1000 amperes. POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER AND POWER COMPANY METER COMPARTMENT Utility metering compartment with provisions for current trans formers and with meter sockets for meters. 1 600 Ampere main power cir cuit breaker provides overcur rent protection. MAIN BREAKER AND POWER COMPANY METER COMPARTMENT Hot sequence current transfor mer compartment with meter soc ket and test facilities. Main Molded Case Breaker. QMB FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND QMB MOTOR STARTERS Distribution Switchboard with QMB fusible switches. QMB Motor Starters Control Motors. Auxiliary Section for incoming cable entrance to main bus. Price quotations available from your local field engineer PAGE 99 SQD SLV 000234 . . . design leadership POWER-STYLE0 SWITCHBOARDS Multi-Section Type Multi-Section Switchboards usually consist of more than one frame and contain bussing for large services 400 -- 4000 amperes. Any combina tion of metering with main and branch overcurrent protective devices is available to serve Individual requirements. The photographs below illustrate a small portion of the many available types and combinations. BOLT-LOC AND QMB FUSIBLE SWITCHES 3000 Ampere main Bolt-Loc switch feeds distribution circuits. Metering and ground detector lamps serve customer requirements. Branch QMB fusible switches serve to disconnect and protect circuits leaving the switchboard. QMB MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND QMB MOTOR STARTERS QMB Molded Case Circuit Breakers are cover interlocked with the QMB motor starters. QMB Motor Starters serve to control and protect motors. QMB Motor Starters can be grouped with QMB fusible switches. POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH UTILITY METER COMPARTMENT 1 600 Ampere main power circuit breaker. Utility Company metering compartment with provisions for current transformers. Branch molded case circuit breakers provide a dis connect means and overcurrent protection to feeder circuits. BOLT-LOC SWITCH AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH CURRENT TRANSFORMER COMPARTMENT Hot sequence utility company metering compart ment with provisions for current transformers. Main Bolt-Loc fusible switch. Branch molded case circuit breakers. Price quotations available from your local field engineer PAGE 100 D SQD SLV 000235 design leadership . . . POWER-ZONE UNIT SUBSTATIONS & SWITCHGEAR Square D offers a complete line of Power-Zone Unit Substations, high voltage load interrupter switchgear and metal enclosed low voltage drawout switchgear. Power-Zone construction incorporates the applicable standards of NEMA, ASA, and AIEE, plus many extras for better service and system reliability. POWER-ZONE PACKAGE UNIT SUBSTATIONS Very compact, yet versatile in design and application to accommodate a large variety of indoor application requirements. This sub-station Is popular in schools, office buildings, shopping centers, factories and department stores. Transformer diagrammatic nameplate lists all NEMA transformer name plate information. load Interrupter Switch Cublde contains 600 ampere, 2 position, fused load break switch, with quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism. Dust protective cover over transformer permits ventilation to the transformer - mounted behind and barriered from the circuit breakers and exclude entry of falling dust into the transformer. Safety glass viewing window permits visual inspection of switch blades and fuses. Forced air cooling and high temperature alarm (optional) increases transformer capacity 33'/3% with alarm to prevent overloading. Hinged fuse access door is mechanically interlocked with the load interrupter switch operating handle. Steel barriers isolate the load interrupter switch, transformer and low voltage circuit breaker sections from each other to provide the best in safety. Switch nameplate ratings listed in full detail Permanently mounted switch operating handle has provision for padlocking. Molded Case Circuit Breakers or Fusible switches are mounted compactly in front of the transformer. Transformer rotary tap changers for de-energized tap changing are accessible through the mechanically interlocked fuse access door which can be opened only when the switch is open. Incoming ventilation to the transformer. Four inch welded base under entire substation permits jacking, skidding, or rolling in any direction. One piece shipment reduces possibility of job site errors and saves job site labor in not assembling separate shipping sections. Dimensions -- Depth -- 36*, Width -- 76", Height -- 79'/j* (4.8 KV Dimensions shown) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS -- (See Catalog Section 6110 for detailed description). Sizes -- 75-500 (667 *) KVA, 3 phase, (^Forced air cooling available to increase capacity 33'/3%). Primary voltages -- Up to 13.8 KV. Secondary voltages -- Up to 600 volts. Sound Levels: 4.8 KV; 50 DB up through 300 KVA, 53 DB for 500 KVA. 1 3.8 KV; 52 DB up through 1 50 KVA, 55 DB through 500 KVA. Front Accessibility -- Rear may be placed against wall to conserve space. Transformer -- Class H insulation, 150 C rise. Four adjustable high-voltage taps -- Accessible through front. Ventilation -- Through front and top. High-voltage termination -- With air interrupter switch or oil cutouts -- fused or unfused. Low voltage section -- With molded case circuit breakers, QMB fusible switches, QMB circuit breakers, QMB motor starters and/or instrumentation. Sizes: 4.8 KV; 76" wide, 26" deep, 79Vi" high. 13.8 KV; 86" wide, 36" deep, 79Vi" high. Will pass through normal industrial doorways. D Price quotations available from your local field engineer. PAGE 101 SQD SLV 000236 . . . design leadership POWER-ZONE UNIT SUBSTATIONS & SWITCHGEAR Square D offers a complete line of Power-Zone Unit Substations, high voltage load interrupter switchgear and metal enclosed low voltage drawout switchgear. Power-Zone construction incorporates the applicable standards of NEMA, ASA, and AIEE, plus many extras for better service and system reliability. HIGH-VOLTAGE LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR To control the high-voltage circuits popular in so many modern distribution systems, Square D offers Load Interrupter Switchgear using high voltage switches and fuses to provide a safe, convenient and economical means for handling high-voltage power. Safety glass viewing window permits visual inspection of all components. Permanently mounted switch operating handle has provisions for padlocking. Stored energy spring closing of switch permits application of switch to systems capable of delivering high fault currents. Switch nameplate ratings listed in full detail. Hinged fuse access door is mechanically interlocked with the load interrupter switch operating handle. Top and bottom ventilating grilles provide adequate ventilation. Channel iron sills permit rolling on pipe rollers. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Voltage up to. 1 3.8 KV. Incoming and outgoing cable termin ations -- pothead if required. Type HVL load-break load interrup ter switches -- fused or unfused. High-voltage main bussing. Components completely enclosed in Vb " thick steel housing. Facilities for high-voltage metering. Indoor or weather-proof construction. (See Catalog Section 6140 for detailed description). Thro Boy Load interrupter Switchgear with Fused Feeder Switches POWER-ZONE LOAD CENTER TYPE UNIT SUBSTATIONS Designed and manufactured to meet any load center unit substation requirements, this equipment combines high-voltage sections, trans former sections, with low-voltage sections of switchgear, switchboards or motor control centers tailored to the system needs. LOW-VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED DRAWOUT SWITCHGEAR For increased systems reliability and easier equipment maintenance on systems up to 600 volts, Square D offers Low-Voltage MetalEnclosed Switchgear. Drawout construction enables low-voltage pow er circuit breakers to project from their enclosures for quick, safe in spection, adjustment or replacement. See Catalog Section 6130 for detailed description. page: 102 N_ Price quotations available from your local field engineer. n JJ SQD SLV_000237 design leadership . . . CONTROL , BRAKES, LIMIT STOPS, DISCONNECTS THE MOST COMPLETE LINE FOR CRANES * YOUNGSTOWN SAFETY LIMIT STOPS Power type disconnects motor from the line. Quick-make, quick-break high interrupting contacts. Tripping point unaffected by stretch ing of hoist cables. Resets automatically when hoist controller is moved to lower. Small, com pact for easy mounting on crane trolleys. These Class 6170 Limit Stops are built in sev eral sizes for single motor hoists, in duplex style for 2-motor hoists of both ac and dc cranes. MANUAL-MAGNETIC DISCONNECTS The fastest, safest way to interrupt AC & DC Crane Power. Operable from two locations -- remotely by push button located ^n the crane cab or at the point where operator leaves the crane where the disconnect is normally mounted. Easy to operate. High interrupting capacity. Provides auxiliary functions . . . elec trical interlocks for crane signal lights and other purposes. Bulletin 6140 lists many sizes for ac and dc cranes. ELECTRIC FOOT BRAKES Eliminates hydraulic brake troubles. Provides for slowdown or quick stop from foot master. Parking feature applied by Push Button. Being all-electric. Class 5060 AT Brakes are well suited for man-trolley and floor-operated cranes, coke pushers and transfer cars. Popu lar companion to well-known Class 5000 Type WB Magnetic Brakes for hoist motions of cranes. Both AT and WB Brakes built for ac and dc cranes. FRONT-CONNECTED MAGNETIC CONTROL Permits inspection and mainten ance from the front. Saves room by mounting against girders or shafts ... no clearance required at rear. Available with Transis torized TIME-CURRENT Accel eration for DC Cranes . . . Class 6100. Load-controlled flexibil ity -- a popular feature of Time-Current Control aids in taking the swing out of the load ed crane hook. COMPACT MAGNETIC CONTROL Better than manual control, for small capacity cranes and for small trolley motors. Being mag netic, crane can be arranged for normal cab operation, also from pendant push button in off-hours. Cuts maintenance of motor, control ler and crane by automatic control of acceler ating and plugging functions. Available up to 55 hp, 230 volts in DC Class 6132 style. Also built for floor and cab-operated AC Cranes in many hp sizes as shown in Bulletin 6431. HsReg. Trademark of Square D Co. canpak (Power Amplifier) -ILOADI^- *STATA AC CRANE CONTROL Uses CORPAK Power Amplifiers which use only one winding for power and control. Physically smaller ... faster responding ... more efficient. Operation can be stepless or stepped where lower initial cost is desired. Bulletin 6401 de scribes STATA Control for AC cranes. *TAB-WELD RESISTORS The original welded plate resistor section de signed to eliminate burning at grid-eyes and at tap-plates. Built In continuous capacities up to 500-amperes carrying capacity. Plates are corrosion-resistant alloy steel and have a stable resistance value at cold and working temper atures. Bulletin 6715 lists all sizes. SPEED CONTROL MASTER SWITCHES Class 9004 Master Switches are available in Type VM vertical and Type CM cam styles. Each has short-throw from off to full on posi tions for easy operation. Narrow width per mits grouping of several Masters within easy reach of the operator. Mill accessory Master Switches are small, compact units for crane and mill drives where fewer number of speedpoints are satisfactory. All Class 9004 Masters are designed for mounting individually or into consoles or bench type control stations. AC FREQUENCY RELAY MAGNETIC CONTROL Provides safe, positive operation of AC woundrotor motors because acceleration, plugging and speed-limiting functions are accurately controlled by one set of Frequency Relays, operating In a resonant circuit from the motor slip frequency. This exclusive Class 6400 con trol permits maximum torque without spinning crane wheels . . . allows low torque points on 2-line bucket cranes for smoother handling without danger of overspeeding. PAGE 103 SQD SLV 000238 . . . design leadership CONTROL SYSTEMS Manufacturing facilities to design and assemble special industrial control systems, regardless of size or scope, are available in 1 6 modern plants throughout the United States. Similar facilities have been established in Canada, Mexico, England and Australia. Single controls or complex control systems can be built not only to meet a customer's particular requirement but also to comply with various industry standards such as J.I.C. and N.M.T.B.A. Examples of such special applications are illustrated on these pages. Square D Company's field offices throughout the United States are staffed by highly trained engineers who are able to assist and advise on your control system requirements. RAPAC POSITIONING SYSTEM Square D's jJeRAPAC digital positioning system combines accuracy with highspeed operation to meet the rigid requirements of the automatic decoiling and cut-to-length lines. This equip ment is designed specifically to convert coil stock to sheets at high production rates with no sacrifice in accuracy. If you have an application which calls for fast, highly accurate positioning. Investigate RAPAC. Both digital and analog systems are available. DESCALING LINE, powered by DC motors, uses several proven and exclusive control systems to regulate leveling, trimming, tension, coil build-up and speed regulation including jogging operations. Engineered by Square D, this line is typical of many successful systems applications. CONVEYOR CONTROL Conveyor Control is depicted by the Flow Chart Panel on the right. AC motors of 440 and 2300 volts are coordinated into a single STATIC system attended by one operator at the Flow Chart Panel. 4=CORPAK power amplifiers are used to give an adjustable rate of torque rise for smooth starting. PAGE 104 UNLOADERS handling ore, stone, coal, sugar, etc. throughout the world are equipped with Square D Control Systems. Some are AC or DC constant po tential. Others are adjustable voltage using motor generator sets. The first completely static control using AC wound rotor motors was designed and built by Square D Company. Square D Company's experience in unloader control systems, coupled with the highest quality components, insure the finest possible operation. *Reg. Trademark of Square D Co. SQD SLV_000239 *NORPAK CONTROL FOR BUTTWELD PIPE MILL Skelp rolls at the beginning of the line pass through the leveller prior to entering the flash butt-welding machine. The Welder Control panel is mounted In a control room. The person sta tioned at the operator's desk controls welding and entry movements. design leadership . . . CONTROL SYSTEMS BATCH MATERIAL HANDLING -- this console serves as the nerve center for an underground material handling system in a cement plant. The flow diagram on the console indicates the complexity of the conveyor system which distributes the materials in proper amounts and to the desired locations. From his console desk, the operator remotely controls the various distribution needs for the underground cement mill operation. CHEMICAL PLANT CONTROL CENTER Many motor drives are op erated from this single Motor Control Center installation. Complete flexibility with adequate interlocking be tween drives of varying HP are readily accomplished by a Square D Motor Control Center. CEMENT MILL KILN DRIVE, operated over a wide speed range from a 2300 volt power supply, is accomplished by *STATA Control with jJcCORPAK Power Amplifiers. This exclusive system provides lower initial cost with reduced maintenance, because circuit and speed changes are accomplished statically. jfcReg. Trademark of Square D Co. AERIAL TRAMWAY, powered by 2300 volt motors, Is statically operated by Square D Control which applies high torque for start-up and rapid slow down in 2 steps by electric eyes at the dumping and charging zones. Reversing by CORPAK Power Amplifiers eliminates wear associated with magnetic contactors. PAGE 105 SQD SLV 000240 . . design leadership MANUAL STARTERS FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER - MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS CLASS 2510 Fractional horsepower manual starters are used whenever it is desired to have overload protection as well as Off-On control of small ac single phase or dc motors. The motor is started at line voltage. The open starter without pilot light fits in a standard switch or conduit box, and can be used with a standard flush plate. STARTERS (SINGLE-BOX) 115-230 VOLTS AC AND DC No. of Poles Features Gen. Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting NEMA Type 1 Type Price AG-1 * $ 7.50 AG-3 13. AG-7 8.50 AG-5 14. Gen. Purpose Flush Mounting Type Price AF-1 $ 7. AF-3 12.50 AF-7 8. AF-5 13.50 Gen. Purpose Flush Mounting With Stain less Steel Flush Plate Water-tight A Dust-tight Enclosure NEMA Types 4 A 5^ Type Pric e Type Price AF-18 $ 7.50 AF-19 13. AW-1 $24. AW-3$ 59. Class I Groups B, C A D A Class II Groups E, F A G NEMA Types 7 A 9* Open Type (With Nameplate) Type Price Type - AO-3 Price * fi.sn 17. AR-1 $24. Open Type With Ivory Colored Handle (With Nameplate) Type Price AO-11 AO-13 12. AW-5 26. AR-5 26. AG-18 Key operated with pilot light 4* AG-20 AG-2* AG-4 AG-8 9.50 AF-9 15. AF-11 8.50 AF-2 14. AF-4 9.50 AF-8 9. AF-22 14.50 8. AF-20 13.50 AF-21 9. AW-7* 61. 9.50 8.50 14. AW-2 25. AR-2 AO-5 8.50 AO-7 14. AO-2 * 7.50 AO-12 7.50 AO-4 13. 13. 25. 2 Pilot light A handle guard 4*- AG-6 15. AF-6 14.50 AW-4$ 60. AW-6 27. AR-6 27. AW-8* 62. Key operated.............................. AG-19 Key operated with pilot light 4* AG-21 10.50 AF-10 16. AF-12 10. AF-23 15.50 AF-24 10.50 16. AO-6 AO-8 9.50 15. Prices include one overload relay thermal unit. Deduct $1.00 if thermal unit is omitted. NEMA, Type 1 enclosures have knockout at each end. NEMA Types 4-5 and 7-9 enclosures have one %" conduit hub at either top or bottom as standard, or at both top and bottom where listed with two hubs. Flush-mouniiny sutlers do not include box. In flush-mounting types without pilot light, single starters will fit 1-gang wall box. *f*Neon pilot light suitable for 115 or 230 V. 4:Pilot light unit is separate from starter unit in these types. Standard packaging quantity -- 10. No. of Poles ELECTRICAL RATINGS Volts Max . HP AC Single Phase DC 115 or 230 1 Kz 2 115 or 230 1 1 CDevices with selector switch are not satisfactory for dc operation. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number of starter. 2. Horsepower, voltage, and full load current rating of motor. 3. Select melting alloy thermal units from table 1 on page 200. Type AG-7 PAGE 106 SCHEDULE OS-1 DISCOUNT Type AR-2 SQD SLV 000241 FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER design leadership MANUAL STARTERS MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS DOUBLE BOX CLASS 2510 STARTERS (DOUBLE-BOX) 115-230 VOLTS AC AND DC No. of Poles Features One--2 Pole Starter One--"Auto-Off-Hand" Selector Switch One--2 Pole Starter with Pilot Light One--"Auto-Off-Hand" Selector Switch Two--2 Pole Starters One--2 Pole Starter Two--2 Pole Starters, each 2 with Pilot Light *f* One--2 Pole Starter with Pilot Light One--2 Pole Starter One--Pilot Light One--2 Pole Key Operated Starter One--Pilot Light Two--2 Pole Key Operated Starters each with Pilot Light T1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting NEMA Type 1 Type Price AG-10 $18. General Purpose Flush (Cavity) Mounting Type Price AF-16 $17. General Purpose Flush Mounting With' Stainless Steel Flush Plate Type Price AF-31 $18. AG-15 AG-12 AG-14 AG-16 AG-17 AG-23 * 24. AF-15 20. 12.50 31. AF-17 19. 19. AF-25 * 23. 30. 18. AF-32 24. -- AF-27 $ 19. AG-24* 21. AF-26 $ 20. AF-28 $ 21. AG-22 35. Type AF-30 ELECTRICAL RATINGS No. of Poles Volts Max. HP AC Single Phase DC C 1 11 5 or 230 2 115 or 230 Vz 1 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number of starter. 2. Horsepower, voltage, and full load current rating of motor. 3. Select melting alloy thermal units from table 1 on page 200. TWO-SPEED TWO-SPEED STARTERS (TRIPLE-BOX) 115-230 VOLTS AC ONLY f) No. of Poles Features Starter Operator Two--1 Pole Starters One--"High-Off-Low" Selector Switch Toggle Key Two--1 Pole Starters each with Pilot LightT One--"High-Off-Low" Selector Switch Toggle Key Two--2 Pole Starters T oggte One--"High-Off-Low" Selector Switch Key 2 Two--2 Pole Starters each with Pilot Light f Toggle One--"High-Off-Low" Selector Switch Key General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting NEMA Type 1 Type- Price AG-33 $25. AG-37 29. AG-34 AG-36 AG-29 AG-38 36. 40. 27. 31. AG-30 AG-35 38. 42. General Purpose Flush Mounting With Stainless Steel Flush Plate Std. Plate A Jumbo Plate A Type Price Type Price AF-33 $25. AF-37 $28. AF-48 29. AF-50 32. AF-34 AF-46 AF-29 AF-49 36. AF-38 40. AF-47 27. AF-35 31. AF-51 39. 43. 30. 34. AF-30 AF-44 38. AF-36 42. AF-45 41. 45. Prices include one overload relay thermal unit per starter. Deduct $1*00 each if thermal units are omitted. Flush mounting starters do not include box. In flush-mounting types without pilot light:Double-box starters with stainless steel plate will fit 2-gang wall box, and two-speed starters will fit 3-gang wall box. AStandard plate is x Alfe*. Jumbo plate is 7/q" x 5I4*. fNeon pilot light -- suitable for 115 or 230 V. r|:Pilot light unit is separate from starter unit in these types. CDevices with selector switch are not satisfactory for dc operation. * Two-speed FHP starters are for 3-terminal motors only. ' SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT i PAGE 107 SQD SLV 000242 . . .design leadership AC MANUAL STARTERS & LOOM SWITCHES LINE VOLTAGE TYPE ICLASS 2510 2511 2512 AC MANUAL STARTERS Line voltage manual starters are used where it is convenient for the operator to start and stop small single phase or polyphase motors by pressing push buttons mounted in the cover of the starter enclosure. Low voltage protection and low voltage release are not available with the manually operated mechanism. Push Button Type Operation -- Melting Alloy Type Thermal Overload Relays__________________ 600 VOLTS MAX. ____ CLASS 2510 NON-REVERSING No. of Poles 2 3 Size M-0 M-l M-1P M-0 M-l Ratings Volts 115 230 115 230 115 230 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 Maximum Horsepower Poly Single Phase Phase 1 1/ v/2 3 3 6 2m 1 m 3 3m 53 m General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price BG-I $20. CG-1 25. CG-2 36. BG-2 26. CG-3 30. Water-tight and Dust-tight Enclosure NEMA Types 4-5 Type Price Water-tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type Price BW-1 $52. BW-11 $52. CW-1 64. CW-11 64. CW-2 78. CW-12 78. BW-2 67. BW-12 67. CW-3 89. CW-13 69. Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* Type Price BA-1 $27. CA-1 82. CA-2 43. BA-2 32. CA-3 37. Class I Group D or Class 11 Groups E, F & G NEMA Types 7 or 9 Type Price BR-1 $66. CR-1 78. CR-2 90. BR-2 71. CR-3 83. Open Type with Square Buttons - Type Price BO-1 CO-1 $18. 23. CO-2 34. B0-2 23. C0-3 28. 600 VOLTS MAX. 208-220 M-0 440-550 3 208-220 M-l 440-550 2 3 5 7/ CLASS 2511 BG-1 $75. BW-1 $122. BW-11 $122. CG-1 90. CW-1 154. CW-11 154. REVERSING BR-1 $158. BO-1 $69. CR-1 163. C0-1 84. 600 VOLTS MAX. CLASS 2512 TWO-SPEED 208-220 2 M-0 440-550 3 3 208-220 5 M-l 440-550 m BG-1 $75. BW-1 $122. BW-11 $122. CG-1 90. CW-1 154. CW-11 154. BR-1 $158. BO-1 $69. CR-1 163. CO-1 84. Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 1 on Page 200. Pilot light with red color cap in cover of NEMA 1 enclosure available at $15. additional, for Class 2510 Sizes M-0 and M-l, 2 or 3 pole only. Order as Form PI 1. Kit for field addition of pilot light available. See Page 196 for listing. These Two-Speed Starters are suitable for star-connected separate winding motors only. ^Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. LOOM SWITCHES Manual Starters for Textile Industry Applications Class 2510 Types R and S manual starters are particularly designed for severe service required of loom motor starters. They may be group fused if all motors are rated 2 hp or less. See Table 1, page 200, for maximum allowable fuse sizes. Low voltage protection and low voltage release are not provided. Toggle Lever Type Operation -- Protected Melting Alloy Thermal Overload Relays 600 VOLTS MAX. CLASS 2510 NON-REVERSING Ratings General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Lint-tight Enclosures NEMA Type 12 No. of Poles 2 3 4 Size Volts M-0 M-1 M-1 P M-0 M-1 M-0 M-1 115 230 115 230 115 230 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 Max. HP Poly phase 1/2 2 3 3 5 7/2 1/2 2 3 3 5 7/2 Single phase 1 1/2 1/2 3 3 5 1 1/2 2 1/2 3 5 Location of Line Terminals Top Bottom RG-1 RG-4 SG-1 SG-4 SG-7 SG-8 RG-2 RG-5 SG-2 SG-5 RG-3 RG-6 SG-3 SG-6 Price $ 20. 25. 36. 25. 30. 35. 42. Location of Line Terminals Top Bottom RA-1 RA-4 SA-1 SA-4 RA-2 SA-2 RA-3 SA-3 RA-5 SA-5 RA-6 SA-6 Price $ 27. 32. 32. 37. 42. 49. Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from $ . .Table 1 on Page 200. Mounting pedestals available -- #2559-C9-G2 for one starter, $6.00: #2559-Cl0-G2 for two starters, 12 00 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number of starter. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, and full load current rating of motor. 3. For starters in NEMA types 4, 5, 7 or 9 enclosures, specify conduit entry size and location if other than standard. Class 2510 Type BW-12 Class 2510 NEMA 12 industrial Use Enclosure Loom Switch in Lint Tight Enclosure PAGE 1D8 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV design leadership . . . AC MANUAL COMPENSATORS & DRUM SWITCHES Wired Drum Switch with Cover Removed REVERSING DRUM SWITCHES Class 2601 reversing drum switches may be used for across-the-line starting and the reversing of ac poly phase, ac single phase, or dc motors. They are compact and inexpensive but ruggedly constructed. The Type AG-3 breaks two lines to the motor; Types AG-1, AG-2 and BG-1 break three lines. These switches do not provide overload protection or low voltage protection. Maintained contact operation is standard. "Spring Return to Off" operation can be obtained by unscrewing the handle, removing the hub, and turning the shaft 180. The hub and handle can then be replaced. CLASS 2601 600 VOLTS MAX. AC, 250 VOLTS MAX. PC______________________ Size Internal Switching 3 Phase Wiring Diagram Volts Ratings Maximum Horsepower AC Single Phase AC Poly Phase General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price For. Off 115 230 110 220 II Rev. 115 1/2 230 2 s 110 220 440-550 Rev. Off 11 For. 115 1 230 1/2 / 110 220 440-550 D-1 Rev. Off 11 For. ss 115 230 110 220 440-550 l/2 3 It is recommended that these drum switches be mounted in the vertical position. 1/2 2 2 3 5 7/2 $ 11. Ya, toi $ 11. 14 *4 AG-2 $ 11. $ 30. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: 1. Class and Type number of drum switch. 2. Horsepower, voltage and phase of motor. Class 2605 Manual Compensator NEMA Type 1 Enclosure Manual Compensator with Top and Front Removed AC MANUAL COMPENSATORS Manual compensators are designed for starting ac squirrel cage motors when it is practical to have man ually operated control, but where inrush currents must be reduced or starting torque limited. Reduced voltage for starting is obtained through the windings of an autotransformer. Autotransformer Type Reduced Voltage Starters -- Oil-Immersed Contacts Low Voltage Protection -- Magnetic Overload Relays CLASS 2605 Maximum Horsepower Rating General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 Maximum Horsepower Rating General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 208-220 Volts 440-550 Volts Price "f* Price "f* 208-220 Volts 440-550 Volts Price T Price f 15 15 25 25 30 30 $375. 393. 407. $854. 872. 886. 50 50 100 $710. 429. 765. $ 1480. 908. 1535. f Prices are for 3-pole, 50-60 cycle compensators with 2 overload relays. For 2-phase, 3- or 4-wire, or 25-40 cycle applications, or compensators with 3 overload relays, refer to nearest Square D Field Office for prices. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Class number, horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles and full load current rating of motor. t See pages 114-121 for Class 7001 DC Magnetic Relays. CLASS 7001 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 109 SQD SLV 000244 design leadership MANUAL DIMENSIONS CLASS 2510 2601 MOTOR CONTROL APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Class 2510 Type* AO-1 and AO-2 Shipping Weight -- % Lb Class 2510 Type AG-1 through AG-4 Shipping Weight -- 1% Lbs Class 2510 Type AF-1 through AF-4 Shipping Weight -- 1 Lb Class 2510 Types BG & CG * Shipping Weight -- 5 Lbs Shipping Weight -- 3 Lbs Class 2510 Types BA & CA Shipping Weight -- 6 Lbs Class 2510 Types RG & SG Shipping Weight -- 6 Lbs PAGE 110 -fcSize V/2 uses 4-pole block. Class 2510 Types RA & SA Shipping Weight -- 6 Lbs Class 2601 Type AG Shipping Weight -- V/x Lbs SQD SLV 000245 design leadership . . HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL OIL BREAK 5000 VOLT MAXIMUM NEMA CLASSES El AND E2 FOR SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS NON-REVERSING, FULL VOLTAGE, With Disconnect Switch For Non-Hazardous and Class 1, Group D Hazardous Locations. 50-60 CYCLES, 3-PHASE CLASS 8130 CLASS 8131 Rating NON-HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS NEMA1 Enclosure DIVISION 1 HAZARD OUS LOCATIONS NEMA8 Enclosure DIVISION 2 SEMI-HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS Indoor Installation Outdoor Installation Max. HP 700 1000 1250 1500 Volt age 2200-2400 4000-4800 2200-2400 4000-4800 2200-2400 4000-4800 2200-2400 4000-4800 ANEMA Class E2 Type 1 Price AFH-1 CFH-1 $ 3800. 4950. BFH-1 CFH-1 4950. 4950. BFH-1 CFH-1 5550. 4950. BFH-1 DFH-1 5550. 6150. ANEMA Class El Type Price AM-1 CM-1 $ 5385. 6262. BM-1 CM-1 6677. 6262. BM-1 CM-1 6677. 6262. BM-1 6677. ANEMA Class El Type ,, Price AH-1 CH-1 $4506. 4847. BH-1 CH-1 5053. 4847. BH-1 CH-1 5053. 4847. BH-1 5053. ANEMA Class E2 Type Price AFH-1 CFH-1 $ 4600. 5200. BFH-1 CFH-1 5200. 5200. BFH-1 CFH-1 5800. 5200. BFH-1 5800. ANEMA Class El Type Price AT-1 CT-1 $ 4153. 4857. BT-1 CT-1 5445. 4857. BT-1 CT-1 5445. 4857. BT-1 5445. 2500 4000-4800 DFH-1 6150. All prices include "Start-Stop" push button station, self-contained control transformer, and oil. Class El prices also include "Reset" push button for magnetic reset of instantaneous trip of overload relays. INTERRUPTING RATING Class El -- 50,000 KVA (symmetrical) based on certified tests. Class E2 -- With current limiting fuses and contactors rated 50,000 KVA: See page 102 for interrupting ratings. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Specify Class and Type number of starter. 2. Supply basic facts for each starter.............refer to list at right for details. BASIC FACTS ON HIGH VOLTAGE STARTER ORDERS 1. Specify motor nameplate data: HP, volts, phase, fre quency, full load and locked rotor amperes. 2. Specify If "Start-Stop" push button is to be mounted on starters, or is for separate mounting. 3. For Synchronous Motors, supply field data on Form 1 2-21 (available at Square D offices) . . . power factor of motor . . . and dimension drawing of exciter field rheostat when same is to be mounted in starter. *, 4. Specify Modification and/or Special Features pertaining to each starter. SCHEDULE DS-3 DISCOUNT PAGE 111 SQD SLV 000246 design leadership HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL AIR BREAK. 5000 VOLT MAXIMUM . WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSES (NEMA E2) CLASS 8198 SQUIRREL CAGE MOTOR STARTERS FULL VOLTAGE, NON-REVERSING, STARTERS 2200 -- 2400 VOLTS Wall Mtd. w/Pull Box Motor Control Center Construction Max. HP Type Price Type Space Factor Installed Unit Price Separate Unit Price A 200 400 700 1000 1500 CFNG-1 $ 3300. 3400. 3600. 4750. 5350. CFN-1 $ 3200. 3300. 3500. 4650. 5250. $ 2850. 2950. 3150. 4300. 4900. Max. HP 1250 2500 4000 -- 4800 VOLTS Wall Mtd. w/Pull Box Motor Control Center Construction Type Price Type Space Factor Installed Unit Priced Separate Unit Price A CFNG-1 $ 4750. 5950. ' CFN-1 $ 4650. $ 4300. 1 5850. 5500. PRIMARY REACTOR, REDUCED VOLTAGE, NON-REVERSING STARTERS 2200 -- 2400 VOLTS Max. HP Type Motor Control Center Construction Space Factor $ Installed Unit Price Separate Unit Price Max. HP 50 $ 7700. 50 75 7800. 75 100 7800. 100 125 7900. 125 150 8100. ISO 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1250 CRN-1 8300. 8600. 8800. 9000. 9200. 9400. 10650. 10650. 10650. 12350. Available 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1250 1500 12550. 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 Type CRN-1 4000 -- 4800 VOLTS Motor Control Center Construction Space Factor $ Installed Unit Price $ 8750. 8750. 8950. 8950. 9150. 9450. 9450. 9950. 10250. 10250. 10950. 11150. 11850. 11850. 12450. 14350. 14850. 15350. 15950. 16450. Separate Unit Price Available SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR STARTERS FULL VOLTAGE, NON-REVERSING STARTERS 2200 -- 2400 VOLTS 4000 -- 4800 VOLTS Max HP Motor Control Center Construction Max. HP Motor Control Center Construction 1.0PF 250 500 700 1250 1500 1750 0.8 PF 200 250 400 900 1000 1250 1500 Type SFN-1 Space Factor $ 2 Installed Unit Price $ 5900. 6020. 6120. 6200. 6850. 7450. 7750. Separate Unit Price A $ 5550. 5670. 5770. 5850. 6500. 7100. 7400. 1.0PF 250 800 900 1250 1500 1750 3000 0.8PF 250 700 iboo 1250 1500 2500 Type SFN-1 Space Factor $ 2 Installed Unit Price $ 6750. 6850. 6850. 6850. 6850. 8350. 8450. Separate Unit Price A $ 6400. 6500. 6500. 6500. 6500. 8000. 8100. tj:All spaces must be available as adjacent spaces in the same vertical section. . Does not include charge for vertical sections. Single vertical section has 3 space units and is priced at $300. See "Example of Pricing" on next page. ASpace in framework must have provisions for unit. If space is unprepared refer to Modification Table (item 22) for necessary kit of parts. CURRENT LIMITING FUSE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY Volts 2200-2400 4000-4800 Interrupting Rating for 3 Phase, 60 Cycles 150,000 KVA (symmetrical) 250,000 KVA (symmetrical) PAGE 112 SCHEDULE DS-3 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000247 EHdesign leadership . . . 00 VOLT MAXIMUM WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSES (NEMA E2) IOOO IA POWtR SPACE FOR FUTURE TYPE CFN-I )000a*\pek *> BUS r J SPACE FOR FUTURE TYPE CFN-I 16 TYPE CFN-J o H se 33 i 26 i TYPE CFN-J a 1C TYPE CFN-I B B 33 33 Q | 2C J type cfn-i B Qj 'd <5 a E3 Q, 93 S' 9 FS* 1 CONTROL CENTER CONSTRUCTION Each vertical section (90" h. x 37" w. x 34" d.) will accommo date any of the following equip ment arrangements. 3 Full Voltage Starters for squirrel cage motors. 1 Reduced Voltage Starter for squirrel cage motor. 1 Synchronous and 1 Squirrel cage Starter (both full voltage). EXAMPLE OF PRICING Unit No. 1A IB Description Space for future Type CFN-1 (Modification Item 21) Type CFN-1 (400 HP 2300 volts) Ammeter (Modification Item 5) Voltmeter (Modification Item 7) Start-Stop pushbutton (Modification Item 1) 2-lndicating lights . . $30. (Modification Item 3) Price Breakdown $ 3300. 198. 198. N/C 60. ------------- > 1C Same as Unit IB........................................ 2A Same as Unit 1A........................................ 28 Same as Unit IB......................................... 2C Same as Unit IB......................................... 2 Vertical Sections @ $300...................... 2 1000 Amp. Power Bus. Sections @ $330. (Modification Item 17) Total List Price of Control Center......... CLASS 8198 Price $ 350. 3756. 3756. 350. 3756. 3756. 600. 660. $ 16,984 MODIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Description Space Factor $ PILOT DEVICES MOUNTED IN DOOR Start-Stop push button .................................... Hand-Off-Auto selector Switch ..................... Indicating Light (specify color)......................... Other push button units (price per operator)... 2PB 1PB 1PB 1PB METERING EQUIPMENT AC Ammeter........................................................... Ammeter transfer switch.................................... AC Voltmeter (connected to control trans- former)................................................................. Potential transformer 2200--2400 volts 60 cycles............................. 4000--4800 volts 60 cycles............................. Voltmeter transfer switch................................... -^Combination ammeter and voltmeter transfer switch............................................................ Watthour meter (drawout type)........................ ["Power factor meter.............................................. * Varmeter................................................................. Current transformer............................................. 1M 1 MS 1M AUX AUX IMS 1 MS 1WHM 1M 1M 1M 1CT POWER CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS Power bus 1000 ampere (per vertical section)............... 2000 ampere (per vertical section)............... Ground bus (per vertical section)..................... Spare fuses 2R, 3R or 4R each............................................ 6R or 9R each.................................................... 12R each............................................................. None None None 24R each............................................................. Price No Charge No Charge $ 30. 30. 198. 102. 198. 288. 388. 102. 204. 420. 400. 400. 400. 166. 330. 570. 57. 53. 124. 160. 2Sa\ Item No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 81 Description Space Factor $ POWER CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS (Continued) Preparation of empty compartment to make it suitable for future mounting of full voltage non-reversing starter............................... Kit of parts for making empty compartment suitable for mounting a full voltage non- reversing starter................................................ CONTROL CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS Third overload relay and necessary current transformer........................................................ Normally open contact on overload relay (per relay)................................................................... Electrical Interlocks Total of 2 NO and 2 NC including holding circuit................................................................... Over 2 NO and 2 NC to a maximum of 4 NO 1CT None None Control relay 4 pole.............................................. Control relay 8 pole.............................................. Mechanically latched control relay, 4 pole maximum............................................................ Pneumatic timer................................................... Motor driven timer.............................................. Time delay under voltage circuit..................... Mounting and wiring of exciter field rheostat (Limited to a maximum of one 13" plate). . IPS IPS IPS IPS 2PS IPS 1 RH ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT Class 8198 Type HJ-1 contactor jack for re- moving and transporting contactor................ Price $ 350. 350. 186. 25. No Charge 64. 76. 116. 90. 100. 176. No Charge 50. 256. f When any of these modifications are requested either 2 potential transformers (Item 8) or a separate potential bus must also be included. .When both Item No. 1 and No. 2 are required, Item No. 2 must be priced at $30. $The number of Modifications is limited by the mounting space available on the door-panel or in each section. Send sketch of section and modifications desired for recommendation on maximum number that can be supplied with each starter. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Specify Class and Type number of each starter. 2. For Control Center Construction, supply arrangement sketch of each vertical section. 3. If starter is for installation in existing Control Center vertical section, supply nameplate data of same. 4. Supply basic facts for each starter..........refer to list on page 1 04 for details. WALL MOUNTING STARTERS 30" High 37" Wide 34" Deep Ql S o' o' o' o' ) qj J For applications which require only a single full voltage squirrel cage motor starter a Class 8198 Type CFNG-1 starter can be sup plied. A separate pull box is provided for convenience during in stallation. SCHEDULE DS-3 DISCOUNT PAGE 113 SQD SLV 000248 design leadership AC & DC MAGNETIC RELAYS CLASS 7001 8501 The Class 8501 Type A and BH and Class 7001 Type Q and R machine tool relays feature contact reliability, convenient accessibility along with easy contact convertibility. Type C relays are small general purpose types. CLASS 8501 TYPE A -- AC RELAY 25-60 Cycles_______ 10 Ampere 6-600 Volts No. of Poles 2 4 6 No. of Poles N. O. 2 0 3 2 0 4 3 2 1 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 No. of Poles N. C. 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 General Purpose Enclosure N EM A Type 1 Type A AG-20 AG-11 AQ-02 A AG-30 AG-21 AG-12 AG-03 A AG-40 AG-31 AG-22 AG-13 AG-04 A AG-60 AG-51 AG-42 AG-33 AG-24 AG-15 AG-06 Price S 18. 21. 21. 21. 24. 24. 24. 23. 26. 26. 26. 26. 33. 36. 36. 36. 36. 38. 38. Open Type Type A AO-20 AO-11 AO-02 A AO-30 AO-21 AO-12 AO-03 A AO-40 AO-31 AO-22 AO-13 AO-04 AO-60 AO-51 AO-42 AO-33 AO-24 AO-15 AO-06 Price $ IS. 18. 18. 18. 21. 21. 21. 20. 23. 23. 23. 23. 30. 33. 33. 33. 33. 35. 35. CLASS 7001 TYPE Q -- PC RELAY 6-250 Volt Dc Coils* 600 Volts Max. No. of Poles No. of Poles N.O. No. of Poles N.C. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Open Type Type Price 2 2 0 QG-20 $ 29. QO-20 $ 26. 3 3 0 QG-30 33. QO-30 30. 4 4 0 QG-40 35. QO-40 32. 5 50 6 6 0 QG-60 48. QO-60 45. CClass 7001 Type R dc relay also available. Contacts suitable for 600 volts. For coil voltages above 250, consult the factory. A Devices with all normally open contacts are built in order only. CLASS 8501 TYPE BH -- AC RELAY O 25-60 Cycles 15 Ampere 6-600 Volts No. of Poles No. No. of of Poles Poles Norm. Norm. Open Closed General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Open Type Type Price 2 0 ABHG-20 S 24. ABHO-20 $ 21. 2 1 BHG-11 27. BHO-11 24. 0 2 BHG-02 27. BHO-02 24. 3 0 ABHG-30 $ 27. ABHO-30 $ 24.' 2 1 BHG-21 30. BHO-21 27. 2 BHG-12 30. BHO-12 27. 0 3 BHG-03 30. BHO-03 27. 4 0 ABHG-40 5 29. ABHO-40 $ 26. 3 1 BHG-31 32. BHO-31 29. 4 2 2 BHG-22 32. BHO-22 29. 3 BHG-13 32. BHO-13 29. 0 4 BHG-04 32. BHO-04 29. 5 0 ABHG-50 $ 38. ABHO-50 $ 35. 4 1 BHG-41 41. BHO-41 38. 3 2 BHG-32 41. BHO-32 38. 2 3 BHG-23 41. BHO-23 38. 1 4 BHG-14 41. BHO-14 38. 0 5 BHG-05 43. BHO-05 40. 6 0 ABHG-60 $ 43. A BHO-60 $ 40. 5 1 BHG-51 46. BHO-51 43. 4 2 BHG-42 46. BHO-42 43. 6 3 3 BHG-33 46. BHO-33 43. 2 4 BHG-24 46. BHO-24 43. 1 5 BHG-15 48. BHO-1 5 45. 0 6 BHG-06 48. BHO-06 45. 8 0 A BHG-80 $49. ABHO-80 $ 46. 7 1 BHG-71 52. BHO-71 49. 6 2 BHG-62 52. BHO-62 49. 5 3 BHG-53 52. BHO-53 49. 4 4 BHG-44 52. BHO-44 49. 3 5 BHG-35 54. BHO-35 51. 2 6 BHG-26 54. BHO-26 51. 1 7 BHG-17 54. BHO-17 51. 0 8 BHG-08 54. BHO-08 51. for stock. Devices with normally closed contacts are built to 25-60 CYCLES CLASS 8501 TYPE C -- AC RELAY SINGLE AND DOUBLE POLE No. of Poles Normally Open No. of Poles Normally Closed 10 20 1 02 0 10 1 10 1 Max. Coil Volts 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 Max. Ampere Contact Rating Volts * 277 15t 277 10 277 10 277 10 277 15 + 277 10 277 10 277 10 600 5 277 10 600 5 AC Pilot Duty VA^ 690 345 345 345 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 Maximum Single Phase Horsepower 115 V. 230 V. %1 A /2 A /2 A k2 %1 |/2 % Ka % K2 H 14 % General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price CG-1 $ 8. CG-2 CG-3 CG-4 11. 12.50 12.50 CG-5 8.50 CG-11 9.50 CG-12 11. Open Type Type Price CO-1 $ 5.50 CO-2 CO-3 CO-4 8.50 10. 10. CO-5 6. CO-11 7. CO-12 8.50 CG-13 10. CO-13 7.50 CG-14 11.50 CO-14 9. 300 volts maximum on 25 cycles. :The ac continuous ampere rating is based on a 75% power factor. "fDouble break contacts. The ac pilot duty va rating is based on a 35% power factor. Maximum current from 0 to 115 volts for 690 va rated devices is 6 amps, break and 60 amps, make and for 345 va rated devices is 3 amps, break and 30 amps. make. Class 8501 Type BHO-40 Type CO-2 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Specify Class and Type number of relay. Give voltage and frequency of operating coil. PAGE 114 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000249 design leadership . . . AC & DC MACHINE TOOL RELAYS MULTIPOLE, 10 AMPERE Class 8501 Type D compact machine tool relays are available with from 2 to 10 contacts In the combinations listed below. This line of long life relays has tilted terminals with pressure wire connectors for ease of wiring. The relay can be disassembled quickly and easily for maintenance by loosening only two screws. CLASS 8501 -- TYPE D -- AC RELAY j CLASS 7 001 I 8501 50-60 CYCLES10 AMPERES Description 2 Pole, Single Throw........................................... 2 Pole, Single Throw........................................... 2 Pole, Double Throw....................................... . 4 Pole, Single Throw........................................... 4 Pole, 2 Double Throw..................................... 6 Pole...................................................................... 6 Pole...................................................................... 8 Pole..................................... ................................ 8 Pole, 2 Double Throw..................................... 8 Pole...................................................................... 8 Pole, 2 Double Throw..................................... No*of Contacts Normally Open 2 0 2 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 No*of Contacts Normally Closed 0 2 2 0 2 4 /o 2 4 0 2 Open Type Type DO-20 DO-02 DO-22 DO-40 DO-42 DO-44 DO-60 DO-62 DO-64 DO-80 DO-82 Price 513. 16. 18. 17. 23.50 23.50 25. 33. 35. 30. 41. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type DG-20 DG-02 DG-22 DG-40 DG-42 DG-44 DG-60 DG-62 DG-64 DG-80 DG-82 Price 516. 19. 21. 20. 27. 27. 28. 36. 38. 33. 44. Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type DW-20 DW-02 DW-22 DW-40 DW-42 DW-44 DW-60 DW-62 DW-64 DW-80 DW-82 Price 5 33. 36. 54. S3. 60. 60. 61. 69. 71. 66. 77. 600 VOLTS MAX. Class 1 Group D Class 2, Groups E. F and G NEMA Type 7-9 Type DR-20 DR-02 DR-22 DR-40 DR-42 DR-44 DR-60 DR-62 DR-64 DR-80 DR-82 Price $ 69. 72. 74. 73. 80. 80. 81. 89. 91. 86. 97. CLASS 8501 -- TYPE D -- AC RELAY OPERATED TIMER 50-60 CYCLES__________________ Description Number of Instantaneous Contacts Time Delay after Deenergization (Off Delay) Time Delay after Energization (On-Delay) 2 Pole, Double Throw............................... 4 Pole, 2 Double Throw........................... 2 Pole, Double Throw............................... 4 Pole, 2 Double Throw........................... N.O. 2 4 2 4 N.C. 2 2 2 2 Double throw contacts must be used on same polarity. "Slip-On" connectors are available on all terminals at a $1.00 addition per relay. *f*The timing range is adjustable from 0.2 seconds to one minute. t Number of Timed Contacts N.O. N.C. 11 11 11 11 Open Type Type DDO-22 D DO-42 DEO-22 DEO-42 Price $ 60. 70. 60. 70. 00 VOLTS MAX. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price D DG-22 $ 70. DDG-42 80. DEG-22 70. DEG-42 80. CLASS 7001 -- TYPE D -- DC RELAY 6-250 VOLT DC COILS* 600 VOLTS MAX. Description 2 Pole, Single Throw........... 2 Pole, Single Throw........... 2 Pole, Double Throw.......... 4 Pole, Single Throw........... 4 Pole, 2 Double Throw.. . . 8 Pole....................................... 6 Pole...................................... 8 Pole....................................... 8 Pole, 2 Double Throw.. . . 8 Pole...................................... 8 Pole, 2 Double Throw.. . . Number of Contacts Normally Normally Open Closed 20 02 22 40 42 44 60 62 64 80 82 Open Type Type DO-20 DO-02 DO-22 DO-40 DO-42 DO-44 DO-60 DO-62 DO-64 DO-80 DO-82 Price 5 18. 21. 23. 22. 30. 30. 32. 40. 42. 37. 48. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price DG-20 $ 21. DG-02 24. DG-22 26. DG-40 25. DG-42 33. DG-44 33. DG-60 35. DG-62 43. DG-64 45. DG-80 40. DG-82 51. Contacts suitable for 600 volts. For coil voltages above 250, consult the factory. TYPE D RELAY -- ELECTRICAL CONTACT RATINGS Volts 0-115 115-600 AC Pilot Duty Rating $ Make Break 60 amps. 6 amps. 6900 VA 690 VA Volts 0- 26 27-125 126-600 DC Pilot Duty Rating 10 amp. 250 VA 125 VA rfcThe ac pilot duty rating is based on 35% power factor. The ac continuous ampere rating is 10 amperes based on 75% power factor. The dc pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED -- 1. Specify Class and Type number of relay and voltage and frequency of operating coil. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT ! PAGE 115 SQD SLV 000250 . design leadership AC & DC MAGNETIC RELAYS TOTALLY ENCLOSED CONTACTS --10 AMPERES TYPE F -- TWO POLE DOUBLE THROW A variety of mounting and wiring styles, an internal pilot light, exceptionally long life, and excellent contact reliability make this relay ideally suited for all control systems (See Page 1 20 for dimensions). SO, 60 CYCLES or DC No. of Poles 2 Pole Double Throw Description * Type of Wire Termination Pressure Wire Connectors Binder Head Screws Slip On Connectors Plug-In $ MAX. CONTACT RATING 277 VOLTS AC -- 250 VOLTS DC $ AC CLASS 8501 DC CLASS 8501 With Pilot Light Type Price Type Price No FO-22 $ 12.00 FDO-22 $12.00 Yes FO-22P 13.50 FDO-22P 13.50 No FBO-22 12.00 FBDO-22 12.00 Yes FBO-22P 13.50 FBDO-22P 13.50 No FSO-22 12.00 FSDO-22 12.00 Yes FSO-22P 13.50 FSDO-22P 13.50 No FPO-22 12.00 FPDO-22 12.00 Yes FPO-22P 13.50 FPDO-22P 13.50 *All relays furnished with nylon dust cover. rfcPIug-in relay has a 125 volt maximum voltage rating. Max. coil voltage of 277 volts ac or 150 volts dc on all others. Industrial type, front connected receptacle available from Amphenol under their part #146-103-1004. Types FO and FDO With Pressure Wire Connectors TYPE P -- MULTIPOLE Each pole of this relay consists of a Class 9007 precision snap switch. Its contacts are totally enclosed making this relay ideal on applications where dust and dirt interfere with the opera tion of exposed contacts. (See page 121 for dimensions). 25-60 CYCLES or DC Description No. of Poles 2 3 4 6 8 CNumber of Contacts N.O. N.C 1 22 33 44 66 88 AC CLASS 8501 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type With Binder Head Screws Type Price Type Price PG-1 $ 21. PO-1 $ 18. PG-2 24. PO-2 21. PG-3 27. PO-3 24. PG-4 30. PO-4 27. PG-6 38. PO-6 35. PG-8 44. PO-8 41. 277 or 600 VOLTS MAX. DC CLASS 7001 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type With Binder Head Screws Type Price Type Price PG-1 $ 27. PO-1 $ 24. PG-2 30. PO-2 27. PG-3 33. PO-3 30. PG-4 36. PO-4 33. PG-6 44. PO-6 41. PG-8 50. PO-8 47. Types FPO and FPDO Plug-In OEach pole of the relay consists of an isolated normally open and normally cfosed circuit. Due to electrical clearance, the normally open and normally closed circuits of any one pole must be used on circuits of the same polarity. f One, two, three and four pole relays are rated 600 volts max. and the six and eight pole relays are rated 277 volts max. Coils, however, can be supplied for all Type P relays to 600 volts ac or 250 volts dc. Type PO-8 ELECTRICAL CONTACT RATINGS Volts 110 220 440 600 0-115 115-277 TYPE P -- 1-4 POLES AC Pilot Duty Amperes * DC Pilot Duty Amperes Make Break Volts Single Throw Double Throw 40 20 10 8 30 3450 VA 15 110 10 220 6 440 5 600 TYPE P -- 6-8 POLES 3 345 VA 115 230 1.0 0.3 0.5 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.1 Type Number FO, FBO, FSO FDO, FBDO, FSDO FPO, FPDO Volts 0-120 120-277 0-125 TYPE F AC Pilot Duty A * Make 60 Amps. 6900 VA. Break 6.0 Amps. 690 VA 60 Amps. 6.0 Amps. Volts 0-24 25-250 0-24 25-120 AThe ac continuous ampere rating is 10 amperes based on a 75% power factor. The dc pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. *The ac pilot duty rating is based on 35% power factor. DC Pilot Duty 10 Amps. 24 VA 10 Amps. 24 VA ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Specify Class and Type number of relay. Give voltage and frequency of operating coil. PAGE 116 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISC0UN1 SQD SLV 000251 i i design leadership AC & DC MACHINE TOOL RELAYS MULTIPOLE, CONVERTIBLE CONTACTS Standard Relay Four Pole Standard Relay Eight Pole Class 8501 Type G systems relays feature small size, convertible contacts, modular construc tion, timer and mechanically held attachments. These relays make their own duct channels and a simple duct cover is available. TYPE G -- AC RELAY CLASS 8501 50-60 CYCLES 300 VOLTS MAX. Total 2 3 4 6 8 8 10 12 Number of Contacts Convertible Fixed Normally Open Normally Closed Normally Open Normally Closed 2000 1 00 0 200 3 000 2 00 200 0 30 0 400 0 3 00 2200 30 0 0 400 6 00 0 5 00 4 20 0 3300 2 40 0 50 0 0 600 8000 7 1 00 6 200 530 0 440 0 3 500 2600 1 700 0 80 0 0 04 4 2 04 4 1 144 0 244 4044 31 44 2 24 4 1 344 0444 Open T) Type GO-20 GO-11 GO-02 GO-30 GO-21 GO-12 GO-03 GO-40 GO-31 GO-22 GO-13 GO-04 GO-60 GO-51 GO-42 GO-33 GO-24 GO-15 GO-06 GO-80 GO-71 GO-62 GO-53 GO-44 GO-35 GO-26 GO-17 GO-08 GO-00-G U-44 GO-20-GU-44 GO-11-GU-44 GO-02-GU-44 GO-40-GU-44 GO-31-GU-44 GO-22-GU-44 GO-13-GU-44 GO-04-GU-44 Price $ 12. 14. 14 14. 16. 16. 16. 16. 18. 18. 18. 18. 20. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 24. 26. 26. 26. 26. 26. 26. 26. 26. 18. 22. 24. 24. 26. 28. 28. 28. 28. General Purpose Enclosure NEMAType 1 Type GG-20 GG-11 GG-02 GG-30 GG-21 GG-12 GG-03 GG-40 GG-31 GG-22 G G-13 GG-04 GG-60 GG-51 GG-42 GG-33 GG-24 GG-15 GG-06 GG-80 GG-71 GG-62 GG-53 GG-44 G G-35 GG-26 GG-17 GG-08 GG-00-GU-44 GG-20-GU-44 GG-11-GU-44 GG-02-GU-44 GG-40-GU-44 GG-31 -GU-44 GG-22-GU-44 GG-13-GU-44 GG-04-GU-44 Price $ 15. 17. 17. 17. 19. 19. 19. 19. 21. 21. 21. 21. 23. 25. 25. 25. 25. 25. 25. 27. 29. 29. 29. 29. 29. 29. 29. 29. 21. 25. 27. 27. 29. 31. 31. 31. 31. Four Pole Relay with Universal Pole Attachment (12 Pole Relay) AC ELECTRICAL RATINGS Volts 0-120 120-277 Relay Contacts Pilot Duty Make Break 60 Amp. 6 Amps. 7200 VA 720 VA Amps. $ 10 10 Pneumatic Timer Contacts Pilot Duty Make Break Amps. 30 Amps. 3 Amps. 6 3600 VA 360 VA 6 $The ac continuous ampere rating is based on a 75% power factor. The ac pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. DC ELECTRICAL RATINGS Relay Contacts Volts Pilot Duty A Amps. 115 125 VA 5 230 125 VA , -5 ADC pilot duty is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. Pneumatic Timer Contacts Pilot Duty Amps. A Single Throw Double Throw .5 .2 .25 .1 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: 1. Class and Type Number. 2. Voltage and frequency of operating coil. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 117 SQD SLV 000252 design leadership AC & DC MACHINE TOOL RELAYS 300 VOLT --TYPE G --COMPACT --MULTIPOLE CLASS 8501 50-60 CYCLES AC Relay Operated Timer * 300 VOLTS MAX. Number of Contacts Instantaneous (Convertible) Timed (Fixed) Nor mally Open Nor mally Closed Nor mally Open Nor mally Closed Open Type Time Delay After De energization (Off-Delay) Time Delay After Energization (On-Delay) Type Type Price General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Time Delay After De energization (Off-Delay) Time Delay After Energization (On-Delay) Price Type Type 00 1 GO-00-GD GO-00-GE $ 36. GG-OO-GD GG-OO-GE $ 39.- 20 1 02 1 GO-20-GD GO-20-GE 40. GG-20-GD GG-20-GE 43. 1 GO-11-GD GO-11-GE 42. GG-11-GD GG-11-GE 45. 1 GO-02-GD GO-02-GE 42. GG-02-GD GG-02-GE 45. 30 1 GO-30-GD GO-30-GE 42. GG-30-GD GG-30-GE 45. 21 1 1 GO-21-GD GO-21-GE 44. GG-21-GD GG-21-GE 47. 12 1 1 GO-12-GD GO-12-GE 44. GG-12-GD GG-12-GE 47. 03 1 1 GO-03-GD GO-03-GE 44. GG-03-GD GG-03-GE 47. 40 1 1 GO-40-GD GO-40-GE 44. GG-40-GD GG-40-GE 47. 31 1 1 GO-31-GD GO-31-GE 46. GG-31-GD GG-31-GE 49. 22 1 1 GO-22-GD GO-22-GE 46. GG-22-GD GG-22-GE 49. 13 1 1 GO-13-GD GO-13-GE 46. GG-13-GD GG-13-GE 49. 04 1 1 GO-04-GD GO-04-GE 46. GG-04-GD GG-04-GE 49. Relay operated timers have a timing range of .2 seconds to 1 minute with an accuracy of within 15% of timer setting. Type GD timer can be converted to Type GE or vice versa in the field without any additional parts. Contacts are single pole, double throw and must be used on circuits of same polarity. Four Pole Relay with Timer Attachment SO-60 CYCLES AC Mechanically Held Relay Total 2 3 4 6 6 N umber of Contacts Convertible Normally Open Normally Closed 20 1 02 30 21 2 03 40 31 22 3 04 0 1 42 33 4 5 06 0 71 62 3 44 35 26 17 08 Open Type Type Price GO-20-GL GO-11-GL GO-02-GL $ 26. 28. 28. GO-30-GL GO-21-GL GO-12-GL GO-03-GL 28. 30. 30. 30. GO-40-GL GO-31-GL GO-22-GL GO-13-GL GO-04-GL 30. 32. 32. 32. 32. GO-60-GL GO-51-GL GO-42-GL GO-33-GL GO-24-GL GO-15-GL GO-06-GL 34. 36. 36. 36. 36. 36. 36. GO-80-GL GO-71-GL GO-62-GL GO-53-GL GO-44-GL GO-35-GL GO-26-GL GO-17-GL GO-08-GL 38. 40. 40. 40. 40. 40. 40. 40. 40. 300 VOLTS MAX. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 1 Type Price GG-20-GL GG-11-GL GG-02-GL $ 29. 31. 31. GG-30-GL GG-21-GL GG-12-GL GG-03-GL 31. 33. 33. 33. GG-40-GL GG-31-GL GG-22-GL GG-13-GL GG-04-GL 33. 35. 35. 35. 35. Four Pole Relay with Mechanically Held Attachment ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: 1. Class and Type Number. 2. Voltage and frequency of operating coil. PAGE 118 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000253 design leadership AC & DC MACHINE TOOL RELAYS Mechanically Held Attachment TYPE G -- DC RELAY -- OPEN TYPE* CLASS 8501 6-2S0 VOLT COILS -- DC_________________ No. of Poles on Relay (Instant aneous Contacts) No. of Poles Normally Open No. of Poles Normally Closed 0 Standard Relay Type Price Mechanically C Held Relay Type Price 300 VOLTS MAX. Relay Operate d Pneumatic Titner* Time Delay Time Delay After After De-energization Energization Type Type Price GDO-OO-GD GDO-OO-GE $ 41. 2 21 0 0 G DO-20 4 17. GDO-20-GDL $ 33. GDO-20-GD GDO-20-GE 45. 1 GDO-11 19. GDO-11-GDL 35. GDO-11-GD GDO-11-GE 47. 2 GDO-02 19. GDO-02-GDL 35. GDO-02-GD GDO-02-GE 47. 3 32 1 0 0 GDO-30 19. GDO-30-GDL 35. 1 GDO-21 21. GDO-21-GDL 37. 2 GDO-12 21. GDO-12-GDL 37. 3 G DO-03 21. GDO-03-GDL 37. 4 0 GDO-40 21. GDO-40-GDL 37. 3 1 GDO-31 23. GDO-31-GDL 39. 42 2 GDO-22 23. GDO-22-GDL 39. 1 3 GDO-13 23. GDO-13-GDL 39. 0 4 GDO-04 23. GDO-04-GDL 39. 6 0 G DO-60 25. GDO-60-GDL 41. 5 1 GDO-51 27. GDO-51-GDL 43. 4 2 G DO-42 27. GDO-42-GDL 43. 63 3 G DO-33 27. GDO-33-GDL 43. 2 4 G DO-24 27. GDO-24-GDL 43. 1 5 GDO-15 27. GDO-15-GDL 43. 0 6 GDO-06 27. GDO-06-GDL 43. 8 7 6 85 4 3 2 1 0 0 G DO-80 29. GDO-80-GDL 45. 1 GDO-71 31. GDO-71-GDL 47. 2 G DO-62 31. GDO-62-GDL 47. 3 G DO-53 31. GDO-53-GDL 47. 4 G DO-44 31. GDO-44-GDL 47. 5 GDO-35 31. GDO-35-GDL 47. 6 G DO-26 31. GDO-26-GDL 47. 7 GDO-17 31. GDO-17-GDL 47. 8 G DO-08 31. GDO-08-GDL 47. Devices available in NEMA I enclosure except 6 and 8 pole mechanically held relays. Add $3.00 to open type price. ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR TYPE G RELAYS " ATTACHMENTS Mounting Track Description AC Type Price DC Type Price Mechanically Held Attachment......... GL $ 14. GDL $ 16. Pneumatic Timer Attachment-- Time Delay after De-energization* GD 28. GD 28. Pneumatic Timer Attachment-- Time Delay after Energization - GE 28. GE 28. Solid State Timer Attachment-- Time Delay after Energization *f GTO-1 55. Universal Pole Attachment-- GU-44 10. Mounting Track: 12" long for 4 relays................... 24" long for 8 relays................... 36" long for 12 relays................. 48" long for 16 relays.............. G-4 G-8 G-12 G-16 0.80 1.00 1.40 1.80 G-4 G-8 G-12 G-16 0.80 1.00 1.40 1.80 Basic 4 Pol Relay without Contacts --For use with Pneumatic Timing Attachments to Provide a Timer without Instantaneous Contacts. . GO-OO 8. G DO-OO 13. 4cRelay operated pneumatic timers or timing attachments have a timing range of .2 seconds to 1 minute with an accuracy of within + 1 b% of timer setting. Type GD timer attachment can be converted to Type GE or vice versa in the field without any additional parts. Contacts are single pole, double throw and must be used on circuits of same polarity. Pneumatic timer attachment fits 2, 3 and 4 pole ac relays. When adding a pneumatic timer attachment to a standard relay, the relay coil must be changed from a 2-4 pole coiPto a 6-8 pole coil. DC relay operated timers must be factory assembled. *} Solid state timer attachment has a timing range of from .2 seconds to 30 sec onds with an accuracy of 2%. C)The dc mechanically held attachment has intermittent rated coil. Basic relay must have one extra normally open contact which must be wired in series with the latch attachment coil. rfcWhen universal pole attachment is added to a 2, 3 or 4 pole relay, an 8 pole coil must be used. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 119 SQD SLV 000254 . . design leadership AC & DC RELAYS APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Class 8501 Type FO, FBO, FSO, FDO, FBDO and FSDO Class 8501 Type GG and GDG Class 8501, Type G A 2, 3 and 4 pole relay........ 4Mz 6 and 8 pole relay............. S'A 10 and 12 pole relay.......... 6% 2, 3 and 4 pole relay with 5% 2, 3 and 4 pole mechani cally held relay.............. 6Mz 6 and 8 pole mechanically held relay........................ 7% B 4% 6/2 6/2 6/2 6/2 Class 8501 Type FRO and FPDO Relays (4) HOLES FOR *8 MT*G SCREWS Class 8501 Types DDO-22, DEO-22, DDO-42, DEO-42 Class 8501 Types DO-02, DO-20, DO-22 PAGE 120 Class 8501 Types DO-40, DO-42 Class 8501 Typos DO-44, 60, 62, 64, 80, 82 SQD SLV 000255 design leadership AC-DC RELAYS & AC CONTACTORS DIMENSIONS APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Dimen sions (Inches) 10 Amp. Relay Type A Diagram 3 2-4 Pole 6 Pole A 3% 4% B5 5 C3 3^, D 3'Me 3'Me E % Vs F t10-24 #10-24 G %% H J '4"Ai Wgt. (Lbs.) 2 214 DIMENSION TABLE FOR OPEN TYPE RELAYS AND CONTACTORS 15 Amp. Relay Type B Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Series C Diagram 3 Diagram 1 Diagram 3 Diagram 3 Diagram 3 Diagram 3 Diagram 3 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole 3 Pole 2-4 Pole 2-4 Pole 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole 3% 6 / 314 5)4 1 #10-24 Me 2% 3% 614 314 514 1 #10-24 Me 3% See Diagram 1 4% 6Me 3% 614 1 #10-24 Me 5Mz 7% 3'Me 614 1 #10-24 "As 6 1014 4% 914 114 Mz Me :.7% 1014 4% 914 114 Mz Me 6% 11% 5% 1014 2 Mz IMe 3 9Me 11% 5% 1014 2 Mz IMe 3 12% 65/32 11 2 7/i6 29Az 9Me 12% 65/3Z 11 2 Me !9/3Z 3 3 2 3 4 16 16 23 29 26 30 Note: For dimensions on Open Type Size 6, 7 or 8 contactors, refer to factory. CLASS 7 001 8501 8 502 Size 5 Diagram 4 2 Pole 3 Pole 4 Pole 714 237/je 9% 20Me 2 Me 1 Me 1014 23M6 19?Mz 20Me 2% Me IMe 137/6 23M6 9% 20Me 2% Me IMe 60 65 70 DIMENSION TABLE FOR CONTACTORS IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE Size 00 Size 0 and 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Series C Size 5 Dimensions (Inches) Diagram 2 3 Pole Diagram 5 2-4 Pole Diagram 5 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole Diagram 5 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole Diagram 5 2 or 3 Pole 4 Pole Diagram 5*t* 2 Pole 3-4 Pole A B C D E F Wgt. (Lbs.) See Diagram 2 4 6Me 9'Mz 414 4% 6% 14 9 8% 14% 5'Me 6% 111 Me Me 24 101 Me 1414 5% 6% 11'Me Me 27 10% 19Me 6'Me 8% 1614 i Mz 38 12% 19% 6% 10 16 Me 44 1414 25% 7% 12 22'Me '7/jz 1414 25% 7% 12 22'Me '7/3Z 115/32 39 1377/2 814 37 'Me 175/e 39 13% 13 37 'Me f*Design is not as shown in diagram, but dimensions apply. Note: For dimensions on NEMA 1 Enclosed 6, 7 or 8 contactors, refer to factory. NEMA 1 Enclosure for Class 8502 Type AG-2 Contactor Class 8502 Contactors Classes 8501 and 7001 Type PO Reloys. Shipping Weight -- 1 Lbs. Diagram 4 Class 8502 Size 5 Contactor Type POI P02 P03 P04 P06 P08 CLASS 8501 AB 2% 3% 3% 2% 314 3% CLASS 7001 AB 2'5/6 3'Me 2'5/6 3'5/ie 3% 314 PAGE 121 SQD SLV 000256 design leadership AC MAGNETIC CONTACTORS TYPE 5 SIZES 0 TO 2 CLASS 8502 WITHOUT OVERLOAD PROTECTION A new line of Size 0, 1 and 2 contactors joins Square D's contactor family featuring smaller size, increased flexibility and the same dependability users have come to expect in Square D contactors. The same quick installation and ease of maintenance as the present line have been retained. If contactors Size 00 and Size 3 and larger are required, refer to Page 1 23. 50-60 CYCLES No. of Poles NEMA Size 1 Pole Single Phase 2 Pole Single Phase 0 1 0 2 AC Ampere Rating Con tinuous Current Rating Incande scent Lamp load 250 V. Max. 18 10 27 15 18 10 27 15 45 30 Horsepower Rating General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Water-tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 600 VOLTS MAX. Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12A Open Type Volts 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 Max. Hp Type 1 2 SBG-5 2 3 SCG-5 1 2 SBG-1 2 3 SCG-1 3 VA SDG-1 Price Type Price Type % 25. SBW-15 3 60. SBA-5 30. SCW-15 66. SCA-5 28. S8W-11 63. SBA-1 33. SCW-11 69. SCA-1 68. SDW-I1 140. SDA-1 Price Type $ 37. SBO-5 42. SCO-5 40. SBO-1 45. SCO-1 90. SD0-1 Price * 23. 28. 26. 31. 58. Class 8502 Type SCO-2 Size 1, 3 pole contactor 3 Pole Poly phase 0 1 18 27 208-220 3 10 440-550 5 SBG-2 31. SBW-12 66. SBA-2 43. SBO-2 29. 208-220 V/2 15 440-550 10 SCG-2 36. SCW-12 72. SCA-2 48. SCO-2 34. 2 45 208-220 16 30 440-550 25 SDG-2 4 Pole Poly phase 0 1 18 27 220 3 10 440-550 6 SBG-3 220 VA 15 440-550 10 SCG-3 2 45 220 16 30 440-550 26 SDG-3 5 Pole Poly phase 0 1 18 27 220 3 10 440-550 6 SBG-4 220 VA 15 440-550 10 SCG-4 2 45 220 30 440-550 Prices do not include push button stations. No deduction for omission of holding circuit interlock. 15 25 SDG-4 72. SDW-12 144. SDA-2 39. SBW-13 75. SBA-3 94. SDO-2 61. SBO-3 62. 37. Class 8502 Type S in NEMA 1 enclosure with HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch and pilot light. 44. SCW-13 90. SDW-13 60. SBW-14 65. SCW-14 130. SDW-14 80. SCA-3 56. SCO-3 42. 190. SDA-3 112. SDO-3 to. 86. SBA-4 62. SBO-4 48. 91. SCA-4 67. SCO-4 63. 230. SDA-4 162. SDO-4 120. Afunctionally Equivalent to NEMA Type 5. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Line voltage, phase and frequency. 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from line voltage. 4. Special features or modifications. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION J PILOT LIGHT- CLASS 8502 FIGURE 2 NEMA Size Type No. of Mount Poles ing Screws A Bc Dimensions D EF G 0 1 SBO-1,2, 5 SCO-1,2,5 1-3 <2>#10 3442 4% 47/32 154 154 442 3% H Approx. Ship- 1 Wt. (lbs) 4 0 SBO-3,4 1 SCO-3,4 4-5 (2)#10 414 4% 4442 154 2% 1Az 3% 454 2 SDO-1,2 2 SDO-3, 4 2-3 (3)#10 454. 554 4% 2542 2542 442 4% 442 154. 4-5 (3)#10 554 554 4% 2542 3% 1Ai 4% `442 154. 614 854 Figure \ - Sizes 0-2, 1-5 pole contactor, NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure. CLASS 8502-FIGURE 1 Mount Dimensions NEMA Type No. ing Size Of Screws Poles A B C DE F G H Ap prox. Ship ping wt. J K L (lbs) 0 1 SBG SCG 1-5 (3)#1Q 6 10 554a 3 ?/. 854 1 % 414 5 754 2 SDG 1-5 (4)54" 7% 12% 6`/32 1% 1014 % % 554 554 % 554 1414 --D- H Figure 2 Sizes 0*2, 1-5 pole contactor, open type. PAGE 122 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000257 CURRENT RATING FOR TUNGSTEN LAMP LOADSt 250 VOLTS OR LESS Device Type or Size Tungsten Lamp Load Rating Amperes Classes 8501 & 8508 Relays A BH 5 8 Classes 8502 & 8508 Contactors 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 10 15 30 60 120 240 480 {Lighting contactors with full rated contacts are available. See Class 8903. CURRENT RATINGS FOR FLUORESCENT LAMP LOADS 300 VOLTS OR LESS The characteristics of fluorescent lamps are such that it is not neces sary to derate contactors below their normal 8 hour ampere rating. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Line voltage, phase and frequency. 3. Control voltage and fre quency if different than line voltage. 4. Special features or modifi cations. EHdesign leadership . . . AC MAGNETIC CONTACTORS SIZES 00 TO 8 WITHOUT OVERLOAD PROTECTION Magnetic contactors may be used for electric motor loads within the horsepower rating shown, if overload protection is not required, or if other provision is made for if. A holding circuit inter lock for three wire control is provided on all of these Class 8502 magnetic contactors. 8502 25-60 CYCLES $ 600 VOLTS MAX. No. of Size Poles Horsepower Ratings Max. HP Continuous Current Rating Amperes General Purpose Enclosure NEM A Type 1 Type Price Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Stain Stand less ard Steel Type Type Price Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure A NEMA Type 12 Type j Price Open Type Type Price 1 Pole Single Phase 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 AG-5 $ 19. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 AO-5 $ 17. 18 BG-5 25. BW-5 BW-15 $ 60. BA-5 $ 37. BO-5 23. CG-5 AG-1 30. $ 22. CW-5 CW-15 66. Use Size 0 CA-5 CO-5 28. $ 20. 115 230 BG-1 28. BW-1 BW-11 $ 63. BA-1 $ 40. BO-1 26. 115 230 CG-1 33. CW-1 CW-11 69. CA-1 45. CO-1 31. 2 Pole Single Phase 115 3 230 7*A DG-1 .68 DW-11 140. DA-1 90. DO-1 58. 115 74 230 15 .EG-1 112 EA-1 138. EO-1 92. .135 FG-1 264. FW-1 FW-11 438. FA-1 350. FO-1 222 GG-1 558. GW-1 GW-11 778. GA-1 778. GO-1 481. 6* HG-1 1461. HW-1 2105. HD-1 HO-1 1144. 7* 810 JG-1 JW-1 2631. JO-1 1670. 8* 208-220 440-550 1*A 2 9 3200. $ 25. Use Size 0 KO-1 2680. AO-2 $ 23. 208-220 440-550 18 BG-2 31. BW-2 BW-12 $ 66. BA-2 $ 43. BO-2 29. 208-220 440-550 7H 10 CG-2 CW-2 CW-12 72. 48. CO-2 34. 208-220 440-550 15 25 DG-2 DW-2 DW-12 144. DA-2 94. DO-2 62. Poly phase 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 30 50 50 100 .EG-2 120 FG-2 FW-2 FW-12 456. FA-2 EO-2 368. FO-2 .100 240. 208-220 100 440-550 200 GG-2 GW-2 GW-12 820. GO-2 523. 208-220 200 6* 440-550 400 HG-2 1652. HW-2 2297. HD-2 HO-2 1335. 208-220 300 7* 440-550 600 810 JG-2 2222. JW-2 2867. JD-2 2867. JO-2 1905. 208-220 8* 440-550 220 440-550 450 900 KG-2 3600. BG-3 $ 39. BW-3 BW-13 $ 75. BA-3 $ 51. KO-2 3080. BO-3 $ 37. 220 440-550 7*A 10 CG-3 44. CW-3 CW-13 CA-3 56. CO-3 42. 220 15 4 440-550 25 DW-3 DW-13 190. DA-3 DO-3 80. Pole Poly phase 220 440-550 30 50 220 50 440-550 100 90 EG-3 148. EW-3 EW-13 278. EA-3 174. EO-3 128. FA-3 334. 220 100 5 440-550 200 270 GG-3 1115. GW-3 GW-13 1357. GA-3 1357. GO-3 961. Dimensions are shown on Page 121. No deduction for omission of holding circuit interlock. ^Functionally equivalent to NEMA Typo 5. *Mfg. by HI Division. NEMA Sizes 0-5 Contactors with enclosures for Class II Groups E, F and G and Class I Groups C and D Hazardous Loca- tions are also available. ^:Size 00 available with 50 or 60 cycle coil only. SCHEDULE DS-1 MSC0UNI PAGE 123 SQD SLV 000258 design leadership AC MECHANICALLY HELD RELAYS & CONTACTORS 10 AND 15 AMPERES AND SIZES 1 TO 5 - WITHOUT OVERLOAD PROTECTION CLASS 8508 Mechanically held relays and contactors are used where operating sequence continuity must be maintained regardless of any outside interruptions, such as voltage failures, or where the slight hum of magnetically held devices may be objectionable. Typical applications are for electric furnaces, machine tool circuits, and in hospitals, schools and office buildings. Types A and BH Relays Addition for Coil Clearing Contacts, Form Y14 25-60 CYCLES 10 AND 15 AMPERES 600 VOLTS MAX. Device Type or Size Price per Device No. of Poles * No. of Poles Initially Open 2 2 0 3 32 0 4 3 42 0 5 4 53 2 1 0 6 5 4 63 2 1 0 No. of Poles Initially Closed 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 Amp. -- Type A General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type Type AG-20 AG-11 AG-02 AG-30 AG-21 AG-12 AG-03 . AG-40 AG-31 AG-22 AG-13 AG-04 Price 531. 34. 34. 34. 37. 37. 37. 36. 39. 39. 39. 39. Type AO-20 AO-11 AO-02 AO-30 AO-21 AO-12 AO-03 AO-40 AO-31 AO-22 AO-13 AO-04 Price $29. 32. 32. 32. 35. 35. 35. 34. 37. 37. 37. 37. AG-60 AG-51 AG-42 AG-33 AG-24 AG-15 AG-06 46. AO-60 49. AO-51 49. AO-42 49. AO-33 49. AO-24 51. AO-15 51. AO-06 44. 47. 47. 47. 47. 49. 49. 15 Amp. --- Type BH General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type Type BHG-20 BHG-11 BHG-02 BHG-30 BHG-21 BHG-12 BHG-03 BHG-40 BHG-31 BHG-22 BHG-13 BHG-04 BHG-50 BHG-41 BHG-32 BHG-23 BHG-14 BHG-05 BHG-60 BHG-51 BHG-42 BHG-33 BHG-24 BHG-15 BHG-06 Price 538. 41. 41. 41. 44. 44. 44. 43. 46. 46. 46. 46. 52. 55. 55. 55. 55. 57. 57. 60. 60. 60. 60. 62. 62. Type BHO-20 BHO-11 BHO-02 BHO-30 8HO-21 BHO-12 8 H 0-03 BHO-40 BHO-31 BHO-22 BHO-13 BHO-04 B H 0-50 BHO-41 B HQ-32 BH0-23 BHO-14 BHO-05 BHO-60 BHO-51 BHO-42 BHO-33 BHO-24 BHO-15 BHO-06 Price 535. 38. 38. 38. 41. 41. 41. 40. 43. 43. 43. 43. 49. 52. 52. 52. 52. 54. 54. 57. 57. 57. 57. 59. 59. BH 5 6. 1 6. .2 8 .3 10 .4 12 .5 12 Not available on Type A, D or P relays. Type BHO-40 Relay Type DO-3 Contactor with Coil Clearing Contacts *15 Amp. Relays also available with 8 poles. For information consult nearest Square D Field office. For tungsten lamp load ampere ratings, see table on page 123. Type D Relays Type P Relays -- Totally Enclosed Contacts 50-60 CYCLES Description 10 AMPERES 600 VOLTS MAX. No. of No. of Contacts Contacts Normally Normally Open f* Closed *f* General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Open Type Type-* Price 2 Pole, Sinqle Throw 2 Pole, Single Throw... 2 Pole, Double Throw.. 4 Pole, Single Throw... 4 Pole, 2 Double Throw 8 Pole.............................. 6 Pole.............................. 8 Pole.............................. 8 Pole, 2 Double Throw 8 Pole.............................. 8 Pole, 2 Double Throw 2 0 2 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 0 DG-20 $30. DO-20 $27. 2 DG-02 33. DO-02 30. 2 DG-22 35. DO-22 32. 0 DG-40 34. DO-40 31. 2 DG-42 41. DO-42 37.50 4 DG-44 41. DO-44 37.50 0 DG-60 42. DO-60 39. 2 DG-62 50. DO-62 47. 4 DG-64 52. DO-64 49. 0 DG-80 47. DO-80 44. 2 DG-82 58. DO-82 55. Double throw contacts must be used on same polarity. 25-60 CYCLES10 AMPERES j: Description No. of No. of Contacts Contacts Normally Normally Open Closed 277 OR 600 VOLTS MAX. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type Type Price Type Price One Pole......................... Two Pole......................... Three Pole..................... Four Pole........................ Six Pole........................... Eight Pole....................... 2 3 4 6 8 1 PG-1 $35. PO-1 $32. 2 PG-2 38. PO-2 35. 3 PG-3 41. PO-3 38. 4 PG-4 44. PO-4 41. 6 PG-6 52. PO-6 49. 8 PG-8 58. PO-8 55. rfcSee footnotes and electrical ratings for Class 8501 Type P on Page 116. Corresponding types of Class 8501 electrically held relays may also be converted in the field to mechanically held by use of the following Class 8508 attachments: Type M-1 for Type DO relay, or Type M-2 for Type PO relay. Price each $14. 25-60 CYCLES No. of Poles Size Contactors SIZES 1-5 Ratings A Max. HP Single Phase Max. HP Polyphase 440 115 V. 230 V. 220 V. 550 V. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price 600 VOLTS MAX. Open Type Type Price 23 2 3 7/2 2 3 ?i/2 15 4 5 CG-2 DG-2 EG-2 FG-1 GG-1 5 44. 104. 146. 374. 654. 2 33 4 5 7/2 15 30 50 100 10 25 50 100 200 CG-3 DG-3 EG-3 FG-2 GG-2 47. 108. 154. 422. 718. 2 43 4 5 m 15 30 50 100 10 25 50 100 200 CG-4 DG-4 EG-4 FG-3 GG-3 50. 128. 184. 516. 1164. AFor ampere ratings, see tables on. page 123. Lighting contactors with full rated contacts are available. See Class 8903. CO-2 DO-2 EO-2 FO-1 GO-1 CO-3 DO-3 EO-3 FO-2 GO-2 CO-4 DO-4 EO-4 FO-3 GO-3 5 42. 96. 128. 316. 530. 45. 100. 136. 342. 548. 48. 120. 166. 436. 1010. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type Number of device. 2. Voltage and frequency of operating coils. 3. Specify Form Y14 if required. PAGE 124 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000259 a new line of starters joins Square D's starter familyfeatures smaller size, increased flexibility and the same dependability you've come to expect in all Square D starters. To meet today's requirements for smaller and smaller electrical control equipment. Square D has developed the new Type S starter line. These new starters, while small in size, retain the important features of quick installation and easy maintenance for which the Square D starter is famous. New materials and a unique mechanism olfer improvement in mechanical and electrical performance. CHECK OVER THESE FEATURES NEVER BEFORE AVAILABLE IN ANY ONE STARTER LINE IMPROVED ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE -- Shorter contact bounce -- vertical contact surfaces -- new materials. LONG TROUBLE FREE MECHANICAL LIFE -- Simple mechanism with floating, self-aligning magnet. Wear-resistant materials. RELIABLE OVERLOAD PROTECTION -- With one piece factory tested thermal units--trip free--2 or 3 overloads in same space. LESS PANEL SPACE -- with modular design. EASY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE quick contact inspection and replacement -- fast coil change. QUICK INSTALLATION -- straight through wiring --- pressure wire connectors -- with self lifting clamps. INCREASED FLEXIBILITY -- for field modifications -- 4 addi tional electrical interlocks -- attached timer -- power pole adders -- field addition of third overload relay -- push but ton, selector switch and pilot light kits can be added to cover of NEMA 1 enclosures. INDEX TO TYPE S CONTACTORS & STARTERS Class 8502 8536 8538 8702 8736 8810 9998 9999 Description Page AC Magnetic Contactors......................... AC Magnetic Starters............................... AC Combination Magnetic Starters -- Switch Type............................................ AC Reversing Magnetic Contactors. . . AC Reversing Magnetic Starters........... Two Speed AC Magnetic Starters.. . . Parts Kit, Coils............................................. Modification Kits......................................... 122 126 130 139 141 145 195 1 97, 199 D PAGE 125 SQD SLV 000260 design leadership AC MAGNETIC STARTERS TYPE 5 LINE VOLTAGE TYPE CLASS 8536 WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS The Type S starter features smaller size with increased flexibility and outstanding perfor mance. Reliable overload protection is provided with unit construction Type B thermal units, and a third overload relay can easily be added. Straight through wiring with pressure wire connectors assures quick Installation. Four single circuit electrical interlocks, N.O. or N.C., can be field installed. Push button, selector switch or pilot light modification kits can be added to the cover of the NEMA 1 enclosure. 50-60 CYCLES No. NEMA of Size Poles Maximum Ratings Volts Max. Hpt Poly Single Phase phase General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Water-Tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type Price 600 VOLTS MAX. Dust-Tight industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 A Open Type Type Price Type Price 3 Pole Poly phase 0 2 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 2 3 5 3 7 'A 10 m 15 25 1 2 SBG-2 $ 39. SBW-12 J 74. SBA-2 $ 51. SBO-2 $ 37. 2 3 SCG-3 44. SCW-13 80. SCA-3 56. SCO-3 42. 3 7\4t SDG-1 84. SDW-11 156. SDA-1 106. SDO-1 74. 220 3 4 Pole 0 440-550 5 Poly phase 1 220 440 550 iy2 IQ 220 15 2 440-550 25 SBG-3 SCG-4 SDG-2 50. 56. 103. SBW-13 SCW-14 SDW-12 89. 94. 207. SBA-3 SCA-4 SDA-2 62. 68. 125. SBO-3 SCO-4 SDO-2 47. 53. 93. Price includes one normally open electrical interlock for holding circuit -- no deduction for omission. Prices do not include push button station. Prices include two overload relay thermal units for 3 and 4 pole starters. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. *{ Note: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the ampere rating listed on page 122 for the Class 8502 contactor used in the part icular size starter. AFunctionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from line voltage. 4. Select melting alloy thermal units from table 2 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and full on page 201. load current of motor. 5. Any special features required. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Class 0536 Typo SCG-3 Form J Size 1, 3 pole starter with three thermal units in NEMA 1 enclosure. Class 8536 Type S in NEMA 12 enclosure with START-STOP push button and pilot light. J 30034*229 NEMA Size 0 1 2 NEMA Size 0 1 0 1 2 2 Figure 1--Sizes 0-2, 3-4 pole, NEMA Type 1 general purpose enclosure CLASS 6536 -- FIGURE 1 Type No. of Mounting Dimensions Poles Screws A B c D E F G SBG SCG 3-4 (3) #10 6 10 5Me 3 Mb 8/b 1 -H Figure 2--Sizes 0-2, 3-4 pole, open type H 1 JKL 'V,Z 4/b 5 SDG 3-4 (4) <A 7'Me 121 Me 6Me 13/32 10/2 1/32 13/32 5% 6% 13/32 6% CLASS 8536 -- FIGURE 2 Type No. of Mounting Dimensions Poles Screws A B c D E F G H JK SBO-2 SCO-3 3 (3) #10 m 6% 4/32 1% 7Az 6/4 31/32 1/32 '/32 SBO-3 SCO-4 4 (3) #10 4/4 e% 4% m 22,/32 V,2 6/4 33/32 2/32 1 1/32 SDO-1 SDO-2 3 (3) #10 4Me 7' Me 4'Me 2/32 2/32 7/32 4'3/32 4Me 1% 4 (3) #10 5% 7>Me 4'Me 2/32 3' M2 7/32 4'Mj 4Me 2'Me 1% 1% PAGE 126------------- --------------------------- ' SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT Aprrox. Shipping wt. (lbs) 8 15/2 Approx. Shipping wt. (lbs.) 5 5/2 7% 9/4 SQD SLV 000261 design leadership AC MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 2 on Page 201. Prices for additions and special features are shown on Page 128. Dimensions for Spin Top Enclosures are shown on Page 194. AFunctionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. rfcSuitable for NEMA Type 3 applications except where sleet and freezing rain is encountered. *f*Mfg. by HI Division. CNOTEs Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. Standard package quantity -- 10 (220 V., 60 Cy) Size 00 available with 50 or 60 cycle coil only. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current of motor. 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from line voltage. 4 4. Select thermal units from table 2 on page 201 (melt ing alloy) or table 6 on page 204 (bimetallic). 5. Any special features required. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 127 SQD SLV 000262 design leadership AC MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE CLASS i WITH BIMETALLIC OVERLOAD RELAYS 8536 | These line voltage starters are similar in construction and application to those listed on the preceding page, except that they include bimetallic type thermal overload relays for motor protection. 600 VOLTS MAX,________________________________________________________________________ _______ 25-60 CYCLES 1 N E M A Size Maximum Ratings Volts Max. HP Poly Single phase phase General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Stainless Std. Steel Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure A NEMA Type 12 (Type 3$) For Hazardous Locations Class II Groups E, F & G NEMA Type 9 Class I Group CAD NEMA Type 7 Bolted Construction Spin Top Class I Groups CAD Class II Groups E,FAG NEMA Type 7-9 Type Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price Open Type Type Price 115 0 230 115 230 115 1-p 230 115 2 230 1 2 BAG-1 2 3 CAG-1 3 5 CAG-2 3 1A DAG-6 5 34. BAW-1 BAW-11 $ 69. BAA-1 39. CAW-1 CAW-11 75. CAA-1 50. CAW-2 CAW-12 86. CAA-2 76. DAW-6 DAW-16 148. DAA-6 $ 46. BAE-1 51. CAE-1 62. CAE-2 98. DAE-6 $ 69. Use Size 1 BAR-1 75. CAR-1 $141. CAR-5 86- CAR-2 152. CAR-6 182. DAR-6 226. DAR-7 $135. BAO-1 141. CAO-1 152. CAO-2 226. DAO-6 $ 32. 37. 48. 66. 110 0 208-220 440-550 2 3 5 110 3 1 208-220 T'A 440-550 10 110 1'A 2 208-220 15 440-550 25 110 15 3 208-220 30 440-550 50 208-220 50 4 440-550 100 208-220 100 5 440-550 200 208-220 200 6 * 440-550 400 208-220 300 7 * 440-550 600 208-220 450 8 * 440-550 900 1 2 BAG-2 2 3 CAG-3 3 1A DAG-1 1A 15 EAG-1 $ 39. BAW-2 BAW-12 $ 74. BAA-2 44. CAW-3 CAW-13 80. CAA-3 84. DAW-1 DAW-11 156. DAA-1 138. EAW-1 EAW-11 240. EAA-1 $ 51. BAE-2 56. CAE-3 106. DAE-1 164. EAE-1 $ 74. Use Size 1 BAR-2 80. CAR-3 146. CAR-7 190. DAR-1 234. DAR-3 284. EAR-1 350. EAR-3 $140. BAO-2 146. CAO-3 234. DAO-1 350. EAO-1 $ 37. 42. 74. 118. FAG-1 308. FAW-1 FAW-11 482. FAA-1 394. FAE-1 GAG-1 684. GAW-1 GAW-11 904. GAA-1 904. GAE-1 HAG-2 2017. HAW-2 2598. HAA-2 2598. JAG-1 2629. JAW-1 3210. JAA-1 3210. KAG-1 4220. KAW-1 5077. KAA-1 5077. 556. 1054. FAR-1 563. FAO-1 266. GAR-1 1268. GAO-1 607. H AO-2 1637. J AO-1 2248. KAO-1 3700. Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if th ermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 6 on Page 204. For ordering instructions, refer to page 127. Dimensions of Spin Top enclosures are shown on Page 194. ^Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. ^Suitable for NEMA Type 3 applications except where sleet and freezing rain is encountered. CNOTE: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. *Mfg. by HI Division. Size 00 available with 50 or 60 cycle coil only. PRICES AND ADDITIONS FOR SPECIAL FEATURES* (Prices apply to those starters on Page 127 as well as those above) Form Letters Size 00 Sizes o-i-ifc Size 2 Size 3 Additional thermal units or heaters, each................................................................. "Start-Stop" push button in cover of NEMA Type 1 enclosure......................... "Start-Stop" push button in cover of NEMA Type 4, 7, 9 or 12 enclosure.. . "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of NEMA Type 1 enclosure........... "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of NEMA Type 4, 7,9 or 12 enclosure Separate control circuit (specify voltage and frequency)...................................... f*Additional electrical interlocks, each.......................................................................... Control circuit transformer (prices apply only to NEMA Types 1, 4, 9 and 12).. . 60 cycle, with fuse in low voltage side (No deduction for omission of fuse). . . Additional thermal overload relay with relay unit.................................................. Legend plate on enclosure with marking as specified............................................ Form A Form A Form C Form C Form S Form X-- Form FT Form J1 $ 1.50 8. 8. N.C. 4. 1.50 $ 1.50 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 27. 4. 1.50 $ 1.50 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 38. 4. 1.50 $ 1.50 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 56. 4. 1.50 f*List number of extra normally open and normally closed interlocks required, not including holding circuit interlock. *For listing of other additions and special features for Spin Top NEMA Type 7-9 starters refer to pages 193 and 194. Size 4 $ 1.50 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 68. 4. 1.50 Size 5 $ 1.50 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 77. 40. 1.50 Sizes 6, 7 & 8 $ 1.50 33. 50. 33. 50. N.C. 33. 70. Start-Stop Push Button in Cover of General Purpose Enclosure PAGE 128 Selector Switch in Cover of General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 9 Cast Iron Enclosure for Hazardous Locations NEMA 7 & 9 Spin-Top Enclosure for Hazardous Locations SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000263 Diagram 4 Size 00 s design leadership . . . AC MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE -- DIMENSIONS & WIRING DIAGRAMS DIMENSION TABLE FOR OPEN TYPE STARTERS LISTED ON PAGES 126 AND 127 CLASS 8536 Type A Size 00 Type B Size 0 Type C Size 1 Type D Size 2 Type E Size 3 Type F Size 4 Type G Size 5 Types Type H J & K Sizes Size 6 7 & 8 Diagram Dimen- 1 Diagram l Diagram 2 Diagram 7 Diagram 2 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Dia. Dia. 3* 3* 2 or 3 2 or 3 4 2 3 or 4 2 or 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole A 4ls/l6 4/lS 5% 5Me 6s/i,+ 7y. 8% 934 834 10/l6 1134 14n/is 21% 27 B 3 Pole 6/lS 6V16 m m~- 10>/, low 11 / 11 y, 12s/, 12% 23M 23Ms 3434 36 C X - lVis 334 334 3"/ 3"/l6 4s/. 434 5% 554 6% 6s/,2 9% 9% 834 1134 D Y =4% 534 534 634 634 934 934 1034 1034 11 11 20/,s 20/,6 33 34 E 1 1 1 1 1 'A 1 'A 2 2 2 2 2/4 234 9s/, 12% F 2 Pole #10-24 #10-24 #10-24 #10-24 `Az `Az `Az `M Ms Ms Ms Ms Ms Ms G X = `s/s. Me 'A 1 1 34 lMs lMs H Y =2% 33 J V11 '/u "Az % Viz Ms 134 134 "Az "Az Wt. 233 4 5 6 6 14+ 17 26 32 28 34 75 90 120 270 Starter design is not as shown on the diagram, but dimensions apply. "fFor 2 pole starter A = 6%2 and weight is 13 pounds. DIMENSION TABLE FOR STARTERS IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE LISTED ON PAGES 126 AND 127 Type A Size 00 Types B d C Sizes 0, 1 d 1f/2 Type D Size 2 Type E Size 3 Type F Size 4 Types Type G Type H J dK Sizes Size 5 Size 6 7 and 8 Dimen sions Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 5 Diagram 5 Diagram 5 Dia Dia gram 6 gram 5 c 2 or 3 Pole 3 Pole 4 2 or 3 4 Pole Pole Pole 3 Pole 4 Pole 3 Pole 4 3 or 4 3 Pole Pole Pole 3 Pole A 6Ms 6Ms 8% 10Ms 107a 12Ms 1434 1434 1734 24 28 B 8'Ms 8'Ms 14M32 14342 18% 18"/,2 25 25 39 47 91/2 C See 4'Mz 41 `Az 5i Ms 5% 6'Ms 6% 7% 7% 13'Ms 17 21 M2 D Dia. 4 6% 6% IliMs ivy,e 1634 16 22'M, 22'Ms 13 20 E 4% 434 6Ve 6Vs 8% 10 12 12 37 45 17 F % 2,Az 'Ms 'Ms 'Ms 'Ms 'Ms 'Ms 'Ms Ms 'Ms G !4 34 Ms Ms 'S/J2 Ms 'Viz '7/,2 Weight 4 34 9 10 25 28 41 48 56 62 105 250 650 CDimensions apply to diagram 4 on page 135. Dimensions are in inches and weights are approximate shipping weights in pounds. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Sizes 0 to 4 Diagram 6 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Size 5 Class 8536 Sizes 0 and 1 3 Phase Starter PAGE 129 SQD SLV 000264 design leadership AC COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS 5TYPE LINE VOLTAGE TYPE SWITCH TYPE --MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS CLASS 8538 The Type S combination starter design utilizes the flange operated visible blade disconnect switch. Interchangeable fuse clips, straight through wiring, an easy to add third overload relay, space for a fused control transformer with additional capacity and provisions for adding a disconnect switch electrical interlock are key features of this starter. Push button, selector switch or pilot light modification kits can be added to the cover of the NEMA 1 enclosure. 50-60 CYCLES 3 POLE 600 VOLTS MAX Max. HP Poly phase RATINGS Volts Fuse Clip Size Amps. NEMA Size General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Water-Tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type Price Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type Price 208-220 None 30 0 SBG-11 $ 94. SBW-11 $190. SBA-21 SBA-11 $118. 0 SBG-12 97. SBW-12 193. SBA-22 SBA-12 121. 440-550 None 30 0 SBG-11 94. SBW-11 190. SBA-21 SBA-11 118. 0 SBG-13 99. SBW-13 195. S BA-23 SBA-13 123. 208-220 None $30 60 SCG-11 SCG-12 SCG-13 99. 102. 104. SCW-11 SCW-12 SCW-13 195. 198. 200. SCA-21 SCA-22 SCA-23 SCA-11 SCA-12 SCA-13 123. 126. 128. 440-550 None 30 0 SBG-11 94. SBW-11 190. SBA-21 SBA-11 118. 0 SBG-13 99. SBW-13 195. S BA-23 SBA-13 123. 208-220 7`A None $30 60 1 SCG-11 99. SCW-11 195. SCA-21 SCA-11 123. SCG-12 102. SCW-12 198. SCA-22 SCA-12 126. 1 SCG-13 104. SCW-13 200. SCA-23 SCA-13 128. 440-550 None 30 SCG-11 SCG-14 99. 104. SCW-11 SCW-14 195. 200. SCA-21 SCA-24 SCA-11 SCA-14 123. 128. None 2 SDG-11 155. SDW-11 303. SDA-21 SDA-11 189. 208-220 $60 2 SDG-12 159. SDW-12 307. SDA-22 SDA-12 193. 100 2 SDG-13 171. SDW-13 319. SDA-23 SDA-13 205. 10 None SCG-11 99. SCW-11 195. SCA-21 SCA-11 123. 440-550 $30 1 SCG-14 104. SCW-14 200. SCA-24 SCA-14 128. 60 SCG-19 106. SCW-19 202. SCA-29 SCA-19 130. None 2 SDG-11 155. SDW-11 303. SDA-21 SDA-11 189. 208-220 $60 2 SDG-12 159. SDW-12 307. SDA-22 SDA-12 193. 100 2 SDG-13 171. SDW-13 319. SDA-23 SDA-13 205. 15 None 2 SDG-11 155. SDW-11 303. SDA-21 SDA-11 189. 440-550 $30 2 SDG-16 160. SDW-16 308. SDA-26 SDA-16 194. 60 2 SDG-14 162. SDW-14 310. SDA-24 SDA-14 196. None 2 SDG-11 155. SDW-11 303. SDA-21 SDA-11 189. 25 440-550 $60 2 SDG-14 162. SDW-14 310. SDA-24 SDA-14 196. 100 2 SDG-15 173. SDW-15 321. SDA-25 SDA-15 207. Prices include one normally open electrical interlock holding circuit -- no deduction for omission. Prices do not include push button stations. Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on Page 202Note: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the ampere rating listed on page 122 for the Class 8502 contactor used in the particular size starter. Dust-tight industrial use enclosure is functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. This equipment does not include transformer and control fuse. If starter is required to meet J.I.C. specifications, order "without external reset" of overload relays and with fused control transformer as Form FT. $HP rating applies only when dual element fuses are used. Prices do not include fuses. Fuse clip sizes shown are adapted from Table 430-146 of the 1965 edition of the National Elec trical Code. Fuse sizes should be selected in accordance with Article 430-6 of the National Electrical Code. This rating for standard starting duty only. Fuses not large enough for long time acceleration. See page 134 for ordering instructions. Class 8538 NEMA 12 industrial Use Enclosure Class 8538 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure --------- A-----s PAGE 130 By ___ 1 r* + " '"* / Figure 2--Sizes 0-2, 3 Pole NEMA Type 1 2 dust-tight industrial use enclosure CLASS 8538 -- FIGURE 2 Mount NEMA Type ing Size Screws A Dimensions BcDE Approx. Shipping F Wt. (lbs) 0 1 SBA SCA (4)14* 231/4 121/2 811/2 22/Z 4!4 40 : SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT . SQD SLV_000265 ft design leadership . . AC COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE SWITCH TYPE -- MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS CLASS 8538 25-60 CYCLES Max. HP Poly phase 7/2 15 200 RATINGSC Volts AFuse Clip Size Amps. None 30 None 30 None $30 60 None 30 None $30 60 None 30 None $60 100 None $30 60 None $60 *100 None $30 60 None $100 200 None $60 100 None $100 *200 None *100 None $200 400 None $100 200 None 600 None 200 None 600 None $200 400 None 400 None $400 600 NEMA Size General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type BG-11 BG-12 BG-11 BG-13 CG-11 CG-12 CG-13 BG-11 BG-13 CG-11 CG-12 CG-13 CG-11 CG-14 DG-11 DG-12 DG-13 CG-11 CG-14 CG-19 DG-11 DG-12 DG-13 DG-11 DG-16 DG-14 EG-11 EG-15 EG-12 DG-11 DG-14 DG-15 EG-11 EG-15 EG-12 EG-11 EG-13 FG-11 FG-15 FG-12 EG-11 EG-13 EG-14 GG-1 GG-2 FG-11 FG-13 GG-1 GG-2 FG-11 FG-13 FG-14 GG-1 GG-3 GG-1 GG-3 GG-4 Price $ 94. 97. 94. 99. .99. 102 104. 94. 99. .99. 102 104. 99. 104. 155. 159. 171. 99. 104. 106. 155. 159. 171. 155. 160. 162. 256. 266. 288. 155. 162. 173. 256. 266. 288. 256. 271. 491. 508. 557. 256. 271. 292. 1060. 1195. 491. 512. 1060. 1195. 491. 512. 565. 1060. 1096. 1060. 1096. 1237. Size 1 Starter in NEMA 12 Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure Size 2 Starter in General Purpose Enclosure 3 POLE Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Standard Stainless Steel Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* With External Reset Without External Reset 600 VOLTS MAX. For Hazardous Locations Class II, Groups E, F&G NEMA Type 9 Type BW-1 BW-2 BW-1 BW-3 CW-1 CW-2 CW-3 BW-1 BW-3 CW-1 CW-2 CW-3 CW-1 CW-4 DW-1 DW-2 DW-3 CW-1 CW-4 CW-9 DW-1 DW-2 DW-3 DW-1 DW-6 DW-4 EW-1 EW-5 EW-2 DW-1 DW-4 DW-5 EW-1 EW-5 EW-2 EW-1 EW-3 FW-1 FW-5 FW-2 EW-1 EW-3 EW-4 GW-1 GW-2 FW-1 FW-3 GW-1 GW-2 FW-1 FW-3 FW-4 GW-1 GW-3 GW-1 GW-3 GW-4 Type BW-11 BW-12 BW-11. BW-13 CW-11 CW-12 CW-13 BW-11 BW-13 CW-11 CW-12 CW-13 CW-11 CW-14 DW-11 DW-12 DW-13 CW-11 CW-14 CW-19 DW-11 DW-12 DW-13 DW-11 DW-16 DW-14 EW-11 EW-15 EW-12 DW-11 DW-14 DW-15 EW-11 EW-15 EW-12 EW-11 EW-13 FW-11 FW-15 FW-12 EW-11 EW-13 EW-14 GW-11 GW-12 FW-11 FW-13 GW-11 GW-12 FW-11 FW-13 FW-14 GW-11 GW-13 GW-11 GW-13 GW-14 Price $ 190. 193. 190. 195. 195. .198. 200 190. 195. 195. .198. 200 .195. 200 303. 307. 319. 195. .200 .202 303. 307. 319. 303. 308. 310. 514. 524. 546. 303. 310. 321. 514. 524. 546. 514. 529. 821. 838. 887. 514. 529. 550. 1902. 2037. 821. 842. 1902. 2037. 821 842. 895. 1902. 1938. 1902. 1938. 2079. Type BA-21 BA-22 BA-21 BA-23 CA-21 CA-22 CA-23 BA-21 BA-23 CA-21 CA-22 CA-23 CA-21 CA-24 DA-21 DA-22 DA-23 CA-21 CA-24 CA-29 DA-21 DA-22 DA-23 DA-21 DA-26 DA-24 EA-21 EA-25 EA-22 DA-21 DA-24 DA-25 EA-21 EA-25 EA-22 EA-21 EA-23 FA-21 FA-25 FA-22 EA-21 EA-23 EA-24 GA-21 GA-22 FA-21 FA-23 GA-21 GA-22 FA-21 FA-23 FA-24 GA-21 GA-23 GA-21 GA-23 GA-24 Type BA-11 BA-12 BA-11 BA-13 CA-11 CA-12 CA-13 BA-11 BA-13 CA-11 CA-12 CA-13 CA-11 CA-14 DA-11 DA-12 DA-13 CA-11 CA-14 CA-19 DA-11 DA-12 DA-13 DA-11 DA-16 DA-14 EA-11 EA-15 EA-12 DA-11 DA-14 DA-15 EA-11 EA-15 EA-12 EA-11 EA-13 FA-11 FA-15 FA-12 EA-11 EA-13 EA-14 GA-1 GA-2 FA-11 FA-13 GA-1 GA-2 FA-11 FA-13 FA-14 GA-1 GA-3 GA-1 GA-3 GA-4 Price .$ 118. 121 118. 123. 123. 126. 128. 118. 123. 123. 126. 128. 123. 128. 189. 193. 205. 123. 128. 130. 189. 193. 205. 189. 194. 196. 300. 310. 332. 189. 196. 207. 300. 310. 332. 300. 315. 613. 630. 679. 300. 315. 336. 1356. 1491. 613. 634. 1356. 1491. 613. 634. 687. 1356. 1392. 1356. 1392. 1533. Type BE-1 CE-1 BE-1 CE-1 CEDE-1 DE-1 DE-1 EE-1 EE-1 fe-T EE-1 FE-1 Price $ 187. 187. 187. 192. 192. 338. 338. 338. 338. 542. 5427 ""860." 542. C)NOTE: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than values listed on page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on page 202. Prices for Additions and Special Features are listed on page 132. Four pole starters are also available. Consult factory for information. Prices do not include transformer and control fuse. If these are required, to meet J.I.C. specifications, refer to table on page 132 for appropriate additions prices. Also order "without external reset" of overload relays. Also functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. * A $See Footnotes on page 132. See page 134 for ordering instructions. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 131 SQD SLV 000266 . design leadership AC COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE CLASS 8538 SWITCH TYPE -- BIMETALLIC OVERLOAD RELAYS 25-60 CYCLES_____________ __________________________________________________J POLE 600 VOLTS MAX. Max. HP Poly phase 3 5 10 15 25 30 50 60 100 125 200 RATINGS Volts 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208 220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 440-550 440-550 AEuse Clip Size Amps. None 30 None 30 None $30 60 None 30 None $30 60 None 30 None $60 100 None $30 60 None $60 100 None $30 60 None $100 200 None $60 100 None $100 200 None 100 None $200 400 None $100 200 600 None 200 600 None $200 400 None 400 $400 600 NEMA Size 0 O 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 5 5 4 4 6 5 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type BAG-11 BAG-12 BAG-11 BAG-13 CAG-11 CAG-12 CAG-13 BAG-11 BAG-13 CAG-11 CAG-12 CAG-13 CAG-11 CAG-14 DAG-11 DAG-12 DAG-13 CAG-11 CAG-14 CAG-19 DAG-11 DAG-12 DAG-13 DAG-11 DAG-16 DAG-14 EAG-11 EAG-15 EAG-12 DAG-11 DAG-14 DAG-15 EAG-11 EAG-15 EAG-12 EAG-11 EAG-13 FAG-11 FAG-15 FAG-12 EAG-11 EAG-13 EAG-14 GAG-1 GAG-2 FAG-11 FAG-13 GAG-1 GAG-2 FAG-11 FAG-13 FAG-14 GAG-1 GAG-3 GAG-1 GAG-3 GAG-4 Price $ 94. 97. 94. 99. 99. 102. 104. 94. 99. 99. 102. 104. 99. 104. 155. 159. 171. 99. 104. 106. 155. 159. 171. 155. 160. 162. 256. 266. 288. 155. 162. 173. 256. 266. 288. 256. 271. 491. 508. 557. 256. 271. 292. 1060. 1195. 491. 512, 1060. 1195. 491. 512. 565. 1060. 1096. 1060. 1096. 1237. Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Standard Type BAW-1 BAW-2 BAW-1 BAW-3 CAW-1 CAW-2 CAW-3 BAW-1 BAW-3 CAW-1 CAW-2 CAW-3 CAW-1 CAW-4 DAW-1 DAW-2 DAW-3 CAW-1 CAW-4 CAW-9 DAW-1 DAW-2 DAW-3 DAW-1 DAW-6 DAW-4 EAW-1 EAW-5 EAW-2 DAW-1 DAW-4 DAW-5 EAW-1 EAW-5 EAW-2 EAW-1 EAW-3 FAW-1 FAW-5 FAW-2 EAW-1 EAW-3 EAW-4 GAW-1 GAW-2 FAW-1 FAW-3 GAW-1 GAW-2 FAW-1 FAW-3 FAW-4 GAW-1 GAW-3 GAW-1 GAW-3 GAW-4 Stainless Steel Type BAW-11 BAW-12 BAW-11 BAW-13 CAW-11 CAW-12 CAW-13 BAW-11 BAW-13 CAW-11 CAW-12 CAW-13 CAW-11 CAW-14 DAW-11 DAW-12 DAW-13 CAW-11 CAW-14 CAW-19 DAW-11 DAW-12 DAW-13 DAW-11 DAW-16 DAW-14 EAW-11 EAW-15 EAW-12 DAW-11 DAW-14 DAW-15 EAW-11 EAW-15 EAW-12 EAW-11 EAW-13 FAW-11 FAW-1 5 FAW-12 EAW-11 EAW-13 EAW-14 GAW-11 GAW-12 FAW-11 FAW-13 GAW-11 GAW-12 FAW-11 FAW-13 FAW-14 GAW-11 GAW-13 GAW-11 GAW-13 GAW-14 Price $ 190. 193. 190. 195. 195. 198. 200. 190. 195. 195. 198. 200. 195. 200. 303. 307. 319. 195. 200. 202. 303. 307. 319. 303. 308. 310. 514. 524. 546. 303. 310. 321. 514. 524. 546. 514. 529. 821. 838. 887. 514. 529. 550. 1902. 2037. 821. 842. 1902. 2037. 821. 842. 895. 1902. 1938. 1902. 1938. 2079. Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type Price BAA-21 BAA-22 BAA-11 BAA-12 $ 118. 121. BAA-21 BAA-23 BAA-11 BAA-13 118. 123. CAA-21 CAA-22 CAA-23 CAA-11 CAA-12 CAA-13 123. 126. 128. BAA-21 BAA-23 BAA-11 BAA-13 118. 123. CAA-21 CAA-22 CAA-23 CAA-11 CAA-12 CAA-13 123. 126. 128. CAA-21 CAA-24 CAA-11 CAA-14 123. 128. DAA-21 DAA-22 DAA-23 DAA-11 DAA-12 DAA-13 189. 193. 205. CAA-21 CAA-24 CAA-29 CAA-11 CAA-14 CAA-19 123. 128. 130. DAA-21 DAA-22 DAA-23 DAA-11 DAA-12 DAA-13 189. 193. 205. DAA-21 DAA-26 DAA-24 DAA-11 DAA 16 DAA-14 189. 194. 196. EAA-21 EAA-25 EAA-22 EAA-11 EAA-15 EAA-12 300. 310. 332. DAA-21 DAA-24 DAA-25 DAA-11 DAA-14 DAA-15 189. 196. 207. EAA-21 EAA 25 EAA-22 EAA-11 EAA 15 EAA-12 300. 310. 332. EAA-21 EAA-23 EAA-11 EAA-13 300. 315. FAA-21 FAA-25 FAA-22 FAA-11 FA A-15 FAA-12 613. 630. 679. EAA-21 EAA 23 EAA-24 EAA-11 EAA 13 EAA-14 300. 315. 336. GAA-21 GAA-22 GAA-1 GAA-2 1356. 1491. FAA-21 FAA-23 FAA-11 FAA-13 613. 634. GAA-21 GAA-22 GAA-1 GAA-2 1356. 1491. FAA-21 FAA 23 FAA-24 FAA-11 FAA 13 FAA-14 613. 634. 687. GAA-21 GAA-23 GAA-1 GAA-3 1356. 1392. GAA-21 GAA 23 GAA-24 GAA 1 GAA-3 GAA-4 1356. 1392. 1533. For Hazardous Locations Class II, Groups E, FAG NEMA Type 9 Type BAE-1 Price $ 187. BAE-1 187. CAE-1 192. BAE-1 CAE-1 187. 192. CAE-1 DAE-1 192. 338. CAE-1 192. DAE-1 338. DAE-1 338. EAE-1 542. DAE-1 338. EAE-1 542. EAE-1 FAE-1 542. 860. EAE-1 542. FAE-1 FAE-1 860. 860. Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from table 7 on page 205. * SEE FOOTNOTES ON PREVIOUS PAGE. PRICES FOR ADDITIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES OF 8538 AND 8539 (Applies to starters on Pages 131, 133 and 134 as well as those listed above) $ "Start-Stop" push button in cover of NEMA Type 1 enclosure............................. "Start-Stop" push button in cover of NEMA Type 4, 9 or 12 enclosure............. "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of NEMA Type 1 enclosure.............. "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of NEMA Type 4, 9 or 12 enclosure Separate control circuit (specify voltage and frequency).......................................... Additional electrical interlocks, each............................................................................. Standard control circuit transformer............................................................................. Additional thermal overload relay with relay unit................................................... Add for cover gaskets in NEMA 1 enclosure............................................................. Legend plate on enclosure with markings as specified ....................................... Form Letters Form A Form A Form C Form C Form S Form X-- Form FT Form J1 Form Y47 Sizes 0 and 1 $ 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 27. 4. 10. 1.50 Size 2 $ 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 38. 4. 16. 1.50 1'For listing of additions and special features for Spin Top NEMA 7-9 starters refer to pages 193 and 194. Size 3 $ 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 56. 4. 22. 1.50 Size 4 $ 8. 22. 8. 22. N.C. 11. 68. 4. 38. 1.50 Size 5 $ 8. 22, 8. 22. N.C. 11. 77. 40. 66. 1.50 Size 6 and 7 $33. 50 33. 50. N.C. 33. inc. 70. 120. This rating for starting duty only. Fuses not large enough for long time acceler ation. APrices do not include fuses. Fuse clip sizes shown other than those marked $ are adapted from Table 430-146 of the 1965 edition of the National Electrical Code. Fuse sizes should be selected in accordance with Section 430-6 of the National Electrical Code. $Hp rating applies only when dual element fuses are used. PAGE 132 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000267 design leadership AC COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS CLASS 8539 25-60 CYCLES 3 POLE 600 VOLTS MAX. Max. HP Poly phase * 2 3 5 7/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 RATINGS Volts Circuit Breaker NEMA Size Trip Frame Setting Size 208-220 440-550 0 0 15 E 15 F 208-220 440-550 0 0 20 E 15 F 208-220 440-550 0 30 E 15 F 208 220 440-550 50 E 20 F 208-220 440 550 2 50 F 30 F 20 F 208 220 440 550 2 2 2 70 F 40 F 30 F 208-220 3 100 F 440 2 50 F 550 2 40 F 208-220 3 100 J 440 2 50 F 550 2 50 F 208-220 3 125 J 440 3 70 F 550 3 50 F 208-220 4 175 J 440 3 100 F 550 3 70 F 208-220 4 200 J 440 3 100 J 550 3 100 F 208 220 440 550 5 4 4 225 LA 125 J 100 J 208 220 440 550 5 4 4 300 LA 150 J 125 J 208-220 440 550 5 4 4 400 LA 200 J 150 J General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price BG-11 $ 101. BG-12 130. BG-13 BG-12 101. 130. CG-13 BG-12 106. 130. CG-15 CG-14 106. 135. DG-12 CG-16 CG-14 161. 135. 135. DG-20 DG-15 DG-16 161. 190. 190. EG-11 DG-17 DG-18 275. 190. 190. EG-12 DG-17 DG-19 275. 190. 190. EG-19 EG-13 EG-14 275. 275. 275. FG-11 EG-15 EG-16 600. 275. 275. FG-12 EG-17 EG-18 600. 275. 275. GG-1 FG-13 FG-14 1349. 600. 600. GG-2 FG-15 FG-16 1349. 600. 600. GG-3 FG-17 FG-18 1349. 600. 600. Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Standard Stainless Steel Type Type Price BW-1 BW-2 BW-1 $ 197. BW-12 226. BW-3 BW-2 BW-13 BW-12 197. 226. CW-3 BW-2 CW-13 BW-12 202. 226. CW-5 CW-4 CW-15 CW-14 202. 231. DW-2 CW-6 CW-4 DW-12 CW-16 CW-14 309. 231. 231. DW-10 DW-5 DW-6 DW-20 DW-15 DW-16 309. 338. 338. EW-1 DW-7 DW-8 EW-11 DW-17 OW-18 533. 338. 338. EW-2 DW-7 DW-9 EW-12 DW-17 DW-19 533. 338. 338. EW-9 EW-3 EW-4 EW-19 EW-13 EW-14 533. 533. 533. FW-1 EW-5 EW-6 FW-11 EW-15 EW-16 930. 533. 533. FW-2 EW-7 EW-8 FW-12 EW-1 7 EW-18 930. 533. 533. GW-1 FW-3 FW-4 GW-11 FW-13 FW-14 2191. 930. 930. GW-2 FW-5 FW-6 GW-12 FW-1 5 FW-16 2191. 930. 930. GW-3 FW-7 FW-8 GW-13 FW-17 FW-18 2191. 930. 930. For Hazardous Locations Dust-Tight Industrial Use Spin Top Enclosure* Without Class I, Groups C&D Class II, Groups External Reset Class II, Groups E, F A G NEMA E, F, & G NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 7-9 Type 9 Type Price Type Price Type Price BA-11 $ 125. BA-12 154. BR-11 $ 224. BR-12 248. BE-1 BE-2 $ 205. 234. BA-13 BA-12 125. 154. BR-11 BR-12 224. 248. BE-3 BE-2 205. 234. CA-13 BA-12 130. 154. CR-7 BR-13 228. 248. CE-3 BE-2 210. 234. CA-15 CA-14 130. 159. CR-7 CR-9 228. 254. CE-5 CE-4 210. 239. DA-12 CA-16 CA-14 195. 159. 159. DR-12 CR-14 CR-9 312. 254. 254. DE-2 CE-6 CE-4 312. 239. 239. DA-20 DA-15 DA-16 195. 224. 224. DR-20 DR-21 DR-21 312. 338. 338. DE-10 DE-5 DE-6 312. 338. 338. EA-11 DA-17 DA-18 319. 224. 224. ER-10 DR-22 DR-21 557. 338. 338. EE-1 DE-7 DE-8 557. 338. 338. EA-12 DA-17 DA-19 319. 224. 224. ER-10 DR-22 DR-22 557. 338. 338. EE-2 DE-7 DE-9 557. 338. 338. EA-19 EA-13 EA-14 319. 319. 319. ER-19 ER-20 ER-20 557. 557. 557. EE-9 EE-3 EE-4 557. 557. 557. FA-11 EA-15 EA-16 722. 319. 319. FR-9 ER-21 ER-20 866. 557. 557. FE-1 EE-5 EE-6 866. 5b/. 557. FA-12 EA-17 EA-18 722. 319. 319. FR-9 ER-21 ER-21 866. 557. 557. FE-2 EE-7 EE-8 866. 5b/. 557. GA-1 FA-13 FA-14 1569. 722. 722. GR-10 FR-17 FR-17 1843. 866. 866. GE-1 FE-3 FE-4 1843. 56b. 866. GA-2 FA-15 FA-16 1569. 722. 722. GR-10 FR-18 FR-17 1843. 866. 866. GE-2 FE-5 FE-6 1843. Vbb. bt>. GA-3 FA-17 FA-18 1569. 722. 722. GR-10 FR-18 FR-18 1843. 866. 866. GE-3 FE-7 FE-8 1843. tfbb. vbb. 125 440 550 5 250 la' GG-4 1349. GW-4 5 200 LA GG-5 1349. GW-5 GW-14 GW-15 3486. 2191. 2191. HA 1 GA-4 GA-5 3261. 1569. 1569. GR-19 1843. GR-20 1843. GE-4 GE-5 18 43. 1843. 34R6. HA-1 3261. 150 440 550 5 300 LA GG-6 1349. GW-6 5 225 LA GG-7 1349. GW-7 GW-16 2191. GW-17 2191. GA-6 GA-7 1569. 1569. GR-19 1843. GR-20 1843. GE-6 GE-7 1843. 1843. HW-1 3486. HA-1 3261. * 200 440 550 5 400 LA 5 300 LA GG-8 GG-9 1349. 1349. GW-8 GW-9 GW-18 2191. GW-19 2191. GA-8 GA-9 1569. 1569. GR-19 1843. GR-19 1843. GE-8 GE-9 1843. 1843. 300 208-220 7 MA JG-1 3995. JW-1 4495. JA-1 4265. 400 440-550 6 MA HG-1 2991. HW-1 3486. HA-1 3261. 600 440-550 7 MA JG-1 3995. JW-1 4495. JA-1 4256. ^NOT^Ei Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on Page 202 (melting alloy) or Table 7 on Page 205 (bimetallic). For prices of additions and special features, see page 132. See Page 134 for ordering instructions. Order spare parts, electrical interlock and user modification kits from pages 195-199. ^ . Trip settings and frame sizes do not apply to comb, starters in Spin Top end. Circuit breakers in Spin Top end. are adjustable instantaneous magnetic trip only. Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. Standard devices do not include external reset for overload relays. External reset will be furnished as an optional feature, on special order, at no additional charge. This equipment does not include transformer and control fuse. If these are required to meet J.I.C. specifications, refer to table on page 132 for appropriate price addition and form designation. .. ARefer to factory, giving motor horsepower, full load current, and locked rotor current or KVA, to select proper breaker trip unit. Manufactured by HI Division. These NEMA Type 9 enclosures are of the bolted type construction or of sheet steel construction. For starters of V/2 hp or less in Spin Top enclosures, refer to the nearest Square D field office for Type designation, price the same as the 2 hp starter. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 133 SQD SLV_000268 design leadership AC COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE CLASS 8539 CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE BIMETALLIC OVERLOAD RELAYS 25-60 CYCLES3 POLE_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ 600 VOLTS MAX. Max. HP Poly phase * 2 3 5 T'A 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 RATINGS Volts 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 208-220 440 550 NEMA Size Circuit Breaker * T rip Frame Setting Size 0 15 E 0 15 F 0 20 E 0 15 F 1 30 E 0 15 F 50 E 1 20 F 2 50 F 30 F 1 20 F 2 70 F 2 40 F 2 30 F 3 100 F 2 50 F 2 40 F 3 100 J 2 50 F 2 50 F 3 125 J 3 70 F 3 50 F 4 175 J 3 100 F 3 70 F 4 200 J 3 100 J 3 100 F 5 225 LA 4 125 J 4 100 J General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type BAG-11 BAG-12 BAG-13 BAG-12 CAG-13 BAG-12 CAG-15 CAG-14 DAG-12 CAG-16 CAG-14 DAG-20 DAG-15 DAG-16 EAG-11 DAG-17 DAG-18 EAG-12 DAG-17 DAG-19 EAG-19 EAG-13 EAG-14 FAG-11 EAG-15 EAG-16 FAG-12 EAG-17 EAG-18 GAG-1 h AU-13 FAG-14 Price $101. 130. 101. 130. 106. 130. 106. 135. 161. 135. 135. 161. 190. 190. 275. 190. 190. 275. 190. 190. 275. 275. 275. 600. 275. 275- 600. 275. 275. 1349. 600. 600. Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Standard Stainless Steel Type BAW-1 BAW-2 BAW-3 BAW-2 CAW-3 BAW-2 CAW-5 CAW-4 DAW-2 CAW-6 CAW-4 DAW-10 DAW-5 DAW-6 EAW-1 DAW-7 DAW-8 EAW-2 DAW-7 DAW-9 EAW-9 EAW-3 EAW-4 FAW-1 EAW-5 EAW-6 FAW-2 EAW-7 EAW-8 GAW-1 FAW-3 FAW-4 Type BAW-11 BAW-12 BAW-13 BAW-12 CAW-13 BAW-12 CAW-15 CAW-14 DAW-12 CAW-16 CAW-14 DAW-20 DAW-15 DAW-16 EAW-11 DAW-17 DAW-18 EAW-12 DAW-17 DAW-19 EAW-19 EAW-13 EAW-14 FAW-11 EAW-15 EAW-16 FAW-12 EAW-17 EAW-18 GAW-11 FAW-13 FAW-14 Price $197. 226. 197. 226. 202. 226. 202. 231. 309. 231. 231. 309. 338. 338. 533. 338. 338. 533. 338. 339. 533. 533. 533. 930. 533. 533. 930. 533. 533. 2191. 930. 930. For Hazardous Locations Dust-Tight Industrial Use Spin TopC Enclosure-^ Without Class I, Groups CdD Class II, Groups External Reset Class II, Groups E, F d G NEMA E,F,4G NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 7-9 Type 9. Type BAA-11 BAA-12 BAA-13 BAA-12 CAA-13 BAA-12 CAA-15 CAA-14 DAA-12 CAA-16 CAA-14 DAA-20 DAA-15 DAA-16 EAA-11 DAA-17 DAA-18 EAA-12 OAA-17 DAA-19 EAA-19 EAA-13 EAA-14 FAA-11 EAA-15 EAA-16 FAA-12 EAA-17 EAA-18 GAA-1 FAA-13 FAA-14 Price $ 125. 154. 125. 154. 130. 154. 130. 159. 195. 159. 159. 195. 224. 224. 319. 224. 224. 319. 224. 224. 319. 319. 319. 722. 319. 319. 722. 319. 319. 1569. 722. 722. Type * BAR-11 ; BAR-12 BAR-11 BAR-12 CAR-7 BAR-13 CAR-7 CAR-9 DAR-12 CAR-14 CAR-9 DAR-20 DAR-21 DAR-21 EAR-10 DAR-22 DAR-21 EAR-10 DAR-22 DAR-22 EAR-19 EAR-20 EAR-20 FAR-9 EAR-21 EAR-21 FAR-9 EAR-21 EAR-21 GAR-10 FAR-17 FAR-17 Price $ 224. 248. 224. 248. 228. 248. 228. 254. 312. 254. 254. 312. 338. 338. 557. 338. 338. 557. 338. 338. 557. 557. 557. 866. 557. 557. 866. 557. 557. 1843. 866. 866. Type BAE-1 BAE-2 BAE-3 BAE-2 CAE-3 BAE-2 CAE-5 CAE-4 DAE-2 CAE-6 CAE-4 DAE-10 DAE-5 DAE-6 EAE-1 DAE-7 DAE-8 EAE-2 DAE-7 DAE-9 EAE-9 EAE-3 EAE-4 FAE-1 EAE-5 EAE-6 FAE-2 EAE-7 EAE-8 GAE-1 FAE-3 FAE-4 Price $ 205. 234. 205. 234. 210. 234. 210. 239. 312. 239. 239. 312. 338. 338. 557. 338. 338. 557. 338. 338. 557. 557. 557. 866. 557. 557. 866. 557. 557. 1843. 866. 866. 208-220 5 300 LA GAG-2 1349. GAW-2 GAW-12 2191. GAA-2 1569. GAR-10 1843. GAE-2 1843. 7S 440 4 150 J FAG-15 600. FAW-5 FAW-15 930. FAA-15 722. FAR-18 866. FAE-5 866. 550 4 125 J FAG-16 600. FAW-6 FAW-16 930. FAA-16 722. FAR-17 866. FAE-6 866. 208-220 5 400 LA GAG-3 1349. GAW-3 GAW-13 2191. GAA-3 1569. GAR-10 1843. GAE-3 1843. 100 440 4 200 J FAG-17 600. FAW-7 FAW-17 930. FAA-17 722. FAR-18 866. FAE-7 866. 550 4 150 J FAG-18 600. FAW-8 FAW-18 930. FAA-18 722. FAR-18 866. FAE-8 866. 208-220 6 A MA HAG-1 2991. HAW-1 3486. HAA-1 3261. 125 440 5 250 LA GAG-4 1349. GAW-4 GAW-14 2191. GAA-4 1569. GAR-19 1843. GAE-4 1843. 550 5 200 LA GAG-5 1349. GAW-5 GAW-15 2191. GAA-5 1569. GAR-20 1843. GAE-5 1843. 208-220 6 MA HAG-1 2991. HAW-1 3486. HAA-1 3261. 150 440 5 300 LA GAG-6 1349. GAW-6 GAW-16 2191. GAA-6 1569. GAR-19 1843. GAE-6 1843. 550 5 225 LA GAG-7 1349. GAW-7 GAW-17 2191. GAA-7 1569. GAR-20 1843. GAE-7 1843. 208-220 6 A MA HAG-1 2991. HAW-1 3486. HAA-1 3261. 200 440 5 400 LA GAG-8 1349. GAW-8 GAW-18 2191. GAA-8 1569. GAR-19 1843. GAE-8 1843. 550 5 300 LA GAG-9 1349. GAW-9 GAW-19 2191. GAA-9 1569. GAR-19 1843. GAE-9 1843. 300 208-220 7 MA JAG-1 3995. JAW-1 4495. JAA-1 4265. 400 440-550 6 MA HAG-1 2991. HAW-1 3486. HAA-1 3261. 600 440-550 7 MA JAG-1 3995. JAW-1 4495. JAA-1 4265. For atl footnotes see page 133. CLASSES 8538 AND 8539 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current of motor. 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from line voltage. 4. Select thermal units from table 3 on page 202 (melting alloy) or table 7 on page 205 (bimetallic). 5. If special features are desired, order Class 8539, Type............ Form ............. selecting the correct Form letter from the table on page 132. Describe clearly any modification which cannot be covered by Form letters. PAGE 134 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT design leadership AC COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS DIMENSIONS Di agram 1 --------------A------------ - C JZ2 y 8 it Oiagram 2 30093-002 APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION NEMA 1 AND 12 ENCLOSURES WITH OR WITHOUT CONTROL TRANSFORMER Starter enclosure size usually increases with the addition of a control transformer. Width and length dimensions in the table followed by (FT) are those which change. Addition of control transformer does not increase the size of the enclosure for sizes 4 and 5. CLASS 8538 8539 00 u 00 CLASS CLASS 8539 Size Dimension 0-1 A B B (FT) c D E E (FT) F WEIGHT Dimension A B B (FT) 2c D E E (FT) F WEIGHT NEMA 1 Diagram 1 BG-11 CG-11 9/8 1854 18J4 12Me 554 16 16 Me 34 DG-11 BG-12 BG-13 CG-12 CG-13 CG-14 CG-19 9/e 20 /8 25/a 12Me 554 16 23 Me 34 DG12-15 10% 1954 26/s 12% 7% 17 24 Me 40 10% 26/a 31/a 12% 7% 24 29 Me 43 NEMA 12 Diagram 2 BA-21, 11 CA-21, 11 9/s 19% 19% 12Me 7 19 19 Me 34 DA-21, 11 10% 20% 27% 12/s 8/2 20 27 Me 43 BA-22, 12 BA-23, 13 CA-22, 12 CA-23, 13 CA-24, 14 CA-29, 19 9/8 21% 26% 12M 7 21 26 Me 34 DA22-25 DAI 2-15 10% 27% 32% 12/8 8/2 27 32 Me 46 NEMA 1 Diagram 1 BG11-13 CG13-16 9/8 1854 23 }4 12% 5/s 16 21 Me 29 DG-12 DG15-20 10% 2154 27/s 12/s 7% 19 25 Me 40 NEMA 12 Diagram 2 BA11-13 CA13-16 9^8 19% 24% 12% 7 19 24 Me 30 DA-12 DAI 5-20 10% 22% 28% 12/s 8/2 22 28 Me 44 Dimension A B B (FT) c 3D E E (FT) F WEIGHT EG-11 14Me 25Me MMe 16'% 10/4 22/2 30/2 V\$ 90 EG12-14 14Me 33^16 39^6 16'% IO/4 30/2 36/2 Me 102 EA-21, 11 14M6 27% 35% 16/2 11 26% 34% Me 105 EA12-14 EA22-24 14Me 35% 41 Me I6/2 11 34% 40% Me 108 EG11-19 14% 31% 31 M2 14'M2 ii!/a 28 M2 28/2 Me 102 EA11-19 14'Me 33% 33Me 14'M2 11 M2 32% 32% Me 108 Dimension A B C 4D E F WEIGHT FG-11 16'Me 30Me 18% 12% 27/Z Me 130 FG12-15 16'Me 41 Me 18M; 12% 38% Me 150 FA-21, 11 16'M6 32% 18 13/2 31% Me 140 FA22-25 FA12-15 16'Me 43Me 18 13/2 42% Me 140 FG11-18 14% 31 M2 14'M2 11/8 28/2 Me 120 FA11-18 14'Me 33% 14'% 11 M2 32% Me 130 Diagram 3 CLASS 8538 -- NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE SIZE 5 Size 5 Dim. A B C D E F Weight Diagram 3 GG & GG & GAG-1, -3 GAG-2, -4 29/4 71 19/2 24 11/2 "Me 580 29/4 84 19/2 24 11/2 "Me 620 All dimensions are in inches. All weights are approximate shipping weights in pounds and are tor starters without form FT. While type numbers listed are for starters with melting alloy overload relays same dimensions apply for starters with bimetallic overload relays. CLASS 8538 -- NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE SIZE 5 Size Dim. A 5B c D E F Weight Diagram 3 GA d GAA-1, -3, -21 & -23 GA d GAA-2, -4, -22 <fc -24 2954 71 19/2 23% 12/2 "Me 620 29/4 84 19/2 24 1154 "Me 700 Weight -- 420 Weight -- 440 PACE 135 SQD SLV 000270 design leadership REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS A PRIMARY RESISTOR TYPE 8547 8549 Primary resistor starters provide smooth acceleration and reduced starting current by in serting resistors in series with the motor windings. WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS t 25-60 CYCLES No. of Poles Max. HP Poly- Volts NEMA CLASS 116 RESISTORS Class 8547, NonrReversing 600 VOLTS MAX. Class 8549, Reversing General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 " industrial Use ... Dust-Tight oi Enclosure NEMA Type 5-12 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Industrial Use Dust-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 5-12 c Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price 3 Pole Three Phase * 5 m 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 t 300 t 400 t 500 f 600 + 700 t 800 t 9001 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 440-550 440-550 440-550 440-550 440-550 CG-3 CG-5 CG-3 DG-2 CG-5 DG-2 EG-2 DG-2 EG-2 DG-2 EG-2 FG-1 EG-2 FG-1 EG-2 GG-1 FG-1 GG-1 FG-1 HG-11 GG-1 HG-11 GG-1 HG-1 t GG-1 JG-1 HG-1 JG-1 HG-1 KG-1 HG-1 JG-1 JG-1 KG-1 KG-1 KG-1 $ 286. 296. 296. 420. 316. 450. 600. 484. 610. 504. 638. 1296. 662. 1296. 684. 2022. 1320. 2178. 1320. 3740. 2094. 3902. 2094. 4044. 2372. 6212. 3?34. 6425. 4166. 8521. 4288. 6730. 6892. 9357. 9691. 10042. CD-3 CD-5 CD-3 DD-2 CD-5 DD-2 ED-2 DD-2 ED-2 DD-2 ED-2 FD-1 ED-2 FD-1 ED-2 GD-1 FD-1 GD-1 FD-1 HA-1 t GD-1 HA-1 t GD-1 HA-11 GD-1 JA-1 HA-1 JA-1 HA-1 HA-1 JA-1 JA-1 $ 436. 446. 446. 600. 466. 630. 790. 664. 800. 684. 828. 1536. 852. 1536. 874. 2472. 1560. 2628. 1560. 4240. 2544. 4402. 2544. 4544. 2822. 6712. 4434. 6925. 4666. 4788. 7230. 7392. CG-1 CG-2 CG-1 DG-1 CG-2 DG-1 EG-1 DG-1 EG-l DG-1 EG-1 FG-1 EG-1 FG-1 EG-1 GG-1 FG-1 GG-1 FG-1 GG-1 GG-1 GG-1 $ 430. 440. 440. 814. 460. 844. 1016. 878. 1026. 898. 1054. 2198. 1078. 2198. 1100. 3100. 2222. 3256. 2222. 3172. 3172. 3450. CD-I CD-2 CD-I DD-1 CD-2 DD-1 ED-1 DD-1 ED-1 DD-1 ED-1 FD-1 ED-1 FD-1 ED-1 GD-1 FD-1 GD-1 FD-1 GD-1 GD-1 GD-1 $ 580. 590. 590. 994. 610. - 1024. 1206. 1058. 1216. 1078. 1244. 2438. 1268. 2438. 1290. 3550. 2462. 3706. 2462. 3622. 3622. 3900. Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on Page 202. HcTwo pole and four pole starters also available. Consult nearest field office for further information. fSizes 6, 7 and 8 manufactured by HI Division. Furnished with magnetic overload relays, and Tab Weld Resistors. CNot only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123 lor the contactor used in the particular size starter. CONTROL A30064*379 Typical Wiring Diagram for Class 8547 Primary Resistor Type Reduced Voltage Starter ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number of starter. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, full load current and type of motor. ____________________ APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE sion Symbol A B C D E F Weight Size 1 Types CG-3, CG-5 17'/4 20% 15% 14% 17/2 Vk 60 Size 2 Type DG-2 20% 21% 16/4 18 18/2 Vxi 80 Size 3 Type EG-2 24/i 28% 18% 21 24 yK 120-130 Size 4 Type FG-1 26/4 28% 24% 22 24 %6 195-220 Size 5 Type AGG-1 30/4 58% 31% 28 24/2 %6 300 Dimensions apply to diagram on page 137. NEMA TYPE 1 Size 6, 7 & 8 Types HG-1, JG-1 60 91/2 20 PAGE 136 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT NEMA 1 General Purpose Wall Mounting Enclosure SQD SLV 000271 Class 8606 starters are fully automatic In operation. These starters apply a reduced volt age across the motor termin als during the acceleration period by means of an auto transformer. No other reduc ed voltage starting method provides greater starting tor que per ampere of line cur rent. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage phase, cycles and full load current. Note: Starter nameplate will be stamped "Form Y90M to indicate closed tran sition starting. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION NEMA 1 General Purpose Floor Mounting Enclosure IDdesign leadership . . . REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS CLOSED TRANSITION AUTO-TRANSFORMER TYPE I CLASS WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS t I 8606 25-60 CYCLES THREE PHASE 600 VOLTS MAX. Max. HP Ratings ft Volts Cycles General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type Price Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Types 5-12 Type Price For Hazardous Locations Class II, Groups E, F and G NEMA Type 9 Type Price 208-220 15 440-550 208-220 440-550 DG-1 DG-1 $ 570. 598. DW-1 DW-1 $ 880. DD-1 $ 750. 778. DE-1 DE-1 5 880. 908. 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 25 EG-1 DG-1 EG-1 DG-1 670. 570. 698. 598. EW-1 DW-1 EW-1 DW-1 980. 880. 10087 908. ED-1 DD-1 ED-1 DD-1 860. .750. 888 778. EE-1 DE-1 EE-1 DE-1 980. 1008. 908. 208-220 30 440-550 50-60 EG-1 208-220 440-550 25 EG-1 698. 956. EW-i EW-1 1008. ED-1 .888 1146. 1008. 1266. 208-220 50 440-550 208-220 440-550 FG-1 EG-1 FG-1 EG-1 1296. 722. 1356. 956. FW-1 EW-1 FW-1 EW-1 1866. 1032. 1926. 1266. FD-1 ED-1 FD-1 ED-1 1536. 912. 1596. 1146. FE-1 EE-1 FE-1 EE-1 1866. 1032. 1926. 1266. 208-220 GG-1 75 440-550 50-60 FG-1 208-220 GG-1 440-550 25 FG-1 208-220 GG-1 100 440-550 50-60 FG-1 208-220 GG-1 440-550 FG-1 2022. 1320. 2076. 1496. 2178. 1320. 2278. 1598. GW-1 FW-1 GW-1 FW-1 GW-1 FW-1 GW-1 FW-1 2592. 1890. 2646. 2066. 2748. 1890. 2848. 2168. GD-1 FD-1 GD-1 FD-1 GD-1 FD-1 GD-1 FD-1 2472. 1560. 2526. 1736. 2628. 1560. 2728. 1838. GE-1 FE-1 GE-1 FE-1 GE-1 FE-1 GE-1 FE-1 2592. 1890. 2646. 2066. 2748. 1890. 2848. 2168. 208-220 125 440-550 208-220 150 440-550 HG-1 f GG-1 GG-1 HG-1 t GG-1 GG-1 3740. 2094. 2178. 3902. 2094. 2436. HW-l f GW-1 GW-1 HW-1 t GW-1 GW-1 4490. 2664. 2748. 4652. 2664. 3006. HA-1 t GD-1 GD-1 HA-1 t GD-1 GD-1 4240. 2544. 2628. 4402. 2544. 2886. GE-1 GE-1 GE-1 2664. 3006. 208-220 440-550 440-550 25 HG-1 t GG-1 GG-1 4044. 2372. 2674. HW-1 t GW-1 GW-1 4794. 2942. 3244. HA-1 t GD-1 GD-1 4544. 2822. GE-1 3244. 2501 300 f 400 f 208-220 440-550 208-220 140-550 208-S* 440-' 50-60 50-60 JG-1 HG-1 JG-1 HG-1 KG-1 HG-1 6212. 3934. 6425. 4166. 8521. 4288. JW-1 HW-1 JW-1 HW-1 HW-1 6962. 4684. 7175. 4916. 5038. JA-1 HA-1 JA-1 HA-1 HA-1 6712. 4434. 6925. 4666. 4788. 5001 I 440-550 | 50-60 I JG-1 6001 I 440-550 | 50-60 | JG-1 | 6730. | JW-1 6892. | JW-1 | 7480. j JA-1 | 7642. | JA-1 7230. 7392. 7001 I 440-550 | 50-60 | KG-1 9357. I 8001 I 440-550 | 50-60 \ KG-1 9691. I I I 9001 I 440-550 | 50-60 | KG-1 10042. | II Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on page 202. 4(Same prices apply to 2 phase, 4 wire starters where one line is run direct to motor, and 2 phase, 3 wire starters. fSizes 6, 7 and 8 are mfg. by HI Division and are furnished with Magnetic Overloads. f -f-Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES NEMA TYPE 1 CLASS 8606 Dimen sion Sym bol A B C D E F Weight A Size 2 Type DG-1 A Size 3 Type EG-1 Size 4 Type FG-1 Size 5 Type GG-1 18% 44/a 12/2 13 41/2 Vk 23% 51/4 15% 16 47 Vk 26/4 70/2 119/z 24 12/2 Vk 28% 82% 19/2 26 11/2 "Ad 250-300 335-360 600-650 800-900 Size 6 Type HG-1 32 91/2 20 "/k 2000 Sizes 7 & 8 Type JG-1 & KG-1 5b 91/2 20 'Vk CLASS 8640 2W!% CONTROL Dimen- sion Symbol A Size 1PW Type CG-1 A Size 2PW Type DG-1 A Size 3PW Type EG-1 A Size 4PW Type FG-1 A Size 5PW Type GG-1 1 WIRE CONTROL Typical Wiring Diagram for Class 8606 Auto-Transformer Type Reduced Voltage Starter A B C D E F Weight 14% 18% 6% 12 16 Vk 35 16% 24% 8% 14 22 Vk 65 19% 29% .8% 16/2 26/2 Vk 120 19% 35% 8/s 16/2 32/2 Vk 150 26% 58 13/a 22 56 'Ms 250 ADimensions apply to diagram on page 136. All dimensions are in inches. Size 8 Class 8606 starters have front and rear double doors. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 137 SQD SLV 000272 . design leadership REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS AC WYE-DELTA AND PART WINDING TYPES CLASS 8630 WYE-DELTA MOTOR STARTERS Open Transition Starting Closed Transition Starting Max. H.P. m "To 15 ~25 "30" ""40" 50 60 75 100 150 250 300 400 500 6QQ 750 8Q0 1000 1250 1500 Voltage 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 440-550 440-550 440-550" 440-550 NEMA Size 1 YD 1 YD 1 YD 1 YD 2 YD 1 YD 2 YD 2 YD 3 YD 2 YD 3 YD 2 YD 3 YD 3 YD 4 YD 3 YD 4 YD 3 YD 5 YD 4 YD 5 YD 4 YD 6 YO 5 YD 6 YD 5 YD 7 YD 6 YD 7 YD 6 YD 8 YO 6 YD 8 YD 7 YD 7 YD" 7 YD 8 YD 8 YD General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type CG-5 CG-5 CG-5 CG-5 DG-5 CG-5 DG-5 DG-5 EG-5 DG-5 EG-5 DG-5 EG-5 EG-5 FG-5 EG-5 FG-5 EG-5 GG-l FG-5 GG-l FG-5 hg-ia GG-l HG-IA GG-l JG-lA HG-IA JG-1A HG-IA KG-1A HG-IA KG-1A JG-1A jg-ia" JG-1A KG-1A kg-ia Price $ 348. 348. 348. 348. 4TT. 348. ~ 411. 411. 596. 411. 696. 411. 696. 696. 1238. 596. 1238. 696. 2222. 1238. 2222. 1238. 4750. 2222. 4750. 2222. 6405. 4750. 6405. 4750. 8662. 4750. 8862. 6405. 6405. 6405. 8862. 8862. Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type CW-5 CW-5 CW-5 CW-5 DW-5 CW-5 DW-5 DW-5 EW-5 DW-5 EW-5 DW-5 EW-5 EW-5 FW-5 EW-5 FW-5 EW-5 GW-1 FW-5 GW-1 FW-5 HW-1A GW-1 HW-1A GW-1 JW'lA HW-1 A JW-1A HW-1 A KW-1A HW-1A KW-lA JW-1A 1W-1A JW-1A KW-lA KW-lA Price $ 468. 468. 468. 468. 546. 468. 546. 546. 791. 546. 791. 546. 791. 791. 1545. 791. 1545. 791. 2792. 1545. 2792. 1545. 5500. 2792. 5500. 2792. 7155. 5500. 7155. 5500. 9612. 5500. 9612. 7155. 7155. 7155. 9612. 9612. Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* Type CA-5 CA-5 CA-5 CA-5 DA-5 CA-5 DA-5 DA-5 EA-5 DA-5 EA-5 DA-5 EA-5 EA-5 FA-5 EA-5 FA-5 EA-5 GA-1 FA-5 GA-1 FA-5 HA-1A GA-1 HA-1 A GA-1 JA-1A ha-ia ja-ia HA-1 A KA-1A HA-IA KA-1A JA-IA JA-IA JA-IA ka-ia KA-1A Price $ 448. 448. 448. 448. 636. 448. 536. 536. 746. 536. 746. 536. 746. 746. 1438. 746. 1438. 746. 2672. 1438. 2672. 1438. 5250. 2672. 5250. 2672. 6905. 5250. 6905. 5250. 9362. 6250. 9362. 6905. 6905. 6905. 9362. 9362. General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type CG-6 CG-6 CG-6 CG-6 DG-6 CG-6 OG-6 DG-6 EG-6 DG-6 EG-6 DG-6 EG-6 EG-6 FG-6 EG-6 FG-6 EG-6 GG-2 FG-6 GG-2 FG-6 ' HG-2A GG-2 HG-2A GG-2 JG-2A HG-2A JG-2A HG-2A KG-2A HG-2A KG-2A JG-2A JG-2A JG-2A KG-2A KG-2A. Price $ 529. 529. 629. 629. 592. 529. 598. 598. 802. 598. 924. 620. 824. 824. 1571. 848. 1619. 931. 2698. 1683. 2722. 1707. 5974. 2788. 5974. 2939. 8304. 5974. 8304. 5974. 10930. 5974. 11218. 8304. 8304. 8304. 11369. 11369. Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type CW-6 CW-6 CW-6 CW-6 DW-6 CW-6 DW-6 DW-6 EW-6 DW-6 EW-6 DW-6 EW-6 EW-6 FW-6 EW-6 FW-6 EW-6 GW-2 FW-6 GW-2 FW-6 HW-2A GW-2 HW-2A GW-2 JW-2A HW-2A JW-2A HW-2A KW-2A HW-2A KW-2A JW-2A JW-2A JW-2A KW-2A KW-2A Price $ 649. 649. 049. 649. 727. 649. 733. 733. 997. 733. 1019. 755. 1019. 1019. 1873. 1043. 1926. 1126. 3263. 1990. 3292. 2014. 8724. 3358. 6724. 3509. 9054. 6724. 9054. 6724. 11680. 6724. 11968. 9054. 9054. 9054. 12119. 12119. Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* Type Price CA-6 CA-6 CA-6 CA-6 DA-6 CA-6, DA-6 DA-6 EA-6 DA-6 EA-6 DA-6 EA-6 EA-6 FA-6 EA-6 FA-6 EA-6 GA-2 FA-6 GA-2 FA-6 5 1H; s ?if; ill: 97L 1771 998. 1081. 3148. 1883. Vm. HA-2A GA-2 HA-2A GA-2 3288* 6474. JA-2A HA-2A JA-2A HA-2A KA-2A HA-2A KA-2A JA-2A JA-2A JA-2A KA-2A KA-2A JJ5J' gg04 6474. 11430. 1880*" 8804. 8804. 11869. 11869. Prices include three overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. To ssloct thermal units: divide the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73, then use this value to select thermal units from Table 3 on page 202. Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. AMfg. by HI Division. Provided with Magnetic Overload Relays. flU MiH- tA) _ LtIl "Hflll hwjwr H WLc3Htt?|I lIUHMggKjJ uapigHa ........... .71 jPbasB^,. 1 Class 8640 Type FG-1 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED l.For Wye-Delta starter. specify Class and Type of voltage, phase, cycles and full load current rating of motor. Starter, specify Class and Type number of starter; give horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles and motor full load current of each winding. PART WINDING MOTOR STARTERS CLASS 8640 Class 8640 starters are used with part winding squirrel cage motors to provide reduced starting torque and current. ______________ WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS t 25-60 CYCLESTWO STEP PART WINDING MOTOR STARTER * 600 VOLTS MAX. No. of Poles 3 Pole Three Phase NEMA Size Max. HP Polyphase 208-220 440-550 Volts Volts 1PW 2PW 3PW 4PW 5PW 6PWt 7PWt 15 30 60 100 200 400 600 20 50 100 200 400 800 1200 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type CG-t DG-1 EG-1 FG-1 GG-1 HG-1 JG-1 Price S 225. 318. 446. 947. 1900. 4127. 6165. Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Dust-Tight industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 5-12 For Hazardous Locations, Class I Group D NEMA Type 7 Type CW-1 DW-1 EW-1 FW-1 GW-1 HW-1 JW-1 Price $ 345. 453. 641. 1254. 2470. 4734. 6818. Type CD-I DD-1 ED-1 FD-1 GD-1 HA-1 JA-1 Price $ 325. 443. 596. 1147. 2350. 4627. 6765. Type CR-1 DR-1 ER-1 FR-1 Price $ 455. 660. 1008. 2130. Prices include four overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units, based on full load current of each motor winding, from Table 3 on Page 202. Four pole two step part winding motor starters and three pole three step part winding motor starters are also available. Consult the nearest Square D Company field office for further information. "fSizes 6PW and 7PW are mfg. by HI Division. For dimensions, see page 137. PAGE 138 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT A 30064-380 Typical Wiring Diagram for Cla 8640 Part Winding Motor Starters SQD SLV 000273 11design leadership . . . 5TYPE AC REVERSING MAGNETIC CONTACTORS ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and full load cur rent of motor. 3. Control voltage and fre quency if different from line voltage. 4. Any special features required. WITHOUT OVERLOAD PROTECTION An all new mechanical interlock is utilized for the Type S reversing contactors. Compactness and extremely long life are key features of this design. A Size O or 1 three pole open type reversing contactor occupies only 35.5 square inches of panel space. Each reversing contactor is supplied as standard with a normally open holding circuit inter lock and a normally closed electrical interlock. Four additional single circuit electrical inter locks can be factory or field added to each forward and reverse contactor of two and three pole devices. CLASS 8702 50-60 CYCLES 600 VOLTS MAX. No. of Poles 2 Pole Single Phase 3 Pole Single Phase 3 Pole Poly phase 4 Pole Poly phase NEMA Size 0 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 2 Ratings Volts 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 Max. HP 1 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 5 3 7/2 10 7/2 15 25 3 5 7/2 10 15 25 Type of Motor Single Phase 3-Wire 4-Wire Rep.-lnd. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep.-lnd. 4-Wire Split Ph. 3 Phase 2 Phase 4-Wire General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type | Price SBG-1 $ 74. SCG-2 86. SBG-2 76. SBG-3 76. SCG-4 88. SCG-6 88. SBG-4 76. SCG-8 88. SDG-2 172. SBG-5 SCG-10 SDG-4 96. 109. 214. Water-Tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type i Price SBW-11 $120. SCW-11 150. SBW-12 122. SBW-13 122. SCW-12 152. SCW-13 152. SBW-14 122. SCW-14 152. SDW-11 276. SBW-15 SCW-15 142. 173. SDW-12 324. Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 * Type | Price SBA-1 $ 92. SCA-1 104. SBA-2 94. SBA-3 94. SCA-2 106. SCA-3 106. SBA-4 94. SCA-4 106. SDA-1 202. SBA-5 SCA-5 SDA-2 114. 127. 244. Open Type Type | Price SBO-1 $ 70. SCO-2 80. SBO-2 72. SBO-3 72. SCO-4 82. SCO-6 82. SBO-4 72. SCO-8 82. SDO-2 156. SBO-5 SCO-10 SDO-4 92. 105. 198. Prices do not include push button stations. Prices include one normally open holding circuit contact and one normally closed interlocking contact on each contactor-- no deduction for omission. Ratings shown are for normal service. For plugging or jogging service, rate in accordance with Paragraph 1 Cl-21 B.21 of NEMA standards for industrial control. ^Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. Note: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the current rating listed on Class 8502, Page 122, for the contactor used in the part icular size starter. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Figure 1--Sizes 0-2, 2-4 pole, NEMA Type 1 general purpose enclosure CLASS 8702 -- FIGURE 1 Figure 2--Sizes 0-2, 2-4 pole, open type NEMA Size 0 1 2 Type SBG SCG SDG No. of Poles 2-4 2-4 Mounting Screws (4) #10 (4) #10 A 11 % 147s B n% 14% C 7'Vil 7% Dimensions DE 9% IMs 12% IMs F IMs IMs G 9% 12 H IMs IMs IMs IMs CLASS 8702 -- FIGURE 2 NEMA Size 0 1 0 1 2 2 Type SBO-1, 2, 3, 4 SCO-2, 4, 6, 8 SBO-5 SCO-10 SDO-2 SDO-4 No. of Poles 2-3 4 3 4 Mounting Screws (3) #10 (4) #10 (3) #10 (4) #10 AB 7% 5 10Mz 9 1221/jz 5'M; 614 6% cD 5Ms 5Ms 6M2 614 8 10% Dimensions EF G 3'3/32 ,5/32 H 4"/32 Ms K 5/2 2'/32 iMz % 4/z 7/32 5/32 % 5% % 6% 7/32 8 1/32 % 6 1% % 103% % Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs.) 16 24 Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs) 11 12 16 19 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 139 SQD SLV 000274 design leadership AC REVERSING MAGNETIC CONTACTORS CLASS 8702 WITHOUT OVERLOAD PROTECTION Reversing magnetic contactors are used to start, stop and reverse ac squirrel cage motors where overload protection is not needed or is provided separately. Square D offers these sturdy contactors in a large variety of sizes and enclosures. 600 VOLTS MAX. 25-60 CYCLES RatingsT No. of Poles NEMA Size Volts 2 Pole Single Phase 3 Pole Single Phase 3 Pole Poly phase 4 Pole Poly phase 00 0 1 00 0 1 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 sfs 7* 0 1 2 3 4 5 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 110 208-220 440-550 no 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 no 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 Max. Hp $ & 1 1 z 2 3 ^3 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 % 1V4 Z 2 3 5 3 VA 10 IVz IS 25 IS 30 50 SO 100 100 200 200 400 300 600 3 5 VA 10 IS 25 30 50 50 100 100 200 Type of Motor Single Phase 3-Wire 4-Wire Rep.-lnd. 4-Wire Split Phase 4-Wire Rep.-lnd. 4-Wire Split-Phase 4-Wire Rep.-lnd. 4-Wire Split-Phase 3 Phase 2 Phase 4-Wire General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type l Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Stan dard Stain less Steel Dust-Tight Industrial Use EnclosureA NEMA Type 12 Open Type Verti cal Type Hori zontal Type AG-1 Price Type $ 62. AW-1 Type Price AW-11 $108. Type Price Use NEMA Size 0 Verti cal Type Hori zontal Type AO-1 Price $ 58.' BG-9 BG-1 74. 8W-1 BW-ll 120. BA-1 $ 92. BO-9 BO-1 70. CG-I CG-2 AG-2 AG-3 86. CW-1 $ 64. AW-2 64. AW-3 CW-11 ISO. AW-12 $110. AW-13 110. CA-1 104. Use NEMA Size 0 Use NEMA Size 0 CO-1 CO-2 AO-2 AO-3 80. $ 60. 60. BG-10 BG-2 76. BW-2 BW-12 122. BA-2 J 94. B0-10 BO-2 72. BG-11 BG-3 CG-3 CG-4 76. BW-3 BW-13 122. BA-3 86. CW-2 CW-12 152. CA-2 94. B0-I1 BO-3 106. CO-3 CO-4 72. 82. CG-5 CG-6 88. CW-3 CW-13 152. CA-3 106. CO-5 CO-6 82. AG-4 $ 64. AW-4 AW-14 $110. Use NEMA Size 0 AO-4 $ 60. BG-12 BG-4 CG-7 CG-8 76. BW-4 BW-14 122. BA-4 $ 94. BO-12 BO-4 88. CW-4 CW-14 152. CA-4 106. CO-7 CO-8 72. 82. DG-1 DG-2 172. DW-1 OW-11 276. DA-1 202. DO-1 DO-2 156. EG-1 EG-2 287. EW-1 EW-11 441. ED-1 353. EO-1 EO-2 259. FG-1 FG-3 698. FW-1 FW-11 970. FA-1 800. FO-l FO-3 646. GG-1 GG-3 1466. GW-1 GW-11 1686. GD-1 1686. GO-l GO-3 1165. HG-1 3650. HW-1 4150. HA-1 3920. HO-1 3142. JG-1 4543. JW-1 5043. JA-1 4813. JO-1 4043. BG-13 BG-5 $ 96. BW-5 BW-15 $142. BA-5 $114. BO-13 BO-5 $ 92. CG-9 CG-10 109. CW-5 CW-15 173. CA-5 127. CO-9 CO-10 105. DG-3 DG-4 214. DW-2 DW-12 324. DA-2 244. DO-3 DO-4 198. EG-3 EG-4 356. EW-2 EW-12 510. ED-2 422. EO-3 EO-4 328. FG-2 FG-4 888. FW-2 FW-12 1162. FA-2 992. FO-2 FO-4 834. GG-2 GG-4 1757. GW-2 GW-12 2195. GD-2 2109. GO-2 GO-4 1455. See page 143 for dimensions. Contactors with enclosures for Class II Groups E, F and G and Class I Groups C and D hazardous locations are also available. Legend plate on enclosure with marking as specified...............................................................................................................Price $1.50 AFunctionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. jfcMfg. by HI Division. Size 8 also available. "t*Ratings shown are for normal service. For plugging or jogging service rate in accordance with paragraph 1C 1-21 B.21 of NEMA Standards for Industrial Control. rfcNOTE: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. For Accessories, see pages 152-192. For spare parts, electrical interlock, and user modification kits, see pages 195-199. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from l'ne voltage full load current of motor. 4. Any special features required. PAGE 140 Size O Type BO-4 Type DO-2 Size 2 Horizontal Arrangement Type EO-1 Size 3 Vertical Arrangement SQD SLV 000275 TYPE 5 Class 8736 Type SCO-8 Size 1, 3 pole reversing starter Class 8736 reversing starter in NEMA 1 enclosure design leadership . . REVERSING MAGNETIC STARTERS WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS An all new mechanical interlock is utilized for the Type S reversing starters. Compactness and extremely long life are key features of this design. Each reversing starter is supplied as standard with a normally open holding circuit interlock and a normally closed electrical interlock. Four additional single circuit electrical interlocks can be factory or field added to each forward and reverse contactor of two and three pole devices. CLASS 8736 50-60 CYCLES 600 VOLTS MAX. No. of NEMA Poles Size RatingsC Volts Max. HP Type of Motor General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Price Water-Tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type Price Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* Type Price Open Type Type Price 2 Pole Single Phase 0 3 Pole Single Phase 0 1 3 Pole Poly phase 0 1 2 4-Pole Poly phase 0 1 2 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 220 440-550 1 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 5 3 7H 10 7*A 15 25 3 5 7A 10 15 25 Single Phase 3-Wire 4-Wire Rep-lnd. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep-lnd. 4-Wire Split Ph. 3 Phase 2 Phase 4-Wire 8PG-1 gCG-2 SBG-2 SBG-3 SCG-4 SCG-6 SBG-4 SCG-8 SDG-2 SBG-5 SCG-10 SDG-4 $ 7*. 90. 80. 80. 92. 92. 84. 96. 184. 104. 117. 226. SBW-11 $124. SCW-11 154. SBW-12 126. SBW-13 126. SCW-12 156. SCW-13 156. SBW-14 130. SCW-14 160. SDW-11 288. SBW-15 150. SCW-15 181. SDW-12 336. SBA-1 SCA-1 SBA-2 SBA-3 SCA-2 SCA-3 SBA-4 SCA-4 SDA-1 SBA-5 SCA-5 SDA-2 $ 96. SBO-1 108. SCO-2 98. SBO-2 98. SBO-3 110. SCO-4 110. SCO-6 102. SBO-4 $ 74. 84. 76. 76. 86. 86. 80. 114. SCO-8 90. 214. SDO-2 168. 122. 135. 256. SBO-5 SCO-10 SDO-4 100. 113. 210. Prices do not include push button stations. Prices include one normally open holding circuit contact and one normally closed interlocking contact on each contactor -- no deduction for omission. Prices of Class 8736 two and three pole single phase starters include one overload relay thermal unit. Two thermal units are included for three and four pole polyphase starters. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. CRatings shown are for normal service. For plugging or jogging service, rate in accordance with Paragraph IC1-21B.21 of NEMA standards for industrial control. *Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. Note: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the current rating listed on Page 122 for the contactor used in the particular size starter. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and full load cur rent of motor. 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from line voltage. 4. Select melting alloy thermal units from table 3 on page 202. 5. Any special features required. NEMA Size 0 1 2 NEMA Size 0 1 0 1 2 2 Type 1 general purpose enclosure Figure 2 -- Sizes 0-2, 2-4 pole, open type CLASS 8736 -- FIGURE 1 Type SBG SCG SDG No. of Poles 2-4 2-4 Mounting Screws (4) #10 (4) #10 A 14% B n% 14% c 7% 77'/iz Dimensions DE 9% 12% H4 1 Vis F 1!4 1!4 G 9% 12 H1 i!4 U4 i!4 1!4 CLASS 8736 - FIGURE 2 Type SBO-1, 2, 3, 4 SCO-2, 4, 6, 8 SBO-5 SCO-10 SDO-2 SDO-4 Poles 2-3 4 3 4 Mounting Screws (3) #10 (4) #10 (3) #10 15) #10 AB 7% 629/32 10'/32 71/32 9 8>/6 122,/32 8'7/j2 c 554 D 554 6'/i2 6/32 8 10% Dimensions E F G H| 1 J 3' 3/32 l5/32 4"/i2 62/32 4'2/j2 1/32 V2. 4% 2/32 5/32 629/2 6% % 5% 7% 5 % 6% 8% 8'/,6 K iL 5/6 2/2 514 1/32 59/32 1% 5%r % Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs.) 17 25 Approximate Shipping M Weight (lbs) 12 103/a 13 17 20 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 141 SQD SLV 000276 design leadership AC REVERSING MAGNETIC STARTERS CLASS 8736 WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS * Reversing line voltage magnetic starters are used to start, stop and reverse ac squirrel cage motors where full motor starting torque will not damage the driven machinery and where the starting inrush current is not objectionable. Motor protection is pro vided by melting alloy type thermal overload relays. $ 25-60 CYCLES_____________________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________ 600 VOLTS MAX. No. of Poles NEMA Size 00 20 1 00 30 1 Ratings'!* Volts 115 230 115 230 115 230 W 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 Max. HP C Vz z 2 3 Vz Vz Z z 2 3 Z 3 Type of Motor Single Phase 3-Wire 4-Wire Rep-lnd. 4-Wire Split-Phase 4-Wire Rep-lnd. 4-Wire Split-Phase 4-Wire Rep-lnd. 4-Wire Split-Phase General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Verti cal Type Hori zontal Type Price Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Stan dard Stain less Steel Type Type Price AG-1 $ 68. AW-1 AW-11 $ 112. BG-7 BG-1 78. BW-l BW-11 124. CG-1 CG-2 90. CW-1 CW-11 154. AG-2 68. AW-2 AW-12 114. AG-3 68. AW-3 AW-13 114. BG-8 BG-2 80. BW-2 BW-12 126. BG-9 BG-3 80. BW-3 BW-13 126. CG-3 CG-4 92. CW-2 CW-12 156. CG-5 CG-6 92. CW-3 CW-13 156. Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12* For Hazardous Locations Class II Groups E, F, & G NEMA Type 9 Spin Top Class I Groups C & D Class II Groups E, F, & G NEMA Type 7-9 Type Price Type Use NEMA Size 0 AE-1 BA-1 $ 96. BE-1 CA-1 108. Use NEMA Size 0 Use NEMA Size 0 CE-1 AE-2 AE-3 BA-2 98. BE-2 BA-3 98. BE-3 CA-2 110. CE-2 CA-3 110. CE-3 Price Type Price 6 112. Use NEMA Size 0 124. BR-6 $ 239. 154. CR-6 251. Use NEMA 114. Size 0 Use NEMA 114. Size 0 126. BR-7 241. 126. BR-8 241. 156. CR-7 253. 156. CR-8 253. 110 00 208-220 440-550 % m 2 AG-4 72. AW-4 AW-14 118. Use NEMA Size 0 AE-4 118. Use NEMA Size 0 no 0 208-220 440-550 2 3 5 BG-10 BG-4 84. BW-4 BW-14 130. BA-4 102. BE-4 130. BR-9 245. 110 3 1 208-220 v/z 440-550 10 CG-7 CG-8 96. CW-4 CW-14 160. CA-4 114. CE-4 160. CR-9 257. 110 V/z 2 208-220 15 DG-1 DG-2 184. DW-1 DW-11 288. DA-1 214. DE-1 326. DR-3 427. 440-550 25 3 110 15 3 208-220 30 3 Phase EG-I EG-2 305. EW-l EW-11 459. ED-1 371. EE-1 503. ER-3 684. 440-550 50 208-220 6Q 4 440-550 100 208-220 100 5 440-550 200 FG-1 GG-1 FG-3 GG-3 724. FW-1 1551. GW-1 FW-11 996. FD-1 1771. GD-1 826. FE-1 1771. 1070. FR-1 GR-1 1173. 2636. 208-220 200 6A 440-550 400 208-220 300 7 A 440-550 600 HG-1 JG-1 4015. HW-1 4950. JW-1 4515. HA-1 5450. JA-1 4285. 5220. 208-220 450 8A 440-550 900 220 0 440-550 3 5 KG-l BG-U BG-5 6830. 104. BW-5 BW-15 150. BA-5 122. BE-5 150. BR-10 265. 220 V/z 1 440-550 10 CG-9 CG-10 117. CW-5 CW-15 181. CA-5 135. CE-5 181. CR-10 278. 220 15 2 4 2 440-550 25 220 30 Phase 4-Wire DG-3 DG-4 226. DW-2 DW-12 336. DA-2 256. DE-2 364. 3- 440-550 50 EG-3 EG-4 376. EW-2 EW-12 528. ED-2 440. EE-2 572. 220 50 4 440-550 100 FG-2 FG-4 914. FW-2 FW-12 1188. FD-2 1018. FE-2 1260. 220 100 5 440-550 200 GG-2 GG-4 1841. GW-2 GW-12 2280. GD-2 2193. See page 143 for dimensions. . Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. AMfg. by HI Division. -(Ratings shown are for normal service. For plugging or jogging service rate in accordance with paragraph 1C 1-21B.21 of NEMA Standards for Industrial Control. NOTE: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123 for the contactor used in the particular size starter. For Accessories, see pages 152-192. For spare parts, electrical interlock, and user modification kits, see pages 195-199. ^Devices with automatic/hand reset adjustable BIMETALLIC overload relays available at the same price. Specify by add ing the letter "A" between the two letters of the existing type designation eg: 8736 BG-8 except with bimetallic overloads becomes 8736 Type BAG-8. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Open Type Verti cal Type Hori zontal Type Price AO-1 $ 62. BO-7 BO-1 74. CO-1 CO-2 84. AO-2 64. AO-3 64. BO-8 BO-2 76. BO-9 BO-3 76. CO-3 CO-4 86. CO-5 CO-6 86. AO-4 68. BO-10 BO-4 80. CO-7 CO-8 90. DO-1 DO-2 168. EO-1 EO-2 277. FO-1 FO-3 GO-1 GO-3 HO-I JO-1 KO-1 BO-11 BO-5 CO-9 CO-10 DO-3 DO-4 EO-3 EO-4 FO-2 FO-4 GO-2 GO-4 672. 1250. 3515. 4450. 6330. 100. 113. 210. 346. 860. 1540. 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current of motor. 3. Control voltage and frequency if different from line voltage. 4. Select thermal units from table 3, page 202 (melting alloy) or table 7 on page 205 (bi metallic). 5. Any special features required. Type DO-2 -- Size 2 Horizontal Arrangement PAGE 142 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000277 m design leadership . . . AC REVERSING CONTACTORS & STARTERS WIRING DIAGRAMS AND DIMENSIONS Diagram 1 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure for Reversing Contactors and Starters Diagram 2 Open Type Vertically Mounted Reversing Contactors and Starters APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION CLASS 8702 8736 8702 (3 POLE) 8736 (3 POLE) NEMA Size Dimension Open Device Vert. Horiz. Type Type Diagram 2 Diagram 3 A B C 00 D E F 6'7/32 5% 3/w 5M 45/6 7/32 Weight 6 A B C D E F Weight A B C D E F Weight 4Mz 145/32 4 2 13'% Vn 8 4% 14 Me 4% 2 13% % 11 9 6'Me 3% 6% 6)4 % 8 9/2 6% 4)4 6% 6/a % 11 A B C D E F Weight 7'/e 20% 5% 6 20 % 34 12% 11 Me 5% 11)4 10)4 Me 34 A B C D E F Weight SV,6 26 6'Me 7'/a 25'A "/32 55 15)4 12% 6%6 14'A 111 Vie "/32 55 A 7% 15'M; B 31 15% 4C 75/6 6% D6 14 E 30 14)4 F V<6 7/6 A 1254 99 l/fl B 5 C 11 y8 1014 " D 5/2 14' ' E 51 y2 22% F %> 9/6 6, 7, 8_______________ Refer to field office. NEMA 1 Vert. Type Diagram 1 7% 17% S/a 5/4 ' 15/2 %6 15 7% 17% 57/a 5)4 15/2 5/6 22 9% 25)4 7 7/2 23 5/6 52 10% 32/a 8 8 29/z 7/6 90 123/s 383/s 8% 9/2 35/2 7/6 19>4 65 1414 13 63 "/6 Horiz. Type Diagram 1 7"/6 8% 4'5/6 6 6/a 3/32 11 12% 10% 5"/s 10/4 8/4 %6 15 12% 10% 5"/6 10/4 8/4 %6 22 16)4 15/8 7 14 13 Me 52 19/a 19)4 8 16/2 16/2 7/6 90 18"/6 22>'/6 8% 16 20 7/6 Open Device NEMA 1 Vert. Type Diagram 2 415/s 145/ii 4 2 13'5/32 7/32 8 4'5/6 14'3/, 4'% 2 13'% 7/32 12 7/2 20% 57% 6 20 Me 34 85/12 26 625/2 7)4 26)4 "/2 57 8/4 31 75/6 6 30 7/6 1214 54 111/32 514 5114 5/6 Horiz. Type Diagram 3 6'7/32 75/6 3/a 5'/6 5% 7/32 7 99/6 61 %6 32% 6% 6/a 7/2 8 9'3/6 6/a 45/2 6% 6/a Zu 12 12% 11%2 5'3/2 11/2 10)4 Me 34 15)4 12% 63/6 14/4 11"/6 "/32 57 15'3/6 15% 6/a 14 14/2 7/6 22% 24' Ms 1014 14' 22% 3/6 Vert. Type Diagram 1 7% 17% 5/a 5/4 15/2 5/6 15 7% 17% 57/a 5/4 15/2 5/6 23 9% 25)4 7/4 7/2 23 3/2 52 10% 32/4 85/6 8 29/2 7/6 90 123/6 383/6 8'5/6 9/2 35/2 7/6 1914 65 141 % 13 63 "/6 Horiz. Type Diagram 1 7"/6 9/3 5"/6 6 8% 9/32 13 12% 10% 5/a 10)4 8/4 Me 15 12% 10% 57/8 10/4 8/4 Me 23 16/a 15/a 7'A 14 13 3/2 52 19/a 19/a 85/e 16/2 I6/2 7/6 90 18H/6 22"/e 8'5/e 16 20 7/e Ail dimensions are in inches, and weights are approximate shipping weights in pounds. WIRING DIAGRAMS D Class 8736 Size 0 and 1 Horizontally Mounted Starters Class 8736 Sizes 2, 3, 4 and 5 Vertically Mounted Starter Class 8736 Sizes 2, 3, 4 and 5 Horizontally Mounted Starters PAGE 143 SQD SLV 000278 design leadership AC REVERSING COMBINATION STARTERS LINE VOLTAGE TYPE CLASS 8738 SWITCH TYPE --WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS1- 25-60 CYCLES RATINGS Max. HP Poly phase 5 71/2 10 25 50 60 100 Volts 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 440-550 440-550 Fuse Clip Size Amps. None 30 None 30 None $30 60 None 30 None $30 60 None 30 None $60 100 None $30 60 None $60 *100 None $30 60 None 200 None $60 100 None *200 None *100 None $200 400 None $100 200 None 200 None $200 400 NEMA Size 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 POLE General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Typef BG-11 BG-12 BG-11 BG-13 CG-11 CG-12 CG-13 BG-11 BG-13 CG-11 CG-12 CG-13 CG-11 CG-14 DG-11 DG-12 DG-13 , CG-11 x CG-14 CG-19 DG-11 DG-12 DG-13 DG-11 DG-16 DG-14 EG-11 EG-12 DG-11 DG-14 DG-15 EG-11 EG-12 EG-11 EG-13 FG-11 FG-15 FG-12 EG-11 EG-13 EG-14 FG-11 FG-13 FG-11 FG-13 FG-14 Price $ 152. 155. 152. 157. 162. 165. 167. 152. 157. 162. 165. 167. 162. 167. 269. 273. 285. 162. 167. 169. 269. 273. 285. 269. 274. 276. 444. 472. 269. 276. 287. 444. 472. 444. 455. 927. 944. 993. 444. 455. 476. 927. 948. 927. 948. 1001. Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Standard Type BW-1 BW-2 BW-1 BW-3 CW-1 CW-2 CW-3 BW-1 BW-3 CW-1 CW-2 CW-3 CW-1 CW-4 DW-1 DW-2 DW-3 CW-1 CW-4 CW-9 DW-1 DW-2 DW-3 DW-1 DW-6 DW-4 EW-1 EW-2 DW-1 DW-4 DW-5 EW-1 EW-2 EW-1 EW-3 FW-1 FW-5 FW-2 EW-1 EW-3 EW-4 FW-1 FW-3 FW-1 FW-3 FW-4 Stainless Steel Type BW-11 BW-12 BW-11 BW-13 CW-11 CW-12 CW-13 BW-11 BW-13 CW-11 CW-12 CW-13 CW-11 CW-14 DW-11 DW-12 DW-13 CW-11 CW-14 CW-19 DW-11 DW-12 DW-13 DW-11 DW-16 DW-14 EW-11 EW-12 DW-11 DW-14 DW-15 EW-11 EW-12 EW-11 EW-13 FW-11 FW-15 FW-12 EW-11 EW-13 EW-14 FW-11 FW-13 FW-11 FW-13 FW-14 Price $ 274. 277. 274. 279. 284. 287. 289. 274. 279. 284. 287. 289. 284. 289. 455. 459. 471. 284. 289. 291. 455. 459. 471. 455. 460. 462. 770. 798. 455. 462. 473. 770. 798. 770. 781. 1339. 1356. 1405. 770. 781. 802. 1339. 1360. 1339. 1360. 1413. 600 VOLTS MAX Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 With External Reset Without External Reset Type BA-21 BA-22 BA-21 BA-23 CA-21 CA-22 CA-23 BA-21 BA-23 CA-21 CA-22 CA-23 CA-21 CA-24 DA-21 DA-22 DA-23 CA-21 CA-24 CA-29 DA-21 DA-22 DA-23 DA-21 DA-26 DA-24 EA-21 EA-22 DA-21 DA-24 DA-25 EA-21 EA-22 EA-21 EA-23 FA-21 FA-25 FA-22 EA-21 EA-23 EA-24 FA-21 FA-23 FA-21 FA-23 FA-24 Type BA-11 BA-12 BA-11 BA-13 CA-11 CA-12 CA-13 BA-11 BA-13 CA-11 CA-12 CA-13 CA-11 CA-14 DA-11 DA-12 DA-13 CA-11 CA-14 CA-19 DA-11 DA-12 DA-13 DA-11 DA-16 DA-14 EA-11 EA-12 DA-11 DA-14 DA-15 EA-11 EA-12 EA-11 EA-13 FA-11 FA-15 FA-12 EA-11 EA-13 EA-14 FA-11 FA-13 FA-11 FA-13 FA-14 Price $ 186. 189. 186. 191. 196. 199. 201. 186. 191. 196. 199. 201. 196. 201. 313. 317. 329. 196. 201. 203. 313. 317. 329. 313. 318. 320. 502. 530. 313. 320. 331. 502. 530. 502. 513. 1086. 1103. 1152. 502. 513. 534. 1086. 1107. 1086. 1107. 1160. Prices include normally open electrical interlocks for holding circuits -- no deduction for omission. Prices include two overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. NOTE: Not only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123 for the contactors used in the par ticular size starters. Ratings shown are for normal service. For plugging or jogging service rate in accordance with paragraph IC1-21B.21 of NEMA Standards for Industrial Control. *This rating for standard starting duty only. Fuses not large enough for long time acceleration. Dust-tight industrial use enclosure is functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. Prices do not include fuses. Fuse clip sizes shown are adapted from Table 430-146 of the 1965 edition of the National Electri cal Code. Fuse sizes should be selected in accordance with Article 430-6 of the National Electrical Code. $Hp rating applies only when dual element fuses are used. ,*fDevices with automatic/hand reset adjustable BIMETALLIC overload relays available at the same price. Specify by adding the letter "A" between the two letters of the existing type de signation, eg: 8738 CG-13 except with bimetallic overloads be comes 8738 CAG-13. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Horsepower, voltage, phase, frequen cy and full load current of motor. 3. Control voltage and frequency if dif ferent than line voltage. 4. Select thermal units from table 3 on page 202. 5. Any special features required. PAGE 144 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV_000279 design leadership . . . TYPE 5 AC TWO-SPEED MAGNETIC STARTERS SIZES 0 TO 2 Class 8810 Type SCO-4 Size 1, two speed. Separate winding starter Class 8810 Type S in NEMA 1 Enclosure WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS The Type S design offers new compactness in two-speed starters. A rugged mechanical inter lock and unusual flexibility are featured. For size 3 and larger starters see page 146. CLASS 8810 50-60 CYCLES_______________ Type of Motor Three Phase, Two Speed, One Winding (Consequent Pole) Constant Horsepower Constant Torque or Variable Torque NEMA Size Maximum Horspower c 208-220 440-550 Volts Volts General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price 02 5 2 10 3 m 20 SBG-1 SCG-1 SDG-1 $160. 172. 308. 03 6 SBG-2 160. m 10 SCG-2 172. 2 15 25 SDG-2 308. Water-Tight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA Type 4 600 VOLTS MAX. Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 * Open Type Type Price Type SBW-11 SCW-11 SDW-11 $256. 266. 424. SBA-1 SCA-1 SDA-1 SBW-12 SCW-12 SDW-12 256. 266. 424. SBA-2 SCA-2 SDA-2 Price Type $191. 203. 352. SBO-1 SCO-1 SDO-1 191. 203. 352. SBO-2 SCO-2 SDO-2 Price $156. 166. 290. 156. 166. 290. 02 3 SBG-3 116. SBW-13 212. SBA-3 147. SBO-3 112. Three Phase, Constant 5 m SCG-3 130. SCW-13 224. SCA-3 161. SCO-3 124. Two Speed, Horsepower 2 10 20 SDG-3 228. SDW-13 346. SDA-3 272. SDO-3 212. Two Winding (Separate Constant 0 3 5 SBG-4 116. SBW-14 212. SBA-4 147. SBO-4 112. Winding) Torque or 1 m 10 SCG-4 130. SCW-14 224. SCA-4 161. SCO-4 124. Only*J* Variable 2 15 25 SDG-4 228. SDW-14 346. SDA-4 272. SDO-4 212. Torque Two Phase Four Wire, Two Speed, Two Winding (Separate Winding) Constant Horsepower Constant Torque or Variable Torque 0 1 2 0 1 ,2 2 5 10 3 m 15 3 m 20 5 10 25 SBG-5 SCG-5 SDG-5 SBG-6 SCG-6 SDG-6 160. 172. 303. 160. 172. 308. SBW-15 SCW-15 SDW-15 SBW-16 SCW-16 SDW-T6 256. 266. 424. 256. 266. 424. SBA-5 SCA-5 SDA-5 SBA-6 SCA-6 SDA-6 191. 203. 352. 191. 203. 352. SBO-5 SCO-5 SDO-5 SBO-6 SCO-6 SDO-6 156. 166. 290. 156. 166. 290. Prices do not include push button stations. Prices include four overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on page 202. Prices include one normally open electrical interlock per speed for holding circuit -- no deduction for omission. NOTE: M0t only should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the ampere rating listed on page 122 for the Class 8502 contactor used in the particular size starter. *f*Prices and Type numbers shown for three phase, separate winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are star connected. When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for two phase, four wire separate winding motor starters. Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. APPROXIMATE DlMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Type No. of Mtg. Pts. A B SBO-1, 2 SCO-1, 2 4 9% SBO-3, 4 SCO-3, 4 3 7!/a 6% SDO-1, 2 6 1214 8<%. SDO-3, 4 3 9 8Me All devices listed are mounted with #10 screws. c 5Me 5Me 614 614 Size 0 and 1 Class and Type CL 8810 Type SCG and SBG A ii Ms TABLE FOR FIGURE 1 DEF G 8% 7Az 3% 'sAz 10% '/2 a 4% % TABLE FOR FIGURE 2 B cD 7'Vzz 9% H 6% 6% 8/e m 6A E T Vie J % 7Az Viz Me F IMe ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED -- See page 146. SCHEDULE DS-'i' DISCOUNT K 2% vyK 3'V,z 2l/z L 4% 3Me 5% 4'14 M 2/4 1% 2'Me 2Yu N 5Me 5Me &Az 5M; G* 9% H IMe IMe PAGE 145 SQD SLV 000280 . . design leadership AC MULTI-SPEED MAGNETIC STARTERS CLASS 8810 8811 8812 WITH MELTING ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAYS AC multi-speed starters control separate winding and consequent pole winding squirrel cage motors which operate at 2, 3 or 4 different speeds. Starters are available for constant torque, variable torque and constant horsepower motor applications. 600 VOLTS MAX. 25-60 CYCLES Type of Motor Constant Horsepower NEMA Maximum Size Horsepower# 208-220 Volts Volts 02 3 5 714 2 10 20 3 25 40 4 40 75 5 75 150 6 150 300 CLASS 8810 Two Speed General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Stainless Standard Steel Enel. Enel. Type Type Price Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 5-12 Type Price BG-1 CG-1 DG-1 EG-1 FG-1 GG-1 HG-1* $ 160. 172. 308. 462. 1224. 2336. 6295. BW-1 CW-1 DW-1 EW-1 FW-1 GW-1 BW-11 CW-ll DW-11 EW-11 FW-11 GW-11 $ 256. 266. 424. 634. 1576. 3159. BA-1 CA-1 DA-1 EA-1 FA-1 GA-1 HA-I* $ 191. 203. 352. 562. 1422. 3159. 5749. For Hazardous Locations Spin Top Enclosure NEMA Type 7-9 Type Price CR-7 DR-7 ER-7 $ 382: 650. 1024. Open Type Type Price BO-1 CO-1 DO-1 EO-1 FO-1 GO-1 HQ-1 * $ 156. 166. 290. 434. 1114. 2119. 4840. CLASS 8811 Three Speed General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price BG-1 CG-1 DG-1 EG-1 FG-1 $ 408. 430. 636. 914. 2214. CLASS 8812 Four Speed Genera! Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price BG-1 CG-I DG-1 EG-1 FG-1 $ 606. 644. 954. 1420. 8342. 0 8 5 BG-2 $ 160. BW-2 BW-12 $ 256. BA-2 5 191. BO-2 $ 156. BG-2 $ 408. BG-2 $ 606. Three 714 10 CG-2 172. CW-2 CW-12 266. CA-2 203. CR-8 $ 882. CO-2 166. CG-2 430. CG-2 644. Phase Con- 2 15 25 DG-2 308. DW-2 DW-12 424. DA-2 352. DR-8 650. DO-2 290. DG-2 636. DG-2 954. (Conse- stant 3 30 50 EG-2 462. EW-2 EW-12 634. EA-2 562. ER-8 1024. 0-2 434. EG-2 914. EG-2 1420. quent Torque 4 50 100 FG-2 1224. FW-2 FW-12 1576. FA-2 1422. FO-2 1114. FG-2 2214. FG-2 8842. Pole)* 5 100 200 GG-2 2336. GW-2 GW-12 3159. GA-2 3159. GO-2 2119. 6 200 400 HG-2* 6295. HA-2* 5749. HO-2* 4840. 0 3 5 BG-2 $ 160. BW-2 BW-12 $ 256. BA-2 $ 191. BO-2 $ 156. BG-3 $ 408. BG-3 $ 606. 714 10 CG-2 172. CW-2 CW-12 266. CA-2 203. CR-8 $ 382. CO-2 166. CG-3 430. CG-3 644. Vari- 2 15 25 DG-2 308. DW-2 DW-12 424. DA-2 352. DR-8 650. DO-2 290. DG-3 636. DG-3 954. able 3 30 50 EG-2 462. EW-2 EW-12 634. EA-2 562. ER-8 1024. EO-2 434. EG-3 914. EG-3 1420. Torque 4 50 100 FG-2 1224. FW-2 FW-12 1576. FA-2 1422. FO-2 1114. FG-3 2214. FG-3 3342. 5 100 200 GG-2 2336. GW-2 GW-12 3159. GA-2 3159. GO-2 2119. 6 200 400 HG-2* 6295. HA-2* 5749. HO-2* 4840. Three Phase Y-Y Connected Constant Horsepower 0 2 3 BG-3 $ 116. BW-3 BW-13 $ 212. BA-3 $ 147. BO-3 $ 112. BG-4 $ 290. BG-4 $ 416. 1 5 714 CG-3 130. CW-3 CW-13 224. CA-3 161. CR-9 $ 323. CO-3 124. CG-4 316. CG-4 440. 2 10 20 DG-3 228. DW-3 DW-13 346. DA-3 272. DR-9 510. DO-3 212. DG-4 462. DG-4 630. 3 25 40 EG-3 354. EW-3 EW-13 526. EA-3 454. ER-17 773. EO-3 826. EG-4 662. EG-4 892. 4 40 75 FG-3 860. FW-3 FW-13 1212. FA-3 1058. FR-1 1407. FO-3 608. FG-4 1548. FG-4 2174. 5 75 150 GG-3 1945. GW-3 GW-13 2768. GA-3 2768. GR-1 3295. GO-3 1824. 6 150 300 HG-3* 3989. HA-3* 4446. HO-3* 3509. arate Con- 0 3 5 BG-4 $ 116. BW-4 BW-14 $ 212. BA-4 % 147. BO-4 $ 112. BG-5 $ 290. BG-5 $ 416. Wind- stant 1 714 10 CG-4 130. CW-4 CW-14 224. CA-4 161. CR-10 $ 323. C0-4 124. CG-5 316. CG-5 440. ing) Torque 2 15 25 DG-4 228. DW-4 DW-14 346. DA-4 272. DR-10 510. DO-4 212. DG-5 462. DG-5 630. Only or 3 30 50 EG-4 354. EW-4 EW-14 526. EA-4 454. ER-18 773. EO-4 326. EG-5 662. EG-5 892. 1* Vari- 4 50 100 FG-4 860. FW-4 FW-14 1212. FA-4 1058. FR-2 1407. F0-4 808. FG-5 1548. FG-5 2174. able 5 100 200 GG-4 1945. GW-4 GW-14 2768. GA-4 2766. GR-2 3295. GO-4 1824. Torque 6 200 400 HG-4* 3989. HA-4* 4446. HO-4* 3509. Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 3 on Page 202. fPrices and type numbers shown for three phase separate winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are star connected. When motor windings are con nected open delta use the prices shown for three phase consequent pole motor starters. Prices and type numbers shown for three speed consequent pole motor starters apply only when the single speed winding is star connected. When the single speed winding is connected open delta, prices must be obtained from the factory. *Mfg. by HI Division rfcNOTE: Notonly should the horsepower rating of the motor be within the limits shown for the starter, but the motor full load current should also be less than the values listed on Page 123, for the contactor used in the particular size starter. Suitable for Class I Groups C and D, and Class II, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations. Legend Plate on Enclosure with Markings As Specified...................................................................................................................................................................................... Price $1.50 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number of starter, horsepower, volt age, phase, cycles and full load current at each speed. 2. Motor connection diagram. 3. Specify either two or three wire control. 4. If a compelling relay is required, add suffix Form R1 to Type number. For example: Class 8810 Type DG-2 Form Rl. 5. If accelerating relays are wanted, add suffix Form R2 to Type number. For example: Class 8810 Type DG-2 Form R2. .6 If other special features are wanted order as Class ............. similar to Type ............. and state clearly the features wanted. PAGE 146-------- ^------------------------------ '"schedule Ds-i 'discount ] SQD SLV 000281 design leadership SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR STARTERS FULL and REDUCED VOLTAGE TYPES These Synchronous Motor Starters provide fully automatic push button oper ation. The motor is brought up to speed as a squirrel-cage motor and pulled into synchronism by automatic application of direct current to the field. The polarized field-frequency relay applies full field excitation at the most favorable speed and also provides field removal and re-synchronization automatically. CLASS 8820 8821 8822 50-60 CYCLES Maximum Horsepower t.O PF 30 40 50 60 100 0.8 PF 25 30 ~40~ 150 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 CLASS 8620 Full Voltage Type EG-1 EG-1 EG-1 EG-1 FG-1 EG-1 FG-1 EG-1 GG-1 FG-1 GG-1 FG-1 HG-1 GG-1 HG-1 GG-1 Price $2270. 2X97. 2270. 2270. 2454. 2270. 2454. 2270. 2856. 2454. 2856. 2454. 3806. 2856. 3806. 2856. CLASS 8821 NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES$ CLASS 8822 CLASS 8820 600 VOLTS MAX. CLASS 8821 CLASS 8822 Reduced Voltage Reduced Voltage (Primary (Autotrans Resistor Type) former Type) Type Price Type Price Maximum . Horsepower 1.0 PF 0.8 PF Volts Full Voltage Type Price Reduced Voltage Reduced Voltage (Primary (Autotrans-, Resistor Type) former Type) Type Price Type Price EG-1 $2954. EG-1 2788. 250 200 208-220 HG-1 $ 3806. HG-1 $ 6488. 440-550 GG-1 2856. GG-1 $ 4471. GG-1 4471. EG-1 EG-1 3010. 3010. 208-220 JG-1 4959. 440-550 HG-1 3806. JG-1 9292. HG-1 6247. FG-1 EG-1 3532. 3046. 208-220 JG-1 440-550 HG-1 4996. 3851. JG-1 9495. HG-1 6290. FG-1 EG-1 3532. 3046. 350 208-220 JG-1 5004. 440-550 HG-1 3851. JG-1 HG-1 9854. 6290. GG-1 FG-1 3948. 3564. GG-1 $3948. 300 208-220 JG-1 5004. 440-550 HG-1 3851. JG-1 10033. HG-1 6623. GG-1 FG-1 GG-1 4260. 3564. 4139. GG-1 HG-1 GG-1 HG-1 GG-1 4260. 6048. 4139. 6283. 4139. 600 450 208-220 KG-1 5361. 400 HG-1 3851. 450 440-550 JG-1 4996. JG-1 4996. JG-1 4996. KG-1 HG-1 JG-1 JG-1 10137. 9744. 10110. 900 440-550 KG-1 5361. KG-1 10696. 440-550 KG-1 5361. KG-1 10830. APrice includes AC line and DC Field Ammeters and separate "Start-Stop" push button. If specified on order, push button will be mounted on door of enclosure at no additional cost. Drilled holes for exciter field rheostat furnished without charge when requested. :For Open starters, deduct $500 on full voltage starters; $550 on reduced voltage starters. PRICES FOR ADDITIONS and SPECIAL FEATURES Main Line Disconnect Type Fuse Clip Rating (Ind.) Size 3 Price Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Non-Fusible............. Fusible...................... Molded Case Circuit Breaker. . . 100 200 400 $ 152. 164. 204. 187. $ 210. 254. 362. 342. $ 665. $ 943. Enclosure Modifications: NEMA 1 with Gasketed Door -- Starter without disc. sw. or Circuit Breaker............................$110. -- Starter with disc. sw. or Circuit Breaker.................................. 180. Exciter Field Rheostat: Drilling only (dimension drawing to be supplied by customer)........................................................ N.C. Mounted and wired (limited to maximum of one 13* plate) ......................................................... 100. Mounting and wiring only (rheostatsuppliedby customer)................................................................. 50. Additional Electrical Interlocks: Maximum of 2 in addition to holding circuit interlock....................................................................... Each interlock in excess of 2..................................................................................................................... Indicating Lights (Specify Color andCircuitConnection)......................................................................... N.C. 64. 30. Metering Equipment A.C. voltmeter................................................................................................................................................ D.C. voltmeter................................................................................................................................................ Power factor meter....................................................................................................................................... Watt hour meter............................................................................................................................................ Wattmeter....................................................................................................................................................... Additional Thermal Units or Heaters, each ............................................................................................ 198. 210. 400. 370. 400. 1.50 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Specify Class and Type Number, horsepower, voltage, phase, frequency and power factor. * 2. Complete motor data on Form 12-21 or equivalent. 3. If special features are desired order Class............similar to Type..............except with ........... (describe clearly all special features). 4. Supply exciter field rheostat dimension drawing if drilling only or mounting and wiring of rheostat is specified. D SCHEDUir DS-3 DISCOUNT PAGE 147 SQD SLV 000282 design leadership ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVES SILICON CONTROLLED RECTIFIER TYPE CLASS 8835 These new package type, adjustable speed drives offer for the first time a new, low cost, highly versitale Solid State control for dc motors. A basic feature of the drive is it's extremely long life, which is enhanced by utilizing a single silicon controlled rec tifier providing full load motor torque at all speeds over a wide 20:1, stepless, arm ature speed range. 1/S HP MAXIMUM -- 2 WIRE CONTROL ONLY Hp @ Base Speed Speed Range (Constant Torque) rpm Min-Base Basic Drive One 8835, SFG-1 One 9001, SFG-21 Dripproof T.E.N.V. 1/20 120-2400 90-1800 $265. 265. $270. 270. 1/12 120-2400 90-1800 265. 265. 270. 270. 1/6 120-2400 265. 278. 90-1800 265. 278. Omit Control Station (Deduct) $20. 20. 20. 120 VOLTS, AC; 60 CYCLE; 10 MODIFICATIONS Reversing Special AC Voltages 120/240; 240/480; Magnetic Manual 550-600 Volts AC % 75. 75. 75. 5 1. 1. 1. $ 38. 38. 46. See Figure 1. 1 HP MAXIMUM--2 or 3 WIRE CONTROL 120-230 VOLTS AC; 60 CYCLE; 1(f) Basic Drive MODIFICATIONS HP Base Speed 1/20-1/12 Speed Range (Constant Torque) in rpm Min-Base 120-2400 90-1800 One 8835 SFG Control One 9001 GA 333 One 8849 Motor ' Control Type Dripproof T.E.N.V. SFG 14 VI# $300. 300. $305. 305. Omit Control Station (Deduct) $30. Add Jog $ 7. Reversing Special AC Voltages 120/240; Magnetic 240/480; 550-600 Volts AC $55. $38. 1/6 120-2400 SFG 14 90-1800 VI# 300. 300. 313. 313. 30. 7. 55. 46. 1/4 120-2400 SFG 14 90-1800 VI# 300. 310. 324. 350. 30. 7. 55. 46. 1/3 120-2400 SFG 14 90-1800 VI# 310. 330. 350. 370. 30. 7. 55. 59. 1/2 120-2400 SFG 14 90-1800 VI# 330. 370. 370. 394. 30. 7. 55. 73. 3/4 120-2400 SFG 14 90-1800 VI# 370. 395. 394. 450. 30. 7, 55. 87. 1 120-2400 SFG 15 485. 540. 30. 7. 55. 90-1800 VIA 510. 132. See Figure 2. SFG 14 VI; 120 V. AC ,60 CPS, 1 <f) ASFG 15 VI: 230 V. AC, 60 CPS, 1 <f> Figure 1 Typical Complete Drive (Controller shown with cover removed) APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Controller in NEMA 1 Enclosure Type SFG-1 Controller in NEMA 1 Enclosure Type SFG-14, Form VI Type SFG-15, Form VI PAGE 148 -------------------------- :-------------- SLHLUULL DS-13 DISCOUNT Class 8849 Motor Figure 2 Typical Complete Drive (Controller shown with cover removed) Refer to General Industry Catalog for Motor and Isolation Transformer Dimensions. SQD SLV 000283 design leadership . . AUTOMATIC TRANSFER PANELS TUNGSTEN, FLUORESCENT and MERCURY ARC LAMP LOADS or MOTOR LOADS Automatic transfer panels are used when it is necessary to maintain continuous power service, such as in a hospital operating room or for emergency lighting in public places. The panels automatically switch the load from the normal source to an emergency source, when the former fails, and automatically restores the load to normal service when it is again available. These panels are also suitable for motor loads. ELECTRICALLY HELD -- GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE CLASS 89 01 480 Volts Max. Lighting Load 600 Volts Max. HP Load Service sfc 30 Ampere 60 Ampere 100 Ampere 200 Ampere 300 Ampere AC Normal AC Emergency Type Type Type Type Type No. Price No. Price No. Price No. Price No. Price 1*, 2 W. 10, 2 W. MG-1 $146. PG-1 $220. QG-1 $331. VG-1 $712. XG-1 $1442. V, 3 W. (S/N) 10, 3 W. (S/N) MG-2 150. PG-2 228. QG-2 343. VG-2 736. XG-2 1492. I*, 3 W. (SWN) 10, 3 W. (SWN) MG-3 148. PG-3 232. QG-3 347. VG-3 758. XG-3 1526. 30, 3 W. 30, 3 W. MG-3 148. PG-3 232. QG-3 347. VG-3 758. XG-3 1526. 30, 4 W. (S/N) 34>, 4 W. (S/N) MG-4 152. PG-4 240. QG-4 359. VG-4 782. XG-4 1576. 30, 4 W. (SWN) 30, 4 W. (SWN) MG-5 169. PG-5 274. QG-5 418. VG-5 948. XG-5 1817. S/N -- Solid Neutral. SWN -- Switched Neutral Type QG-4 Form Y27-3, Y29 *DC Transfer panels are also available. Contact your local Square D Field Office. HORSEPOWER RATINGS Panel Amp. Rating Max. HP Rating 2-3 Single Volts Phase Phase 110 3 30 208-220 7|/2 440-440 10 2 3 5 110 IVz 3 60 208-220 15 m 440-550 25 10 110 15 100 208-220 30 440-550 50 7'A 15 25 200 208-220 50 440-550 100 300 208-220 100 440-550 200 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Form Letters. 3. Voltage, frequency and source of both normal and emergency supplies. MECHANICALLY HELD -- GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE 480 Volts Max. Lighting Load 600 Volts Max. HP Load Service * 30 Ampere 60 Ampere 100 Ampere 200 Ampere 300 Ampere AC Normal AC Emergency Type Type Type Type Type No. Price No. Price No. Price No. Price No. Price 10, 2 W. 10, 2 W. MG-6 $214. PG-6 $296. QG-6 $417. VG-6 $848. XG-6 $1592. 10, 3 W. (S/N) 1, 3 W. (S/N) MG-7 218. PG-7 304. QG-7 429. VG-7 872. XG-7 1642. 10, 3 W. (SWN) 10, 3 W. (SWN) MG-8 216. PG-8 308. QG-8 433. VG-8 894. XG-8 1676. 30, 3 W. 30, 3 W. MG-8 216. PG-8 308. QG-8 433. VG-8 894. XG-8 1676. 3tf, 4 W. (S/N) 30, 4 W. (S/N) MG-9 220. PG-9 316. QG-9 445. VG-9 918. XG-9 1726. 30, 4 W. (SWN) 30, 4 W. (SWN) MG-10 237. PG-10 350. QG-10 504. VG-10 1084. XG-10 1967. S/N -- Solid Neutral SWN -- Switched Neutral PRICES FOR ADDITIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES Form Letters 30 Amp. 60 Amp. 100 Amp. Timing relay -- prevents transfer from Emergency to Nor mal until voltage has stabilized Motor driven timer, 1-30 minutes, 120 or 240 V., 60 Cy. Pilot light in cover to indicate source to which load is con- Form K5 Form K5 $ 84. 110. 144. $ 84. 110. 144. $ 84. 110. 144. Full Phase Protection: $ Transfers load to Emergency supply when any phase on normal supply drops to 70% of nominal voltage. Returns load to Normal when all phases on Normal supply reach 90% of nominal voltage-- Form P2 Form Y27-1 Voltage sensitive relay: $ Four position selector switch (Hand crank -- Stop-Auto- Form Y15-3 Flush mounting enclosure -- add to general purpose Electrical interlocks, each (specify contactor on which Form Y47 Form X 27. 27. 16. 40. 80. 120. 80. 160. 240. 27. 58. 109. 170. 24. 18. 40. 6. 11. 27. 27. 16. 40. 80. 120. 80. 160. 240. 27. 58. 109. 170. 24. 26. 45. 16. 11. 27. 27. 16. 40. 80. 120. 80. 1G0. 240. 27. 58. 109. 170. 24. 34. 50. 30. 11. :Single phase includes one relay; two phase includes two relays; three phase includes three relays. 200 Amp. $ 84. 110. 144. 27. 27. 16. 40. 80. 120. 80. 160. 240. 27. 58. 109. 170. 24. 60. 55. 52. 11. 300 Amp. $ 84. 110. 144. 27. 27. 16. 40. 80. 120. 80. 160. 240. 27. 58. 109. 170. 24. 100. 60. 300. 33. ' SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 149 SQD SLV 000284 design leadership AC LIGHTING CONTACTORS CLASS 8903 A lighting contactor Is an electric switch, operated by an electromagnet. The contacts are used to make and break current to tungssten, fluorescent and mercury arc lamps. Thus large current values can be controlled by small pilot devices. Gas filled tungsten lamphave inrush currents which may be as great as 17 times normal operating current. Standard motor control contactors must be de rated when used in such service to prevent possible contact welding. However Class 8903 lighting contactors, being specifically designed for such loads, may be applied at their full rating. Although primarily intended for use on AC, contactors for DC are available on special order. FOR TUNGSTEN, FLUORESCENT, and MERCURY ARC LAMPS AC 480 VOLTS MAXIMUM LINE VOLTAGE DC 250 VOLTS MAXIMUM LINE VOLTAGE COIL -- 24-480 VOLTS AC Ampere No. of Ratings Poles 30 ELEC. HELD (Without Interlock) 60 100 200 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price MG-1 MG-2 MG-3 $ 33. 36. 44. PG-1 PG-2 PG-3 68. 72. 90. QG-1 QG-2 QG-3 112. 120. 148. VG-1 VG-2 VG-3 264. 282. 376. Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosure With Plaster Adjustment Type Price MF-1 MF-2 MF-3 $ 45. 48. 56. PF-1 PF-2 PF-3 83. 87. 105. QF-1 QF-2 QF-3 131. 139. 167. VF-1 VF-2 VF-3 294. 312. 406. Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type MW-1 MW-2 MW-3 Price $ 69. 72. 80. PW-1 PW-2 PW-3 140. 144. 190. QW-1 QW-2 QW-3 214. 222. 278. VW-1 V W-2 VW-3 438. 456. 622. Dust-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 12 Type Price MA-1 MA-2 MA-3 $ 45. 48. 56. PA-1 PA-2 PA-3 90. 94. 112. QA-1 QA-2 QA-3 138. 146. 174. VA-1 VA-2 VA-3 350. 368. 492. Open Type Type MO-1 MO-2 MO-3 PO-1 PO-2 PO-3 QO-1 QO-2 QO-3 VO-1 VO-2 VO-3 Price $ 31. 34. 42. 58. 62. 80. 92. 100. 128. 222. 240. 334. 2 XG-1 300 3 XG-2 4 XG-3 558. 600. 1115. XW-1 XW-2 XW-3 778. 820. 1357. XA-1 XA-2 XA-3 778. 820. 1357. 2 MG-10 30 3 MG-11 4 MG-12 44. MF-10 47. MF-11 50. MF-12 62. MW-10 65- MW-11 68. MW-12 80. MA-10 83. MA-11 86. MA-12 82. 85. 88. 2 PG-10 60 3 PG-11 MECH. 4 PG-12 HELD (With 2 QG-10 Coil 100 3 QG-11 Clearing 4 QG-12 Contacts) 2 VG-10 200 3 VG-11 4 VG-12 104. 108. 128. 146. 154. 184. 374. 422. 516. PF-10 PF-11 PF-12 QF-10 QF-11 QF-12 VF-10 VF-11 VF-12 124. 128. 148. 180. 188. 218. 424. 472. 556. PW-10 PW-11 PW-12 QW-10 QW-11 QW-12 VW-10 VW-11 VW-12 156. 180. 228. 248. 256. 314. 548. 596. 690. PA-10 PA-11 PA-12 QA-10 QA-11 QA-12 VA-10 VA-11 VA-12 152. 156. 184. 204. 212. 266. 460. 508. 594. 2 XG-13 300 3 XG-14 4 XG-15 654. 718. 1164. XW 13 XW-14 XW-15 874. 938. 1406. XA-13 XA-14 XA-15 827. 845. 1406. Prices do not include push button stations. Prices do not include holding circuit interlock. If interlock is required, order from table below. XO-1 XO-2 XO-3 MO-10 MO-11 MO-12 PO-10 PO-11 PO-12 QO-10 QO-11 QO-12 VO-10 VO-11 VO-12 XO-13 XO-14 XO-15 481. 523. 961. 42. 45. 48. 96. 100. 120. 128. 136. 166. 316. 342. 436. 530. 548. 1010. ADDITIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES Enclosure Type ON-OFF Push Button: Electrically held contactor (includes electrical interlock) Electrically held contactor (includes electrical interlock) Mechanically held contactor................................................. Mechanically held contactor................................................. Electrical interlocks, one additional normally open............ Electrical interlocks, one additional normally closed......... 1, 12 4 1, 12 4 Any Any Form Letters A3X1 A3X1 A3 A3 XI X2 Type Type Type MPQ $ 19. 33. 8. 22. 11. 11. $ 19. 33. 8. 22. 11. 11. $ 19. 33. 8. 22. 11. 11. Type Type VX $ 19. 33. 8. 22. 11. 11. $ 19. 33. 8. 22. 33. 33. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Voltage, phase and cycles. 3. For special features, Form letters from table above. If more than one Form letter is used, arrange in alphabetical order. For example, "Class 8903 Type MG-5 Form X1Y14". Describe clearly any modifications not cov ered by Form letters. 300 ampere electrically held lighting contactor 60 ampere mechanically held lighting contactor with coil clearing contacts PAGE 150 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000285 design leadership . . . WSUdBSSnn CONTROL AC PUMP CONTROL PANELS --LINE VOLTAGE TYPE -- NARROW STYLE WELL-GUARD Controls are available In Combination Fusible Disconnect Type that feature a heavy duty disconnect switch with Visible Blades and interchangeable fuse clips for maximum flexibility. They are also available in Combination Circuit Breaker Type using industrial type thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Both styles have ample wiring space, a rugged full-NEMA Size Class 8502 magnetic contactor, heavy duty operator for 2- or 3-wire control. "Ambient-isolated" overload relays prevent false-tripping due to high ambient temperatures, but respond directly with motor over-currents. Standard trip bimetallic overload relays are supplied for standard pump motors, and "quick-trip" overload relays are supplied for use with submersible motors. NEMA Type 3 Weather-Resistant Enclosure CLASS 8940 3 POLE BIMETALLIC OVERLOAD RELAYS 60 CYCLES Size 1 2 3 4 Volts 220 440 220 440 220 440 220 440 Max. HP Standard N.E.C. Fuses 3 m 5 10 7/z 15 15 25 15 25 25 50 40 50 75 100 220 5 440 6 440 75 100 150 200 Fusible Disconnect Type Max. HP t 7/2 7/2 10 10 Fuse Clip Amps. 30 60 30 60 Type CA-23 CA-26 CA-63 CA-66 Price A $ 104. 106. 106. 108. Add for Inclusion of Fuses $ 2. 2. 4. 6. 15 60 15 100 DA-26 DA-210 164. 172. 2. 6. 25 60 DA-66 164. 6. 25 100 DA-610 173. 10. 30 100 EA-210 268. 6. 30 200 EA-220 284. 12. 50 100 EA-610 268. 10. 50 200 EA-620 287. 22. 50 200 FA-220 485. 12. 50 400 FA-240 530. 20. 100 200 FA-620 488. 22. 100 400 FA-640 535. 40. 100 400 GA-240 1011. 20. 100 600 GA-260 1129. 30. 200 400 GA-640 1035. 40. 200 600 GA-660 1170. 60. 250 600 HA-660 3040. 60. Max. HP 5 7/2 5 7/2 10 10 15 15 25 25 30 30 50 40 50 60 75 100 60 75 100 125 150 200 400 400 Circuit Breaker Type Circuit Breaker Trip Amps. Type 30 40 ' QCC-2 QCD-2 15 OCA-4 20 QGB-4 30 QCC-4 50 QDE-2 70 QDF-2 40 QDD-4 50 QDE-4 100 QEG-2 125 QEH-2 70 QEF-4 100 QEG-4 175 QFK-2 200 OFL-2 125 QFH-4 150 QFJ-4 200 QFL-4 225 OGM-2 300 QGR-2 400 QGS-2 250 QGN-4 300 QGP-4 400 QGS-4 800 M A) 1000(MN) QHT-4 QHU-4 Price A $ 108. 108. 135. 135. 135. 163. 163. 190. 190. 273. 273. 273. 273. 570. 570. 570. 570. 570. 1215. 1215. 1215. 1270. 1270. 1270. 3266. 3410. f For max. hp ratings use dual element fuses. APrice includes "Start" push button and "Off-Hand-Auto" selector switch for 2 or 3 wire control and two thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are to be omitted. Select bimetallic thermal units from Table 6 on page 204. AC PUMP CONTROL PANELS --EXTRA WIDTH STYLE NEMA 3 Weather-Resistant Enclosure CLASS 8940 208-600 VOLTS3 POLE 25-60 CYCLES NEMA Size Volts Max. HP Std. N.E.C. Fuses Fusible Disconnect Type Fuse Clip Amps. Type with Bimetallic Overloads t Price Add for Inclu sion of Fuses HP Rating Circuit Breaker Type Cir cuit Breaker Frame Type with Bimetallic Overloads t Price 3 30 CKC-1 220 7/2 60 CKC-2 1 440 7/2 30 CKC-11 10 60 CKC-12 $104. $ 2. 106. 2. 106. 108. 4. 6. 5 7/2 2-3 5-7/2 5-7/2 10 E* CQC-1 E* CQC-2 EF CQC-11 EF CQC-12 EF CQC-11 EF CQC-12 $108. 108. 135. 135. 135. 135. 7/2 601 DKC-2 15 100f DKC-1 164. 172. 2. 10 6. 15 F * DQC-1 F* DQC-2 163. 163. 2 5-10 EF DQC-11 190. 7/2-15 EF DQC-12 190. 440 15 60 DKC-11 25 100 DKC-12 164. 173. 6. 10-20 10. 15-25 EF DQC-11 EF DQC-12 190. 190. 220 15 100* EKC-2 30 2001 EKC-1 3 440 30 100 EKC-11 50 200 EKC-12 268. 284. 268. 287. 6. 15-25 12. 25-30 10. 30-50 22. EF EQC-12 EF EQC-2 EF EQC-12 273. 273. 273. 220- 40 200 FKC-1 50 400 FKC-2 485. 530. 12. 30-50 20. FJ FQC-11 570. 440 75 200 FKC-11 100 400 FKC-12 488. 22. 60-100 FJ FQC-11 535. 40. 570. 220 75 400 GKC-1 100 600 GKC-2 1011. 1129. 20. 30. 100 LA * GQC-11 1215. 440 150 400 GKC-11 200 600 GKC-12 1035. 1170. 40. 60. 200 LA* GQC-12 1270. *f"Use dual element fuses for long acceleration periods. Thermal magnetic trip type. All others are instantaneous trip type adjustable settings. Deduct S1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select bimetallic thermal units from Table 7 on page 205; ^Melting Alloy Overload Relays available at same price -- Specify clearly on order. SCHEIJULE DS-6 DISCOUNT PAGE 151 SQD SLV 000286 . . design leadership STANDARD DOTY CONTROL STATIONS CLASS 9001 Standard duty control stations are designed for use with magnetic motor starters to govern the starting, stopping, or reversing of all types of electric motors. Push buttons are momentary contact unless otherwise indicated. Selector switches are maintained contact. GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES 600 VOLTS MAX. AC OR DC No. of Units 1 2 3 Nameplate Markings and Features Surface Mounting NEMA Type 1 Type Price Start........................................................ Stop......................................................... Stop (Lockout)...................................... Red Pilot Light: 115/230 V. AC or DC Off-On (2 Pos. Sel. Switch).............. Hand-Off-Auto (3 Pos. Sel, Switch). Hand-Off-Auto (Bakelite Enclosure for Knockout Mtg.)......................... B-32 B-33 B-38 B-49 C-46* C-47* $ 6. . 9. 14. 6. 6. Start-Stop.............................................. Start-Stop (Mushroom on Stop).. . . Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop)........... Forward-Reverse................................. Up-Down................................................ Open-Close............................................ On-Off.................................................... Start-Stop (Maintained Contact). . . On-Off (Maintained Contact)........... Manual-Auto (Maintained Contact) On-Off, Tumbler Switch with Red Pilot Light, 115/230 V. AC or DC.. B-30* B-50 B-31 B-34 B-35 B-36 B-37 C-41 C-42 C-43 $ 6. 9. 9. 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 9. 9. 9. Forward-Peverse-Stop....................... Up-Down-Stop...................................... Open-Close-Stop.................................. High-Low-Stop..................................... Forw.-Rev.-Stop (Lockout on Stop). Up-Down-Stop (Lockout on Stop).. . Open-Close-Stop (Lockout on Stop) High-Low-Stop (Lockout on Stop). . Start-Stop--With Red Pilot Light 115/230 V. AC or DC..................... Start-Stop, with Red P. Light 115/ 230 V. AC or DC, Maint. Contact. . RK-2A RK-2B RK-2C RK-2D RK-4A RK-4B RK-4C RK-4D B-39 C-39 $12. 12. 12. 12. 15. 15. 15. 15. 22. 25. Flush Mounting without Pullbox A. Type Price BB-1 BB-2 BB-3 $ 7.50 7.50 10.50 CB-46* CB-47* 7.50 7.50 LB-3 8. BB-4 BB-10 BB-5 BB-6 BB-7 BB-8 BB-9 CB-1 CB-2 CB-3 $ 7.50 10.50 10.50 9. 9. 9. 9. 10.50 10.50 10.50 RK-3A RK-3B RK-3C RK-3D $13.50 13.50 13.50 13.50 Stainless Steel Flush Plate with Puiibox Type Price BF-19 $u. BF-20 11. BF-21 19. BF-13 $u. BF-22 BF-23 BF-24 BF-25 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 BF-17 25. BF-14 22. Molded Neoprene Pendant Type with Mechanical Interlock^ Type Price t Sym. 1 3 3 96 i 97* 14 B64YA $ r.so B61 Y B60Y B66YA 7.50 7.50 7.50 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 15 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 13 10 SPECIAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES 600 VOLTS MAX. AC OR DC No. of Nameplate Markings and Features Units Water-Tight and Dust-Tight Enclosures NEMA Types 4 and 5 For Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups B, C A D or Class II Groups E, F anc G NEMA Types 7 and 9 Weather Resistant Molded Neoprene Pendant Type with Mechanical InterlockC) Type Price Sym. Type Price Sym. Type Price Sym BW-46 $19. 1 BR-32 $23. 1 1 BW-47 19. 3 BW-48 19. 3 BR-38 23. 3 BW-40 BW-50 BW-41 BW-49 BW-42 2 BW-43 BW-44 On-Off............................... ... . BW-45 Start-Stop (Maintained Contact). . . CW-5 CW-6 Manual-Auto (Maintained Contact) CW-7 CW-8 $19. 22. 19. 19. 19. 19. 19. 19. 22. 22. 22. 22. 5 5 5 BR-31 5 7 BR-34 7 BR-35 7 BR-36 7 BR-37 10 CR-41 10 CR-42 10 10 B65Y A $ 9. $23. 5 23. 7 B63Y 23. 7 B62Y 23. 7 23. 7 B67YA 23. 10 23. 10 9. 9. 9. 5 7 7 7 Rated 600 V. AC, 250 V. DC APullbox not available. *Other contact sequence available. ^Standard packaging quantity -- 20. C Enclosures are yellow. To order black or red enclosures substitute letter "B" or "R" respectively for letter "Y" in Type No. AWithout mechanical interlock. *See symbols on page 155. INSTRUMENT TYPE INCANDESCENT PILOT LIGHT* Voltage Red Lens Green Lens 12 V. OR-12 OG-12 24 V. OR-24 OG-24 120 V. OR-120 OG-120 *zMt# mounting hole required. Yellow Lens O Y-12 OY-24 OY-120 White Lens OW-12 OW-24 OW-120 Price $ 2. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Class and Type number. Type B62Y Neoprene Pendant Type Type OG- 1 2 PAGE 152 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000287 design leadership HEAVY DUTY CONTROL STATIONS Heavy duty stations are intended for use in the control circuits of magnetic starters or control panels and are available in almost any combination of momentary or maintained contact push button units, selector switches, and indicating lights. CLASS 9001 600 VOLTS AC 600 VOLTS DC General Purpose Surface Mounted General Purpose Flush Mounted with Pullbox Description Nameplate Marking Features General General General Water-Tight Class I Groups Purpose Purpose Purpose & Dust-Tight Br 0 and D Surface flush Flush NEMA Class II, Groups Mounting Mounting Mounting Types E, F and G NEMA Without With 4 and 5f NEMA Type 1 Pullbox A Pullbox Types 7 & 9f* E v>>> Type j Price Type | Price Type | Price Type | Price Type | Price ONE UNIT Start.................... Reset.................. Jog....................... Start.................... GG-101 GG-102 GG-103 GG-104 16 GG-105 GG-107 GG-108 GG-115 $11. 11. 14. 11. 11. 14. 14. 17. 18 GG-116 19 GG-I17 Open-Close___ Selector Switch.......................... 19 GG-118 Off-On................ Selector Switch......................... 18 GG-119 12. 12. 12. 12. Up-Down........... Jog-Run............. GG-120 19 GG-121 GG-122 12. Hand-Off-Auto. Selector Switch......................... 17 GG-123 19 GG-124 Man.-Auto......... Selector Switch......................... 19 GG-126 12. 12. 12. Red Pilot Light: 120V.,60Cy., 110V.r 50Cy.. 220 V., 50-60 Cy....................... 480 V., 60 Cy., 440 V., 50 Cy.. 600 V.,60C'y., 550 V., 50Cy.. 22 GG-127A GG-127B GG-127C GG:127D 18. Red Pilot Light: 115 V., AC or DC.................... 23 GG-128 230 V. AC or DC...................... GG-129 16. GF-101 GF-102 GF-103 GF-104 GF-105 GF-107 GF-108 GF-115 GF-116 GF-117 GF-118 GF-119 GF-120 GF-121 GF-122 GF-123 GF-124 GF-126 $11. 11. 14. 11. 11. 14. 14. 17. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. GF-127A GF-127B GF-127C GF-127D 18. GF-128 GF-129 16. GFP-101 GFP-102 GFP-103 GFP-104 GFP-105 GFP-107 GFP-108 GFP-115 $17. 17. 20. 17. 17. 20. 20. 28. GFP-116 GFP-117 GFP-118 GFP-119 18. 18. 18. 18. GFP-120 GFP-121 GFP-122 18. GFP-123 GFP-124 GFP-126 18. 18. 18. GFP-127A GFP-127B GFP-127C GFP-127D 24. GFP-128 GFP-129 22. GW-lOi GW-103 GW-104 GW-105 GW-108 GW-115 GW-116 GW-117 GW-118 GW-119 GW-120 GW-121 GW-122 GW-123 GW-124 GW-126 $23. 28.' 28. 28. GR-101 GR-103 * GR-104 GR-105 $27. '27.' 27. 27. 26. GR-108 26. GR-115 80. 80. 24. GR-116 24. GR-117 24. GR-118 24. GR-119 28. 28. 28. 28. GR-120 24. GR-121 GR-122 28. 24. GR-123 24. GR-124 24. GR-126 28. 28. 28. GW-127A GW-127B 80. GR-i27B GW-127C GR-127C 84. GW-127D GR-127D GW-128 GW-129 28. GR-128 GR-129 82. TWO UNIT Start-Stop......... GG-201 For.-Rev............. GG-202 Up-Down........... GG-203 Open-Close___ 25 GG-204 High-Low........... GG-205 Start-Stop......... Lockout on Stop........................ GG-206 On-Off................ GG-210 $17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 20. 17. Start-Stop......... On-Off................ Start-Stop......... Open-Close___ Jog-Stop............ Safe-Run, Start Maintained Contact.................. 107 Maintained Contact.................. 107 Mushroom Button on Stop... 25 Maintained Contact.................. 107 Lockout on Stop........................ 25 1 Sel. Sw., 1 Button................ 18 16 GG-213 GG-214 GG-215 GG-220 GG-221 GG-222 17. 17. 20. 17. 20. 18. Start.................... Red Pilot Light, 1 Button: 120V.,60 Cy., 110V..50 Cy.. 220 V., 50-60 Cy...................... 480 V., 60Cy., 440 V., 50 Cy.. 600V., 60Cy., 550V., 50Cy.. 22 16 GG-226A GG-226B GG-226C GG-226D 24. Red Pilot Light, 1 Button: Start.................... 115 V., AC or DC.................... 23 GG-227 230 V., AC or DC.................... 16 GG-228 22. Stop.................... Red Pilot Light, 1 Button: 120 V., 60Cy., 110 V., 50Cy.. 220 V., 50-60 Cy...................... 480 V., 60Cy., 440 V.,50Cy.. 600V., 60 Cy., 550V., 50Cy.. 22 16 GG-229A GG-229B GG-229C GG-229D 24. Red Pilot Light, 1 Button: Stop.................... 115 V., AC or DC.................... 23 GG-230 230 V., AC or DC.................... 16 GG-231 22. GF-201 GF-202 GF-203 GF-204 GF-205 GF-206 GF-210 GF-213 GF-214 GF-215 GF-220 GF-221 GF-222 GF-226A GF-226B GF-226C GF-226D GF-227 GF-228 GF-229A GF-229B GF-229C GF-229D GF-230 GF-231 $17. 17. 17. 17. 17. 20. 17. 17. 17. 20. 17. 20. 18. 24. 22. 24. 22. GFP-201 GFP-202 GFP-203 GFP-204 GFP-205 GFP-206 GFP-210 $28. 28. 28. 28. 28. 26. 23. GFP-213 GFP-214 GFP-215 GFP-220 GFP-221 GFP-222 23. 23. 26. 23. 26. 24. GFP-226A GFP-226B GFP-226C GFP-226D 30. GFP-227 GFP-228 28. GFP-229A GFP-229B GFP-229C GFP-229D 80. GFP-230 GFP-231 28. GW-202 GW-203 GW-204 GW-205 GW-206 GW-210 $26. 26. 26. 26. 26. 26. GW-241 GW-214 GW-242 GW-220 GW-221 GW-222 26. 26. 29. 26. 26. 27. GW-226A GW-226B GW-226C GW-226D 88. GW-227 GW-228 31. GW-244A GW-244B GW-244C GW-244D S3. GW-245 GW-246 31. GR-202 GR-203 GR-204 GR-205 GR-206 GR-210 $ 30. GR-241 GR-214 GR-242 GR-220 GR-221 GR-222 30. 30. 33. 30. 80. 81. GR-226B GR-226C GR-226D 87. GR-227 GR-228 36. GR-244B GR-244C GR-244D 87. GR-245 GR-246 86. All push button units are momentary contact; all selector switch units maintained contact. Transformer and full voltage type pilot lights occupy space equal to that required for one push button unit. % 4NEMA Type 4, 5, 7 and 9 stations as standard have provision for padlocking the "Stop" button in the depressed position. See symbols on page 155. ASeparate pullboxes listed on page 154. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Order control stations by Class and Type number. D SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT' ----------------------------------------- PAGE 153 SQD SLV 000288 ... design leadership HEAVY DUTY CONTROL STATIONS CLASS 9001 Heavy duty stations are intended for use in the control circuits of magnetic starters or control panels and are available In almost any combination of momentary or maintained contact push button units, selector switches, and indicating lights. 600 VOLTS AC 600 VOLTS DC Description General Purpose Surface Mounting Type 1 General Purpose Flush Mounting Without Pullbox A General Purpose Flush Mounting With Pullbox Water-Tight and Dust-Tight NEMA Types 4 <& 5 * Class I, Groups B, C and D Class II, Groups E, F and G NEMA Types 7 & 9 Symbol Nameplate Marking Features Type | Price Type J Price Type j Price Type j Price Type j Price THREE UNIT For.-Rev.-Stop..................... Up-Down-Stop..................... Open-Close-Stop................. High-Low-Stop................... Start-Jog-Stop..................... Up-Down-Run..................... Open-Close-Stop................. High-Low-Stop................... Start-Jog-Stop..................... For.-Rev.-Stop..................... Up-Down-Stop..................... Start-Jog-Stop..................... For.-Rev., Start-Stop......... High-Low, Start-Stop........ Up-Down, Start-Stop......... Jog-Run, Start-Stop........... Start-Stop............................. Start-Stop............................. Lockout on Stop.................................... Lockout on Stop.................................... Lockout on Stop.................................... Lockout on Stop.................................... Lockout on Stop.................................... Jog Attachment..................................... Sel. Sw., 2 Push Buttons................... Red Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons* 120 V., 60 Cy., 110 V., 50 Cy........ 220 V., 50-60 Cy............................... 480 V., 60 Cy., 440 V., 50 Cy........ 600 V., 60 Cy., 550 V., 50 Cy........ Red Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons* 115 V., AC or DC............................ 230 V., AC or DC............................. 8 33 19 25 22 25 23 25 GG-301 GG-302 GG-303 GG-304 GG-305 GG-306 GG-307 GG-308 GG-309 GG-310 GG-311 GG-316 GG-317 GG-318 GG-319 GG-320 $22. 22. 22. 22. 25. 22. 25. 25. 22. 25. 25. 25. 23. GF-301 GF-302 GF-303 GF-304 GF-305 GF-306 GF-307 GF-308 GF-309 GF-310 GF-311 GF-316 GF-317 GF-318 GF-319 GF-320 GG-328A GF-328A GG-328B 29. GF-328B GG-328C GF-328C GG-328D GF-328D GG-329 GG-330 27. GF-329 GF-330 FOUR UNIT $22. 22. 22. 22. 25. 22. 25. 25. 22. 25. 25. 25. 23. 29. 27. GFP-301 GF P-302 GF P-303 GF P-304 GFP.-305 GF P-306 GF P-307 GF P-308 GF P-309 GFP-310 GFP-311 GFP-316 GFP-317 GFP-318 GFP-319 GFP-320 W31. 31. 31. 34. 31. 34. 34. 31. 34. 34. 34. 32. GF P-328A GFP-328B GFP-328C GFP-328D 38. GF P-329 GFP-330 36. GW-305 GW-306 GW-307 GW-308 GW-310 GW-311 $44. 44. 44. 44. 44. 44. GW-350 GW-351 GW-352 GW-353 45. GW-334A GW-334B GW-334C GW-334D 51. GW-335 GW-336 49. GR-305 GR-306 GR-307 GR-308 GR-310 GR-311 $58. 58. 58. 58. 58. 58. GR-350 GR-351 GR-352 GR-353 59. GR-334B GR-334C GR-334D 65. GR-335 GR-336 63. High-Sec.-Low-Stop.......... High-Sec.-Low-Stop.......... High-Low, For.-Rev.-Stop. For.-Rev., High-Low-Stop. High-Low, Up-Down-Stop. Lockout on Stop.................................... 1 Selector Sw., 3 Push Buttons........ 38 19 8 GG-401 GG-402 GG-410 GG-411 GG-412 $27. 30. 28. GF-401 GF-402 GF-410 GF-411 GF-412 FIVE UNIT $27. 30. 28. GF P-401 GFP-402 GFP-410 GF P-411 GFP-412 $36. 39. 37. GW-402 GW-451 GW-452 GW-453 $53. 54. GR-402 GR-451 GR-452 GR-453 $90. 91. 39 GG-501 1 $32. GF-501 High-Third-Sec.-Low-Stop Lockout on Stop.................................... GG-502 | 35. GF-502 $32. GF P-501 $44. 35. GF P-502 47. All push button units are momentary contact; all selector switch units maintained contact. Transformer and full voltage type pilot lights occupy space equal to that required for one push button unit. frNEMA Type 4, 5, 7, and 9 stations as standard have provision for padlocking the "Stop" button in the depressed position. See symbols on page 155. AFULL BOXES FOR TYPE GF DEVICES Number of Units Type 1 FP-1 2 FP-2 3 FP-3 4 FP-4 Price $6. 6. 9. 9. Number of Units 5 6 7 8 Type FP-5 FP-6 FP-7 FP-8 CLASS 9001 Price $12. 12. 18. 18. HEAVY DUTY CONTROL UNITS Push Buttons -- Selector Switches -- Pilot Lights 0-600 VOLTS Function OPEN TYPE Description Vert. Mtg. Type Side by Side Mtg. Type CLASS 9001 Price Sym. Push Button Units Black button--double circuit.. . Red button--singlecircuit N.C. Red button--double circuit. .. Black button--3 point contacts. Black button--2 poles N.O........ Red button--2 poles N.C........... GO-1 GO-2 GO-3 GO-4 GO-7 GO-8 $3.70 3.70 3.70 6.70 6.70 6.70 16 3 16 40 41 42 Sel- actor Switch Units Single pole, double throw.......... Double pole, single throw........ Single pole, double throw......... Single pole, double throw......... Double pole, single throw........ HO-1 HO-2 HO-3 HO-4 HO-5 HO-7 HO-B HO-9 HO-10 HO-11 $4.70 4.70 4.70 4.70 4.70 17 18 19 20 21 Heavy duty open type control units or pilot lights do not include nameplates, nor do they include mounting provisions for nameplates. *OPEN TYPE PILOT LIGHTS AND COLOR CAPS CLASS 9001 TRANSFORMER TYPE RESISTOR TYPE -- AC or DC Frequency Volta Type Price 60 Cy. 50 Cy. Type 120 V. 220 V. 480 V. 600 V. 110 V. 220 V. 440 V. 550 V. PO-21 PO-22 PO-23 PO-24 25Cycle 110 V. 220 V. PO-31 PO-32 Price 115 230 PO-41 PO-42 $ 8. COLOR CAPS $10. Color Type Price Color Type Price Amber A4 Green Blue B4 $ .70 Red Clear C4 White G4 R4 $ .70 W4 *As standard pilot tights are supplied without a color cap. Separate plastic snap in color caps for customer panel can be ordered from table above. Color caps for factory assembled control stations should be ordered from Table on page 162. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Order control stations by Class and Type number. PAGE 154 SQD SLV 000289 design leadership. HEAVY DUTY CONTROL STATIONS DIMENSIONS and CONTACT SYMBOLS GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES CLASS 9001 No. of Units 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SURFACE MOUNTING A 4% s'A 8% io'/4 12% 14 15% 17% Dimensions Bc 2% 4% 6% 814 10% 12 13% 15% 29/jz 29/jz 1 Viz I'/iz 1 Mz iMz IViz IMz D % 27Mz 2 Viz 2 Viz 2Mz 2l/iZ 2Mz 3V5z CONTACT SYMBOLS L1..U 10 15 itwJi 22 FLUSH MOUNTING WITHOUT PULLBOX No. of Units Dimensions ABc 1 7%6 4'Ms 2% 2 9Ms 6'Ms 4% 3 11 Ms 8Ms 6% 4 13Ms 10Ms 8% 5 15Ms 12Ms 10% 6 16'Ms 14Ms 12% 7 18'Ms 16Ms 14% 8 20'Ms 17'Ms 16 No. of Units 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A 7Ms 9Ms 11 Ms 13Ms 15Ms 16'Ms 18'Ms 20'Ms Dimensions B 6% 8% 10% 12 13% 15% 17% 19% WATER-TIGHT, DUST-TIGHT AND HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS ENCLOSURES No. of Units 2 3 4 A 5% 7% 9% 11% Di mensions Bc 4% 6% 8!4 10M4 5% 5% 5% 5% D Ms Ms % Ms c 5Ms 77/is 9Ms 11 Ms 13Ms 14'Ms 16'Ms 18'Ms Dim. E F G H Water-tight and Dust-tight 3'Ms 42Viz 4% 5Mz Hazardous Locations 3% 4'Ms 57/jz 5'Ms APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION . [SI ,------- , m rSuP: j-l-i i w M I Lt-ij 40 41 107 Wr L,,. \"*7 U 42 43 97 109 D PAGE 155 SQD SLV 000290 design leadership HEAVY DUTY CONTROL STATIONS WITH NEMA 4 STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE CLASS 9001 Stainless steel enclosures give these heavy duty control stations greatly improved protection from corrosive atmospheres and liquids. Push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights are provided with a water-tight cap which gives each unit a smooth, easyto-dean surface. Metal legend plates with clear baked protective finish and chrome plated conduit hubs are other standard features. STANDARD FACTORY ASSEMBLED STATIONS 600 VOLTS MAX. AC OR DC No. Units Nameplate Markings Features Type Price Contact Symbol Top 2 3 Off-On............................... Red Pilot Light: 120 V., 60 Cy. or 110 V., 50 Cy.. . . 208-220 V., 50-60 Cy......................... 480 V., 60 Cy. or 440 V., 50 Cy.. . . 600 V., 60 Cy. or 550 V., 50 Cy.. . . Red Pilot Light: 115 V., ac or dc.................................. 230 V., ac or dc.................................. TYC-101 TYC-103 TYC-105 TYC-106 TYC-107 TYC-108 TYC-109 TYC-110 TYC-111 TYC-112 TYC-115A TYC-115B TYC-115C TYC-115D TYC-116A TYC-116B $ 25. 25. 30. 25. 25. 28. 28. 28. 28. 28. 33. 33. 33. 33. 31. 31. 16 16 52 22 22 22 22 43 23 TYC-201 $ 30. 16 16 TYC-203 35. 16 16 TYC-204 30. 16 2 TYC-205 30. 16 16 TYG-206 30. 16 16 TYC-208 30. 16 16 TYC-210 33. 111 On-Off................................. Maintained Contact............................... TYC-211 33. 111 TYC-301 $ 50. 16 16 16 TYC-302 so. 16 16 16 TYC-303 50. 16 16 16 TYC-304 50. 16 16 16 TYC-305 50. 16 16 16 3 Forward-Reverse-Stop. . . Lockout on Stop..................................... TYC-308 55. 16 16 16 TYC-309 55. 16 16 16 Open-Close-Stop............... Lockout on Stop................................... TYC-310 55. 16 16 16 High-Low-Stop.................. Lockout on Stop..................................... TYC-311 55. 16 16 16 Start-Jog-Stop................... Lockout on Stop..................................... TYC-312 55. 16 16 16 Start-Stop........................... With Red Pilot Light: 120 V., 60 Cy. or 110 V., 50 Cy. . . . TYC-315A 58. 22 16 16 208-220 V., 50-60 Cy......................... TYC-315B 58. 22 16 16 480 V., 60 Cy. or 440 V., 50 Cy.. . . TYC-315C 58. 22 16 16 600 V., 60 Cy. or 550 V., 50 Cy. . . . TYC-315D 58. 22 16 16 Start-Stop........................... With Red Pilot Light: 115 V., ac or dc.................................. TYC-316A 56. 43 16 16 230 V., ac or dc.................................. TYC-316B 56. 23 16 16 ^Stations listed are furnished with one %*--14 conduit hub at bottom. (Box is reversible to allow conduit entry at top.) Type KYC 4-Unif Station ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED \. Class and Type number. u16 22 O 1 O 0o 23 43 44 52 in IE FT RIGHT IEET CENTER RIGHT ll/M ? o-&- 0 1Q oo O(O 0 Q 1Q oo o|o oo oo g* g r0 o ^ * ii i_______ i 2. Factory assembled stations are available with up to 30 control units. Prices and or dering information for sta tions not listed here may be obtained from any Square D Field Office. SEPARATE COMPONENTS FOR CUSTOMER ASSEMBLY ENCLOSURES: Order separate NEMA 4 stainless steel enclosures from the following table. No. of Units 1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 20 25 30 Std. Conduit Hubs (Installed in Bottom) *f* 0) 14 (i) 34'--14 0) 34*--14 O) 34'--14 0) 34'--14 (1) 1 *--11/2 (1) l/4'--ll/2 (1) 1/2'--11/2 (1) 1/2'--11/2 (2) 1!4'--11/2 (2) 1^'--11/2 Class 9001 Type KYC-1 KYC-2 KYC-3 KYC-4 KYC-6 KYC-9 KYC-12 KYC-16 KYC-20 KYC-25 KYC-30 Price $ 18. 19. 26. 34. 50. 62. 75. 99. no. 140. 165. '{'Box is reversible to allow conduit entry at top. CONTROL UNITS: Select control units and accessories from Pages 159-162. Push buttons without guard and selector switches with standard knob are recommended. Closing plates to cover unused holes in cover can be ordered as Class 9001 Type TO-3, $1. each. WATER-TIGHT CAPS: Select a water-tight cap from the table below for each control unit. Description Type Price Neoprene cap for push buttons-- Black............................................................................... Red.................................................................................. TU-11 TU-12 $ 2. 2. Neoprene/polypropylene cap for selector switch-- Black............................................................................... Red.................................................................................. TU-51 TU-52 4. 4. Clear silicone cap-- For standard pilot lights............................................ For push-to-test pilot lights and illuminated push buttons................................................................. TU-17 TU-27 3. 3. LEGEND PLATES -- Metal legend plates with a clear baked protective finish can be purchased separately. Order as Class 9001 Type TN-8 and specify marking desired. Legend plates with any standard marking listed in Table 1 on Page 162 are $0.30 each. Legend plates with other markings are $1.30 each. The Type TNI thru TN5 legend plates cannot be used with the Type TU11 thru TU27 water-tight caps on NEMA 4 control stations. PAGE 156 SQDSLV 000291 design leadership . . . OIL-TIGHT CONTROL STATIONS NEMA 12 heavy duty oil-tight control stations are available for surface or flush mounting. Completely assembled stations can be supplied, or enclosures and various control units can be purchased for assembly as control stations. CLASS 9001 STANDARD FACTORY ASSEMBLED STATIONS -- NEMA 12 No. of Units Nameplate Markings Features Surface Mounting Type Type Price Start......................... TY-11 $ ifi. Start...................................... Mushroom Button. . j TY-12 19. 1 TY-13 Ifi. Stop...................................... Mushroom Button... TY-14 19. Off-On........................... TY-110 17. Auto-Off-Hand.................. Selector Switch......... TY-111 17. TY-21 Start-Stop..................... ^ . . Mushroom on Stop. . TY-22 2 TY-23 TY-25 Start-Stop........................... Maintained Contact.. TY-27 23. 26. 26. 23. 23. 3 High-Low-Stop.................. TY-31 TY-32 TY-33 TY-34 31. 31. 31. 31. For station identification plate on enclosure with markings as specified, add $ 1.50. All units have single pole, double throw contacts. Flush Mounting Type Type Price T7-11 TZ-12 T 7-n TZ-14 T7-i in TZ-111 15. 15. 13. TZ-21 TZ-22 TZ-23 TZ-25 TZ-27 1*. 21. IK. 18. TZ-31 TZ-32 TZ-33 TZ-34 25. 25. 25. 25. CUSTOM BUILT FACTORY ASSEMBLED STATIONS - NEMA 12 No. of Units Surface Mounting Cast Sheet Steel Type Base Price Type Base Price Flush Mounting Cast Type Base Price 1 KY-10 $ 10. KZ-110 $ 6. 2 KY-20 11. KZ-210 6. 3 KY-30 13. KZ-310 7. 4 KY-40 16. KZ-410 10. 6 KY-60 20. KYA-60 $13. KZ-60 14. 9 KY-90 26. KYA-90 16. KZ-90 19. 12 KY-120 35. KYA-120 20. KZ-120 27. 16 KY-160 45. KYA-160 25. KZ-160 37. 20 KYA-200 30. 25 KYA-250 35. For legend plate on enclosure with markings as specified add $1.50. NOTE: Base prices shown in clude the enclosure only. The complete price for an assembeled station is the sum of this base price plus prices of all control units to be installed. (There is no extra charge for factory assembly.) Liners when required to maintain electrical clearance, are supplied without charge. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Specify Class and Type number shown above. Sub mit sketch showing all control units in their desired location. (Forms for this purpose are avail able from Square D field offices.) Select control units from pages 159-162. NEMA TYPE 12 INDUSTRIAL USE ENCLOSURES FOR ASSEMBLY OF STATIONS BY USER CAST ENCLOSURES SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURES Units 1 2 3 4 6 9 12 16 Type KY-3 Enclosure Only Type Price KY-1 KY-2 KY-3 KY-4 $ 10. 11. 13. 16. KY-6 KY-9 KY-12 KY-16 20. 26. 35. 45. Type KZ-31 Cover Plate Only Type Price KZ-11 KZ-21 KZ-31 KZ-41 $ 6. 6. 7. 10. KZ-6 KZ-9 KZ-12 KZ-16 14. 19. 27. 37. Type KYA-12 Units 6 9 12 16 20 25 ------- 25 ---- 16820 ---9812--- *~6~1 Ii It2' *0) o o|o ojo o ojo ojo ||J_ o oio ojo 6 o o oio o o o ojo Enclosure Only Type Price KYA-6 KYA-9 KYA-12 KYA-16 KYA-20 KYA-25 $ 13. 16. 20. 25. 30. 35. oo oo oo ooo ooo ooo o oo KY12 For Dimensions, see Page 163. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Class and Type number. SCHEDULE DS-1 DIoCOUNl ooo ooo ooo KY9 oooo oooo oo o o oooo KY16 PAGE 157 SQD SLV 000292 . . design leadership OIL-TIGHT PUSH BUTTOHS CLASS 9001 CONTACT BLOCKS -- TYPE K Symbol Type Price 600 VOLTS AC OR DC MAX. Symbol Type Price jjjLa oo KA-1 $ 3.00 N.O. Contact Early Closing KA-4 $ 3.00 oo KA-2 KA-3 1.50 1.50 ala Late Opening KA-5 1.50 slLsl &1A o oo o e uLs dj Order Two Type KA-1 Order Two Type KA-2 Order Two Type KA-3 6.00 3.00 3.00 o KA-4 KA-1 KA-4 KA-5 Order One Type KA-4 and One Type KA-1 Sequencing $ Contacts Order One Type KA-4 and One Type KA-5 Overlapping Contacts 6.00 4.50 ^Sequencing--N.O. contact of KA-4 closes before N.O. contact on KA-1 (Type TR operator only). COverlapping--N.O. contact of KA-4 closes before N.C. contact of KA-5 opens (Type TR operator only). ' PUSH BUTTON OPERATORS WITH OR WITHOUT TYPE K CONTACT BLOCKS Description Color of Button Insert Operator Only (Without Contact Block) Operator with one KA-1 Contact Block oe Operator with two KA-1 Contact Blocks 0 09 0 Gudi d Full Guard Extended Guard Without Guard 9,/i All Colors Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue All Colors Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue All Colors Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue All Colors Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue Type TR-50 TR-1 TR-2 TR-15 TR-16 TR-17 TR-18 TR-19 TR-51 TR-6 TR-7 TR-30 TR-31 TR-32 TR-33 TR-34 TR-52 TR-35 TR-36 TR-37 TR-38 TR-39 TR-40 TR-41 TR-53 TR-13 TR-14 TR-58 TR-46 TR-47 TR-48 TR-49 TR-3 TR-4 TR-20 TR-21 TR-22 TR-23 TR-24 TR-10 TR-11 TR-25 TR-26 TR-27 TR-28 TR-29 Price $ 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. S. Type TR-50H1 TR-1 HI TR-2H1 TR-15H1 TR-16H1 TR-17H1 TR-18H1 TR-19H1 TR-51 HI TR-6 Hi TR-7H1 TR-30 HI TR-31 HI TR-32H1 TR-33 Hi TR-34H1 TR-52H1 TR-35H1 TR-36 HI TR-37H1 TR-38H1 TR-39H1 TR-40 HI TR-41 HI TR-53 HI TR-13H1 TR-14H1 TR-58 HI TR-46 HI TR-47H1 TR-48 HI TR-49H1 TR-3 HI TR-4H1 TR-20 HI TR-21 HI TR-22H1 TR-23 Hi TR-24 HI TR-10H1 TR-11H1 TR-25 HI TR-26 HI TR-27 HI TR-28H1 TR-29 HI Price $ 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Type TR-50H2 TR-1H2 TR-2H2 TR-15H2 TR-16H2 TR-17H2 TR-18H2 TR-19H2 TR-51 H2 TR-6H2 TR-7H2 TR-30 H2 TR-31 H2 TR-32H2 TR-33H2 TR-34H2 TR-52H2 TR-35H2 TR-36H2 TR-37H2 TR-38H2 TR-39H2 TR-40H2 TR-41 H2 TR-53H2 TR-13H2 TR-14H2 TR-58H2 TR-46H2 TR-47H2 TR-48H2 TR-49 H 2 TR-3H2 TR-4H2 TR-20H2 TR-21 H2 TR-22H 2 TR-23H2 TR-24H2 TR-10H2 TR-11H2 TR-25H2 TR-26H2 TR-27H2 TR-28H2 TR-29H2 Priced $ 9; 9; 9. 9: 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9* 9. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. Prices Include a TN-2 legend plate with standard markings shown in table 1 page 162. Deduct $0.30 If plate is not required. For special markings, use additions shown in Table 2, page 162. The Universal push buttons listed consist of a basic operator plus seven different color inserts. A push button of any desired color can be assembled in seconds. Operators with KA Contact Blocks -- Class 9001 Type T operators listed on pages 160 and 161 can be ordered with Type KA contact blocks by a single type number as follows: A. For the equivalent of the Type TA contact block substitute "HI" for the letter "A" in the type num ber. Devices will be supplied with one Type KA-1 contact block. Example -- Class 9001 Type TS1-H1 in place ofTS1 A. B. For the equivalent of the Type TB contact block substitute "H2" for the letter "B" in the type num ber. Devices will be supplied with two Type KA-1 contact blocks. Example -- Class 9001 Type TS1-H2 in place of TS1B. C. Prices listed on Class 9001 price sheets, pages 160 and 161 apply to complete devices with Type T or equivalent Type KA contact blocks. Operators and contact blocks are individually pack aged. However, when an operator and contact block(s) are ordered by complete class and type number (i.e. Class 9001 Type TR1-H1 marked "start") the operator and contact block packages, together with the legend plate, are inserted in a larger box marked with the complete class and type number. CONTACT BLOCK RATING Pilot Duty Volts Make Break AC 0-120 60 Amps. 6 Amps. 120-600 7200 VA 720 VA DC 0-120 120-600 1.1 Amps. 132 VA AC continuous current rating 10 amperes. AC pilot duty rating is based upon 35% or less power factor. DC pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. PAGE 158 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT ' SQD SLV 000293 CONTACT BLOCKS - TYPE T M __ Contact Blocks 1 % " Diameter Mushroom Button COLOR INSERT DESIGN Gives extra durability Simplifies stocking No increase in cost design leadership OIL-TIGHT PUSH BUTTONS CLASS 9001 Type TA Ai m TA-2 Price S 3. Type TB Al yy yj Bi A2 B2 TC % 1.50 Al UJ Bl TD A*2 B2 $ 1.50 Price 5 6. Type ATF Cl |JJ m D1 C2 D2 $ 3. *TE-1 ULi bi A2\y/ 5 3. 600 VOLTS AC OR DC MAX. Price 5 6. Type *TE Al yj yj bi A2 B2 Price $ 7.50 5 3. ATandem mounting. One add itional contact block can be mounted on Type TF. Overlapping contacts. A2 closes before BI opens. For use with Type TR operators only. Sequencing contacts. A2closes before B2. PUSH BUTTONS WITH OR WITHOUT TYPE T CONTACT BLOCKS Description Color of Button Insert Operator Only (Without Contact Block) Operator with Type TA Single Pole Double Throw Contact Block OO Operator with Type TB Duplex Double Throw Contact Block flAfi O OO 0 Operator with Timed Contacts C Time Delay After Release of Button Standard Half Guard Full Guard Extended Guard All Colors Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue All Colors Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue All Colors Red Green Brown Yellow Oranae Blue Without Guard Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue m' Diameter Mushroom Button Diameter Mushroom Button Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue Black Red Green Brown Yellow Orange Blue Type TR-50 TR-1 TR-2 TR-15 TR-16 TR-17 TR-18 TR-19 TR-51 TR-6 TR-7 TR-30 TR-31 TR-32 TR-33 TR-34 TR-52 TR-35 TR-36 TR-37 TR-38 TR-39 TR-40 TR-41 TR-53 TR-13 TR-14 TR-58 TR-46 TR-47 TR-48 TR-49 TR-3 TR-4 TR-20 TR-21 TR-22 TR-23 TR-24 TR-10 TR-11 TR-25 TR-26 TR-27 TR-28 TR-29 Price $ 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Type TR-50A TR-1 A TR-2A TR-15A TR-16A TR-17A TR-18A TR-19A TR-51 A TR-6A TR-7A TR-30A TR-31 A TR-32A TR-33A TR-34A TR-52A TR-35A TR-36A TR-37A TR-38A TR-39A TR-40A TR-41 A TR-53 A TR-13A TR-14A TR-58A TR-46A TR-47A TR-48A TR-49 A TR-3A TR-4A TR-20A TR-21 A TR-22 A TR-23A TR-24 A TR-10A TR-11A TR-25A TR-26A TR-27A TR-28A TR-29A Price $ 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Type TR-50B TR-1 B TR-2B TR-15B TR-16B TR-17B TR-18B TR-19B TR-51 B TR-6B TR-7B TR-30B TR-31 B TR-32B TR-33B TR-34B TR-52B TR-35B TR-36B TR-37B TR-38B TR-39B TR-40B TR-41 B TR-53 B TR-13B TR-14B TR-58B TR-46B TR-47B TR-48B TR-49B TR-3B TR-4B TR-20B TR-21 B TR-22B TR-23B TR-24B TR-10B TR-11B TR-25B TR-26B TR-27B TR-28B TR-29 B Price $ 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. Type TRD-150 TRD-101 TRD-102 TRD-115 TRD-116 TRD-117 TRD-118 TRD-119 TRD-151 TRD-106 TRD-107 TRD-130 TRD-131 TRD-132 TRD-133 TRD-134 TRD-152 TRD-135 TRD-136 TRD-137 TRD-138 TRD-139 TRD-140 TRD-141 TRD-153 TRD-113 TRD-114 TRD-158 TRD-146 TRD-147 TRD-148 TRD-149 TRD-103 TRD-104 TRD-120 TRD-121 TRD-122 TRD-123 TRD-124 TRD-110 TRD-111 TRD-125 TRD-126 TRD-127 TRD-128 TRD-129 Priced $ 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. 21. CTimlng period adjustable from 0.2 second to 1 minute. Contact ratings -- 300 volts maximum. Prices include a Type TN-2 legend plate with standard markings shown in Table 1, page 162. Deduct $0.30 if legend plate is not required. For special markings, use additions shown in Table 2, page 162. The Universal push buttons listed consist of a basic oper- ator plu. .even different color Inserts. A push button of any desired color can be assembl- COLOR INSERTS FOR PUSH BUTTONS (Orders must specify Min. quantity of 10 or multiple of 10 in any one color). Color Red Green Brown Type T-6BK T-6RD T-6QN T-6BN Price Each $.05 .05 .05 .05 Min. Order Qty. 10 10 10 10 Color Yellow Orange Blue Type T-6YW T-60E T-6BE Price Eaoh $.05 .05 .05 Min. Order Qty. 10 10 10 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT - PAGE 159 SQD SLV 000294 a . . . design leadership OIL-TIGHT SELECTOR SWITCHES 9001 2-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCHES Description Features Operator With Type TA Contact Block C Typo Symbol 44 Price Operator With Type TB Contact Block Type Symbol 45 Price 2-Position Maintained Contact Standard Knob-- Black..................... Red......................... Gloved Hand Knob Coin Operated......... Key Operated *... TS-1A TS-112A TS-21A TSA-1A TS-1K *A $ 7. 7. 11. 9. 13. TS-1B TS-112B TS-21 B TSA-1 B TS-1K *B no. 10. 14. 12. 16. SELECTOR SWITCH CONTACT SEQUENCES 2-POSITION Sym bol y LEFT / RIGHT Sym bol *iQ P OO 44 A20 O 45 3-POSITION V CEFT AIQ_l A20 O BlQ O B2o o / RIGHT OO trS oo Sym bol \ *y LEFT CENTER RIGHT Sym bol v y Sym v y tEFT CENTER RIGHT bol LEFT CENTER RIGHT ; 48 AIQJ-O O O O O A20 O <j * u 0 J"b 52 AIQ i O Q , Q O O A20 o o o 0 * 56 41^,0 O O Q a A20 o 0 * b 0 O 2-Position Spring Return From Left to Center A Standard Knob.... Black..................... Red......................... Key Operated......... TS-14A TS-122A TS-14K2A $ 9. 9. 15. TS-14B TS-122B TS-14K2B $12. 12. 18. AIQ . Q o O O O AiQ-1- O o , Q o O O O Qio A2o O C 0*5 A20 O O O 0 A20 o 9 k't o o 49 0IO O O O 53 AIQ--1 p OO O o 57 6IO . O O O o i o 828 OO B2o o o o 8 ``Ti e? o o o o 3-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCHES Description 3-Position Maintained Contact Features Operator With Type TA Single Pole Oouble Throw Contact BlockC Type Price Symbol 48 Symbol 52 Symbol 56 Standard KnobBlack.................... Red....................... Gloved Hand Knob... Coin Operated.......... Key Operated*....... TS-2A TS-14ZA TS-22A TSA-2A TS-2K*A TS-3A TS-152A TS-23A TSA-3A TS-3K*A TS-4A TS-162A TS-24A TSA-4A TS-4K*A $ 7. 7. 11. 9. 13. Operator With Type TB Duplex Oouble Throw Contact Block Type Price Symbol 49 Symbol 53 Symbol 57 TS-2B TS-142B TS-22B TSA-2B TS-2(K*B TS-3B TS-152B TS-23B TSA-3B TS-3K*B TS-4B TS-162B TS-24B TSA-4B TS-4K*B $10. 10. 14. 12. 16. 4-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCHES Features Symbol 112 Type Price Standard Knob Blick................................. Red,.*.:............................... Glovdd .Hand Knob................. Key Operated*..................... TS-401B TS-402B TS-49B TS-40QK *B $10. 10. 14. 16. Symbol 112 Pnce Includes: TBrCont. Blk and blank TN2 or TN3 N.P. Add $1. for any marking \\ t/ At O 1 O o 1 O o | O o ! Q B2 o o oo 0 eo A1 o^ o, o oj_o ala B2 o o oo o o 3-Position Spring Return From Both Sides to Center Standard KnobBlack.................... Red....................... Gloved Hand Knob... Key Operated........... TS-8A TS-202A TS-35A TS-8K5A TS-9A TS-212A TS-36A TS-9K5A TS-10A TS-222A TS-37A TS-10K5A 9. 9. 13. IS. TS-8B TS-202B TS-35B TS-8K5B TS-9B TS-212B TS-36B TS-9K5B TS-10B TS-222B TS-37B TS-10K5B $12. 12. 16. 19. CTo order a selector switch without contact block, omit final letter "A" of Type Number. Deduct $3. from price of similar switch having a Type TA contact block. Prices include a Type TN-2 legend plate with standard markings shown in Table 1, page 162. Deduct $0.30 if legend plate is not required. For legend plates with special markings, use additions shown in Table 2, page 162. AThis switch operates left-center rather than left-right. COLOR INSERTS (Orders must specify min. qty. of 10 or multiple ' ' " ` ' Selector Switch Selector P.B. Color Type Min. Order Qty. Type Min. Order Qty. Price Each Black.......... Red............. Green.......... Brown......... Yellow......... Orange........ Blue............ T-4BK T-4RD T-4GN T-4BN T-4YW T-40E T-4BE 10 T-5BK 10 T-5RD 10 T-5GN 10 T-5BN 10 T-5YW 10 T-50E 10 T-5BE 10 $ .10 10 .10 10 .10 10 .10 10 .10 10 .10 10 .10 KEY OPERATED SEL ECTOR SWITCH TYPE NUMBERS MUST BE COMPLETED BY SEL ECTING APPROPRI 2-Position Switches KEY WITHDRAWAL ARRANGEMENT 3-Position Switches 4-Position Switches ATE KEY WITHDRAW AL NUMBER FROM No. Left Right No. Left Center Right No. Left Center Right No. TABLE AT RIGHT. Pos tions marked "Yes" are 1 Yes No 4 Yes No No 8 Yes No Yes 11 Yes No No Yes those in which key can be withdrawn, thereby 2 No Yes 5 No Yes No 9 No Yes Yes 12 No No No Yes locking switch in that position. Insert the ap propriate number in place of asterisk shown in type number. 3 Yes Yes 6 7 No No Yes 10 Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes 13 Yes No No No Selector Switch with Gloved Hand Knob Selector Switch with Standard Knob (New Color Insert Design} PAGE 160 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000295 design leadership OIL-TIGHT CONTROL UNITS CLASS 9001 Selector-Push Button With Standard Half Guard (New Color Insert Design} 2-POSITION SELECTOR-PUSH BUTTONS Description Operator with Type TA Single Pole Double Throw Contact Block Type Symbol 67 Symbol 71 Symbol 75 Symbol 102 Price Operator with Type TB Duplex Double Throw Contact Block Type Symbol 68 Symbol 72 Symbol 76 Symbol 82 Price Standard Half GuardBlack............................ TQ-1A Red............................... TQ-6A TQ-2A TQ-7A TQ-3A TQ-8A TQ-26A $9. TQ-28A 9. TQ-1B TQ-6B TQ-2B TQ-7B TQ-3B TQ-8B TQ-26B $12. TQ-28B 12. Full GuardBlack............................ TQ-11A Red............................... TQ-16A *TQ-12A TQ-17A TQ-13A TQ-18A TQ-48A TQ-49A $10. 10. TQ-llB TQ-16B TQ-12B TQ-17B TQ-13B TQ-18B TQ-48B TQ-49B $13. 13. Extended GuardBlack........................... TQ-62A Red........... ................... TQ-63A TQ-56A TQ-57A TQ-65A TQ-66A TQ-59A TQ-60A $10. 10. TQ-62B TQ-63B TQ-56B TQ-57B TQ-65B TQ-66B TQ-59B TQ-60B $13. 13. To order a selector-push button without contact block, omit final letter "A" of Type Number. Deduct $3. from price of similar operator having a Type TA contact block. Pripes include a Type TN-2 legend plate with standard markings shown in Table I, page 162. Deduct $0.30 if legend plate is not required. For special markings, use additions shown in Table 2, page 162. Sym bol Push Button V LEFT / RIGHT Sym bol SELECTOR-PUSH BUTTON CONTACT SEQUENCES t Push Button \ LEFT y RIGHT Sym bol Push Button LEFT RIGHT Sym bol Push Button v LEFT / right Free AlQ i P A20 O 67 De pressed AIO O A2d*'T> O 0"*** OO d'1^ Free AIQjuD A20 O 71 De pressed Aio r> A20 o o tip OO oo d^T Free A20 O 75 De pressed AIO 0 A2d 1 0 00 d"4,0 Free AlQ.I^> A20 O 102 De pressed AIO 1 O A20 0 O ft 00 0O d"*" AlQ * O oO Free Ago O BlQ-i Q *' 0 oO 820 O d"^ 68 De pressed At A2d^"0 Bio o 82d^ OO OO d-4"* AtO i o 0.0 Free A20 0 flio . o 00 o ,o 820 o 0o 72 De pressed AIO BlQ-i.-P Ot o 8-*"$ O0 820 0 0-H5 AIO . a O,Q Free A20 0 BIO O 00 O .0 820 O O0 76 woo OO De A2d 1 o pressed 810 O OO B2d^'& d* 0 AlO^P Free A20 O BIQj_C> 820 0 82 WOO De pressed eiqj_p 020 O Q-i 0 00 q . ft 00 01 O 00 00 oT> {Contact sequence tables show position of contacts when selector-push button guard is rotated to the left or right. They also indicate the contact sequences obtained when an operator depresses the push button (depressed condition) and when he releases it (free condition). PILOT LIGHTS AND ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTONS ^IMPORTANT -- TYPE NUMBERS LISTED IN TABLE MUST BE COMPLETED BY INSERT ING APPROPRIATE COLOR CAP CODE LETTER IN PLACE OF ASTER ISK *) Prices shown include color cap. For sim plified stock handling, units are available less color cap. Order by basic Type num ber (TP1, TP21, TP35, etc.) and deduct $0.70. COLOR CAP CODE LETTERS R -- Red G -- Green A -- Amber B -- Blue C -- Clear W --White STANDARD PILOT LIGHTS Type TP- 1R1 Type TP-21A2 Type TP-35C3 PUSH-TO-TEST PILOT LIGHTS ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTONSA Description With Transformer and 6-8 Volt Lamp Voltage and Frequency 110 V., 50-60 Cy. 208-220 V., 50-60 Cy. 380-440 V., 50-60 Cy. 550 V., 50-60 Cy. With Plastic Color Cap Type TP-1 *1 TP-3 *1 TP-5 *1 TP-6 *1 Price 511. 11. 11. 11. With Glass Color Cap Type Price TP-1 *2 TP-3 *2 TP-5 *2 TP-6 *2 $11. 11. 11. 11. With Glass Color Cap Type Price TP-21 *2 TP-23 *2 TP-25 *2 TP-26 *2 $u. 14. 14. 14. Without Guard Type Price TP-35 *3 TP-37 *3 TP-39 *3 TP-40 *3 $14. 14. 14. 14. With Guard Type Price rp-41 *3 TP-43 *3 TP-45 *3 TP-46 *3 $15. 15. 15. 15. With Full Voltage Lamp With 55 Volt Lamp d Resistor 6-8 V., AC or DC 14 V., AC or DC 18 V., AC or DC 24 V.. AC or DC 32 V., AC or DC 120 V., AC or DC 120 V., AC or DC 230 V., AC or DC TP-12 *1 TP-13 *1 TP-14 *1 TP-15 *1 TP-16 *1 TP-19 *1 TP-65 *1 TP-20 *1 $ 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. $ 9. 9. TP-12 *2 TP-13 *2 TP-14 *2 TP-15 *2 TP-16 *2 TP-19 *2 TP-65 *2 TP-20 *2 $ 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. j9. TP-27 *2 TP-28 *2 TP-29 *2 TP-30 *2 TP-31 *2 TP-32 *2 TP-33 *2 $12; 12. 12. 12. 12. $12. 12. TP-47 *3 TP-48 *3 TP-49 *3 TP-50 *3 TP-51 *3 TP-52 *3 TP-53 *3 $12. 12. 12. 12. 12. $12. 12. TP-54 *3 TP-55 *3 TP-56 *3 TP-57 *3 TP-58 *3 TP-59 *3 TP-60 *3 $13. 13. 13. 13. 13. $13. 13. ^Prices include ?. Type TN-2 legend plate with standard markings shown in Table 1, page 162. Deduct $0.30 if legend plate is not required. For legend plates with special markings, use additions shown in Table 2, page 162. _ .. Full voltage bulb not recommended for applications where severe vibration is encountered or where long bulb life is essential. For these applications use Type TP1. Can be converted to guarded type if desired. Separate guard assembly may be ordered as Class 9001 Type T-2, $1.00. AConsist of pilot light plus an integral contact block having one N.O., one N.C. contact operated by pushing on color cap. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 161 SQD SLV 000296 design leadership OIL-TIGHT CONTROL UNITS CLASS 9001 SEPARATE COLOR CAPS Color Red Green Amber Blue Clear White Plastic Cap for Glass Cap for Standard Standard Pilot Lights or Push-To-Test Only -- Type Pilot Lights -- Type R1 R2 G1 G2 A1 A2 B1 B2 Cl C2 W1 W2 Plastic Cap for Illuminated Push Buttons -- Type R3 G3 A3 B3 C3 W3 Price $ 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 3-POSITION MASTER SWITCH (not completely oil-tight) Description Features Complete with Contact Block... Maintained Contact................... Spring Return to Center.......... Type TS-80E-2 TS-82D-1 Price $ 20. 23. ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Description Features Padlock Attachments Latch type for push buttons (holds button depressed).............. Cover type for push buttons (prevents depressing button). . . . Window in cover (prevents operation of selector switch or Latch type for push buttons with Type TU protective cap (holds button depressed), stainless steel................................... Maintained Contact Attachment Use with two Type TR push buttons and one contact block to obtain maintained contact......................................................... Type TL-1 TL-2 TL-3 TL-5 TM-1 Price $ 3. 3. 3. 5. 3. Wobble Stick Operator Wrench Closing Plate Protective Caps Trim Washer Momentary contact push button with wobble stick attachment. Price includes a Type TN-2 legend plate with standard markings. (Order contact block separately).............................. For easy installation of oil-tight units............................................. For covering unused holes in enclosure cover.............................. Keeps metal shavings and other matter from accumulating on units. Can be used with TN Legend Plate (Not suitable for NEMA 4 application -- See page 140 for water-tight protective caps) Black Red Blue Brown Green Yellow May be used on all control units in place of legend plate TW-1 T-1 TO-1 TU-1 TU-2 TU-3 TU-4 TU-5 TU-6 TN-5 6. 3. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. .30 TABLE 1 -- SEPARATE LEGEND PLATES Standard Type Number Markings TN-2 TN-3 For Push Button or Pilot Light Blank Start , Stop * . On Off* TN-200 TN-201 TN-202 TN-203 TN-204 TN-300 TN-301 TN-302 TN-303 TN-304 Emerg, Stop * Forward Reverse Close Open TN-205 TN-206 TN-207 TN-208 TN-209 TN-305 TN-306 TN-307 TN-308 TN-309 Down Up Fast Slow High TN-210 TN-211 TN-212 TN-213 TN-214 TN-310 TN-311 TN-312 TN-313 TN-314 Low Inch In Jog Jog For. TN-215 TN-216 TN-217 TN-218 TN-219 TN-315 TN-316 TN-317 TN-318 TN-319 Jog. Rev. Lower Out Reset Run TN-220 TN-221 TN-222 TN-223 TN-224 TN-320 TN-321 TN-322 TN-323 TN-324 Start Jog Test Raise Decrease Increase TN-225 TN-226 TN-227 TN-228 TN-229 TN-325 TN-326 TN-327 TN-328 TN-329 Left Right Cycle Start Feed Start Cycle Stop TN-230 TN-231 TN-232 TN-233 TN-234 TN-330 TN-331 TN-332 TN-333 TN-334 Type Number Markings TN-2 TN-3 For Push Button or Pilot Light Continued Feed Stop Motor Run Motor Stop Power On Full Speed TN-235 TN-236 TN-237 TN-238 TN-272 TN-335 TN-336 TN-337 TN-338 TN-372 Low Speed Second Speed Third Speed TN-273 TN-274 TN-275 TN-373 TN-374 TN-375 For Selector Switch or Selector Push Button For.-Rev. Hand-Auto. High-Low Jog-Run Man.-Auto TN-239 TN-240 TN-241 TN-242 TN-243 TN-339 TN-340 TN-341 TN-342 TN-343 Off-On On-Off Open-Close Raise-Lower Run-Jog TN-244 TN-245 TN-248 TN-247 TN-248 TN-344 TN-345 TN-346 TN-347 TN-348 Safe-Run Slow-Fast Start-Stop Up-Down Low-High TN-249 TN-250 TN-251 TN-253 TN-254 TN-349 TN-350 TN-351 TN-353 TN-354 Stop-Start Left-Right Summer-Winter Auto-Off-Hand For.-Off-Rev. TN-255 TN-256 TN-257 TN-258 TN-259 TN-355 TN-356 TN-357 TN-358 TN-359 Hand-Off-Auto Jog-Safe-Run Man.-Off-Auto Open-Off-Cloee Up-Off-Down TN-260 TN-261 TN-262 TN-263 TN-264 TN-360 TN-361 TN-362 TN-363 TN-364 PAGE 162 Type Number TN-2 TN-3 For Selector Switch or Selector Push Button (Continued) Low-Off-High For.-Safe-Rev. Jog-Stop-Run Slow-Off-Fast TN-265 TN-266 TN-267 TN-268 TN-365 TN-366 TN-368 Summer-OffWinter High-Low-Off Raise-Off-Lower *Red Field TN-269 TN-270 TN-271 TN-369 TN-370 TN-371 Pricing Information Legend Plates listed in Table 1 . .. . . . . $0.30 each TN-200R or TN-300R (Red field) any marking.......................................................... $1-30 each TN-200R or TN-300R (Red field) blank. ..$0.30 each TABLE 2 -- ADDITIONS FOR DEVICES RE QUIRING SPECIAL LEGEND PLATE MARKINGS Type TN-2 Price $ 1.00 Type TN-3 TN-4 Price $ 1.00 1.30 SQDSLV 000297 design leadership OIL-TIGHT CONTROL UNITS & STATIONS DIMENSIONS APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION PANEL THICKNESS -L MIN.- -J- MAX 16 4 h-'fr W/GLASS CAP CLASS 9001 I 5 5~* All Type TR and TQ Except Type TR with 2/4." Dia. Mushroom Button 2357-019 Duplex Contact Blocks Types TB, TC, TD, TE, TE-1 Drilling Template for Mounting All Units 1 y3Z" diameter hole may be cut with Greenlee knockout punch, V/a" No. 730-S, available through electrical wholesalers. Locating pin hole (0.136) as shown is for guard location above horizon tal (or top of button). Guard may be rotated to other positions by drilling locating pin hole in proper location. -if W/PLASTIC CAP 4487-060 Type TP-1 Thru 6 Pilot Lights 5 _J r1'3 : "T ,n|a> MS 4467-023 Type TP-21 Thru 26 Pilot Lights TYPE TN LEGEND PLATES Type TN2 TN3 A 3J4 V*At B 1% 1% 2357-D25 NOTE--Legend plates may be mounted 90, 180 or 270 from position shown. Can be used on all KY and KYA enclosures, however, must be mounted horizontally on KY2, 3, and 4 enclosures. D PAGE 163 SQD SLV 000298 . design leadership FOOT SWITCHES Foot switches are used to control many industrial processes, while leaving the operator's hands free to perform other functions. Switches are available in a wide choice of contact arrangements, ratings and enclosure styles. CLASS | 9002 I 600 VOLTS MAX. AC or DC HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL FOOT SWITCHES ,OIL-TIGHT, WATER-TIGHT, DUST-TIGHT AND DRIP-PROOF ENCLOSURE NEMA TYPES 2, 4 5 and 12 -- QUICK-MAKE AND QUICK-BREAK CONTACTS Description Single Pole Double Throw Two Pole Double Throw Two Stage (One Pole Each Stage) * Single Pole Single Throw Features Spring Return.................................................. With Mechanical Latch................................. Spring Return.................................................. With Mechanical Latch................................. Spring Return.................................................. With Mech. Latch in 1st Stage................... With Mech. Latch in 2nd Stage................. Maintained Contact Ratchet Type#........ With Pedal Guard Type Price AW-2 AW-7 $16. 23. AW-14 AW-15 23. 30. AW-6 AW-9 AW-10 24. 31. 31. AW-12 23. With Pedal Guard and Side Shields Type Price AW-17 $18. AW-18 25. AW-19 26. AW-20 25. Without Guard or Shields Type Price AW-1 $ 15. AW-13 22. AW-5 23. AW-11 22. Except for ratchet type switches, each pole consists of a normally open and normally closed contact which are electrically-separate but must be used on the same polarity. ^Contacts maintain position untiljpedal is again depressed. Rated 250 volts ac or dc maximum. ^Contact Symbol -- Two Stage Pedal ELECTRICAL RATINGS FOR TYPES AW-11, AW-12, AW-20 Stage Contacts A1 B1 A2 B2 Up X X Half Down X X Full Down X X Volts AC 115 230 Amperes Break Make 6.0 36. 3.0 18. Volts DC 125 250 Amps 2.2 1.1 ELECTRICAL RATINGS FOR TYPES AW-1 THRU AW-10, AW-17, AW-19 C Volts AC Pilot Duty Amperes $ Break Make DC Pilot Duty Amperes Double Throw Single Throw 110 15 40 0.5 2.0 220 10 20 0.2 0.5 440 6 10 600 5 8 0.02 0.1 ELECTRICAL RATINGS FOR TYPES AW-13, AW-14, AW-15, AW-181 Volts AC Pilot Duty $ Make Break Volts DC Pilot Duty Amperes Single Throw Double Throw 0-115 30 Amps. 3 Amps. 115-600 3450 VA. 345 VA. 115 230 600 1.0 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.1 fAC continuous current rating is 10 amperes, based on a 75% P.F. C)AC continuous current rating is 15 amperes, based on a 75% P.F. $AC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% P.F. DC pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. Double throw switches are rated 250 volts dc maximum. HEAVY DUTY FOOT SWITCHES 600 VOLTS MAX. AC, 250 VOLTS MAX. DC Function Le ver Position (R.H. or L.H. Side) Features Cast Iron General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Water-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Type Price For Hazardous Locations Class I Groups C A D Class II Groups E, F and G NEMA 7-9 Type Price Single Foot Switches R. H. L. H. R. H. Spring Return........................... Spring Return........................... With Mechanical Latch...... FB-5 FB-6 FB-7 $20. 20. 31. FBW-5 FBW-6 FBW-7 $31. 31. 42. Double Foot Switches One Lever Marked "Up-Down".............. on Each Side Spr. Return Marked "Forward-Reverse". FB-8 FB-9 40. FBW-8 40. FBW-9 62. 62. Each switch supplied with one N. 6. contact -- can be changed to N. C. in the field without use of tools. FBR-6 FBR-8 FBR-7 $39. 39. 50. STANDARD DUTY FOOT SWITCHES 300 VOLTS MAX. AC, 250 VOLTS MAX. DC Contact Arrangement General Purpose Enclosure Type Price Volts AC Ratings Max. HP Poly phase Single phase DC Ratings Volts Max. HP 2--N. O........................................................... 2 N. C......................................................... 1--N. 0., J--N. C...................................... CG-1 CG-2 CG-3 $ ii. 15. 15. 110 220 Contacts are electrically separate -- no polarity restrictions. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Class and Type number. 1 1 1 32 '/* 110 'A 1 220 A PAGE 164 ------------ ^f SCHEDULE-DS-'l DISCOUNT ] SQD SLV 000299 design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES-TYPE B HEAVY DUTY PRECISION TURRET HEAD TYPE --GENERAL DATA & DIMENSIONS Type Number System The complete limit switch type number consists of the limit switch number plus the operating lever arm number when applicable as shown below. The total price is the sum of the prices of the limit switch and the operating lever arm. CLASS CLASS 9007 TYPE B54B-MA11 FORM P6 9007 t------------- =1 L---- , "t=-i Identifies Limit Switch Type (See Tables 1A thru 1 M) Identifies Operating Lever Arm (See Table 2C on page 174 and Table IF on page 169). Identifies Special Features (See Table 1 D on page 169) ELECTRICAL CONTACT RATINGS SIMPLIFIED SELECTOR TABLE Type B SPDT and 2PDT * Volts AC Pilot Duty A Make Break 0-120 60 Amps. 6 Amps. 120-600 7200 VA 720 VA Volts 115 230 600 DC Pilot Duty Amperes $ Single Throw Double Throw 0.5 0.25 0.05 0.25 0.1 *AC continuous ampere rating is 10 amperes based on a 75% power factor. - AC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. $DC pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. WIRING DIAGRAM O MUST BE SAME POLARITY 1 Pole <MAY BE OPPOSITE POLARITY OMUST be SAME POLARITY Q MUST BE SAME POLARITY 2 Pole ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. Type LEVER TYPE Price Type B51 A $15.50 B54C B51B 14.50 B61A B52A 15.50 B61A2 852B 14.50 B61B B52B2 14.50 B61B2 B52C 17.50 B62A B53A 15.50 B62A2 B53A2 15.50 B62B B53B 14.50 B62B2 B53B-MA11 16. B64A2 B53B2 14.50 B64B2 B54A 15.50 B052B B54A2 15.50 B054A B54B 14.50 B054B B54B-MA11 16. B062B B54B2 14.50 BR53B Price $17.50 18.50 18.50 17.50 17.50 18.50 18.50 17.50 17.50 19.50 18.50 12.50 13.50 12.50 15.50 26.50 PLUNGER, WOBBLE STICK, CAT WHISKER TYPES Type Price Type Price B51D $17. B54K $16. B51G 17. B54L 12. B52D 17. B62D 20. B52F 19. B62E 19. B53D 17. B052D 15. B53E 16. B054D 15. B54D 17. B054E 14. B54E 16. B054F 17. B54F 19. B054J 14. B54G B54H 17. B054L 20. BR53D 10. 29. B54J 16. BR53E 28. 2. Special features. DIMENSIONS Fig. 1 -- Lever Type, 1 Pole or 2 Pole Plug-in or Non-Plug-in Standard Box Hr -s w Fig. 4 -- Top Roller Plunger Turret Head Fig. 2 -- Lever Type, 1 Pole Plug-in or Non-Plug-in Compact Box Fig. 5 -- Side Roller Plunger Turret Head F112 Fig. 6 -- Top Push Rod Plunger Turret Head Fig. 7 -- Side Push Rod Plunger Turret Head SCHE0ULE DS-1 DISCOUNT Fig. 3 -- Cam Track Data Lever Type, with Types AA, BA, CA, DA, EA, LA, and MA Arms Fig. 8 -- Wobble Stick DELRIN Extension Turret Head Fig. 9 -- Cat Whisker Turret Head PAGE 165 SQD SLV 000300 a . . . design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES--TYPE B HEAVY DUTY PRECISION TURRET HEAD TYPE --SINGLE POLE & TWO POLE 9007 LEVER-ARM TYPE (WITHOUT LEVER Select lever arms from Page 174, Table 2C) TABLE 1A -- Oil-tight, Water-tight, Dust-tight and Drip-proof Enclosure -- NEMA Types 2, 4, 5 and 12 SELECT TURRET HEAD Lever Arm Type 5 Pre-Travel -- Spring Return Lever Arm Type 10 Pre-Travel -- Spring Return Light Operating Force Lever Arm Type Spring Return SELECT BASIC SWITCH Con tacts CW Only *t* Type CCW Only t Type CW d CCWf Type CW Only T Type CCW Only *f Type CW d CCWf Type Price CW Only *f* Type CCW Only'T Type CW d CCWf Type Price CW d CCW Type Price 1 N.O. B51A 1 N.C. B51A1 B51A2 $15.50 B51B B51B1 B51B2 $14.50 B51N B51N1 B51 N2 $17.50 B51C $17.50 1 N.O. B52A 1 N.C. B52A1 B52A2 15.50 B52B B52B1 B52B2 14.50 B52N B52N1 B52N2 17.50 B52C 17.50 Compact Box Plug-in C 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O Con tactless 1 N.C. Con tactless 2-N70'. 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. CW1 N.O. 1 N.C. CCW 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Seq uence * B53A B55A B57A B61A B65A B53A1 B53A2 15.50 B53B B53B1 B53B2 14.50 B53N B53N1 B53N2 17.50 B53C B55A1 B55B1 B55B2 29.50 B55N1 B55N2 B55C B57A1 B57A2 30.50 B57B B57B1 B57B2 B61BT 29.50 B57N 17.50 B57N1 32.50 B57C "BSTcT B63A2 19.50 B63B2 18.50 B65A1 B65A2 B65B B65B1 B65B2 20.50 17.50 32.50 32.50 "20750" t N.O. B54A 1 N.C. B54A1 B54B B54B2 14.50 B54N B54N1 B54N2 17.50 B54C 17.50 2 N.O. B62A 2 N.C. 18.50 B62B B62B1 B62B2 17.50 B62C 20.50 1 N.O. 1 N.C. CW- 1 N.O. 1 N.C. CCW 19.50 B64B2 18.50 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Seq uence * B66A B66A1 B66A2 21.50 B66B1 B66B2 20.50 Oper ating Data Pre-travel. Over-travel. Differential. Reverse Overtravel. Operating 1 Pole Force 2 Pole 85 90 2l/z in-lbs. 3 in-lbs. 90 1 Vz in-lbs. 2 in-lbs. 50 40 2 in-lbs. 2yz in-lbs. One pole operates before the other pole. Can also be used where overlapping contacts are required. See General Industry Control Catalog Class 9007 Dimension sheets tor complete operating data. Replacement open type plug-in limit switches consisting of the basic switch and turret head but less box can be ordered by substituting the letters "BO" for the first B in the type number and deducting $2. Example: Open type replacement for Typo B54B is Type BO 54B, $12.50 list each TDirection of operation can be converted by removing turret head and moving cam pins to proper holes as shown on Service Bulletin 285AS furnished with each switch For dimensions, see page 165. ' PAGE 166 -/SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT > SQD SLV 000301 design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES-TYPE B HEAVY DUTY PRECISION TURRET HEAD TYPE --SINGLE POLE & TWO POLE PLUNGER TYPE TABLE IB -- Oil-tight, Water-tight, Dust-tight and Drip-proof Enclosure -- NEMA Types 2, 4, 5 and 12 CLASS 9007 a SELECT k TURRET m HEAD f Top Roller Plunger Spring Return Side Roller Plunger *f* Spring Return Top Push Rod Plunger Spring Return Side Push Rod Plunger Spring Return Side Push Rod Plunger Maintained Contact Palm Operated 0 IL*f=i!Jl SWUIMTCirH SELECT BASIC SWITCH Con tacts Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price L\ ihibmbUb Compact Box 1 N.O. B51D $17. B51F $19. B51E $16. B51G $17. ' B51H $20. B51R $16. Non 1 N.C. Plug-in gsEOHam w JSI Compact Box Plug-in C 1 N.O. 1 N.C. B52D 17. B52F 19. B52E 16. B52G 17. B52H 20. B52R 16. pfi || m |1| |Wv % * 1 S|| Standard Box NonPlug-in 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. Con tactless 1 N.C. Con tactless 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Seq uence * 1 N.O. 1 N.C. B53D B55D B57D B61D B65D B54D 17. B53F 32. B55F 32. B57F 20. B61F 23. B65F 17. B54F 19. B53E 34. B55E 34. B57E 22. B61E 25. B65E 19. B54E 16. B53G 31. B55G 31. B57G 19. B61G 22. B65G 16. B54G 17. B53H 32. B55H 32. B57H 20. B61H 23. 17. B54H 20. B53R 16. 35. B55R 31. 35. B57R 31. 23. B61 R 19. B65R* 22. 20. B54R^ 16. Standard Box Plug-in C 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Seq uence * B62D B66D 20. B62F 23. B66F 22. B62E 25. B66E 19. B62G 22. B66G 20. B62H 23. 23. B62R* 19. B66R* 22. Oper ating Data Pre-travel........................... Over-travel......................... Differential......................... Oper ating Force 1 Pole 2 Pole US "AS 'AS 2!4 lbs. 3 lbs. 3Aa" "AS 'AS 1!4 lbs. 2 lbs. 'AS "AS '.4a" 2% lbs. 3 lbs. 'Aa" "AS 'AS VA lbs. 2 lbs. ha" 'AS 5 lbs. trip 4.5 lbs. reset 6 lbs. trip 5.5 lbs. Teset us "AS W 2'A lbs. 3 lbs. *One pole operates before the other pole. Can also be used where overlapping contacts are required. See General Industry Control Catalog Class 9007 Dimension sheets for complete operating data. Price does not include mushroom button. Type number must be completed by adding proper button number from Table IF on page 169 and button price added to above price. Example: Type B54R-NB2, $19. *f*Roller can be changed from vertical to horizontal in the field. CReplacement open type plug-in limit switches consisting of the basic switch and turret head but less box can be ordered by substituting the letters "BO" for the first "B" in the type number and deducting $2. Example: Open type replacement for Type B54D is Type B054D, $15. each. For dimensions, see page 165. SCHEDULE DS-l DISCOUNT' PAGE 167 SQD SLV 000302 design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES-TYPE B HEAVY DUTY PRECISION TURRET HEAD TYPE --SINGLE POLE & TWO POLE CLASS 9007 REMOTE CABLE OPERATED, WOBBLE STICK, CAT WHISKER & AIR OPERATED TYPES TABLE 1C -- Oil-tight, Water-tight, Dust-tight and Drip-proof Enclosure -- NEMA Types 2, 4, 5 and 12 A SELECT k TURRET m HEAD f ruJi 0 IIFR UMrr |M SWITCH 0 SELECT RASIP. SWITCH 0s Con tacts 3' Cable Type Price 6' Cable Type Price 1 N.O. B51EC- 1 N.C. RB1 $ 25. B51ECRB2 $27. j| Wobble 1 delrina B Extension . Wobble aL1 Extension Cat Whisker Type Price Type Price Type Price B51J $16. B51K $16. B51L $12. Air Operated Type Price B51P $26. Compact 1 N.O. B52EC- 25. B52EC- 27. B52J 1 N.C. RB1 RB2 16. B52K 16. B52L 12. B52P 26. i:c 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. Con tactless 1 N.C. Con tactless 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Seq uence B53ECRB1 B55ECRB1 B57ECRB1 B61ECRB1 B65ECRB1 25. B53ECRB2 40. B55ECRB2 40. B57ECRB2 28. B61ECRB2 31. B65ECRB2 27. B53J 42. B55J 42. B57J 30. B61J 33. B65J 16. B53K 31. B55K 31. B57K 19. B61K 16. B53L 31. B55L 31. B57L 19. B61L 22. B65K 22. B65L 12. B53P 27. 27. 15. B61P 19. B65P 26. 28. 32. Bac 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Seq uence * B54ECRB1 B62ECRB1 B66ECRB1 25. B54ECRB2 28. B62ECRB2 31. B66ECRB2 27. B54J 30. B62J 33. B66J 16. B54K 19. B62K 16. B54L 19. B62L 22. B66K 22. B66L 12. B54P 15. B62P 26. 29. 19. B66P 32. Pre-travel............................................. Oper ating Data Over-travel.......................................... Differential......................................... Oper ating Force 1 Pole 2 Pole Mz' Mz' W 6 lbs. max. (270 bend) 7 lbs. max. (270 bend) 10 (Any Direction) 15 t 5 2 in-lbs. 2Yz in-lbs. 10 (Any Direction) 15t 5 2 in-lbs. 2x/z in-lbs. 17 (Any Direction) 23 t 10 3 l/z in-oz. 7 in-oz. Trip Pressure 1 Pole -- 25 p.s.i. 25% 2 Pole -- 50 p.s.i. 25% Differential 1 Pole--10-20 p.s.i. 2 Pole--20-40 p.s.i. Max. Surge Press. 100 p.s.i. One pole operates before the other pole. Can also be used where overlapping contacts are required. OReplacement open type plug-in limit switches consisting of the basic switch and turret head but less box can be ordered by substituting the letters "BO" for the first MB" in the type number and deducting $2. Example: Open type replacement for Type B54J is Type B054J, $14. list each. fThese figures do not consider deflection of coil operator spring. The cat whisker and wobble stick types may be deflected to 90 from initial position. Total number of degrees bend maximum -- 270. Minimum bend radius -- 5'. Registered trade mark of Du Pont. For dimensions, see page 165. . PAGE 168 ^SCHEDULE1 DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000303 design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES--TYPE HEAVY DUTY PRECISION TURRET HEAD TYPE -- SPECIAL FEATURES TABLE ID -- SPECIAL FEATURES (Do not apply to Types BB, BF or BR unless noted) CLASS 9007 B|yj| Special Features NEON PILOT LIGHT, 120 VOLTS AC or DC on PLUG-IN TYPE SWITCH: Addition of neon pilot light in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on)...................................................... Addition of neon pilot light in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off)........................................................ Addition of two neon pilot lights, one in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on), one in parallel Addition of two neon pilot lights in parallel with N.O. contacts (lights normalfy on).......................................... Addition of two neon pilot lights in parallel with N.C. contacts (lights normally off).......................................... Form P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 Price Addition S 3. 3. 7.50 7.50 7.50 IBp PRE-WIRED RECEPTACLEi Limit switch furnished with pre-wired four conductor Joy receptacle No. X8653-13 (specify wiring on order). For use with Joy female plug No. X8653-12 or X8653-44............................... ................ !............................... Y3 7.50 POTTED LIMIT SWITCH: Limit switch pre-wired with four #14 wires 5 feet long and sealed with Epoxy Resin (specify wiring on order).. Y62 6. m Sr MANIFOLD MOUNTING: Box is furnished with a wiring hole and a gasket on the base. Available on all Type B boxes except plug-in compact boxes (Type B52) and two pole plug-in standard boxes (Types B62, B64, B66)............................... Y94 i DUST BOOT: Lever type limit switch furnished with a boot around the shaft to protect against abrasive dusts, dirt, grit and Dust boot only -- can be added in the field to any Type B, BB and BR lever type switch. Part No. 31032 194-01, $1. each. Y33 2. 1. TABLE IE -- ADAPTOR PLATE KIT TABLE IF --MUSHROOM BUTTON FOR PALM OPERATED TURRET HEAD 9 Adaptor plate permits the direct substitution of any Type B limit switch with standard box for any Type T Color Black Dia. Button Type No. NB-1 2J4* Dia. Button Type No. PB-1 Price $ 3. limit switch with Style B base plate. Kit includes Red NB-2 PB-2 3. tlisP^j Green NB-3 PB-3 3. ^1 Brown NB-4 PB-4 3. MM Adaptor Plate Kit Type B53B Type Price with Type BT-1 > Adaptor Plate BT-1 $ i. Yellow Orange Blue NB-5 NB-6 NB-7 * PB-5 PB-6 PB-7 3. 3. 3. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 169 SQD SLV 000304 . design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES-TYPE BR HAZARDOUS LOCATION TURRET HEAD TYPE --SINGLE POLE & TWO POLE CLASS 9007 NEMA TYPES 7-9, CLASS I, GROUPS B, C AND D CLASS II, GROUPS E, F AND G ENCLOSURE, NON-PLUG-IN TABLE 1G -- LEVER ARM TYPE -- WITHOUT LEVER (Select Lever Arm From Page 174, Table 2C). J'* Contacts Operating Data CW Only Type 1 N.O.-1 N.C. BR53A 2 N.O.-2 N.C. BR61 A 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Sequence BR65A Pre-travel.............. Over-travel........... Differential............ Oper- I 1 Pole Force 2-Pole CCW Only Type CW & CCW Type Price BR53A1 BR53A2 $27.50 BR61A1 ; BR61A2 30.50 BR65A1 BR65A2 | 33.50 5 85 2 2Yz in.-lbs. 3 in.-lbs. HPVH HP| ; - -IM 10 Pre-Travel Spring Return CW CCW Only ; Only Type Type BR53B BR53B1 BR61B BR61B1 CW & CCW Type Price BR53B2 $26.50 BR61B2 29.50 BR65B BR65B1 BR65B2 10 80 4 1Y2 in-lbs. 2 in.-lbs. 32.50 |~1F IS `H~?7||| Ill iS! Lever Maintained CW Only Type BR53N CCW , CW & Only - CCW Type Type Price CW & CCW Type BR53N1 BR53N2 $29.50 BR53C BR61C Price $29.50 32.50 15 75 6 8 in.-oz. ......................... 50 40 10 2 in.-lbs. 2J4 in.-lbs. TABLE 1H -- PLUNGER TYPE AND AIR OPERATED TYPE Contacts . Operating Data 1 N.O.-1 N.C. 2 N.O.-2 N.C. 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Sequence Type BR53D BR61D BR65D Price $29. 32. 35. Pre-travel...................... Over-travel.................... Differential.................... Oper ating Force 1 Pole 2 Pole , Hi' 'US W 2j4 lbs. 3 lbs. Type BR53F BR61F BR65F Price $31. 33. 36. Hi" uAt' sAa' 1/2 lbs. 2 lbs. Aw Air Type BR53E BR61E BR65E Price $28. 31. 34. Type BR53G BR61G BR65G Price $29. 32. 35. W 2lbs. 3 lbs. w 1H> lbs. 2 lbs. Hfif Type BR53H BR61H Price $32. 35. BiW' m Air Operated Price BR53P BR61P CO re t/T Price 41. Mr" 5 lbs. 6 lbs. BR65P 44. Trip Pressure 1 Pole--25p.s.i.+ 25% 2 Pole--50 p.s.i. + 25% Differential 1 Pole--10-20 p.s.i. 2 Pole--20-40 p.s.i. Max. Surge Press.--100 p.s.i. TABLE U -- WOBBLE STICK, CAT WHISKER, REMOTE CABLE AND PALM OPERATED TYPES Contacts Operating Data Wobble JL ADELR1N jpgjjjp tension Wobble tension 1 N.O.-1 N.C. 2 N.O.-2 N.C. 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Sequence Pre-travel............................... Over-travel............................ Differential............................ Oper- 1 Pole Type Price BR53J $28. BR61J 31. BR65J 34. 10 15 5 2 in-lbs. Type Price BR53K $28. BR61K 31. BR65K 34. 10 15 5 2 in-lbs. Whisker UP Remote Cabl e Operated iE Type Price BR53L $24. BR61L 27. BR65L 30. 17 23 10 3Yz in-oz. 3' Cable 6' Cable Type Price Type BR53EC-RB1 $37. BR53EC-RB2 br6iec-rbi 40. BR61EC-R82 BR65EC-RB1 43. BR65EC-RB2 5/32' Vii' Hz" 6 lbs. max. (270 total bend) Price $39. 42. 45. Type BR53R* BR61R* BR65R* Price $28. 31. 34. 'W 'A.' 2<4 lbs. Force 2 Pole 2l/2 in-lbs. 2]/2 in-lbs. 7 in-oz. 7 lbs. max. (270 total bend) 3 lbs. One pole operates before the other pole. See General Industry Control Catalog Class 9007 Dimension Sheets for complete operating data. Price does not include mushroom button. Type number must be completed by adding proper button number from Table IF on page 169, and button price added to above price. Example: BR53R-NB2, $31. list. Total number of degrees bend maximum -- 270*. Minimum bend radius -- 5* ARegistered trademark of Dupont. . PAGE 170 r bs-i------------ ------------------------------------ schedule' discount " SQD SLV 000305 design leadership TYPE BB & BF LIMIT SWITCHES TYPE BF FLUSH MOUNTING LIMIT SWITCHES Oil-Tight, Water-tight, Dust-tight and Drip-proof Enclosure -- NEMA Types 2f 4, 5 and 12 TABLE IK -- LEVER ARM TYPE -- Without Lever (Select lever arms from Page 174, Table 2C). SELECT 8ASIC SWITCH Compact Standard SELECT k TURRET m HEAD J Contacts CW Only Type Lever Arm Type 5 Pre-Travel -- Spring Return CCW Only CW A CCW Type Type Price 1 N.O.-1 N.C. BF51A BF51A1 BF51A2 $14.50 1 N.O.-1 N.C. BF53A BF53A1 BF53A2 14.50 2 N.O.-2 N.C. BF61 A BF61A1 BF61 A2 17.50 1 N.O.-1 N.C. CW 1 N.O.-1 N.C. CCW BF63A2 18.50 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Sequence BF65A BF65A1 BF65A2 20.50 Lever Arm Type 10 Pre-Travel -- Spring Return CW Only Type CCW Only Type CW A CCW Type Price BF51B BF51B1 BF51B2 $13.50 BF53B BF53BJ BF53B2 13.50 B.F61 B BF61B1 BF61B2 16.50 BF63B2 17.50 BF65B BF65B1 BF65B2 19.50 Light Operating Force Lever Arm Type -- Spring Return CW Only Type CCW Only Type CW A CCW Type Price BF51N BF51N1 BF51N2 $16.50 BF53N BF53N1 BF53N2 16.50 CLASS 9007 Lever Type Maintained Contact CW A CCW Type BF51C $16.50 BF53C 16.50 BF61C 19.50 Typo BF53B Lever Type, Standard Flush Plate. For com pact switch, subtract from vertical over all and mounting dimensions above. TABLE 1L - PLUNGER TYPE SELECT BASIC SWITCH SELECT k TURRET m HEAD f Compact Standard Contacts *f* 1 N.O.-1 N.C. 1 N.O.-1 N.C. 2 N.O.-2 N.C. 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Sequence Side Roller Plunger -- Spring Return Type Price BF51F $ 18. BF53F 18. BF61F 21. BF65F 24. Side Push Rod Plunger -- Spring Return Type Price BF51G $ 16. BF53G 16. BF61G 19. BF65G 22. Side Push Rod Plunger -- Maintained Contact Type Price BF51H $ 19. BF53H 19. BF61 H 22. One pole operates before the other pole. Can also be used where overlapping contacts are required. f*For operating data of limit switches, refer to pages 166-168 under corresponding turret heads. TYPE BB MULTIPLE UNIT LIMIT SWITCHES Oil-tight, Water-tight, Dust-tight and Drip-proof Enclosure -- NEMA Types 2, 4, 5 and 12 TABLE 1M -- STANDARD FACTORY ASSEMBLED LIMIT SWITCHES SELECT LIMIT SWITCH TYPE All Units Identical *f k m y r SPOT Lever Arm Type 10 Pre-Travel CW Only B53B CW A CCW B53B2 2PDT Lever Arm Type 10 Pre-Travel CW Only B61B CW A CCW B61B2 SPDT Top Roller Plunger B53D No. of Units Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price 2 BB203 $ 33. BB205 $ 33. BB215 $ 39. BB216 $ 39. BB206 $ 39. 3 BB303 49.50 BB305 49.50 BB315 58.50 BB316 58.50 BB306 57. 4 BB403 66. BB405 66. BB415 78. BB416 78. BB406 76. 5 BB503 82.50 BB505 82.50 BB515 97.50 BB516 97.50 BB506 95. fFor operating data of limit switches, refer to pages 166-168 under corresponding turret heads. SPDT Top Push Rod Plunger B53E Type Price BB207 BB307 BB407 BB507 $ 36. 54. 72. 90. CUSTOM BUILT FACTORY ASSEMBLED LIMIT SWITCHES In addition to the standard multiple unit limit switches listed above, many other factory assembled devices are available. Pricing and ordering of custom built devices. 1. Obtain base price for enclosure from Table 1 N. 2. Add price of all limit switches to be installed. Select limit switches from pages 166-168, using the standard box, non-plug-in type numbers. 3. Price any lever arms required from page 174. 4. To order, specify class and type number from Table 1 N and list limit switches to be installed from left to right in desired order. Example: A. 1--Class 9007 Type BB-20 with the following units: Unit No. 1 -- Type B53B, Unit 2 -- Type B16B B. 2--Class 9007 Type MAI 1 lever arms. TABLE IN -- BASE PRICES No. of Units Type Base Price 2 BB-20 $ 3- 3 BB-30 6. 4 BB-40 8. 5 BB-50 10. C. Pricing: 1--'Tfpe BB-20............$ 4.00 1--Type B53B.............. 14.50 1--Type B61 B.............. 17.50 Total $36.00 2--Type MAI 1............ 3.00 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 171 SQD SLV 000306 . design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES--TYPE AW SMALL PRECISION TYPE --SINGLE POLE AND TWO POLE 9007 OIL-TIGHT, WATER-TIGHT, DUST-TIGHT AND DRIP-PROOF ENCLOSURE -- NEMA TYPES 2, 4, 5 and 12 SPRING RETURN -- QUICK-MAKE AND QUICK-BREAK CONTACTS Type Number System The complete limit switch type number consists of the basic number plus the operating lever arm number when applicable as shown below. The total price is the sum of the prices of the basic switch and the operating lever arm. CLASS 9007 TYPE AW16-BA1 FORM P 6 TABLE 2A Identifies Basic Switch Type (See Tables 2A and 2B) SINGLE POLE, Double Throw Separate Circuit Identifies Operating Lever Arm (See Table 2C on page 174) Identifies Special Features Type AW12-BA1 GOO VOLTS MAX. AC CLASS 9007 600 VOLTS MAX. DC Type of Operator Description Lever Type Basic Switch only............... Roller Plunger Type.......... Push Rod Plunger Type . . Duplex Switch Lever Type w/Arms.......... Duplex Switch Push Rod Type................... Roller A %" Dia. '/s' Wide None %" Dia. *4" Wide None Length Of Arm A m' Surface Mounted Non-Plug-in Standard- Box Type Price Deep Box Type Price Plug-in Type Price Flush Mounted Non-Plug-in Type Price Open Type Non-Plug-in Type Price Plug-in Type Price AW-12 $14.50 AW-14 $14.50 AW-16 $14.50 AF-12 $13.50 AO-12 $12.50 AO-16 $12.50 AW-32 17. fAW-42 16. AW-34 17. f AW-44 16. AW-36 17. fAW-46 16. AF-32 t AF-42 16. 15. AO-32 f AO-42 15. 14. AO-36 # AO-46 15. 14. AAW-1 36. AAF-1 31. t AAW-5 36. tAAF-5 31. Contacts are single pole, double throw -- these circuits are electrically separate but cannot be used on opposite polarities. Basic contact mechanism of non-plug-in types is Class 9007 Type AO-2 and of plug-in types is Class 9007 Type AO-6, see below for ratings. *Deep box is sAs" deeper than standard box for additional wiring space. Deep box should be used if four #14 or #12 wires are required. ASee Table 2C on page 174 for complete listing of operating lever arms. tPlunger on left hand side only. For plunger on right hand side, consult factory. TABLE 2B -- TWO POLE, Double Throw, Separate Circuit Type of Operator Surface Mounted Flush Mounted Open Type Description Lever Type Basic Switch only Lever Type Basic Switch Only in Duplex Box........... Roller Plunger Type.............. Push Rod Plunger Type....... Duplex Switch Lever Type.. . Roller A A %" Wide yA* Wide None A Length of Arm A A A Non-Plug-in Type Price AW-18 $17.50 AW-20 $ 23.50 AW-38 AW-48 AAW-4 20. 19. 39. Plug-in Type Price AW-19 $17.50 AW-39 AW-49 20. 19. Non-Plug-in Type Price AF-18 $16.50 AF-38 AF-48 19. 18. Non-Plug-in Type Price AO-18 $15.50 AO-38 AO-48 18. 17. Plug-in Type Price AO-19 $15.50 AO-39 AO-49 18. 17. Each pole is electrically separate from the other and can be used on opposite polarities. The contacts of each pole are single pole double throw -- these circuits are electrically separate but CANNOT be used on opposite polarities. The basic contact mechanism of non-plug-in types is Class 9007 Type CO-3, and of plug-in types is Class 9007 Type CO-6, see below for ratings. C>2 N.O. contacts only when switch is operated in clockwise direction. 2 N.C. contacts only when switch is operated in counterclockwise direction. Plunger types have 2 N.O. contacts only. tfcType AW-20 provides adequate space for eight #14 wires. ASee Table 2C on page 174 for complete listing of operating lever arms. PRICE ADDITIONS FOR SPECIAL FEATURES Form Y62--Potted limit switch prewired with four #14 wires 5 feet long and sealed with Epoxy Resin (plug-in switches only)..................... Add $6.00 Form Y94--Manifold mounting. Box is furnished with a wiring hole and a gasket on the base. Non plug-in type with deep box only...........Add $2.00 Limit switch conduit seal--Part No. 2441-D87-X1................. Price each $0.15 Form P5--Addition of neon pilot light in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on) to lever type switch only, 120 volt..............................Add $3.00 Form P6--Addition of neon pilot light in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off) to lever type switch only, 120 volt............................. Add $3.00 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Order by Class and Type number. ^ Type AW-12 AW12-BA1 AW12-BA1S AW12-CA1 AW12-DA1 AW-14 AW14-BA1 AW-16 AW16-BA1 SIMPLIFIED SELECTOR TABLE Price $14.50 16. 16. 17. 17. 14.50 16. 14.50 16. Type AW16-CA1 AW16-DA1 AW16-EA1 AW16-HA1 AW-18 AW18-BA1 AW19 AW19-BA1 AW-20 Price $17. 17. 17. 17. 17.50 19. 17.50 19. 23.50 Type AW-32 AW-36 AW-38 AW-39 AW-42 AW-44 AW-46 AW-48 AW-49 Price $17. 17. 20. 20. 16. 16. 16. 19. 19. ELECTRICAL CONTACT RATINGS Type AW SPDT and Types AO-2 and AO-6 * Type AW 2PDT and Types CO-3 and CO-6* * Type AO-1 * Volts AC Pilot Duty Amperes A Make Break DC Pilot Duty Amperes $ Double Throw Single Throw Volts AC Pilot Duty A Make Break Volts DC Pilot Duty Amperes $ Single Throw Double Throw Volts AC Pilot Duty Amperes A Make Break DC Pilot Duty Amperes $ Double Throw Single Throw 110 40 220 20 440 10 600 8 15 0.5 2.0 0-115 30 Amps. 3 Amps. 115 1.0 0.2 110 40 10 0.2 0.5 115-600 3450 VA 345 VA 230 0.3 0.1 220 20 6 600 0.1 440 10 5 0.02 0.1 600 8 15 0.25 '6.5 10 0.1 0.25 6 5 0.05 *AC continuous ampere rating is 15 amperes based on a 75% power factor. DC pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. aAC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. * *AC continuous ampere rating is 10 amperes based on a 75% power factor. PAGE 172 ' SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV_000307 design leadership . . PRECISION SNAP SWITCHES The Class 9007 Precision Snap Switches are designed for use alone, or with specif operators, as compact, inexpensive devices to govern control of electric motor/^or solenoid loads, where a protective enclosure against dust, oil, or water is unnecessary. CLASS 9007 QUICK MAKE AND BREAK 600 VOLTS MAX. AC AND DC BASIC CONTACT MECHANISMS WITH SPECIAL OPERATORS Type of Operator None (Basic Contact Mechanism) Rigid Roller Lever Type Rigid Roller Lever Type One-Way Roller Cabinet Door Type Contact Arrangement 1 N.O.* 1 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O.* 2 N.C. 2 N.O. Two Stage 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O.* 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Type AO-1 AO-2 f AO-6 *f CO-31 CO-6 *f* CO-7 AB-21 (RH) AB-22 (LH) CB-31 (RH) CB-32 (LH) AB-25 (RH) AB-26 (LH) CB-35 (RH) CB-36 (LH) AC-1 CC-1 Price $ 2.90 2.90 2.90 5.80 5.80 7. 4.65 4.65 7.55 7.55 6. 6. 9. 9. 5.50 8.50 Type of Operator Button Seal Type Plunger Type Pane! Mounting Contact Arrangement 1 N.O.* 1 N.C. 2 N.O.W 2 N.C. Type AS-221 CS-221 1 N.O.* 1 N.C. 2 N.O.* 2 N.C. AP-221 CP-221 Roller Plunger Type Panel Mounting Non-Oiltight 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O.* 2 N.C. AP-321 AP-324 $ CP-321 CP-324 $ Roller Plunger Type Panel Mounting Oil-tight Mushroom Button Type Panel Mounting 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. AP-323 AP-325 $ CP-323 CP-325 $ AP-222 CP-222 Price $ 4.75 7.75 6.65 9.55 8. 8. 11. 11. 8. 8. 11. 11. 7.40 10.40 Contacts are single pole, double throw. Circuits are electrically separate, but cannot be used on opposite polarities. Poles are electrically separated and can be used on opposite polarities. Contacts of each pole are single pole, double throw -- circuits are electrically separate but cannot be used oh opposite polarities. Standard Packaging Quantity -- 50. f* Plug-in version of Type AO-2 is Type AO-6. Plug-in version of Type CO-3 is Type CO-6. These are the basic contact mechanisms of Class 9007 Types AW, AF and AO limit switches. See Page 172 for ratings. 4:Roller turned 90 from standard (perpendicular to mounting holes). Two stage snap switch has two poles similar to Type CO-3 except one pole operates before the other pole. For ratings, consult factory. DIMENSIONS --TYPE AW LIMIT SWITCHES Types AW-12, 14, 16, 18, 19 Lever Arm Type Types AW-32, 34, 36, 38, 39 Roller Plunger Type NOTE 1: For reverse operation place arm and roller in similar position to left of center line and reverse position of return spring. NOTE 2: If roller is used in dotted position (side view), it will not pass over cover, and unit must be mounted accordingly. Type A B CDEF G H AW12-__ A1 AW14-__A1 AW16-__A1 AW18-__ A1 AW19-__ A1 Lgth. of Arm Arm Lgth. plus Ms'--AA, BA and MA Arms 54'--CA & DA Arms fa"--EA Arms 'Me 2'Me 2M m l'/t 3 2Mt 2`A-m 2Me-2(/s 2'Me-2Me 2%-2%s Operating Force -- 2% in. lbs. Repeat Accuracy -- +0005* with \ arm. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Type AW-32 AW-34 AW-36 AW-38 AW-39 AB 'Me 2% CD I'Me m 2'Mz 1'%! 2M, SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT Pretravel............................... fa Differential........................... fa Total Stroke...............................54 Operating Force..............3lbs. ^ Reset Force......................1 lb. Reset Overtravel.................fa Trip Overtravel...................fa# Repeat Accuracy......... .0005* Plus or minus fa depending upon setting of plunger ad justment. PAGE 173 SQD SLV 000308 design leadership OPERATING LEVER ARMS FOR TYPES AW & B LIMIT SWITCHES CLASS 9007 TABLE 2C -- OPERATING ARMS ONLY -- FOR TYPES AW AND B LIMIT SWITCHES CAST LEVER ARM OFFSET LEVER ARM Roller Length Standard of %" Dia. Arm !4" Wide Standard %* Dia. %" Wide Standard Dia. >4* Wide Standard %* Dia. Wide Ba kelite 1* Dia. 54* Wide Standard %* Dia. 54* Wide Roller on Opposite Side to Standard Standard %" Dia. %* Wide Roller on Opposite Side to Standard Offset Lever Arm 2" Length, Offset i)V 2" IVz" 3* Type AA-1 BA-1 MA-1 CA-1 DA-1 EA-1 Price $2.50 1.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Length of Arm Steel 1" Dia. %" Wide Type Price w m" ii/2" 2" 2(/2" 3* BA-7 MA-7 CA-7 $2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Type Price AA-2 BA-2 MA-2 CA-2 DA-2 EA-2 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Nylon %" Dia. 54* Wide Type Price AA-8 BA-8 MA-8 CA-8 DA-8 EA-8 $2.50 1.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Type Price BA-11 MA-11 CA-11 DA-11 EA-11 $1.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Nylon Dia. %* Wide Type Price AA-17 $ 2.50 BA-17 2.50 MA-17 2.50 CA-17 2.50 DA-17 2.50 EA-17 2.50 Type Price BA-12 MA-12 CA-12 $2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Nylon Dia. 54* Wide Type Price BA-18 MA-18 CA-18 DA-18 EA-18 $ 1.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Type Price BA-4 MA-4 CA-4 DA-4 EA-4 $ 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 Ball Bearing 'Ms' Dia. 14* Wide Type Price AA-9 BA-9 MA-9 CA-9 DA-9 EA-9 $ 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 2.50 Type Price AA-5 BA-5 MA-5 CA-5 DA-5 EA-5 $ 2.50 1.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 None Type Price AA-0 BA-0 MA-0 CA-0 DA-0 EA-0 $ 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Type Price AA-6 * ba-6: MA-6 CA-6 DA-6 EA-6 $ 2.5ft 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Roller Dia. Width Type % A KA1 % % KA2 % A KA11 % % KA12 Price $2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 DDAAMMPPSING ATTACHMENTC Type Price v!W j Damping Attachment GA-1 $5.00 n iMai tuiiajiF Flat Steel Lever Arm FLAT STEEL LEVER ARM Roller Length of Arm Standard %n Dia. 14" Wide Type Price 7s" m' 2" 2/2" 3" AA-1 S BA-1 S CA-1S DA-1S EA-1S $2.50 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Standard * %" Dia. %" Wide Type Price AA-2S BA-2S CA-2S DA-2S EA-2S $2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Bakelite 1" Dia. 14" Wide Type Price BA-4S CA-4S DA-4S EA-4S $3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 None Type AA-0S BA-0S CA-0S DA-OS EA-0S Price $2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 a ANGULAR ADJUSTABLE LEVER ARM FRoller Standard %* Dia. 14* Wide Nylon Nylon Dia. %" Dia. 14* Wide 14" Wide Length Roller of Outside Arm Type Roller Inside* Type Roller Roller Outside* Outside* Type Type Price 7s' 1%" V/2' 2" 2/2* 3" AA-1 M BA-1 M MA-1 M CA-1 M DA-1 M EA-1 M AA-5M BA-5M MA-5M CA-5M DA-5M EA-5M AA-8M BA-8M MA-8M CA-8M DA-8M EA-8M AA-18 M BA-18 M MA-18M CA-18M DA-18M EA-18M $12. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. ADJUSTABLE LENGTH LEVER ARM ROD TYPE LEVER ARM Adjustable Length Lever Arm Adj. from to 4* Description Non-bendable Bendable Standard %* Dia. 14* Wide Type Price Standard * l%* Dia. Wide Type Price Steel 1" Dia. %' Wide Type Price HA-1 $2.50 HA-2 $2.50 $2.50 HA-5 2.50 HA-6 2.50 2.50 ONE-WAY ROLLER LEVER ARM Roller Nylon %* Dia. 14* Wide Type Price HA-4 HA-8 $2.50 2.50 Delrin A 1%" Dia. 14* Wide Type Price HA-20 3.50 Rubber Tire 2*4* Dia. 14* Wide Type Price jpifc Lever Arm None Type Price Length Type Price HA-21 HA-0 $2.50 3.50 HA-9 2.50 FORKED ARM $2.50 Roller Position Standard * Dia. 14* Wide Roller Standard %* Dia. 14* Wide Roller 114* Dia. 14* Wide Roller 1%* Length*}* Flat Steel Arm Type Price Type Price BA-3 $4.50 $4.50 1 *4* Dia. 14* Wide Roller 2" Length *f* Angular Adjustable Arm Type Price CA-3M $14. Rollers on Same Side R.H. Roller on Opp. Side L.H. Roller on Opp. Side Type LA-1 LA-2 LA-3 Price Type $2.50 LA-4 2.50 LA-5 2.50 LA-6 Price $2.50 2.50 2.50 Standard roller is hardened, oil-impregnated sintered iron. t Also available with 2', 2J4" and 3' arm lengths. Refer to factory with complete application data. Arm can be changed from roller outside to roller inside position or vice versa in the field. With roller inside the arm has the same cam track as standard cast arm. Refer to factory with complete application data. CUse with any arm to eliminate telegraphing or transfer of contacts due to excessive overtravel and/or snapback. Refer to factory for use with adjustable length and angular adjustable arms. The Type GA-1 is generally not required for Type B limit switches -- consult factory for special problems. ARegistered Trademark of DuPont. PAGE 174 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT SQD SLV 000309 design leadership . LIMIT SWITCHES--TYPE T HEAVY DUTY , MACHINE TOOL TYPE -- QUICK MAKE AND BREAK Type T limit switches are furnished as separate switches and operating lever arms instead of as completely assembled devices. Contact operating sequences of all switches can be varied by a simple adjustment of the mechanism. Type number system has been adopted to simplify ordering of separate units or sets of units required to make up complete devices. This system is illustrated below. CLASS 9007 TYPE TUB4-B1 Class 9007 Type TUB4-B1 Class 9007 Type TAR4-D1 {Rear Shaft Limit Switch) Typical Operating Lever Arms General Designating Letter Identifies Basic Switch Type (Table No.3A) Identifies Base Plate (Table No. 3C) Identifies Operating Sequence (Table No. 3A) TABLE 3A -- BASIC SWITCH (Complete with Bate Plate Without Operating Arm) Identifies Operating Lever Arm (Table No. 38) CLASS 9007 DRIP-PROOF, OIL-TIGHT, WATER-TIGHT AND DUST-TIGHT ENCLOSURE -- NEMA TYPES 2, 4, 5 AND 12 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUSH MOUNTED (Rear Shaft) Operating Sequence *}* Type of Switch Single Pole Double Throw Type Price Three Point Double Throw Type Price Single Pole Double Throw Type Price Three Point Double Throw Type Price * ya ''B Standard TSAI TSB1 TSC1 TSD1 TSE1 TSF1 TSGl $20. 20. 20. 20. 21. 21. 21. TXA1 TXB1 TXC1 TXD1 TXE1 TXF1 TXG1 $22. 22. 22. 22. 23. 23. 23. TBR1 $ 29.50 TDR1 $ 31.50 TBS1 26. TDS1 28. A f _ft L>--- r Universal TUA5 TUB5 TUC5 TUD5 TUE5 TUF5 TUG5 20. TYA5 20. TYB5 20. TYC5 20. TYD5 21. TYE5 21. TYF5 21. TYG5 22. 22. TAR5 22. 22. 23. 23. TAS5 23. 29.50 TORS 26. TCS5 31.50 28. TUA4 20. TYA4 22. A TUB4 20. TYB4 22. TUC4 20. TYC4 22. I --0 Universal TUD4 TUE4 20. TYD4 21. TYE4 22. 23. D TUF4 TUG4 21. TYF4 21. TYG4 23. 23. fSwitch mechanism can be adjusted to obtain other contact operating sequences. OPERATING SEQUENCE LEGEND TABLE Maintained (Normal) Position -- -- Spring Return (Tripped) Position A--"A" Contact Closed B--HB" Contact Closed O--Both Contacts Open TAR4 TAS4 29.50 TCR4 26. TCS4 31.50 28. PRICE ADDITION FOR SPECIAL FEATURE Conduit seal to prevent oil or cool ant from entering switch thru con duit opening. Part No. 2441-D87-X1 Price............................................$0-15 TABLE 3B --OPERATING LEVER ARMS Description Type Type of Arm Length of Arm Roller Position Dia. Roller 1* Dia. Roller 1%' Dia. Roller Straight ii/2 Optional B1 B2 B3 Straight 2/2 Optional B7 B8 B9 Straight 1'/2 Optional B12 B13 B14 Offset 1 nside Offset 1/2 Outside Offset Cl D1 C2 D2 C3 D3 Offset Outside Offset 1% Inside Offset E4 F4 E5 F5 E6 F6 120 Forked 1/2 Rollers on Same Side J1 J2 120 Forked 1/2 LH Roller on Opp. Side K1 K2 120 Forked 1/2 RH Roller on Opp. Side N1 N2 90 Forked 1/2 Rollers on Same Side XI X2 90 Forked 1/2 RH Roller on Opp. Side Y1 Y2 90 Forked 1/2 LH Roller on Opp. Side Z1 Z2 Straight Ms* Rod Va," Key Stock Ball Bearing Weld-On 1-Way Roller 1% 1% 1/2 3/2 1/2 Optional None None Center None Outside Offset R18T R19 t R16 R17 816 G10 D4 R20 t For dimensions of operating lever arms see page 176. f Roller head assembly for use with Type R-17 arm and Va," key stock. Price $ 2. 3. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 3. 4. 4. 8. 1. 10. TABLE 3C--SEPARATE BASE PLATES Style Mounting Holes Part Number Price A None 2934-D32-G1 $ i. B End 2934-D14-G1 1. C Side 2934-D33-G1 1. D End * 2934-D34-G1 1. E End 2934-D14-G2 A 2. F Side 2934-D33-G2 A 2. G End * 2934-D34-G2 A 2. * Mounting hole dimensions correspond to those of Class 9007 Type M limit switches. No mounting holes in base plate. Side mounting holes in switch case must be used. Base plate without manifold ABase plate with manifold. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Order complete limit switches by combining basic switch type number from Table 3A and operating lever type number from Table 3B, (l.e. Class 9007, Type TUB4-B1). Price of the complete switch is the sum of the prices of the basic switfih and operating lever. 2. Individual basic switches and lever arms may be or dered separately from the tables by Class and Type number. Separate base plates may be ordered by part number from Table 3C. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT J PAGE 175 SQDSLV 000310 design leadership LIMIT SWITCHES--TYPE T DIMENSIONS SURFACE MOUNTED i Style "B" (Style "E" with Manifold Opening Style "C" (Style "F" with Manifold Opening) Style "D" (Style "G" with Manifold Opening) SWITCH DATA ELECTRICAL RATINGS Type of Switch Standard Universal Operating Force 9 in-lbs. 10 in-lbs. Repeat Accuracy With Following Arm Length Accuracy 1 Vz' 0.002' 1/2' 0.002' ^Nominal value -- overtravel varies with operating sequence. Overtravel * 75 74 Contact Arrangement Single Pole Double Throw Three Point Double Throw Volts 0-120 240 480 600 0-120 240 480 600 AC Pilot Duty Amps. *f Break Make 25 150 15 75 15 37.5 15 30 15 50 15 25 15 15 15 15 DC Pilot Duty Amps. 5.0 1.0 0.2 0.2 APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION *f*AC pilot duty rating based on 35% power factor. NOTE: Electrical ratings apply when switch is operated with quick make and break contact action. If latches are removed to obtain slow make and break ac tion the switch has the following pilot duty rating: 0-120 volts ac of 6 amperes and 120-600 volts ac of 720 va. Straight Arms OPERATING ARM DIMENSIONS Forked Arms Arm T ype A Dimensions Inches BCD E B1 1/2 % % `A % B2 1/2 1 % 'A % B3 1/2 i% % 'A % B7 2/2 % % / % B8 2/2 1 % A % 89 2/2 i% % 'A % B12 1 /> % /2 'A * 1/32 B13 VA 1 /2 /2 * m B14 1/2 m /2 /z * 1/2 Two wide rollers. Straight Arms Type R18, R19, R20 Arms Type D4, One Way Roller Arm Assembly Offset Arms PAGE 176 Offset Arms INSIDE OFFSET OUTSIDE OFFSET Arm Types Dimension -- Inches ABcDEF Types Dimension -- Inches ABCDEF Cl 1/2 % 0 % y* 1 bi 1/2 % % % y* m C2 154 i 0 % y* 1 D2 1/2 1 % % y* 1/2 C3 1/2 i% 0 % 'A 1 D3 1/2 i% % % y* 1/2 F4 1 % % '2 % y* vy32 E4 1/8 % 1/2 27/32 A m F5 1/8 i '5/32 % 'A VVu E5 1/8 1 1%2 27/32 A m F6 1/8 i% ,5/32 % `A\vy3z E6 1/s i% 1/32 % <A i% Type R16 and R17 Rod Type Arm I 4 SQDSLV 000311 design leadership . . . LIMIT SWITCHES PROXIMITY TYPE The standard model proximity limit switch consists of a control panel and transducer or pick-up. The presence of certain metals in front of the transducer within the operating range causes the control panel to operate in the same manner that a cam causes the operation of a mechanical limit switch. The self-contained model combines all elements into a single unit. TABLE 1 -- PROXIMITY PANEL STANDARD MODEL CLASS 9007 UP VOLTS50/GO CYCLES Application Description Use With Max. Sensitiv ity Trans ducer Inputs Function When Two Inputs are Used Output Open Type Type Price General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Dust-Tight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA Type 12 Type Price Standard........................................... For increased sensitivity with one transducer............................ or For "OR" function with two transducers................................ For "AND" function with two transducers................................ V9 V9 V10 V9 V10 A' QO-21 $ 58. QG-21 $ 63. QA-21 $ 78. 10 Amp. 1' 1 or 2 "OR" Double ' Pole QO-21-D1 92. QG-21-D1 97. QA-21-D1 112. Double A` 1 or 2 "OR" Throw Relay %' 2 "AND" QO-21-D2 107. QG-21-D2 112. QA-21-D2 127. %' 2 "AND" TABLE 2 -- TRANSDUCERS Description Max. Sensi tivity Standard pickup with 3 ft. of connecting leads Small pickup with 3 ft. of connecting leads Vz' 60 Cycles Type Price V9 $ 33. V10 25. 50 Cycles Type Price V9-S1 $ 43. V10-S1 35. TABLE 3 -- CONVERSION ADAPTERS Description Converts 9007 QO-21 to a QO-21-D1................................ Converts 9007 QO-21 to a QO-21-D2................................ Type QD-1 QD-2 Price $ 34. 49. TABLE 4 - OUTPUT RELAY CONTACT RATINGS * Volts AC Pilot Duty Make Break 0-115 60 Amps. 6 Amps. 115-277 6900 VA 690 VA *AC continuous ampere rating is 10 amperes based on a 75% power factor. AC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Type A B C D E F G V-9 V-10 4% 3 A 1% m 14 9/j2 5% 414 v<6 "/k i% 'Vk mm Type V9 and V t 0 Transducers *Type QO-21-D! ^Same mounting dimensions for Types QO-21 and QO-21-D2 SELF-CONTAINED MODEL 120 VOLTS AC Description CLASS 9007 Self-contained Proximity Limit Switch with 12 Foot Leads........... Output S.P.S.T. N.O. Reed 25-400 CYCLES Type Price VQ-J $ 69. Type VQ-1 INPUT VAC Cycle VA 102-132 25-400 8 AC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. LOAD RATING VAC Pilot Duty 0-120 .3 Amps. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED . Order complete proximity switches by listing panel class and type number .. Order convefsion adapters from table 3 by class and type number. from table 1 and transducer class and type number from table 2 as sepa 3. Order self-contained proximity limit rate items. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 177 SQDSLV 000312 design leadership PRESSURE SWITCHES CLASS 9012 INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES Industrial pressure switches cover requirements encountered in the control of pneumatic or hydraulic machines. Bellows actuated ACW switches can be used on systems employing air, wafer or oil. Piston operated ADW controls are limited to oil applications. BELLOWS ACTUATEDQUICK MAKE AND BREAK31 N.O. -- 1 NX. CONTACT Application Machine Tool and Welder Switch Range Connec tion I.P.T. y*" Operating Point on Falling Pressure 1-10 1-20 1-75 1-115 20-180 10-275 10-300 75-500 150-1000 350-1900 Differential Adds to Range For High Operating Point 'A-5 1-6 3-15 6-30 10-30 15-25 25-125 50-120 85-145 150-300 Max. Allow able Pressure (P.S.I.) Cast Aluminum Drip-Tight and Oil Resistant, NEMA 12 Type Price Standard Stock Setting 30 30 100 255 255 300 600 2000 2000 2500 ACW-3 $ 30.80 ACW-4 30.80 ACW-5 28.60 ACW-1 26.40 ACW-8 26.40 ACW-9 37.40 ACW-2 35.20 ACW-6 52.80 ACW-7 52.80 ACW-10 52.80 5-5K2 10-11 40-43 44-50 90-100 135-150 155-180 300-350 575-660 NEMA 7 A 9, Class 1-2 Groups C-G Explosion Proof Type ACR-3 ACR-4 ACR-5 ACR-1 ACR-8 ACR-9 ACR-2 ACR-6 ACR-7 ACR-10 Price $ 70.90 70.90 68.70 66.50 66.50 77.50 75.30 92.90 92.90 92.90 Standard Stock Setting 5-5J/2 10-11 40-43 44-50 90-100 155-180 PISTON ACTUATEDWITH STRAIN RELIEF31 N.O. -- 1 N.C. CONTACT Application Connec tion Range Operating Point on Rising Pressure Differential Subtracts from Range For Low Operating Point Max. Allow able Pressure (P.S.I.) NEMA 12 Cast Aluminum Drip-Tight and Oil Resistant Enclosure Type Price Standard Stock Setting NEMA 7 and 9 Cast Iron Class 1-2 Groups C-G Explosion Proof Enclosure Type Price Standard Stock Setting High Pressure Hydraulic Switch %' I.P T. Dryseal 9/k"~ 18 U.N.F. 2B %* I.P.T. Dryseal 135-1000 400-3000 550-5000 35-135 100-400 125-400 2000-10000 2000-15000 400-1100 500-1200 QUAD RING SEAL 135-1000 400-3000 70-150 210-475 10000 25000 10000 ADW-3 $ 52.80 535-570 ADR-3 $ 92.90 535-570 ADW-4 52.80 1600-1700 ADR-4 92.90 ADW-7 52.80 2650-2775 ADR-7 92.90 ADW-8 ADW-9 73.90 5600-6000 ADR-8 114.00 73.90 ADR-9 114.00 DIFFERENTIAL INCREASES WITH RANGE ADW-5 ADW-6 53.80 475-570 ADR-5 53.80 1390-1700 ADR-6 93.90 93.90 Also available with 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Contacts. Consult Factory.................................................................................... $4.00 additional Teflon diaphragm (all ADW switches, includes Butylseal on ADW-5, 6) for use with synthetic hydraulic fluids harmful to standard diaphragm (Specify Form D1)...........................................................................................$2.00 additional Adjusting knob (specify Form K)........................................................................................................................................... 1.10 additional Surge Reducer -- Type ADW Controls (specify 9049A25) with female pipe tap (ADW-3, 4, 5, 6, 7 only). 8.00 additional Surge Reducer -- Type ACW Controls (specify 9049A26) with *4* female pipe tap............................................... 8.00 additional Time delay on pressure rise (.2 to 60 sec.) single pole types, specify Form 5......................................................... 23.00 additional ELECTRICAL RATINGS -- AMPERES -- DEVICES LISTED ON THIS PAGE Volts 110 220 440 600 AC Pilot Duty Normal 15 10 6 5 Inrush 40 20 10 8 Volts 115 230 600 DC Pilot Duty Single Throw 0.5 0.25 0.05 Double Throw 0.25 0.1 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Specify Class 9012, Type............. and Give Pressure Settings. DUAL STAGE SWITCHES BELLOWS ACTUATED NEMA 12 Enel. Price EACH STAGE: Range Setting (P.S.I.) Limits of pressure between which Stage 1 can be adjusted to oper ate on rising pressure Spread * (P.S.I.) Adjustable Add to range setting to obtain high operation point of Stage 2 SINGLE POLE -- DOUBLE THROW Differential (P.S.I.) Non-Adjustable Subtract from high operation point of each stage to obtain low operation point Max. Allow. Pressure (P.S.I.) Type Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 1 Stage 2 DCW-5 $43.60 7-70 10-30 5 6 100 DCW-8 41.40 20-150 23-50 ^Spread is the p.s.i. between the high operating point of each stage. 10 15 255 AIR LIMIT SWITCH The Class 9012 Type AKW-1 is designed to make or break an electrical circuit when an object interrupts an air stream flowing between a nozzle and the pressure switch aperture. CLASS 9012_________________ SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW DIAPHRAGM ACTUATED Maximum Operating Distance Maximum Speed of Operation Air Supply (Nozzle Pressure) Gasketed Diecast, Drip-Tight Oil Resistant Housing (NEMA 12) Type Price 5 Inches 800 O.P.M. 1 to 12 psi AKW-1 $38.55 5 Inches 500 O.P.M. * 1 to 12 psi AKW-1 Form 213 43.60 *Based on use of 6 feet of %" O.D. plastic tubing. Max. speed of operation will decrease with increased tubing length and increase with shorter tube length. This refers to tubing used between aperture and switch proper. Form Z13 indicates the addition of a dirt trap which prevents foreign matter from entering thoswitch aperture. Plastic tub ing is necessary between aperture and pressure switch when dirt trap is used. PAGE 178 ---------------------------------------- SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT m 901 2 ADW-9 9012 ACW-t Form K (Cover removed) n 9012 ADW-3 9049 A-25 Surge Reducer 9012 AKW-1 < i i SQDSLV 000313 design leadership . . . PRESSURE SWITCHES WATER PUMP AND AIR COMPRESSOR TYPES Designed for the control of electrically driven water pumps and air compressors, the Class 9013 devices cover the important electrical ratings for the direct control of motors in the usual pump and compressor applications. CLASS 9013 DIAPHRAGM ACTUATED DIFFERENTIAL INCREASES WITH RANGE CONTACTS OPEN ON INCREASED PRESSURE Application Heavy Duty Standard Duty Water or Air Pipe Connec tion I.P.T. e c XA* O.P.T. Poles 2 3 2 Pressure Range Differ (P.S.I.J ential (P.S.I.) Type General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 1 Price Bulk'PackStd. Stock Setting aging Quan tity Drip-Proof Enclosure NEMA 2 Type Price 20-180 10-40 ASG-8 F $ 22.10 20-40; 80-100; 100-125; 125-150 10 ASW-8 $ 59.40 25-250 18-45 ASG-11 F 22.10 145-175 10 ASW-11 59.40 20-180 10-40 ASG-14 29.20 20-40 10 ASW-14 66.50 25-250 18-45 ASG-17 29.20 ASW-17 66.50 20-80 12-35 GSG-2 15.25 20-40 10 GSW-2 83.80 40-200 18-40 GHG-2 15.25 80-100; 120-150; 125-150; 145-175 10 GHW-2 83.80 20-65 10-30 FSG-9 5.55 20-40 20 Explosion Proof Enclosure NEMA 7 and 9 Type Price ASR-8 ASR-11 ASR-14 ASR-17 GSR-2 $ 118. 118. 122. 122. 80.75 GHR-2 80.75 Domestic Water Duty 'A* I.P.T. 20-80 10-30 FYG-2 20-65 10-30 FSG-2 S.30 5.55 20-40 20-40: 25-45 30-50; 35-55 8 (Display), 20 8 (Display), 20 WEATHER-PROOF ENCLOSURE 20-80 | 10-30 | HSW-2Y J 15.25 | Non-Stock | 20 | ___ | ___ | ___ | .... OVs0 or %" taps also available at no extra charge. Type FSQ & FYG switches also furnished with %* I.P.T., compression, 4'*' flare connections at no extra charge. lAr I.P.T., \/%* & {A* compression & Ws" flare connection $0.40 additional. A Form P pulsation plug is automatically furnished unless the order states "Omit Plug". ^Switches carried in stock at setting and bulk packaging quantity indicated. Specify if individual packaging is required. Type ASG-11 Form FX Type HSW-Y W eatherproof Enclosure Type FSG Form Ml Manual Cutout PRICES FOR ADDITIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES Feature Form Letter With Type ASG With Type ASW With Type ASR With Type GHG With Types GHW, GHR With Types GSG, GSW, GSR With Types FSG, FYG Oil Resisting Diaphragm... . Form D Manual Cutout Lever .060 Pulsation Plug............... Form P Reverse Action (Contacts Open on Decreased Pres- 3-Way Release Valve........... Form Y N.C. N.C. $ 4.90 5.55 8.80 N.C. $ 4.90 12.30 16.10 N.C. $ 4.90 15.70 19.50 N.C. $ 5.55 N.C. $15.70 N.C. $ .70 .15 Furnished as standard on these switches. ELECTRICAL RATINGS -- HORSEPOWER Type No. Single Phase AC no v. 220 V. Polyphase AC 220 V . 440 V. 550 V. Direct Current 32 V. 115 V. 230 V. ASG 2 3 55 5 /2 1 GSG, GHG 2 3 555 Yi 1 1 FYG n* 2 3 'A Vz Vz FSG 1 11 A 'A 'A HSW 1/2 2 3 !4 Vz Vz Type GSG-2 Type FSG-2 PACKAGED PRESSURE SWITCHES Type FSG-2 switches can be furnished in an attractive 3 color display box which holds 8 controls individually packed and labeled. There is no extra charge for individual packaging or display cartons on sales to distributors or dealers. Specify "Pack in display box". For individual packages, so specify. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Specify Class and Type number of switch. 2. Give cut-out and cut-in pressures within the limits specified. Standard stock settings should be selected whenever possible. 3. If special features are desired, order as Class 9013, Type.........., Form............ selecting the correct Form letter from the table above. If more than one Form letter is used, arrange letters in alphabetical order as "Class 9013; Type ASG-8, Form FX". SCHEDUl i: X DISCOUNT PAGE 179 SQDSLV 000314 . . design leadership PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE & VACUUM SWITCHES CLASS 9013 PRESSURE SWITCH Small Air Compressor Applications With or Without Release Valve CONTACTS OPEN ON INCREASED PRESSURE Type Connection Pressure Range Cutout (P.S.I.) Differential (P.S.I.) HHG-2 HHG-9 'A i-p.t. 'A o.p.t. 40-100 17-34 HHG-12 HHG-19 'A i-P-tA O.p.t. 80-150 27-40 Release valve available. Specify Form X. Add $2.05. Switches can also be furnished with y,and inside pipe tap. __________ Dimensions (Approximate) 3'A'x3A'*2<Vk" 3!/4'x3!/4"x2ii/!6" Weight 1/2# 1/2# NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE Stock Settings On-Off Price 80-100 $ 7.65 7.65 115-150 7.65 7.65 CLASS 9016 VACUUM PUMP CONTROLS GENERAL DUTY ____ NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE Type GVG-1 BSG-1 Range Differential (Ins. Hg.) (Ins. Hg.) 5"-25" ' 4#-12" i CO 2"-16* Poles 2 Dimensions (Approximate) 4%'x7/a"x4 Vz" 2!/8'x5!4"x5%;'' Weight 4# 1/2# Standard Stock Settings (Ins. Hg.) 3"-8* 3"-7" Price $28.40 28.40 Reverse action (Form R) is available on BSG-1. 3-Way lever (Float only -- Vacuum and Float -- Continuous) can be supplied on GVG Types (See Cut). Add $ 5.80. Type GVG-1 controls are stocked with mounting bracket (Form F) and 3-Way Lever (Form E). SCHEDULE X DISCOUNT | CLASS 9025 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES General Duty Applications, Heating Type -- Non Cross Ambient CLASS 9025 Range0 F Type MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TEMPERATURE 270 F Price Contact Arrangement Differential F NEMA 12 ENCLOSURES At Sea Level 100 - 200 F BCW-1 BCW-2 BCW-22 BFW-1 BFW-2 BFW-22 $39.80 39.80 43.80 32.80 32.80 36.80 1 N.O.--I.N.C. 1 N.O.--1 N.C. 2 N.O.--2 N.C. 1 N.O.--1 N.C. 1 N.O.--1 N.C. 2 N.O.--2 N.C. Fixed 2-8 Adjustable 3-35 Adjustable 5-40 Fixed 2-8 Adjustable 3-35 Adjustable 5-40 Capillary and Bulb Type 'Ms" dia. x 3%" long bulb with 6' of Mz" dia. tubing, (vertical or horizontal * immersion) Direct Connected Type 'Ms" dia. x 3" long element with y-14 NPT (vertical immersion only). jfcWhen mounting bulb horizontally, side of bulb marked "Top" should be up. ACCESSORIES AND FEATURES For 6' of Armored Capillary Tubing in Place of the Standard, Specify Form LA6............................................................ Add $1.20 For 12' of Armored Capillary Tubing in Place of the Standard, Specify Form LA12............................................................ Add 3.60 For 16' of Armored Capillary Tubing in Place of the Standard, Specify Form LA16............................................................. Add S.20 For 12' of Plain Capillary Tubing in Place of theStandard, Specify Form L12....................................................................... Add 1.20 For 16' of Plain Capillary Tubing in Place of the Standard, Specify Form L16..................................................... Add 2.00 Price Class 9049 Type A-34 Well -- For 9025 BCW Types................................................................................................ $3.50 3.50 4.15 4.40 ELECTRICAL RATINGS -- Same as for Class 9012 Industrial Pressure Switches except BCW-1 and BFW-1 not DC rated. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUM ELECTRICAL RATINGS (HORSEPOWER) 9013 HHG Form X 9025 BCW ( < PAGE 180 < SQDSLV 000315 Class 9035, Type BW-3 Class 9036, Type AG-5 Class 9036, Type GG-2 Class 9036, Type FG-1 Class 9036, Type KG-1 D design leadership . . . FLOAT SWITCHES GENERAL DUTY FLOAT SWITCHES Class 9035 controls are rod or chain operated, for use in controlling liquid levels in open tank applications. Switches with accessories include 7" float with two 2Vi foot sections of rod or 15 feet of chain. CLASS 9035 CONTACTS OPEN ON LIQUID RISE Description General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 1 Type Price Water-Tight Enclosure NEMA 4 Type Price 2 POLES Explosion Proof NEMA 7 and 9 Type Price Without Accessories............................................. Rod Operated, Wall Mounting.......................... Rod Operated, Floor Mounting......................... Chain Operated, Wall Mounting....................... Chain Operated, Floor Mounting...................... DG-1 DG-2 DG-3 , DG-4 DG-5 $ 22. 44. 58. 44. 58. BW-1 BW-2 BW-3 BW-4 BW-5 $ 49.50 88. 102. 88. 102. DR-1 DR-2 DR-3 DR-4 DR-5 $ 64. 102. 116. 102. 116. For reverse action add Form R to Class and Type number. Standard action BW & DR switches furnished with float on right. Standard action DG switches furnished with float on left. Form R does not apply to switches without accessories. Types DG, DR BW ELECTRICAL RATINGS (HORSEPOWER) Single Phase 115 Volts 230 Volts 110 Volts Polyphase 220 Volts 440-550 Volts 11 233 55 SfllLDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT DC 115 Volts 230 Volts !4 1 FOR OPEN TANK OR SUMP APPLICATIONS Class 9036 float switches lend themselves to a variety of needs for open tank control with sump or standard operation. CLASS 9036 Application Poles General Purpose NEMA 1 Type Price Drip-Proof NEMA 2 Type Price Explosion Proof NEMA 7 & 9 Type Price CONTACTS OPEN ON LIQUID RISE -- Reverse Action Available (Form R) LEVER ACTUATED Heavy Duty................................................................... 2 AG-5 $ 22.10 AW-5 $ 59.40 AR-5 $111- 3 AG-6 29.20 AW-6 66.50 AR-6 CONTACTS CLOSE ON LIQUID RISE -- Reverse Action Available (Form R)LEVER ACTUATED 118.10 2 GG-2 $ 15.25 General Duty................................................................ 2 FG-1 DG-2 8.95 10.95 DW-1 $48. DR-1 $ 50. WEATHERPROOF FLOAT SWITCH NEMA 3 Enclosure CONTACTS CLOSE ON LIQUID RISE * _________ Type Price Lever Length 1 HW-1 S2S. 7>4' Min. -- 8" Max. 1 __________ _TWO POLE Approximate Dimensions (Excluding Lever) 3=1/3," X 41/4' X 4/2" For Reverse Action specify Form R. CLASS 9036 Weight 1%# SUMPTROLS Class 9036 Sumptrols are designed specifically for sump pumps or cellar drainers of the small domestic type. Weight operated controls include two weights, 36" chain and compen sating spring. Accessories for float operation are not supplied. CONTACTS CLOSE ON LIQUID RISE Features Type of Operation Polos General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 1 Type Price Poles Type With Mounting Bracket and Two Cord Entrances Weight Float KG-7 KG-8 $ 5.25 4.00 With Conduit Bushing Weight Float 1 KG-9 5.25 KG-10 4.00 With Conduit Bushing and One Extra Cord Entrance Weight Float KG-11 KG-12 5.25 4.00 Type KG-8 is current equivalent for 9046CG. Bulk packaging quantity--50. Specify when individual packaging is required. KG-1 KG-2 2 KG-3 KG-4 ! KG-5 KG-6 CLASS 9036 Price $ 6.35 5.10 6.35 5.10 6.35 5.10 PAGE 181 SQDSLV 000316 . . design leadership FLOAT SWITCHES & VALVES CLASS 9037 FOR CONDENSATE PUMPS Class 9037 controls are primarily used on condensate pumps. Type GG switches are flange mounted and float movement is transmitted through a bellows seal. Type HG switches are attached to the tank by means of a 2Vi inch screw-in connection. An external pointer in dicates the float position within the tank when the unit is mounted. CONTACTS CLOSE ON LIQUID RISE Application Standard Duty Poles 2 "E" Distance Figure No. (Float Movement) Fig. 1--(Above and below center line).................. 8* Fig. 2--(Below center line)....................................... Fig. 3--(For vertically mounted switch).............. General Purpose NEMA 1 Type Price GG-4 $52.30 GG-5 52.30 GG-6 52.30 "E" distance measured from fulcrum of rod to center of round float. Lengths of 6, 10, 12, 14 and 16 inches are also available. CONTACTS CLOSE ON LIQUID RISE --FOR REVERSE ACTION SPECIFY FORM R Application General Duty Float Poles Position Right Left NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure 110-220 Volts 110-550 Volts Type Price Type Price HG-1 $ 27.40 HG-3 $ 29.40 HG-2 27.40 HG-4 29.40 Water-Tight NEMA 4 110-550 Volts Type Price HW-3 $ 85. HW-4 85. Explosion Proof NEMA 7 and 9 110-550 Volts Type Price HR-3 $ 82. HR-4 82. CLASS 9038 MECHANICAL ALTERNATORS Designed to provide positive mechanical alternation in the operation of two pumps. Functions to equalize pump wear on duplex systems, with the added provision that the alternator will start the second pump where extra capacity under peak load conditions is required. CONTACTS CLOSE ON LIQUID RISE (REVERSE ACTION AVAILABLE -- FORM R) Application General Purpose NEMA 1 Type Price For Open Tank or Sump Systems Using Duplex Pumps AG-1 $ 43.60 Water-tight NEMA 4 Type Price AW-1 $ 101.50 TWO 2-POLE UNITS Explosion-proof NEMA 7 and 9 Type Price AR-1 $ 98.50 SCHEDULt X DISCOUNT CLASS 9043 VALVES The Class 9043 Type AG valve is a two-way solenoid valve designed for use with water, oil and air, and other liquids and gasses. NORMALLY CLOSED Application Freon, Methyl Chloride, Sulphur Dioxide, Air, Oil or Water ______ Inlet & Outlet Connection I.P.T. ________ ___ _______________ TWO-WAY SOLENOID VALVE NEMA 1 Enclosure Current Orifice Size Bronze Valve Seat Type Price Buna N Valve Seat Type Price W AG-6 $25.00 AG-16 $25.00 AC 5Ai" AG-7 25.00 AG-17 25.00 W AG-8 25.00 AG-18 25.00 DC Vu" AG-4 27.00 > AG-14 27.00 AG-5 27.00 AG-15 27.00 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Order by Class & Type Number. Clast 9037, Typo GG-4 Class 9037, Typo HG Class 9038, Typo AG-1 Class 9043, Typo AG-6 ACCESSORIES FOR FLOAT SWITCHES Standard accessories consist of one 7" float (tapped at top or with center hole) and two 2 V2 foot sections of threaded tubing and stops.-These accessories are available from stock in brass, aluminum, monel or stainless steel. Material Float Co pper coated float with brass tubing.......... 1........... ................ ............................................................. Copper coated float with aluminum tubing............................................................................................ Stainless steel float and stainless steel tubing...................................................................................... Monel float and Monel tubing............................................................................................................ Tapped at Top............................ Center hole.................................. Tapped at Top............................ Center hole.................................. Tapped at Top............................ Center hole.................................. Tapped at Top............................ Center hole.................................. Type A6 A6C A6A A6CA A6S A6CS A6M A6CM Price $ 19.60 27.40 19.60 27.40 95.70 161.90 83.90 148.90 SCHEDULE X DISCOUNT PAGE 182 design leadership TIMING RELAYS PNEUMATIC TYPE Class 9050 timing relays are used in many industrial applications where dependable operation and ease of adjustment over suitable ranges of timing are required. All ac timing relays have an invertible magnet which allows conversion in the field from time delay after energization to time delay after de-energization or vice versa. CLASS 9050 ADJUSTABLE RANGE--.2 SECOND TO 3 MINUTES TYPE Bf FOR AC OPERATION 25-60 CYCLES SURFACE MOUNTING 600 VOLTS MAX. Typo of Operation + Dial Time Delay after De energization of Relay (Off Delay) Without Dial With Dial Time Delay after of Relay (On Delay) Without Dial With Dial Features Time Delay Contacts * N.O. N.C. 11 11 1 22 22 22 1 22 22 22 1 11 22 22 22 11 11 11 22 22 22 Instantaneous Interlocks N.O. N.C. 1 22 1 22 1 22 11 22 1 22 11 22 11 22 11 22 General Purpose NEMA Type 1 Type Price BG-1D BG-2D BG-3D BG-21D BG-22D BG-23D BG-4D BG-5D BG-6D BG-24D BG-25D BG-26D $ 60. 65. 70. 75. 80. 85. 65. 70. 75. 80. 85. 90. BG-1E BG-2E BG-3E BG-21E BG-22E BG-23E BG-4E BG-5E BG-6E BG-24E BG-25E BG-26E $ 60. 65. 70. 75. 80. 85. 65. 70. 75. 80. 85. 90. Water-tight d Dust-tight Enclosure NEMA Type 4 d 5-12 Type Price BW-1D BW-2D BW-3D BW-21D BW-22D BW-23D BW-4D BW-5D BW-6D BW-24D BW-25D BW-26D $ 90. 95. 100. 105. 110. 115. 95. 100. 105. 110. 115. 120. BW-1E BW-2E BW-3E BW-21E BW-22E BW-23E BW-4E BW-5E BW-6E BW-24E BW-25E BW-26E $ 90. 95. 100. 105. 110. 115. 95. 100. 105. 110. 115. 120. For Hazardous Locations NEMA Type 7 d 9 Type Price BR-1D BR-2D BR-3D BR-21D BR-22D BR-23D BR-4D BR-5D BR-6D BR-24D BR-25D BR-26D $ 160. 165. 170. 175. 180. 185. 165. 170. 175. 180. 185. 190. BR-1E BR-2E BR-3E BR-21E BR-22E BR-23E BR-4E BR-5E BR-6E BR-24E BR-25E BR-26E $160. 165. 170. 175. 180. 185. 165. 170. 175. 180. 185. 190. Open Type Type BO-ID BO-2D BO-3D BO-21 D BO-22D BO-23D BO-4D BO-5D BO-6D BO-24D BO-25D BO-26D BO-1 E BO-2E BO-3E BO-21 E BO-22E BO-23E BO-4E BO-5E BO-6E BO-24E BO-25E BO-26E Price $ 50. 55. 60. 65. 70. 75. 55. 60. 65. 70. 75. 80. $ 50. 55. 60. 65. 70. 75. 55. 60. 65. 70. 75. 80. Flush Mounting Without Pull Box Type BF-1D BF-2D BF-3D BF-21D BF-22D BF-23D BF-4D BF-5D BF-6D BF-24D BF-25D BF-26D BF-1E BF-2E BF-3E BF-21E BF-22E BF-23E BF-4E 8F-5E BF-6E BF-24E BF-25E BF-26E Price $ 58. 63. 68. 73. 78. 83. 63. 68. 73. 78. 83. 88. $ 58. 63. 68. 73. 78. 83. 63. 68. 73. 78. 83. 88. TYPE C FOR DC OPERATION *250 VOLTS MAX Time Delay CG-1D $ 65. CW-1D $ 95. CR-1D $ 165. CO-ID $ 55. CF-1D $ 63. after De energization Without 1 1 CG-2D 70. CW-2D 100. CR-2D 170. CO-2D 60. CF-2D 68. of Relay Dial 22 CG-21D 80. CW-21D 110. CR-21D 180. CO-21 D 70. CF-21D 78. (Off Delay) 22 1 CG-22D 85. CW-22D 115. CR-22D 185. CO-22D 75. CF-22D 83. Time Delay after Without Energization Dial CG-1E $ 65. CW-1 E 5 95. CR-1E $ 165. CO-IE $ 55. CF-1E $ 63. 1 1 1 CG-2E 70. CW-2E 100. CR-2E 170. CO-2E 60. CF-2E 68. of Relay 22 CG-21E 80. CW-21E 110. CR-21E 180. CO-21 E 70. CF-21E 78. (On Delay) r 22 1 1 CG-22E 85. CW-22E 115. CR-22E 185. CO-22E 75. CF-22E 83. OAlso available with dial at S5.00 additional. {Hardened magnet parts -- $6.00 additional; identify as Form HA (Available on ac timers only). See Page 184 for Electrical Ratings. Type BO-ID Type BO-23D *The time delay contacts of the timer with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. timed contacts consist of one Class 9007 Type AO snap switch. This snap switch has an isolated normally open and normally closed circuit, but due to electrical clearance must be used on circuits of the same polarity. The time delay contacts of the timer with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. timed contacts consist of one Class 9007 Type CO-3 two pole snap switch. Each pole is electrically separate from the other and can be used on opposite polarities. The contacts of each pole, however, are single pole, double throw and while electrically separate cannot be used on opposite polarities. Each interlock has single pole, double throw contacts. While the normally open and normally closed contacts of the interlock are isolated, due to electrical clearances they must be used on circuits of the same polarity. A total of two double circuit interlocks may be mounted on the Class 9050 Types 8 and C timing relays Separate interlock kits for customer installations on Type B timing relays may be ordered as Class 9999 Type R4 at $5.00 each and for the Type C timing relays as Class 9999 Type R5 at $5.00 each. While Type C, dc timers are only listed with 1 double circuit interlock, they can be supplied with 2 double circuit inter locks factory installed. ^ frlnvertible magnets on all Type B, ac timers allow conversion from one type of operation to the other in the field without any additional parts. To change from time delay after de-energization to time delay after ener gization on Type C, dc timers, a conversion kit. Class 9999 Type K-5 for $1.50 is required. To change from time delay after energization to time delay after de-energization on Type C, dc timers, order kit Class 9999 Type K-6 for $1.00 SCHEDULE OS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 183 SQDSLV 000318 . . design leadership TIMING RELAYS PNEUMATIC TYPE CLASS 9050 ADJUSTABLE RANGE -- .2 SECOND TO 1 MINUTE SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW, SEPARATE CIRCUITS* TYPE A -- AC TIMER 50-60 CYCLES 600 VOLTS MAX. Type of Operation 4* General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Open Type Type Price Time Delay after De-energization of Relay (Off Delay) AG-1 D S 41. AO-1 D J 38. Time Delay after Energization of Relay (On Delay) AG-1 E 41. AO-IE 38. Double-header Timerrfc Time Delay after De-energization and Energization (Off-On-Delay) AG-5DE 120. AO-5DE 100. TYPE H -- DC TIMER 250 VOLTS DC MAX. COIL RATING Time Delay after De-energization of Relay (Off Delay) HG-1D $ 46. Time Delay after' Energization of Relay (On Delay) HG-1E 46. Double-Header Timer $ Time Delay after De-energization and Energization (Off-On-Delay) HG-5DE 130. 600 VOLTS MAX. HO-1D % 43. HO-1E 43. HO-5DE no. Timing contacts consist of an isolated normally open and normally closed circuit. Due to electrical clearance, the normally open and normally closed circuits must be used on circuits of the same polarity. f*lnvertible magnets allow conversiorvfrom one type of operation to other in the Field. 4:Timer consists of two timing heads operated by one magnet, one timing head gives time delay after energization and the other time delay after de-energization of Jhe common magnet assembly. Types A and H timers available with "Slip-On" connectors on all terminals. Consult nearest Square D field office for information. ELECTRICAL CONTACT RATINGS (TIMING CONTACTS) TYPE B 1 N.O., 1 N.C. CONTACTS TYPE C 1 N.O., 1 N.C. CONTACTS AC Pilot Duty Amps. * Make Break Volts DC Pilot Duty Amps. A Single Double Throw Throw Volts AC Pilot Duty Amps. * Make Break Volts DC Pilot Duty Amps. A Single Double Throw Throw 110 40 220 20 440 10 600 8 15 110 0.5 0.25 110 40 10 220 0.25 0.1 220 20 6 440 440 10 5 600 0.05 600 8 15 110 2.0 10 220 0.5 6 440 5 600 0.1 0.5 0.2 0.02 TYPE A Volts AC Pilot Duty Amperes * TYPE B 2 N.O., 2 N.C. CONTACTS $ TYPE C 2 N.O., 2 N.C. CONTACTS $ Make Break 0-115 30 3 115- 3450 VA 345 VA 600 115 230 600 1.0 0.3 0.1 0.2 0-115 30 3 115 1.0 0.1 115- 3450 VA 345 VA 230 0.3 600 600 0.1 0.2 110 60 0.1 220 30 440 15 600 12 6 3 1.5 1.2 *AC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. rfcAC continuous ampere rating is 10 amperes based on a 75% power factor. A DC pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. TYPE H Volts DC Pilot Duty Amperes A Double Single Throw Throw 115 0.25 230 0.1 600 1.1 0.25 0.05 DIMENSIONS APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION < i ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED -- Specify Class and Type number of timing relay, give voltage and frequency for the operating coil. PAGE 184 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT I Types AG and HG General Purpose Enclosure D i SQDSLV 000319 design leadership TIMING RELAYS DIMENSIONS FOR PNEUMATIC TIMING RELAYS A-5% Types BG and CG General Purpose Enclosure <4) r/32 HA- HTgT><OLES Type BF1, 2, 3 D A E BF4, 5, 6 D A E CF1, 2 D A E BF 21, 22, 23 D & E BF 24, 25, 26 D & E CF 21, 22 D & E A 4 4 3% 3% 3% 3'Mi B IVfe 1% I'/fe I'/ji 1% 1 Mi Types BF and CF c 4 4 4Ms 4 4 4Ms Types BO and CO SOLID STATE TIMERS INDUSTRIAL TIMING RELAYS 120 OR 240 VOLTS Description Maximum Time CLASS 9050 Open Type Type Price General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Industrial Timing Relay, Standard 10 Seconds EO-3 $ 78. EG-3 $ 83. Industrial Timing Relay, Special Calibration 30 Seconds EO-3-S1 93. EG-3-S1 98. `{Functionally equivalent to NEMA Type 5. CLASS 9050 50-60 CYCLES Dust-tight Industrial Use Enclosure "f NEMA Type 12 Type Price EA-3 $ 98. EA-3-S1 113. 120 VOLTS SEQUENCING TIMERS WITH SOLID STATE OUTPUT CLASS 9050 Maximum Adjustable Time Delay of Each On and Off Period 10 Seconds 30 Seconds Open Type Type EO-22 EO-23 Price $ 90. 90. 50-60 CYCLES General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price EG-22 $ 93. EG-23 93. COMPACT TIMING RELAYS 120 VOLTS Operation CLASS 9050 Maximum Time Open Type Type Price 50-60 CYCLES General Pu rpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Time Delay After Energization (On Delay) 10 Seconds 30 Seconds EO-12E EO-13E $ 60. 60. EG-12E EG-13E $ 63. 63. Time Delay After De-energization (Off Delay) 10 Seconds 30 Seconds EO-12D EO-13D 60. 60. EG-12D EG-13D 63. 63. All Solid State Timers have 2% REPEAT ACCURACY with constant temperature and line voltage. For electrical ratings and dimensions see Page 186. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 185 SQD SLV 000320 . . design leadership TIMERS & OVERLOAD RELAYS CLASS 9050 ELECTRICAL CONTACT RATINGS FOR SOLID STATE TIMERS Device Description of Output AC* Rating Compact Timing Relay Industrial Timing Relays Sequencing Timer Encapsulated Relay with One Normally Open and One Normally Closed Contact Class 8501 Type F DO-22 Relay, Double Pole, Double Throw Solid State 120 Volts, 3 Amps. Max. 277 Volts, 10 Amps. Max. 120 Volts, 1 Amp. Max. AC continuous ampere rating is based on a 75% power factor. AC pilot duty rating is based on a 35% power factor. ADC pilot duty rating is based on inductive loads such as coils and solenoids. AC Pilot Duty Volts Make Break DC Pilot Duty A Volts Make & Break 0--120 0--115 115--277 15 Amps. 1.5 Amps. 0--30 60 Amps. 6 Amps. 6900 VA 690 VA 25--250 10 Amps. Peak Inrush for First J/ Cycle, 1 Amp. RMS Continuous at 120 Volts i oi 1.5 Amps. 10 Amps. 24 VA ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number. 2. Line Voltage 3. Specify maximum time calibra tion in seconds, for EO-3-S1, EG-3-SI, and EA-3-S1 devices. Unless specified, timer will be supplied with 30 second cali bration. Types EO-3 and EO-3-S1 Types EO-12D, EO-12E, EO-13D, EO-13E, EO-22 and EO-23 CLASS 9055 MAGNETIC OVERLOAD RELAYS Magnetic overload relays are used to open or close an electrical contact whenever the load current reaches a certain value. Trip point is adjustable over a wide range. 600 VOLTS AC MAX. SPST 10 AMPERE CONTACTS* Inverse Time Delay Trip Instantaneous Trip Continuous Trip Current Adjust- General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type Trip Current Adjustment Range General Purpose Enclosure , NEMA Tvoe 1 Ocen Tvoe Amps. Range 1.4 0.7-1.4 2.0 1.0-2.0 3.2 1.6-3.2 4.0 2.0-4.0 4.8 2.4-4.8 7.0 8.0 10. 12. 20. 3.5-7.0 4.0-8.0 5.0-10. 6.0-12. 10.-20. 32. 16.-32. 48. 24.-48. 60. 30.-60. BO. 40.-80. 120. 60.-120. 160. 210. 320. 420. 640. 80.-160. 107.-210. 160.-320. 210.-420. 320.-640. Type AG-107 AG-108 AG-109 AG-110 AG-111 AG-112 AG-113 AG-114 AG-115 AG-116 AG-117 AG-118 AG-119 AG-120 AG-121 AG-122 AG-123 AG-124 AG-125 AG-126 Price Type Price $34. 34. 34. 34. 34. AO-107 AO-108 AO-109 AO-110 AO-111 $22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 34. AO-112 34. AO-113 34. AO-114 34. AO-115 34. AO-116 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 34. AO-117R 22. 34. AO-118R 22. 34. AO-119R 22. 37. AO-120R 25. 37. AO-121 R 25. 49. AO-122R 37. 49. AO-123 R 37. 52. AO-124R 40. 66. AO-125R 54. 86. AO-126R 68. Reset 0.9-2.0 1.4-2.9 2.2-4.6 2.8-5.8 3.3-7.0 4.8-10. 5.6-11.6 7.0-14.5 8.4-17.5 14.-29. 23.-47. 34.-69. 40.-83. 56.-117. 82.-170. 110.-220. 147.-286. 230.-470. 290.-610. 435.-915. Reset 0.62-1.24 0.9-1.8 1.45-2.9 1.8-3.6 2.1-4.3 3.1-6.2 3.6-7.2 4.5-9.0 6.4-10.8 9.-18. 14.-29. 21.-43. 26.-52. 36.-72. 52.-104. 72.-144. 96.-192. 144.-287. 191.-383. 287.-575. Type NG-107 NG-108 NG-109 NG-110 NG-111 NG-112 NG-113 NG-114 NG-115 NG-116 NG-117 NG-118 NG-119 NG-120 NG-121 NG-122 NG-123 NG-124 NG-125 NG-126 Price $37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 37. 40. 40. 52. 52. 55. 69. 89. Type Price NO-107 NO-108 NO-109 NO-110 NO-111 $25. 25. 25. 25. 25. NO-112 NO-113 NO-114 NO-115 NO-116 25. 25. 25. 25. 25. NO-117R NO-118R NO-119R NO-120R NO-121 R 25. 25. 25. 28. 28. NO-122R NO-123R NO-124R NO-125R NO-126R 40. 40. 43. 57. 71. AUTOMATIC RESET is standard on all relays. For HAND RESET specify Form HR and add $2.50. One NORMALLY CLOSED contact is standard. To substitute one NORMALLY OPEN contact, specify Form Y44 (no extra charge). ARelays may also be used on dc, but trip ranges shown do not apply. Refer to General Industry Control Catalog. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Class and Type number. Class 9055 Type NO-107 PAGE 186 ( < SQD SLV 000321 gfgisjffKSjisajjfi Class 9065 Type CO-1R Class 9065 Type 5EO-5 Class 9065 Type TG:2 Class 9065 Type C Overload Breaker design, leadership . . . OVERLOAD RELAYS THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS Contacts of overload relays are used in the coil circuits of magnetic contactors to protect elec tric motors from drawing excessive line currents. Contacts of overload breakers (listed in second table below) may be used directly in motor lines. CLASS 9065 INVERSE TIME DELAY TRIP600 VOLTS AC MAX., 250 VOLTS PC MAX. No. of Thermal Units t No. of Control Ampere Contacts Rating General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Type Price Open Type for Separate Panel Mounting Left Hand Type Right Hand Type Price Open Type for Mounting on Terminal Block Track Factory Assembled Unit Components for User Assembly * Type Price Basic Relay Type Bracket Kit Type Unit MELTING ALLOY HAND RESET TYPE 25 CG-1 50 TG-1 100 UG-1 150 FG-1 300 GG-1 $ 13. 20. 27. 49. 91. CO-1 CO-1 R TO-1 UO-1 FO-1L FO-1R GO-1 L GO-1 R $ 6. 8. 10. 15. 56. CO-1 M $6.40 TO-1 M 8.40 30 SEG-5 50 SEG-8 19. 28. SEO-5 SEO-8 12. SMO-5 13. 16. SMO-8 17. CO-1 TO-1 SEO-5 SEO-8 LM-1 LM-1 SM-2 SM-2 2 25 CG-2 20. CO-2 50 TG-2 29. TO-2 2 100 UG-2 38. UO-2 150 FG 2 66. FO-2 300 GG-2 147. GO-2 15. 19. 23. 36. 112. 30 SEG-6 23. 1 50 SEG-9 32. SEO-6 SEO-9 16. SMO-6 17. 20. SMO-9 21. SEO-6 SEO-9 SM-2 SM-2 3 Units 25 CG-3 32. 50 TG-3 43. 3 100 UG-3 54. 150 FG-3 88. 300 GG-3 208. CO-3 TO-3 UO-3 FO-3 GO-3 22. 28. 34. 53. 168. Unit BIMETALLIC HANP/AOTOMATIC RESET TYPE 25 ARG-1 $ 13. 50 ATG-1 20. 100 AUG-1 27. 150 AFG-1 49. 300 AGG-1 91. ARO-1L ATO-1L AUO-1L AFO-1L AGO-1L ARO-1R AT0-1 R AUO-1R AFO-1R AGO-1R $ 6. 8. 10. 15. 56. ARO-1 M $6.40 ATO-1 M 8.40 ARO-1 L LB-1 ATO-1 L LB-1 25 ARG-2 20. ARO-2 15. 2 50 ATG-2 29. ATO-2 19. 2 100 AUG-2 38. AUO-2 23. 150 AFG-2 66. AFO-2 36. 300 AGG-2 147. AGO-2 112. ARG-3 32. 22. 3 50 ATG-3 43. ATO-3 28. 3 100 AUG-3 54. AUO-3 34. 150 AFG-3 88. AFO-3 53. 300 AGG-3 208. AGO-3 168. f*Prices include overload relay thermal units. Deduct $1.50 each if thermal units are omitted. Select thermal units from Table 4 on page 203 (melting alloy) or Table 8 on page 205 (bimetallic). See page 188 for dimensions. Each control contact is normally closed as standard. On melting alloy types a double circuit contact (1-N.O., 1-N.C.) can be substituted -- specify Form Y34 and add $4.00 per contact. *The two components listed can be used to make up a relay identical to the "factory assembled unit". Bracket kit prices are $0.40 for 9065 LM-1 or LB-1, and $1.00 for 9065 SM-2. SINGLE POLE MELTING ALLOY TYPE OVERLOAD BREAKER t 250 VOLTS MAX. Single Phase AC Ratings DC Ratings General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 Open Type Volts Max. HP Volts Max. HP Type Price Type Price 115 iyx 230 3 115 <4 230 B $ 13. C S 8. Prices include one overload relay thermal unit. Deduct $1.50 if thermal unit is omitted. Select thermal unit from Table 4 on page 203. . EXTERNAL RESET MECHANISMS A wide range of adjustment allows these reset mechanisms to be used with open type magnetic starters or Class 9065 overload relays of any size. They are designed for one-hole mounting in control enclosures of almost any depth. NEMA 1, 5, 12 RESET MECHANISMS* 9066 Description Type ^ Price With 1 Rod. With 2 Rods. With 3 Rods. RA-1 RA-2 RA-3 S 3. 4. 5. *For NEMA 4 applications use the Type RA kit plus a Class 9001 Type TU-11 water tight cap. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 187 SQD SLV 000322 . design leadership CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMERS CLASS 9070 These control circuit transformers are specifically designed for industrial control applications, to provide good transformer regulation when high inrush currents are drawn. 25-50-60 CYCLES STANDARD VOLTAGES Continuous VA Open Type General Purpose Enclosure NEMA Type 1 60 Cycle 50 100 50 Cycle C 35 70 25 Cycle C 50 Type EO-1 EO-2 Price S 12. 14. Type EG-1 EG-2 Price S 18. 22. 150 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000 120 240 400 500 1000 1500 2000 75 150 200 350 500 750 1000 EO-3 EO-4 EO-5 EO-6 EO-7 EO-8 EO-9 16. 29. 38. 58. 65. 81. 112. EG-3 EG-4 EG-5 EG-6 EG-7 EG-8 EG-9 24. 37. 54. 74. 81. 107. 138. Prices apply only to transformers having the following standard voltage ratings (primary/secondary): 60 Cycles: 480-240/120, 460-230/115, 440-220/110, 600/120, 575/115, 550/110, 480-240/24. SO Cycles: 460-230/115,440-220/110,575/115, 550/110. ' 25 Cycles: 460-230/115, 575/115, 460-230/24. C50 cycles may be applied to 60 cycle transformer at reduced VA rating shown. Do not apply 25 cycles to transformer rated at 60 cycles. Windings of 25 cycle transformers differ from 60 and 50 cycle transformers. SEPARATE FUSE BLOCKSf 30 A., 250 V. MAX. Type Price Fuse Block and Bracket Assembly for NEC Fuse.................................................................................. AP-1 $ 3. Fuse Block and Bracket Assembly for V/4" x Y** Fuse....................................................................... AP-2 3. *t*Fuse block and bracket assembly mount on side of transformer. Types AP-t and AP-2 suitable for use on Types EO-1 through EO-4 transformers only. Prices do not include fuses. PRICES FOR ADDITIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES Form Price Addition NEC fuse block (30 A., 250 V.) mounted in transformer enclosure (NEMA Type 1 only. For open type transformer. Type EO-4 or smaller, order separate Class 9070, Type AP-1 or AP-2): $ F2 F3 $4. 8. $lf specified on order. Type AP-2 can be furnished for Type EG-4 or smaller transformers. 7. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: 1--Class and Type number of transformer. 2--VA rating, primary and secondary voltages and cycles. 3--If required, specify fuse block Type or Form number. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION $ Type EO-1 Transformer with Type AP-2 Fuse Block Installed Type EO-1 Transformer with Type AP-1 Fuse Block Installed < A *f*Add 1%* to dimension "A" if Type AP-1 fuse block used. Type AP-2 fuse block shown. Use dimension "C" and "L" if Type AP-1 used. ^Dimensions shown only apply to transformers having standard voltage ratings. DIMENSIONS FOR OVERLOAD RELAYS i PAGE 188 SCHEDULt DS-1 DISCOUNl A SQD SLV_000323 design leadership TERMINAL BLOCKS 300 VOLTS -- CHANNEL AND DIRECT MOUNTED TYPE TERMINAL BLOCK KITS -- FOR CUSTOMER ASSEMBLY Each Terminal block consists of: 1-- Required number of Type K-- sections. CLASS 2-- Parts included in Type K-3 or K-4 assembly kit. 9080 3-- Required length of mounting track, if channel mounted. Description Mounting Track Standard Lengths Type 1828-C22- List Price Each Min. Order Qty. ggjgS^ Pl6*5Si jgjp^ Description Nylon Terminal Section with Pressure Wire Connectors Wire Size #22 to #14 Type KB-1 List Price Each $ .34 Minimum Order Quantity 50* /g|||L IjF*8* Nylon Terminal Section with Flat Terminal Wire Size #22 to #14 KBB-1 .32 50* ApL Ip Nylon Terminal Section with Solderless Box Lug-- With Pressure Plate Wire Size #22 to #14 Nylon Terminal Section with Solderless Box Lug-- Without Pressure Plate Wire Size #22 to #14 KBA-1 KBC-1 .36 .34 50* 50* fMust be cut to length required for number of circuits on block. ^Includes miscellaneous parts required in assembly of complete terminal block. Individual parts are packaged in convenient kit form for small users who do not require larger bulk quantities of parts listed above. ^-Standard package quantity. Orders must specify minimum quantity of 50 or multiple of 50. Bulk packaging of 500 and 1000 also available. Specify on order. VA" 4!4" 61/2* 9' 11%' 16%" 48 ' t White Marking Strip -- 50' Length*f*................... End clamp assembly.................................................... Nylon Plug (holds in marking strip)........................ Adhesive Backed Marking Strip Sheet, 27 Strips Barrier--Used Between 300 and 600 Volt Blocks . X2 X4 X77 X84 X16 X102 X38 1828-D20-X1 31047-013-50 31047-003-01 31047-005-01 MS-2 31047-034-01 A WM Jumper for Type KBA-1 and KBC-1 Sections 2 Circuit 6 Circuit JBA-2 JBA-6 1,11111 Separable Connector 6 Circuit For Use with KBA-1 and KBC-1 Sections 12 Circuit Assembly Kit for Direct Mounting Includes: 1 -- Nylon Barrier No. 31047-003-01 1-24 Circuit Marking Strip No. 31047-017-27 1 -- Nylon Plug No. 31047-005-01 Assembly Kit for Channel Mounting Includes: 2 -- Nylon End Clamps No. 31047-013-50 Plus all parts included with K-4 kit listed above. SBA-6 SBA-12 K-4 * K-3 * $ .15 .20 .35 .40 .50 .70 2.00 .50 .20 .05 .03 2.00 .15 .10 .20 2.10 4.20 .30 .80 None None 100 50 o D None None 100 50 None None None None No. of Circuits Type KB-1 Sections Pressure Wire Conn. Wire #22 to #14 Type Price 2 B-2P 3 B-3P* 6 B-6P* 12 B-12P* 18 B-18P* 24 B-24P* 36 B-36P* Standard Stock Item. $ 1.10 1.50 2.50 4.70 6.90 9.00 13.30 ASSEMBLED TERMINAL BLOCKS DIRECT MOUNTED Type KBB-1 Sections Flat Terminals Wire #22 to #14 Type KBA-1 Sections Soiderless Box Lugs Wire #22 to #14 Type KB-1 Sections Pressure Wire Conn. Wire #22 to #14 Type Price Type Price Type Price BB-2P BB-3P* BB-6P* BB-12P* BB-18P* B8-24P* B8-36P* $ 1.00 1.30 2.30 4.20 6.10 8.00 11.90 BA-2P BA-3P* BA-6P* BA-12P* BA-18P* BA-24 P* BA-36 P* $ 1.10 1.50 2.60 4.80 7.00 9.30 13.70 B-2 B-3* B-6* B-12* B-18* B-24* B-36* $ 2.10 2.50 3.70 6.20 8.60 11.10 16.00 CHANNEL MOUNTED Type KBB-1 Sections Flat Terminals Wire #22 to #14 Type KBA-1 Sections Solderless Box Lugs Wire #22 to #14 Type Price Type Price BB-2 BB-3* BB-6* BB-12* BB-18* BB-24* BB-36* $ 2.00 2.40 3.60 5.90 8.30 10.60 15.30 BA-2 BA-3* BA-6* BA-12* BA-18* BA-24* BA-36* $ 2.20 2.70 4.00 6.70 9.40 12.00 17.40 APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS Not for Construction TABLE 1 Type KB-1 and KBB-1 KBA-1 and KBC-1 Dimension B (-406) % (-375) ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Types B, BA and BB -- Channel Mounted See Page 1 91 CHANNEL MOUNTED Dim. A = (Dim. B X N)* -PMs' (or + .938') Mounting Dim. = Dim. A + (or + .312') N = Number of circuits. jfcWhen different sections are intermixed, repeat (Dim. B X N) for each type used and add results. Mounting track has slots for #8 mounting screws. DIRECT MOUNTED Dim. A = (Dim. B X N) * + lsAi" (or + .781') Mounting Dim. = Dim. A -- H/fc' (or --.344') N = Number of circuits . *When different sections are intermixed, repeat (Dim. B X N) for each type used and add results. Terminal block base has slot for #8 mounting screw. SCHEDULE DS-5 DISC0UN PAGE 189 SQD SLV 000324 m . design leadership TERMINAL BLOCKS 600 VOLTS-- CHANNEL MOUNTED TYPE (For Factory Assembled Blocks, See Page 191) Each terminal block consists of: 1--Required number of Type K-- sections. Sections can be Intermixed on same track. CLASS 9080 2--Parts included in Type K-1 assembly kit (and KH-2 kit if Type KE-1, KF-1 or KH-1 used). 3--Required length of mounting track. Description Type Price Each Min. Order Qty. Guide Block Mounting Track Std. Lengths 3%* 6 9% 12% 16% 24% 29% 481 White marking strip -- 50" Length+ t t1828-C22X3 X7 X12 X18 X24 X36 X39 X38 1828-C23-X100 S .15 .30 .40 .55 .70 1.00 1.30 2.00 $ .50 None None Mype KD-1 ''Type KCA-1 MypeXC-l ^End Clamp Adhesive backed marking strip sheet-- 20 strips -- 11ff length..................... End Clamp Assembly MS-1 1828-D57-G1 $2.00 $ .20 None 100 Description Type Price Each Barrier Barrier (For KE-1, KF-1 and KH-1) Barrier -- Used between 300 and 600 Volt Blocks.............................................. 1828-C18-X1 1828-C28-X1 31047-034-01 $ .05 $ .10 $ .15 None Terminal Block Section with Pressure Wire Connectors. Wire #10 and smaller KC-1 5 .37 Guide Blocks O Nylon Plug (Holds in Marking Strip) End Plug (For Types KF-1 and KH-1) Assembly Kit -- Includes: 1828-D62-X1 1828-D71-X1 1828-L20-X1 $ .05 $ .03 $ .05 100 Terminal Block Section with Flat Terminal. Wire #10 and smaller KCB-1 $ .35 KH-1 Min. Order Qty. 50 50 1 -- Barrier No. 1828-C18-X1 2 -- End Clamps No. 1828-D57-G1 K-1 * $1.00 None Terminal Block Section with Soiderless Box Lug. Wire #10 and smaller Terminal Block Section with Solderless Box Lug. Wire #14-4 KCA-1 KD-1 $ .45 50 $ .84 50 Terminal Block Section with Solderless Box Lug. Wire #10-0 KE-1 $ 1.20 None Kit Includes: KH-2 * * $ .15 1 -- Marker Strip End Plug No. 1828-L20-X1 1 -- Barrier No. 1828C28-X1 Separable connector for use with: Types KC-1 KCB-1 and No. of Ckts. 6 12 SC-6 SC-12 mummiType KCA-1 6 SCA-6 12 SCA-12 Jumpers for Use with: Type KCA-1 No. of Ckts. JCA-2 JCA-6 $ 2.10 4.20 None None $ 2.10 4.20 None None $ ao .20 100 50 Fusible Terminal Block Section with Pressure Wire Connector. Wire #10 and smaller KH-1 Terminal Block Section with "Slip-On" Connectors on Both Sides of Block. Wire #18-14 KCS-1 Terminal Block Section with "Slip-On" Connector on One Side of Block and Pressure Wire Connector on the Other. Wire #10 and smaller $ KCPS-1 Terminal Block Section with Tin Plated Terminals for Use with Aluminum Wire. Wire #10 and smaller KCBT-1 $1.50 None f .32 50 $ .35 50 5 .37 50 Terminal Block Section with Disconnect Switch and Flat Terminal. Wire #10 and smaller KF-1 $ 1.55 None Standard package quantity. Orders must specify minimum quantity of 50 or multiple of 50. Bulk packaging of 500 and 1000 also available. Specify on order. ^Includes miscellaneous parts required in assembly of complete terminal block. Individual parts are packaged in convenient kit form for small users who do not require larger bulk quantities of parts listed above. *t* i*See Page 191 for determining length of mounting track required. :k Includes parts required in addition to Type K-1 kit when Type KE-1 or KH-1 sections used. End plug used only on KF-1 and KH-1. Price does not include fuses. Will accept any dia. by 1%' long ferrule type fuse. Block has 600 volt clearances. OWhen terminal block length exceeds 12 inches, guide blocks maintain terminal block rigidity. Should be used every 7-9 inches of length. + Must be cut to length required for number of circuits on block. JfFor use with .250 inch wide "Slip-On" receptacles such as Burndy's "Fingrip" or Amp's "Fastons". In general, commercially available receptacles accept #18-14 wire. Receptacles not furnished by Square D Company. _ ^ A30 circuit when used with Type KCA-1 and 20 circuit with KH-1, KE-1 or KF-1. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED -- See Page 191. PAGE 190 SQD SLV design leadership TERMINAL BLOCKS ASSEMBLED TERMINAL BLOCKS -- 600 VOLT CHANNEL MOUNTED TYPE For Power or Control Circuits ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1. Class and Type number or part number. $ 0 2. Specify quantity. Prices apply only when minimum quantities shown are equalled or exceeded. CLASS 9080 # *r 1^ } 3 z Terminal Block With Pressure Wire Connectors Terminal Block With Flat Terminals Terminal Block With Solderless Box Lugs Terminal Block With Solderless Box Lugs (Type KC-1 Sections) (type KCB-1 Sections) (Type KCA-1 Sections) Type KD-1 Sections) Wire #10 and Smaller Wire #10 and Smaller Wire # 10 and Smaller Wire #14-4 Type Price Type Price Type Price Type Price 2 C-2 $ 2.00 3 C-3* 2.50 4 C-4 2.90 CB-2 CB-3* CB-4# $ 2.00 2.40 2.80 CA-2 CA-3* CA-4# $ 2.10 2.70 3.20 D-2 D-3* D-4* $ 2.90 3.90 4.80 5 C-5 6 C-6* 7 C-7 3.40 3.80 4.30 CB-5 CB-6* CB-7 3.30 3.70 4.10 CA-5 CA-6* CA-7 3.70 4.20 4.70 D-5 D-6 D-7 5.70 6.60 7.50 8 C-8* 9 C-9# 10 C-10 4.70 5.20 5.60 CB-8* CB-9 CB-10* 4.50 5.00 5.40 CA-8# CA-9# CA-10* 5.30 5.80 6.30 D-8 D-9 D-10* 8.50 9.40 10.30 11 C-11 12 C-12* 14 C-14 6.10 6.50 7.40 CB-11 CB-12 CB-14# 5.80 6.30 7.10 CA-11 CA-12* CA-14 6.80 7.30 8.40 D-11 D-12 D-14* 11.20 12.10 14.00 15 C-15 16 C-16* 18 C-18* 7.90 8.30 9.20 CB-15 CB-16 CB-18* 7.60 8.00 8.80 CA-15* CA-16e CA-18* 8.90 9.40 10.50 D-15 D-16 D-18 14.90 15.80 17.70 24 C-24* 11.75 28 C-28 13.70 36 C-36* 17.30 CB-24 CB-28 CB-36 11.40 13.10 16.60 CA-24* CA-28* CA-36* 13.60 15.70 19.80 D-24 D-28 D-36 23.20 26.90 34.20 Terminal Block With Solderless Box Lugs (Type KE-1 Sections) Wire #10-0 Type Price E-2 E-3# E-4 $ 3.80 5.10 6.40 E-5 E-6# E-7 7.70 8.90 10.20 E-8 E-9 E-10 11.50 12.80 14.10 E-11 E-12# E-14 15.40 16.70 19.30 E-15 E-16 E-18 20.60 21.80 24.40 E-24 E-28 E-36 32.20 37.30 47.60 Fusible Terminal Block with Pressure Wire Connector (Type KH- 1 Sections) Wire #10 and Smaller Type Price A H-2* H-3 H-4 $ 4.40 6.00 7.60 H-5 H-6* H-7 9.20 10.70 12.30 H-8# H-9 H-10* 13.90 15.50 17.10 H-11 H-12* H-14 18.70 20.30 23.50 H-15 H-16* H-180 25.10 26.60 29.80 H-24 H-28 H-36 39.40 45.70 58.40 Standard stock item. APrice does not include fuses. DIMENSIONS OF CHANNEL MOUNTED TERMINAL BLOCKS APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION TABLE 1 Type KC-1, KCB-1, KCBT-1, KCS-1, KCPS-1 & KD-1 KCA-1 KE-1, KF-1 & KH-1 Dimen sion B %" w TABLE 2 Mounting Track Identification 1828-C22-X3 1828-C22-X7 1828-C22-X12 1828-C22-X18 1828-C22-X24 1828-C22-X36 1828-C22-X39 1828-C22-X38 Std. Lengths 3%' 6' 9%' 12%' 16%' 24%' 29%' 48 ' Must be cut to required length. Dimension is 22%2* for Types E, F and H. Dimension is 12V$2# for Type E, F and H. SELECTION OF MOUNTING TRACK AND MOUNTING DIMENSIONS 1. Determine terminal block length dimension A as follows: a. Locate dimension B from table 1 and multiply times the number of sections to be used. Repeat for each type of section to be used and add results. b. Add 1 3/s " to result of step 1 a. to allow for one barrier and two end clamps. This total equals terminal block length dimension A. Track mounting dimen sions may be figured as dimension A less Vt 2. Select mounting track from Table 2 equal to or larger than dimension A. Note: Mounting dimension of factory assembled block may vary slightly from results above due to difference in actual length of track used. PAGE 191 SQD SLV 000326 design leadership TERMINAL BLOCKS CLASS 9080 TERMINAL BLOCK KITS 600 VOLT STUD MOUNTED KIT Description Type Minimum Price Order Qty. Terminal Block Section with Pressure Wire Cbnnector. Wire #10 and STB-2 $ .37 50* Terminal Block Section with Solder less Box Lugs. Wire #14-4................... STB-3 Full Threaded Stud--24" Length *{... Stud for 3 Circuit Block........................ Stud for 4 Circuit Block........................ Stud for 6 Circuit Block........................ Stud for 8 Circuit Block........................ Stud for 10 Circuit Block...................... Stud for 12 Circuit Block...................... Stud for 18 Circuit Block...................... Stud for 24 Circuit Block...................... 121R9003 300-D20-X3 300-D20-X4 300-D20-X6 300-D20- X8 300-D20-X10 300-D20-X12 300-D20-X18 300-D20- X24 .84 1.00 .15 .20 .27 .30 .37 .40 .55 .70 50* None None None None None None None None None White Marking Strip---50" Length^ 1828-D20-X1 Assembly Kit.................. ......................... STB-1 * .50 1.00 None None Standard package quantity. Specify minimum quantity of 50 or multiples of 50. ^Includes miscellaneous parts required in assembly of complete terminal block. Must be cut to length required for number of circuits on block. ASSEMBLED TERMINAL BLOCKS -- 600 VOLTS UNIT CONSTRUCTION TYPE No. of Cir cuits Solderless Box Lugs Wire #8-4 Type Price 2 3 T-3 $5.00 3 6 Solder Lugs Wire #8-4 Type Price T-31 $5.00 Solderless Box Lugs Wire #10-0 Type Price U-3 $7.50 U-32 6.00 Solder Lugs Wire #10-0 Type Price U-31 $6.00 Solder less Box Lugs Wire #6-250 MCM Cable Type Price V-2 $10.00 V-3 12.50 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Order by Class and type number. Class 9080 Type S6 ASSEMBLED TERMINAL BLOCKS 600 VOLT STUD MOUNTED TYPE Number of Circuits 3 6 8 10 12 18 24 Pressure Wire Connector Wire #10 and Smaller Type Price S-3 S-6 S-8 S-10 $ 2.50 3.80 4.70 5.60 S-12 S-18 S-24 6.50 9.20 11.90 Solderless Box Lug Wire #14-4 Type TB-3 TB-6 TB-8 TB-10 TB-12 Price $ 3.90 6.60 8.50 10.30 12.10 DIMENSIONS FOR CLASS 9080 TYPES T-3, T-31 AND U-32 TERMINAL BLOCKS (Type T-3 Terminals Shown) n( -f M M M TIj )i f- 0 0 \_L |M] [M] -------3f--------1 3/,'mt DIMENSIONS FOR CLASS 9080 TYPES U-3, U-31, V-2 AND V-3 TERMINAL BLOCKS (Type U-3 Terminals Shown) [0l 4h1 m |0J 4 4i4' 7' \ ( i Max. No. of Terminals 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DIMENSIONS FOR CLASS 9080 TYPES S AND TB TERMINAL BLOCKS (Types S Terminals Shown) Mtg. Dimension Al 2 2% 3 3/e 4/2 5/e 5% 6% Max. No. of Terminals 10 ;11 .12 13 14 15 16 17 Mtg. Dimension A 7 7% 8/4 8/a 9/2 10/e 10% 11% Max. No. of Terminals 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Mtg. Dimension A 12 12% 13/4 13% 14/2 15/e 15% CLASS 9420 9421 DISCONNECT OPERATING MECHANISMS Operating mechanism kits are available for heavy duty disconnect switches rated 30 to 200 amperes, and for molded case circuit breakers in most frame sizes. They are suitable for In stallation in NEMA 1, 5 or 12 control enclosures and can be furnished with either a flange mounted or door mounted handle. Contact your local Square D Field Office for information on the complete line of operating mechanisms and other enclosure accessories. PAGE 192 'sniEDULE DS-5 DISCOUNT f SQD SLV 000327 design leadership . TOP'CPIMFOR HLAOZCAARTDIOONUSS ENCLOSURES QUICK SELECTOR SHEET FOR FACTORY ASSEMBLED UNITS OR COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED -- Refer to page 1 34. CLASS 8530 NON-COMBINATION STARTERS 25-60 CYCLES 3 POLE 600 VOLTS MAX. Factory Assembled Starter Class 8536 NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 Ratings Volts 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 110 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 208-220 440-550 Max HP 2 3 5 3 m 10 7/2 15 25 15 30 50 50 100 100 200 Melting Al. Type BR-2 CR-7 DR-3 ER-3 FR-1 GR-1 Price $140. 146. 234. 350. 563. 1268. Open Type Starter Class 8536 Melting Al. Type Price BO-2 5 37. CO-3 42. DO-1 74. EO-1 FO-1 GO-1 118. 266. 607. Enclosure Oniy Class 9990 Type CR-11 Price 5 87. CR-11 87. DR-7 126. ER-7 FR-7 GR-7 177. 229. 496. i--CHECK THESE FEATURES Strong lightweight aluminum. Slide and hook mounting -- easiest and fastest. Rugged acme threads are protected. Pilot light -- 1 80 visibility. Push button and selector switch kits -- easy to add in the field. Class I, Groups C, D -- NEMA 7, Class II, Groups E, F, G -- NEMA 9, Weather proof -- NEMA 3, Water tight -- NEMA 4 CLASS 9990 25-60 CYCLES CLASS 8539 COMBINATION STARTER -- 3 POLE 600 VOLTS MAX. Max. HP Vz % 1 V/z 2 3 5 7/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 COMPLETE UNIT Factory Assembled Combination Starter Class 8539 Ratings Type Volts NEMA C/B Size Frame "f* Melting Alloy Bimetallic 208-220 440-550 0 0 EF BR-7 EF BR-8 BAR-7 BAR-8 208-220 440 550 0 0 0 EF BR-9 BAR-9 EF BR-10 BAR-10 EF BR-8 BAR-8 208-220 440-550 0 0 EF BR-9 BAR-9 EF BR-10 BAR-10 208-220 440 550 0 0 0 EF BR-11 BAR-11 EF BR-12 BAR-12 EF BR-10 BAR-10 208-220 440-550 0 0 EF BR-11 BAR-11 EF BR-12 BAR-12 208-220 440-550 0 0 EF BR-11 BAR-11 EF BR-12 BAR-12 208-220 440-550 0 EF CFt-7 CAR-7 EF BR-13 BAR-13 208-220 440-550 EF CR-7 EF CR-9 CAR-7 CAR-9 208-220 440 550 2 EF DR-12 DAR-12 EF CR-14 CAR-14 EF CR-9 CAR-9 208-220 440 550 2 2 2 EF DR-20 DAR-20 EF DR-21 DAR-21 EF DR-21 DAR-21 208-220 440 550 3 2 2 EF ER-10 EAR-10 EF DR-22 DAR-22 EF DR-21 DAR-21 208-220 440-550 3 2 EF ER-10 EAR-10 EF DR-22 DAR-22 208-220 440 550 3 3 3 EF ER-19 EAR-19 EF ER-20 EAR-20 EF ER-20 EAR-20 208-220 440 550 4 3 3 FJ FR-9 FAR-9 EF ER-21 EAR-21 EF ER-20 EAR-20 208-220 440-550 4 3 FJ FR-9 FAR-9 EF ER-21 EAR-21 208-220 440 550 5 4 4 JKL EF EF GR-10 FR-17 FR-17 GAR-10 FAR-17 FAR-17 2Q8-22Q 440 550 5 4 4 JKL FJ EF GR-10 FR-18 FR-17 GAR-10 FAR-18 FAR-17 208-220 440 550 5 4 4 JKL FJ FJ GR-10 FR-18 FR-18 GAR-10 FAR-18 FAR-18 440 5 550 5 JKL FJ GR-19 GR-20 GAR-19 GAR-20 440 5 550 5 440 5 550 5 JKL FJ JKL JKL GR-19 GR-20 GR-19 GR-19 GAR-19 GAR-20 GAR-19 GAR-19 Price $ 224. 248. 224. 248. 248. 224. 248. 224. 248. 248. 224. 248. 224. 248. 228. 248. 228. 2S4. 312. 254. 254. 312. 338. 338. 557. 338. 338. 557. 338. 557. 557. 557. 866. 557. 557. 866. 557. 1843. 866. 866. 1843. 866. 866. 1843. 866. 866. 1843. 1843. 1843. 1843. 1843. 1843. COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY Open Type Starter Class 8536 Unit Circuit Breaker Class 9990 Type Melting BiAlloy metallic Price Magnetic Typet EF3A005 EF3A003 Price Magnetic Type 999315 Price EF3A010 EF3A005 EF3A003 999315 BO-2 BAO-2 $ 37. EF3A010 EF3A005 EF3A025 EF3A010 EF3A005 $ 48. 999315 999315 ) 48. EF3A025 EF3A010 999315 EF3A025 EF3A010 999320 999315 CO-3 BO-2 CAO-3 BAO-2 42. EF3L050 37. EF3A025 999330 999315 CO-3 CAO-3 EF3L050 42. EF3A025 999350 999320 DO-1 CO-3 CO-3 DAO-1 CAO-3 CAO-3 74. EF3L050 42. EF3L050 42. EF3A025 999350 999330 999320 DO-1 DAO-1 EF3H050 74. EF3L050 EF3L050 999370 999340 999330 58. 48. 48. EO-1 DO-1 DO-1 EAO-1 DAO-1 DAO-1 118. 74. 74. EF3A100 EF3H050 EF3L050 58. 999316 48. 999350 48. 999340 58. 48. 48. EO-1 DO-1 EAO-1 DAO-1 118. 74. EF3A100 EF3H050 58. 999316 48. 999350 58. 48. EO-1 EAO-1 118. EF3A100 EF3H050 EF3H050 58. 997317 48. 999370 48. 999350 131. 58. 48. FO-1 EO-1 EO-1 FAO-1 EAO-1 EAO-1 266. 118. 118. FJ3A225 EF3A100 EF3H050 131. 58. 48. 997319 999316 999370 131. 58. 58. FO-1 EO-1 GO-1 FO-1 FO-1 FAO-1 EAO-1 GAO-1 FAO-1 FAO-1 266. 118. 607. 266. 266. FJ3A225 EF3A100 JL3L400 EF3A100 EF3A100 131. 58. 249. 58. 58. 997326 997316 LA3225 997317 997316 131. 131. 249. 131. 131. GO-1 FO-1 FO-1 GAO-1 FAO-1 FAO-1 607. 266. 266. JL3L400 FJ3A225 EF3A100 249. 131. 58. LA3300 997318 997317 249. 131. 131. GO-1 FO-1 FO-1 GAO-1 FAO-1 FAO-1 607. 266. 266. JL3L400 FJ3A225 FJ3A225 249. 131. 131. LA3400 997326 997318 249. 131. 131. GO-1 GAO-1 607. JL3L400 JL3L400 JL3L400 JL3L400 249. 131. 249. 131. LA3250 LA3200 LA3300 LA3225 249. 249. 249. 249. JL3L400 JL3L400 249. 249. LA3400 LA3300 249. 249. Enclosure Only Class 9990 Type Price CR-2 $ 138. CR-2 CR-2 138. 138. -- CR-2 DR-1 CR-2 --CR-2 138. 173. 138. 138. DR-1 173. ER-1 DR-1 DR-1 ER-1 DR-1 315. 173. 173. 315. 173. ER-1 315. FR-1 ER-1 ER-1 FR-1 ER-1 GR-1 FR-1 FR-1 GR-1 FR-1 FR-1 GR-1 FR-1 FR-1 374. 315. 315. 374. 315. 749. 374. 374. 749. 374. 374. 749. 374. 374. 749. 1* Assembled combination starters furnished with adjustable magnetic type circuit breaker as standard. For thermal magnetic add Form Y50 to type number. PAGE 193 SQD SLV 000328 design leadership SPIN TOP ENCLOSURES SIBTM1 CLASS 9990 QUICK SELECTOR SHEET FOR FACTORY ASSEMBLED UNITS OR COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY Frame E (ML) F (ML-1) CIRCUIT BREAKER--3 POLE Assembled Circuit Breaker Class 9990 Enclosure Only Class 9990 Trip Amps. Thermal Magnetic Magnetic Inst. Trip Price Type Price 15-50 CR-93 70-100* CR-97 CR-94 CR-98 $118. 131. CR-9 $ 87. 15-50 CR-103 70-100 CR-107 CR-104 CR-108 143. 157. CR-9 87. LINE COUPLER Permits easy and safe removal of equipment without having to disconnect feeder. Fully insulated for complete safety. Can be added in the field. Amp. Rating Wire Sizes Circuit Breaker Typo Price I.T.E. F-Frame K-18 $ 16. 50 #14 to #4 Sq. D F-Frame (ML-1) K-19 16. I.T.E. EF-Frame K-21 16. J (ML-3) 125-225 ER-173 ER-174 374. ER-17 LA 125-400C ER-177 ER-178 606. FR-17 MAA 400-600 GR-173 GR-174 884. GR-17 A Rear connection studs and lugs are furnished on line end of C/B. Maximum size of conduit opening -- 1 Y*"CMaximum size of conduit opening -- 2J^<r. 229. 315. 496. THIRD OVERLOAD RELAY INSTALLS IN STANDARD ENCLOSURE All you need is the 3rd overload kit; Size 0 and 1 / Size 2 Size 3 Type Price Type Price Type Price Melting Alloy. K-1 $12. K-3 $14. K-5 $20. Bimetallic. . . . K-2 12. K-4 14. K-6 20. FACTORY MODIFICATIONS COMPLETE UNIT ADDITIONS AND SPECIAL FEATURES Form Letter Sizes 0&1 Size 2 Price Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Separate control circuit (specify volts A frequency). . . . Additional elec, interlocks, ea. . . Control transformer with 550, 440, or 220 volt pri. and 110 volt sec. 60 cycle without fuse.................... Third overload relay, with htr......... "Start-Stop" push button............... "Hand-Off-Auto" sel. sw................ Red pilot light...................................... Green pilot light.................................. Amber pilot light................................ Prov. only for one pilot light......... for field inst................................... Prov. only for two pilot lights, for field inst.................................... Drain and breather installed......... Function identification plate.......... S X T J2 A C PI P2 P3 Y72 Y73 Y41 N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. $ 11. $ 11. $ 11. $ 11. $ U. 31. 52. 73. 93. 107. 4. 4. 4. 4. 40. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 22. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 27. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. ACCESSORY KITS -- FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY Device Class Type Price "Start-Stop" push button.................................... "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch.................... PILOT LIGHT KIT: 110 V./60 C. full voltage..................................... 220 V./60 C. w/transformer 220/110............ 440 V./60 C. w/transformer 440/110............ 550 V./60 C. w/transformer 550/110............ 9990 9990 9001 9001 9001 9001 A C PO-1 PO-3 PO-4 PO-5 $ 15. 13. 15. 17. 17. 17. Part Number Drain -- Yi"......................................................... Breather -- Yz*................................................... ADrain or Breather -- Yz"................................ Silicone Thread Grease (2 oz. Tube)......... 9904W28 9904W48 9904W51 615R19 $ 3. 3. 3. 2. Pi lot lights require tapped hole in collar section (not furnished as standard) -- See table at left for Form Letter and Price Addition. Add letter for lens color: R -- Red G -- Green A -- Amber B -- Blue W -- White AUniversal Type -- For Class I, Group D only. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS -- NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1" r ir 13" ER-17 CR-2 CR-9 CR-I1 DR-1 DR-7 ER-l ER-7 FR-17 FR-1 FR-7 GR-1 GR-7 GR-17 A 10y4 ioy, 1044 1244 i2y4 1544 i5y. 1544 1544 1544 20% 20% 2oy4 B 25H im 25% 31Ms 31Ms 3G*/s 36y, 27* Ms 4244 4244 5744s 5744s 37*/, C 14% 1415/U 1344. 16W 14*44. 20 1814. 20 20 18;As 2644s 23*5/i6 2644. D 5% sy. 5% 5y4 5y4 5y4 544 544 5y4 5M 7 7 7 F2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 G 1J4 iy< 144 144 144 244 244 244 244 244 4 4 4 H m 144 144 144 144 2Yi 244 244 244 244 7 2 7 1044 1044 1144 1144 2 19 19 25 25 10 K 4*/is 444s 4`/i 544 W2 944s 944s 9Ms 944. 9Ms 1044s 1044s 1044s L 344 3% 3% 344. 344. 3*Ms 3*446 3`Ms 3**/is 3**/l6 644 644 6% M IVt 2yB 2y 24s 244 2*446 2`Ms 2*446 2**/is 2>*/is 444 444 4*/s N m 744 m m 8y. lOVi 10% 10*4 1044 10% 1344 1344 1344 P 2 2 2 244 244 6 6 6 6 6 7 R w Vis 44. Ms Ms Ms Ms Ms Ms Ms 1 7 10 11 S 9*/s 9% 9W 9*/, 9*/s 9*/s 944 9*/s 944 9*/s 17 17 17 T y. y. 44 */s ys 44 % Vt 44 */s M ys y> This pad is not available on this enclosure. PAGE 194 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT 4 i 4 SQD SLV 000329 design leadership CONTACT PARTS KITS & MAGNET COILS AC Magnet Coil Equipment to Be Serviced TYPE 5 NEMA Size Type No. of Poles O & 1 SB & SC 1-5 2 SD 1-3 2 SD 4-5 24 Volts 60 Cycles 31041-400-20 31063-409-16 31063-400-16 AC MAGNET COILS FOR TYPE S CONTACTORS & STARTERS MAGNET COIL PART NUMBER 110-115 Volts, 60 Cycles 100 Volts, 50 Cycles 120 Volts, 60 Cycles 110 Volts, 50 Cycles 208-220 Volts, 60 Cycles 480 Vqlts, 60 Cycles 440 Volts, 50 Cycles 31041-400-40 31041-400-42 31041-400-49 31041-400-60 31063-409-36 31063-409-38 31063-409-45 31063-409-57 31063-400-36 31063-400-38 31063-400-45 31063-400-57 COILS 600 Volts, 60 Cycles 550 Volts, 50 Cycles 31041-400-62 31063-409-60 31063-400-60 Price $. 9. 9. AC MAGNET COILS FOR AC MAGNETIC CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS Equipment to Be Serviced * Descrip tion or NEMA Size Type Series 24. V. 60 Cy. 110-115 V. 60 Cy. A--(2-6 Pole)............................... All 2I83-S44-Q23A 2183-S44-Q30A BH-, BR-, (2-8 Pole) f............ All "1861-S1-R22B 1861-S1-R29B C-................................................... All 4323-SI-W28A 4323-S1-W35A DO-20, 02, 22, 40 and 42.......... All 2959-S1-W26A 2959-S1-W32B DO-60, 62, 44, 80, 82 and 64.. All 2959-S49-W24A 2959-S49-W30B Relay F--................................................... G-(2-4 Pole)................................. All All 31011-400-37 31021-400-42 31011-400-56 31021-400-62 G-(6 and 8 Pole)......................... All 31021-400-39 31021-400-59 G-<0-4 Pole) with 8501 GD or GE Timer Attachment or GU-44 Universal Pole Attachment............................... AJI 31021-400-39 31021-400-59 P-(l-8 Pole)................................. All 2491-S8-P22B 2491-S8-P29B Timers A-.................................................. B--R~........................................ All All 2959-SI-W26A 1861-S1-R22B 2959-S1-W32B 1861-S1-R29B 00* 00 A--(Reversing)........................... A--(Non-Reversing).................. All B 2183-S44-Q23A 31012-400-23 2183-S44-Q30A 31012-400-42 0 B t........................................ All 1861-S1-R22B 1861-S1-R29B C ............................................ All 2936-S1-C19A 2936-S1-C26B D--................................................... All I707-S1-T13B 1707-S1-T20A 3 E--.......................................... All 1775-S1'U11A 1775-S1-U17B 4 F--(2-4 Pole)............................... C 1775-S1-U1IA I775-S1-U17B 4 F--(5 Pole).................................... C 1775-S1-U17A 5 G--(Vert. Act.)............................. B 2938-S1-F13B *These coils may be used with the following ac magnetic controls: Classes 8501, 8502 8508 (closing coil only), 8536, 8538, 8539, 8547, 8549, 8550, 8606 (run coil), 8650 8651, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8747, 8810, 8811, 8812 and others. Not for 208 volts. Use 4323-S1-W37B..............................................................................$ 3.75 +115/230 volt, 60 cycle, dual voltage coil is 1861-S14-G4........................................... 6.40 AH5/230 volt, 60 cycle, duaf voltage coil is 2936-S2I-G4........................................... 12.00 For 8702 and 8736 only. Magnet Coil Part Number 120 V., 60 Cy. 110 V., 50 Cy. 2183-S44-Q30B 1861-S1-R30A 4323-S1-W35B 2959-S1-W33A 2959-S49-W31A 31011-400-53 31021-400-63 31021-400-60 208-220 V. 60 Cy. 240 V., 60 Cy. 220 V., 50 Cy. 2183-S44-Q33A 1861-S1-R32B 4323-Sl-W38At 2959-S1-W35B 2959-S49-W33B 31011-400-65 31021-400-70 31021-400-67 2183-S44-Q33B 1861-S1-R33A 4323-S1-W38B 2959-S1-W36A 2959-S49-W34A 31011-400-67 31021-400-72 31021-400-69 480 V., 60 Cy. 440 V., 50 Cy. 2183-S44-Q36B 1861-S1-R36A 4323-S1-W41B 2959-S1-W39A 2959-S49-W37A 600 V., 60 Cy. 550 V., 50 Cy. 2183-S44-Q37B 1861-SI-R37A 2959-S1-W40A 2959-S49-W38A 31021-400-60 2491-S8-P30A 2959-S1-W33A 1861-S1-R30A 2183-S44-Q30B 31012-400-43 1861-S1-R30A 2936-S1-C27A 1707-S1-T21 1775-S1-U18A 1775-S1-U18A 1775-S1-U17B 2938-S1-F14A 31021-400-67 2491-S8-P32B 2959-S1-W35B 1861-S1-R32B 2183-S44-Q33A 31012-400-50 1861-S1-R32B 2936-S1-C29B 1707-S1-T23A 1775-SI-U20B 1775-S1-U20B 1775-SI-U20A 2938-S1-F16B 31021-400-69 2491-S8-P33A 2959-S1-W36A 1861-S1-R33A 2183-S44-Q33B 31012-400-52 1861-SI-R33A 2936-S1-C30A 1707-S1-T24 I775-S1-U21A 1775-S1-U21A 1775-S1-U20B 2938-S1-F17A 2491-S8-P36A 2959-S1-W39A 1861-S X-R36A 2183-S44-Q36B 31012-400-61 1861-S1-R36A 2936-S1-C33A 1707-S1-T26B I775-SI-U24A 1775-S1-U24A 1775-S1-U23B 2938-S1-F20A 2491-S8-P37A 2959-S1-W40A 1861-SI-R37A 2183-S44-Q37B 31012-400-65 1861-S 1-R37A 2936-S1-C34A 1707-S1-T27B I775-SI-U25A 1775-S1-U25A 1775-SI-U24B 2938-S1-F21A ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Part Number, Voltaqe. and Frequency of Maqnet Coils. Price S 5. 6. 3.76 8. 8. 4. 6. 6. 6. 7.80 8. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 12. 12. 12. 21. Equipment to Be Serviced Class Magnetic Starters & Contactors 8502 8536 8538 8539 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 TYPE 5 CONTACT PARTS KITS FOR TYPE S CONTACTORS & STARTERS CLASS 9998 NEMA Size 0 0 O&1 1 1 2 2 2 O, 1, 2 O, 1, 2 Description of Contact Kit No. of Poles in Kit Replacement contacts and springs for 3 pole devices................................................................................. Replacement contacts and springs for 4 pole devices................................................................................. 3 4 Replacement contacts and springs for the power pole adder, same parts for N.O. or N.C. 1 Replacement contacts and springs for 3 pole devices................................................................................. 3 Replacement contacts and springs for 4 pole devices.................................................................................. 4 Replacement contacts and springs for 3 pole devices................................................................................. Replacement contacts and springs for 4 pole devices................................................................................. 3 4 Replacement contacts and springs for the power pole adder, same parts for N.O. or N.C. 1 Replacement contact unit for melting alloy type overload relay. Standard N.C. contacts.................................... Replacement contact unit for melting alloy type overload relay. N.O. alarm circuit contacts in addition to standard N.C. contacts............................................................................................................................................................. Class 9998 Parts Kit Type No. SL-2 SL-12 SL-22 SL-3 SL-13 SL-4 SL-14 SL-24 SO-1 SO-2 Price $ e. 8. 3. 8. u. 18. 24. 6. 3. 7, scurnuiL ds-14 ijiscount PAGE 195 SQD SLV 000330 . . design leadership PARTS KITS FOR MOTOR CONTROL CONTACT PARTS KITS CLASS 9998 Class 9998 contact parts kits are available for servicing the more commonly used Square D relays, contactors, starters, manual compensators, and pressure, vacuum, and float switches. Each kit contains the necessary movable and stationary contacts, contact springs, and additional hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it may be necessary to order an additional kit. FOR STARTERS, CONTACTORS, AND RELAYS Class Equipment to Be Serviced Type No. of Class Poles 9998 NEMA Parts Kit Price Size Kit Type No. Each Class Equipment to Be Serviced Type No. of Class Poles 9998 rdi r\u Price Size Kit Type No. Each 2205 2605 Manual Compensator 14 Contact Compensator (1 Kit required) 28 Contact Compensator 2510 B-.................................................. '................. C-...................................................1................. Push Button Type W5, W6, W16, W17, W23, W26, W27, W30, W32, W42, W43, W44, W45, W47, W50, W56, W58, W60 and W62.............. W10, WIT, W20, W21, W25, W29, W31, W33, W36, W37, W38, W39, W49, W51, W57, W59, W61 and W63........................... 2510 Manual Starters Toggle Type R-...................................................................... S-.......................................................... A- Q- (10 A. Relay)............................ BH-, B-, R- (15 A.'Relay).................... BH-, B-, R-.......................................... Magnetic Relays 7001 7008 8501 8508 100-02, 20, 22; DDO & DEO-20, 22.... DO-40, 42; DDO & DEO-40, 42............. 00-60, 80, 44, 62................................. DO-64, 82.............................................. GO-20, 11, 02 (10 A., 300 V. Relay)* GO-30, 21, 12, 03*...................................... GO-40, 31, 22, 13, 04*............................... GO-60, 51, 42, 33, 24, 15, 06*................ GO-80, 71, 62, 53; 44; 35| 26, 17, 08*.. 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 PD-1 2 BA-22 3 BA-21 3 BA-23 2 CA-22 3 CA-21 3 CA-23 $17. 6. 6. 7. 7. 7. 9. RA-21 6. SA-21 3 RA-22 3 sA-22 7. 6. 7. 3 QA-81A 6. 3 RA-81A 4 RA-82 3 RA-83 6. 76.. RA-84 2.60 RA-85 7. RA-86 9. RA-87 11: GG-2 6. GG-3 6. GG-4 7. GG-6 9. GG-8 11. Magnetic Starters & Contactors 7010 8606 7032 8630 7033 8640 7702 8650 7732 8651 8502 8702 8504 8736 8508 8738 8536 8739 8537 8747 8538 8750 8539 8810 8541 8811 8547 8812 8549 8920 8550 8940 A-(Series B)................................. ........ .. ..............................................i........... B-(Series A).............................................. B-(Series A)............................................. B-(Pre-Series A), R-.-............................. B-(Pre-Series A), R-............................... C-(Series A).............................................. C-(Series A)............................................. C-(Pre-Series A), S~............................... C-(Pre-Series A) S-................................ D-, T-........................................................ D-, T-........................................................ E-, U-........................................................ E-, U-......................................................... F- (Series A, B)....................................... F-(Series C).............................................. G-(Vertical Action)................................... 00 00 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 3 AA-81 1 8. 3 QA-81A 6. 3 BA-81A 6. 4 BA-82 7. 3 RA-81A 6. 4 RA-82 7. 3 CA-81A 8. 4 CA-82 11. 3 SA-81A 8. 4 SA-82 11. 3 TA-81A 18. 4 TA-82 24. 3 UA-81A 89. 4 UA-82 62. 3 FA-81 88. 3 FA-82 69. 3 GA-81 117. Each kit contains the springs for either 2 to 4 pole or 5 to 8 pole devices. + For 8501 DO-22, 0 00-22 or DEO-22, order two RA-84 kits.' 4= Kits for Type G, 300 volt, relays consist of 2 complete stationary contact block assemblies and one complete movable contact carrier assembly. For 8702 and 8736 devices only. AStandard Packaging Quantity -- 20. CONTACT PARTS KIT FOR HI DIVISION MAGNET AND MOTOR CONTROL AND PUMP CONTROL HI DIVISION MAGNET AND MOTOR CONTROL FOR PRESSURE, FLOAT AND VACUUM SWITCHES Class Equipment to Be Serviced Type NEMA Size No. of Poles in Kit Clast 9998 Parts Kit Type No. Price Each 1315 Magnet Controllers AD-01 through AD-04 (2-19 amperes)........... AD-13 through AD-16 (19-130 amperes)... . A MA-1 $ 10. A MA-2 9. 8110 8198 DO-7 through DO-IO High Voltage (Basic contactors for Contactors Class 8198 Type C & and Starters S starters).................... H3 3 LA-1 48. Magnetic Starters and Contactors 8502 8640 8536 8702 8539 8736 8547 8810 8606 8820 8630 8822 H (Series A).................... J (Series A)..................... K (Series A)..................... 6 7 8 3 HA-81 130. 3 JA-81 210. 3 KA-81 336. Class 9013 * 9016 9017 9036* 9013 9036 9037 9013 9036 9037 9044 9048 9213 9017 9237 9016 9013 9013 9013 9013 9013 Equipment to be Serviced Type ASG, ALG, AMG, BSG, AHG, ALR, AMR, AHR, ASR, A, AH, AK, AL, AM, AR, V, VR, AK5, AK6 ASG, ASR ASG, AHG AG-5, BKG, A, AK GSG, GHG GG GG FSG Manufactured Prior to July 1, 1965 FG-1 HG-1 A 2, HSG, HFG ESG, A A, AR, AW DSG, DHG, A, AH, AH-3, G, GH, GH-3 BSG, BHG CG, FA-3 GVG JSG FYG HSG HHG FSG Manufactured After June 30, 1965 Clan 9998 Type PC-1 Two Pole Only PC-2 PC-3 PC-4 PC-5 PC-6 PC-7 PC-8 PC-9 PC-10 Price $ 3.15 3.00 2.75 3.00 5.20 2.50 3.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 Each Kit contains complete set of parts to change contacts on both "Lift" and "Drop" contactors. PC-1 Kit is only for two pole devices with date code letter H to X or with numercial date code i.e. 149 (1st Quarter, 1949). PAGE 196 D t : i.' i l /A , If A > w design leadership. TYPE 5 -USER MODIFICATION KITS CLASS FOR SIZE 1 AND 2, TYPE SB, SC AND SD CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 9999 Kit Description J Type No. j Price ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKS External Electrical Interlock with 1 N.O. contact, L.H. or R.H. mounting............................... External Electrical Interlock with 1 N.C. contact, L.H. or R.H. mounting................................ External Electrical Interlock with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. isolated contacts, L.H. or R.H. SX-6 SX-7 SX-8 $ 6. 6. 8. External Electrical Interlock with 1 N.O. overlapping contact, L.H. or R.H. mounting *.. External Electrical Interlock with 1 N.C. overlapping contact, L.H. or R.H. mounting*. . SX-9 SX-10 6. 6. Internal Electrical Interlock with 1 N.O. contact, upper L.H. or lower R.H. mounting.. . . Internal Electrical Interlock with 1 N.C. contact, upper L.H. or lower R.H. mounting. . . SX-11 SX-12 6. 6. *Types SX-9 and SX-10 must be used together and are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a normally open interlock to overlap a normally closed interlock contact. THIRD OVERLOAD RELAY Third overload relay kit used to convert starter with two overload relays to starter with three overload relays. (Price includes thermal unit)...................................................................... MECHANICALLY OPERATED TIMER SJ-12 i 4. Mechanically operated pneumatic timer, time delay after de-energization (off delay) .... Mechanically operated pneumatic timer, time delay after energization (on delay)............... SK-3 SK-4 $ 36. 36. POWER POLE ADDER NEMA Size One normally open power pole adder.............................................................................. 0, 1 2 SB-6 SB-11 $ 11. 20. One normally closed power pole adder........................................................................... 0, 1 2 SB-7 SB-12 11. 20. One normally open and one normally closed power pole adder.......................... 0, 1 2 SB-8 SB-13 22. 40. Two normally open power pole adder................................. ............................................ 0,1 2 SB-9 SB-14 22. 40. Two normally closed power pole adder.......................................................................... 0, 1 2 SB-10 SB-15 COVER MOUNTED CONTROL UNITS FOR NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE Selector Switch HAND-OFF-AUTO................................................................................ 0, 1, 2 0, 1, 2 0, 1, 2 SA-2 SC-2 SC-22 22. 40. $ 8. 8. 8. Red pilot light kit for standard slip-on cover enclosure (Class 8502 or 8536), for any voltage thru 600 volts, 50 or 60 cycles............................................................. 0, 1 2 SP-2R SP-3R 15. 15. Red pilot light kit for hinge cover enclosure (Class 8502 Form FT, Class 8536 Form FT & Class 8538) for any voltage thru 600 volts, 50 or 60 cycles............ 0, 1 2 FUSE BLOCK KIT FOR COMBINATION STARTERS Fuse block kit to convert disconnect switch in Class 8538 combination starter from non-fusible to fusible. Does not include fuse clips. (Order fuse clip kit kit from page 199.).............................................................................................................. 0, 1 2 SP-12R SP-13R SF-1 SF-2 15. 15. $ 3.50 4.25 MECHANICAL INTERLOCK The following kits consist of the mechanical interlock and base assembly for interlocking 2-5 pole contactors. Mechanical interlocks for horizontal and vertical arrangement are listed in various pole arramgements. NEMA Size Type SM-6 for size 2 4 POLE 5 POLE 4 POLE 5 POLE Horizontal Type SM-3 for size 0 or 1 Type SM-8 for size 2 4 POLE 2 POLE 5 POLE - 3 POLE Horizontal Type SM-2 for size 0 or 1 Type SM-7 for size 2 Vertical Type SM-2 for size 0 or 1 Type SM-10 for size 2 2 POLE 3 POLE 4 POLE 5 POLE 2 POLE 3 POLE 4 POLE 5 POLE Vertical Type SM-4 for size 0 or 1 Type SM-9 for size 2 Vertical Type SM-5 for size 0 or 1 OVERLOAD RELAY MOUNTING BRACKET 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 0, 1 2 2 2 2 2 ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED 1--Class and Type Number of Kit. ----------------------- SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT------------------------ SM-1 SM-2 SM-3 SM-4 SM-5 $ 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. SM-6 SM-7 SM-8 SM-9 SM-10 4. SO-11 SO-12 18. 18. 18. 18. 18. $ i. 3. -- PAGE 197 SQD SLV 000332 design leadership ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK KITS CLASS 9999 NEMA Size 0 Device Type No. B (Series A) c (Series) A&B D F 4 F 4 (Series A d B) 5G (Series B) FOR ADDITION TO AC MAGNETIC CONTACTORS, STARTERS, AND PNEUMATIC TIMERS Type of Mounting Contact Arrangement* Location Kit Type No. Price 1--N. 0. 1--N. C. 1--N. O., 1 --N. C. L. H. or R. H. BC-1 A $ s. BC-2 A 6. BC-3 A 8. Base Mounted Long Terminal KB Unit Side Mounted Long Terminal KB Unit Side Mounted Base Mounted Base Mounted 1--N. O. 1--N. 0. 1 -- N. C. 1--N. O. 1--N. C. 1-- N. 0., 1-- N.C. 1--N. 0. 1 --N. 0. 1--N. C. 1 --N. C. 1--N. O., 1 --N. C. 1--N. 0., 1--N. C. 1--N. 0. 1--N. 0. 1--N. C. 1--N. 0. 1--N. C. 1--N. 0., 1 --N. C. t--N. 0. 1--N. 0. 1--N. C. C. 1 --N. 0., 1 --N. C. 1 --N. 0., 1--N. C. 1 --N. 0. 1--N. 0. 1--N. 0. 1--N. C. 1--N. C. 1 --N. C. 1--N. 0., 1 -- N. C. 1--N. O., 1--N. C. (Overlapping G) 1--N. 0. 1--N. 0. 1 --N. 0. 1--N. C. 1--N. C. 1--N. C. 1--N. O., 1--N. C. R. H. L. H. R. H. Center L. H. R. H. or L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. Center L. H. R. H. or L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. L. H. R. H. L. H. Center R. H. L. H. Center Any R. H. and Center R. H. L. H. Center R. H. L. H. Center Any DT-1 DT-2 DT-3 DT-4 DT-9 DT-12 DT-5 DT-6 DT-7 DT-8 DT-10 DT-11 EU-1 EU-2 EU-3 EU-4 EU-9 EU-12 EU-5 EU-6 EU-7 EU-8 EU-10 EU-11 F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-15 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 6. 8. 6. 8. 6. 8. 6. 8. 6. 8. 12. 6. 8. Class 9050 Timer Types Type of Mounting Contact Arrangement Typo Price "f Parts required to add Type BO snap switch interlock to f Parts required to add Type BO snap switch interlock to Parts required to change Type C, dc timer from time de lay after de-energ ization to time delay after energization.. Parts required to change Type C, dc timer from time de lay after energization to time delay after de-energization.. Front 1--N. 0., 1--N. C. 1 -- N. 0., 1--N. C. R-4 R-5 K-5 K-6 $ 5. 5. 1.50 1, Double oircuit interlocks (1-N.O., 1-N.C.) must be used on same polarity. *f"A total of 2-double circuit interlocks may be mounted on a Class 9050 Type B or C timer. For each double circuit interlock required, order either an R-4 or R-5 parts kit. For 2 pole or 3 pole starters only. Consult factory for 4 pole starters. CType F-18 interlock kit contains two separate interlock blocks, one normally open and one noramlly closed, which when used together have overlapping contacts. The normally open block occupies the right-hand base position and the normally closed block occupies the center position directly to the left. AStandard packaging quantity -- 20. To convert one N. O. pole to N. C> on Size 1, Type C, Series A or B, Use Type K-l Series A Kit ... $ 2.75 To convert one N. O. pole to N. C. on Size 0, Type Br Series A, Use Type K-7 Kit.................................. 2.7S DISCONNECT SWITCH and CIRCUIT BREAKER INTERLOCK KITS The interlock kits listed below are available for field installation on Class 8538 and 8539 combination starters (including the type S) that use the flanged mounted operating handle mechanism. Starter Class Starter Size Square D Circuit Breaker Frame Size Single Pole Interlock Typo Price Double Pole Interlock Type Price 8538 0, 1, and 2 R-6 $ 7.50 R-7 5 14.50 8538 3 and 4 R-8 8.50 R-9 16.00 8539 0, 1, 2, and 3 E and F R-14$ 7.50 R-15$ 14.50 8539 3 and 4 J rfcFor Class 8539 Type B, C, D & E devices only. R-16 8.50 R-17 16.00 PAGE 198 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT Packaging of Electrical Interlocks Size 0 Starter with Side Mounted Interlocks Installed Timer with Two Interlocks Front Mounted Disconnect Electrical Interlock Installed on Disconnect Switch ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Class and Type number. & design leadership . . . USER MODIFICATION KITS & FUSE CLIP KITS PUSH BUTTON, SELECTOR SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHT KITS Gass 9999 push button, selector switch, and pilot light kits are available for quick and easy addition to NEMA 1 enclosed Class 8502, 8536, 8538 and 8539 devices which are in current production or for older devices which have knockouts provided in the cover for such accessories. Pilot Light Kits are also available for NEMA 1 enclosed Class 2510 Types B and C manual starters (2 and 3 pole devices only). PILOT LIGHT KITS 25-60 CYCLES NEMA Size Device Type No. Volts Kit Type No. Size 00 Starter with Pilot Light and Push Button Kits Installed 00 *A (Series B). 0, T, 2, 3, 4, 5 B, C, D, E, F, G 2510 Types BG and GG (2 and 3 pole only) Sizes 0 and 1 only 110/120 208/240 440.600 110/120 208 /240 440/600 110/120 208/240 440/600 PL-7 PL-2 i PL-3 PL-4 PL-5 PL-6 PL-7 PL-8 PL-9 CLASS 9999 Price $ 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Class 9999 Type PL Pilot Light Kit for Size 00 Starter PUSH BUTTON and SELECTOR SWITCH KITS NEMA Size Device Type No. Description Kit Type No. 00 A "Start-Stop" momentary contact push button................... A (Series B) "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch............................................ SC-1 0 or 1 2 or 3 B or C D or E "Start-Stop" momentary contact push button................... "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch............................................ "Start-Stop" momentary contact push button................... "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch............................................ A-1 A C-1 A A-2 C-2 4 F "Start-Stop" momentary contact push button................... A-4 "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch............................................ C-4 5 G Use Class 9001 Type T oil-tight uuits................................... A Standard packaging quantity -- 20. Price $ 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED Class and Type number. FUSE CLIP KITS Disconnect switches for fusible Class 8538 and Class 8738 combination starters (inluding the Type S) with flange mounted operating mechanisms have interchangeable fuse clips. The spacing of the fuse clips can be changed from 250 volt fuse spacing to 600 volt fuse spacing or vice versa and the size of the fuse clips can be changed by the use of a kit. The kit contains six fuse clip assem blies and necessary hardware required for conversion. The fusible horsepower rating can thus be changed easily, affording greater flexibility with a minimum stock of parts. CLASS 9999 FUSE CLIP KITS 9999 NEMA Starter Size 0 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 Dis connect Ampere Rating 30 30 30 60 60 60 100 100 100 200 200 NEMA Cla ss H Fuses Fuse Clip Ratings--Amps. 250 V. Max. 600 V. Max. Type 0-30 31-60 0-30 0-30 31-60 SI S2 S2 S3 31-60 61-100 0-30 31-60 61-100 S2 S3 S4 61-100 101-200 31-60 61-100 101-200 S3 S4 S5 101-200 201-400 101-200 201-400 S5 S6 Price $ 0.80 1.50 1.50 2.75 1.50 2.75 10.20 2.75 10.20 18.90 18.90 46.00 NE VIA Class J Fuses Fuse Clip Rating Amps. 600 V. Max. Type i Price 0-30 0-30 31-60 0-30 31-60 61-100 31-60 61-100 101-200 101-200 ......... V . SJ-2 SJ-2 SJ-3 SJ-2 SJ-3 SJ-4 SJ-3 SJ-4 SJ-5 ...S.J..-5... $6.25 6.25 7.50 6.25 7.50 12.25 7.50 12.25 18.90 18.90 I ORDERING INFORMATION REQUIRED: Class and Type Number of Fuse Clip Kits. SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 199 SQD SLV 000334 design leadership OVERLOAD RELAY THERMAL UNITS INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF TABLES To select thermal units for most applications: 1. Determine rated full load current from the motor nameplate or from the motor manufacturer. (Use of approximate values is not recommended.) 2. Locate the proper selection table based on the Class, Type and Size of equipment Involved. 3. The proper thermal unit number will be found adjacent to the range of full load currents in which the rated motor current falls. Standard tables apply for continuous duty, open type motors, and others having a service factor of 1.15 or higher, and for the usual installation in which the motor and the controller operate in the same ambient temperature. Standard selections will trip at 125 % of motor full load current, or less, under sustained operation in an am bient temperature of 40 C (104 F). For other motors such as totally enclosed fan cooled, explosionproof, intermittent duty, etc., which have a service factor of 1.0, or for installations in which the motor operates in an ambient temper ature different from that of the controller, refer to Table A below. TABLE A - SELECTION OF THERMAL UNITS FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS Motor Service Factor 1.15 or Higher Type of Motor Continuous duty, open type (drip-proof, etc.), with rated tem perature rise of 40 or 60 C * Ambient Temperature of Motor Same as Controller (Normal Condition) Select directly from table. Ambient Temperature of Motor 12 C (22 F) Higher Than ContrQller * Use one size smaller than shown in table. Ambient Temperature of Motor 12 C (22 F) Lower Than Controller Use one size larger than shown in table. ' 1.0 Continuous duty, totally enclosed (TENV, TEFC, etc.), with rated temperature rise of 50, 55, 70, or 75 C * Use one size smaller than shown in table. Use two sizes smaller than shown in table. Select directly from table. * Motors built after 1964 may not show a temperature rise rating on nameplate -- use service factor as basis for thermal unit selection. MELTING ALLOY THERMAL UNITS TABLE 1 -- MANUAL STARTERS Class For Use With Type Size Motor Full Load Current Thermai Unit Number 0.38-0.42 0.43 - 0.46 0.47-0.50 W 0.47 W 0.54 W 0.59 (All) 0.51 -0.56 0.57-0.63 0.04 - 0.69 0.70-0.77 W 0.65 W 0.71 W 0.80 W 0.87 2S10 2511 2512 B, C A Series A M-0 M-1 M-1P 0.32-0.36 0.37-0.41 0.42-0.46 0.47-0.52 0.53-0.59 0.60-0.67 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 0.68-0.77 0.78 - 0.85 0.86-0.93 0.94- 1.03 B 0.92 B 1.03 B l'.16 B 1.30 0.36-0.39 0.40-0.42 0.43-0.47 GF 0.44 GF 0.49 GF 0.53 2510 R, S A No Series M-0 M-1 M-1 P 0.48-0.51 0.52-0.56 0.57-0.62 0.63-0.68 6.69-0.75 0.76 - 0.82 GF 0.59 GF 0.65 GF 0 71 GF 0.78 GF 0.86 GF 0.94 0.83-0.91 0.92-1.00 GF 1.03 GF 1.14 AFor group fusing applications refer to instructions below. Motor Full Load Current 0.78-0.86 0.87 - 0.96 0.97-1.07 1.08-1.20 1.21 - 1.34 1.35- 1.49 1.50- 1.69 1.04-1.17 1.18- 1.31 1.32 - 1.46 1.47 - 1.65 1.66 - 1.85 1.86 - 2.12 2.13-2.36 2.37 - 2.65 2.66 - 3.03 3.04-3.48 1.01 - 1.10 1.11 - 1.21 1.22- 1.33 1.34- 1.46 1.47- 1.61 1.62- 1.77 1.78- 1.98 1.99-2.13 2.14-2.23 2:24-2.41 2.42-2.63 Thermal Unit Number W 0.98 W 1.09 W 1.21 W 1.35 W 1.51 W 1.69 W 1.88 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 GF 1.26 GF 1.38 GF 1.55 GF 1.67 GF 1.84 GF 2.02 GF 2.22 GF 2.48 GF 2.67 GF 2.80 GF 3.02 Motor Full Load Current 1.70- 1.84 1.85-2.05 2.06-2.27 2.28 - 2.56 2.57-2.91 2.92-3.30 3.31 -3.69 3.49-4.00 4.01 -4.51 4.52 - 4.96 4.97-5.52 5.53 - 5.87 5.88 - 6.47 6.48-7.23 8.08-8.95 8.96-9.67 2.64-2.74 2.75-2.98 2.99-3.34 3-35-3.71 3.72-4.24 4.25-4.71 4.72-5.35 5.36-5.75 5.76-6.55 6.56-7.43 7.44 - 8.23 Thermal Unit Number W 2.12 W 2.32 W 2.58 W 2.85 W 3.21 W 3.65 W 4.13 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 11.5 B 12.8 GF 3.30 GF 3.44 GF 3.74 GF 4.19 GF 4.65 GF 5.30 GF 5.90 GF 6.70 GF 7.20 GF 8.20 GF 9.30 STANDARD TRIP UNITS Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number 3.70- 4.15 4.16-4.74 4.75-5.29 W 4.62 W 5.20 W 5.94 8.90-9.59 9.60-10.3 10.4-11.9 W 11.1 W 12.0 W 13.0 5.30 - 5.99 6.00-6.49 6.50-7.79 7.80-8.89 W 6.65 W 7.47 W 8.15 W 9.75 12.0-13.3 13.4-15.0 15.1 - 17.5 W 15.0 W 16.7 W 18.9 9.68-10.7 10.8- 12.1 12.2- 13.6 13.7- 15.3 B 14. B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 22.5-24.9 25.0-28.1 B 32. B 36. Size M-1 -- 27 Amo. 17.4- 19.4 B 25. 28.2-31.3 B 40. Size M-0 --- 18 Amo. Max. Full Load Cur. 19.5-22.4 B 28.0 31.4-36.0 B 45. Size M-1 P --- 36 Amo. Max. Full Load Cur. 8.24-9.19 9.20-9.84 9.85- 10.3 GF 10.3 GF 11.5 GF 12.3 20.0-22.3 22.4-24.7 24.8-27.9 GF 25.0 GF 28.0 GF 31.0 10.4 - 11.5 11.6-12.7 12.8-14.3 GF 13.0 GF 14.4 GF 15.9 Size M-1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 14.4- 15.9 16.0- 17.9 18.0-19.9 GF 18.0 GF 20.0 GF 22.5 28.0-30.3 30.4-32.7 32.8-36.0 GF 35.0 GF 38:0 GF 41.0 Size M-0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. Size M-1 P -- 36 Amo. Max. Full Load Cur. OVERLOAD RELAYS FOR GROUP FUSING Section 430-53 of the National Electrical Code allows, with cer tain limitations, the use of more than one motor on a branch circuit protected by a single set of fuses. Class 2510 Type R and S enclosed manual starters are suitable for group fusing if all motors are 2 hp or less. Class 2510 Type C manual starters in NEMA 12 or NEMA 4 stainless steel enclosure may also be group fused, within their maxi mum horsepower ratings. Branch circuit fuses must not be larger than shown in the table at right for the thermal units protecting the smallest motor of the group. For individually fused starters use fuses not larger than 4 times motor full load current. Starter Class 2510 Types RG-1 thru RG-6, SG-1 thru SG-6 Class 2510 Types CA-1 thru CA-4, CW-11 thru CW-14 Thermal Unit GF 0.44 thru GF 3.74 GF 4.19 thru GF 8.20 GF 9.30 thru GF 22.5 B 0.44 thru B 4.15 B 4.85 thru B 15.5 B 17.5 thru B 28.0 B 32. thru B 45. Max. Fuse Size (Amp.) 250 V. 600 V. 60 30 100 30 100 30 30 100 100 150 150 200 200 PAGE 200 < i SQD SLV 000335 design leadership ,eiKt.!e! OVERLOAD RELAY THERMAL UNITS MELTING ALLOY THERMAL UNITS Molting Alloy Type Thermal Unit FOR USE WITH 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS OPERATING UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (FOR 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS USE ONE SIZE SMALLER THAN LISTED) TABLE 2 --AC MAGNETIC STARTERS STANDARD TRIP UNITS For Use With Class Type Size A Series B 8536 Only) 00 B Series A C Series B 0 1 IP 8536 (Starter SB, SC Series A 0, 1 Type S 8998 8999 QMB D 2 SD 2 S E3 F 4 G Series B H Series A J Series A K 5 6* 7* 8* Motor Full Load Current 0.42-0.46 0.47-0.50 0.51 -0.55 0.56-0.62 0.63 - 0.67 0.68-0.73 0.74-0.81 0.29-0.31 0.32-0.35 0.36-0.40 0.41 -0.49 0.50-0.53 0.54-0.61 0.62-0.68 0.69-0.77 0.78 - 0.89 0.90- 1.03 1.04 - 1.09 0.29-0.31 0.32-0.34 0.35 - 0.38 0.39 - 0.45 0.46 - 0.54 0.55 - 0.61 0.62-0.66 0.67-0.73 0.74-0.81 0.82-0.94 0.95-1.05 0.31 - 0.35 0.36 - 0.39 0.40 - 0.44 0.45-0.50 0.51 - 0.58 0.59 - 0.65 0.66-0.73 0.74 0.82 0.83 - 0.92 3.29 - 3.74 3.75-4.23 4.24 - 4.68 4.69 - 5.22 5.23 - 5.67 5.68-6.13 14.4- 15.7 15.8 - 18.6 18.7-21.4 21.5-24.3 43.8-46.3 46.4-50.0 50..1 - 54.6 84.0-91.4 91.5-99.4 99.5- 106. 173.- 190. 191.-217. 286.-325. 326.-368. 340. - 383. 384.- 431. 432.-475. Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 R 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 C 20. C 22. C 26. C 30. CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 DD 112. DD 121. DD 128. B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 Motor Full Load Current 0.82 - 0.89 0.90-0.98 0.99- 1.12 1.13-1.20 1.21 - 1.34 1.35-1.41 1.42 -1.51 1.10- 1.23 1.24- 1.42 1.43-1.64 1.65-1.80 1.81 - 2.05 2.06-2.30 2.31 -2.58 2.59-2.93 2.94-3.32 3.33-3.81 3.82-4.05 1.06-1.22 1.23-1.34 1.35- 1.51 1.52- 1.71 1.72-1.93 1.94-2.14 2.15- 2.40 2.41 -2.72 2.73-3.15 3.16-3.55 3.56-4.00 0.93-1.03 1.04 - 1.19 1.20 - 1.34 1.35-1.50 1.51 - 1.72 1.73 - 1.89 1.90-2.14 2.15-2.36 2.37 - 2.65 6.14-6.91 6.92 - 7.70 7.71 -8.56 8.57 - 9.39 9.40- 10.4 10.5-11.6 24.4 - 28.6 28.7-30.1 30.2-32.2 32.3-36.5 54.7-58.4 58.5-62.6 62.7-68.4 107.-114. 115.-123. 124. - 137. 218.-246. 247.-274. 369.-412. 413.-469. 476. - 533. 534.-615. 616.-687. Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 1.52-1.62 1.63- 1.73 1.74- 1.86 A 1.25 1.87-2.02 A 1.39 2.03 - 2.25 A 1.54 , 2.26-2.46 A 1.63 2.47-2.77 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 4.06-4.40 4.41 - 5.00 5.01 -5.67 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 5.68-6.31 6.32-7.03 7.04-7.74 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 7.75-8.07 8.08-9.19 9.20-9.83 B 4.85 B 5.50 9.84-10.5 10.6-11.3 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 4.01-4.40 4.41 -4.88 4.89-5.19 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 5.20-5.73 5.74-6.39 6.40-7.13 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 7.14-7.90 7.91 - 8.55 8.56-9.53 B 4.85 B 5.50 9.54-10.6 10.7-11.8 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 2.66-2.97 2.98-3.47 3.48-3.94 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 3.95-4.44 4.45-4.94 4.95-5.52 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 5.53 - 5.88 5.89 - 6.52 6.53-7.31 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 11.7- 12.9 13.0- 14.6 14.7-16.5 B 12.8 B 14. B 15.5 16.6-18.5 18.6-21.0 21.1 -23.6 C 34. c 40. c 42. c 45. 36.6-41.5 41.6-47.3 47.4-53.7 53.8-59.4 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 68.5-73.3 73.4-78.9 79.0-84.2 DD 140. DD 150. DD 160. 138.-155. 156.-176. 177. - 189. B 1.67 B 1.88 275.-313. 314.-346. B 1.88 B 2.10 470.-519. 520.-571. B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 688. - 784. 785. - 867. 868.-951. Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 2.78-2.99 3.00-3.26 3.27-3.59 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 3.60-3.9 9 4.00-4.42 4.43-4.61 4.62-5.23 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 11.4-12.5 12.6-13.4 13.5- 15.4 B 19.5 B 22. B 25. B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14. 15.5-17.1 17.2- 18.6 B 28.0 B 32. Size 0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 18.7-21.0 B 36. B 15.5 B 17.5 21.1 -22.7 22.8-24.7 B 40. B 45. B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 11.9 - 13.2 13.3-14.9 15.0-16.6 B 19.5 B 22. B 25. B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14. 16.7-18.9 B 28.0 Size 0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 19.0-21.2 21.3 - 23.0 B 32. B 36. B 15.5 B 17.5 23.1 -25.5 25.6- 27.0 B 40. B 45. B 3.70 6 4.15 B 4.85 7.32-8.21 8.22-9.18 9.19-9.99 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 10.0-11.0 11.1 - 12.4 12.5-13.9 B 14. B 15.5 B 17.5 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 14.0-15.7 15.8-17.8 17.9-20.0 B 19.5 B 22. B 25. 8 17.5 B 19.5 B 22. 23.7-26.3 26.4-29.3 29.4-35.1 B 36. B 40. B 45. B 25. B 28.0 B 32. 35.2-36.1 36.2 - 39.1 39.2-40.7 B 50. B 56. B 62. C 51. C 58. c 66. c 75. 59.5-64.3 64.4- 73.5 73.6-81.3 81.4-90.0 C 83. C 90. c 103. c 114. CC 103. CC 112. CC 121. 84.3-91.9 92.0-99.3 99.4 - 107. CC 132. CC 143. CC 156. DD 185. DD 220. DD 250. B 2.10 B 2.40 190.-214. 215.-229. 230. - 270. 347. - 380. 381.-424. DD 265. DD 300. DD 320. B 2.65 B 3.00 B 2.40 B 2.65 572.-637. 638. - 716. B 3.00 B 3.30 B 2.10 952. - 1064. B 3.00 B 2.40 1065. - 1191. B 3.30 B 2.65 1192. - 1215. B 3.70 Motor Full Load Current 5.24-5.39 5.40-5.88 5.89-6.56 6.57-7.18 7.19-7.80 7.81-9.00 Thermal Unit Number A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 24.8-27.2 B 50. Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 27.3 - 29.9 30.0 - 32.1 33.0 - 36.0 B 56. B 62. B 66. Size IP -- 36 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 20.1 - 22.9 23.0-25.8 25.9 - 28.6 28.7-32.2 32.3 -35.8 35.9 - 40.1 40.2-45.0 B 28.0 B 32. B 36. B 40. B 45. B 50. B 56. 40.8 - 41.9 42.0-45.0 B 66. B 70. 108. - 115. CC 167. 116. - 135. CC 180. 425.-477. 478.-540. 717.-799. 800. - 810. B 3.30 B 3.70 B 3.70 B 4.15 ^-Overload relays operate from secondary of a current transformer. THERMAL UNIT PRICES Price of thermal units is normally included in the price of the controller. However, when thermal units are purchased separately, the prices at right apply. AH standard trip units (except Type W), each........................................................... $1.50 Type W standard trip units, each.................................................................................... 1.00 Type FB quick trip units, each........................................................................................ 1.50 Type JB stow trip units, each........................................................................................... 4.00 SCHEDULE DS-1 DISCOUNT PAGE 201 SQD SLV 000336 m \. . . design leadership OVERLOAD RELAY THERMAL UNITS liLBELcErN Melting Alloy Type Thermal Unit MELTING ALLOY THERMAL UNITS FOR USE WITH 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS OPERATING UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (FOR 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS USE ONE SIZE SMALLER THAN LISTED) TABLE 3 AC MAGNETIC STARTERS (LARGE ENCLOSURE) STANDARD TRIP UNITS For Use With Type Size Motor Full Load Current A Series B (Class 8536 Only) 00 NonRev. 0.43 - 0.47 0.48 - 0.51 0.52 - 0.56 0.57 -- 0.64 0.65 - 0.69 0.70 - 0.76 0.77 - 0.84 8536 (Starter Used in Multi Motor Panels) 8538 8539 8547 8549 8606 8630 4: 8640A 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812 8930 A Series C (Class 8736 Only) B Series A C Series B SB, SC Series A D Series A 00 Revers- ing -- 0 1 1 YD 1 PW 0.34 0.38 0.39 - 0.43 0.44 - 0.47 0.48 - 0.53 0.54 - 0.62 0.63 - 0.69 0.30 - 0.32 0.33 - 0.37 0.38 - 0.42 0.43 - 0.50 0.51 - 0.57 0.58 - 0.64 0.65 - 0.72 0.73 - 0.81 0.82 - 0.94 0.95 - 1.08 o, 1 Type S 0.31 - 0.33 0.34 - 0.36 0.37 - 0.40 0.41 - 0.48 0.49 - 0.57 0.58 - 0.64 0.65 - 0.70 0.71 - 0.77 0.78 - 0.85 0.31 - 0.35 0.36 - 0.39 0.40 - 0.44 2 YD 2PW 0.45 - 0.50 0.51 - 0.58 0.59 - 0.65 8940 (Wide Version Only) SD Series A 2 Type S 0.66 - 0.73 0.74 - 0.82 0.83 - 0.92 3.37 - 3.82 3.83 - 4.33 4.34 - 4.79 4.80 - 5.33 5.34 - 5.79 5.80 6.27 E Series A 3 3 YD 3PW 14.4 - 15.7 15.8 - 18.6 18.7 - 21.4 21.5 - 24.3 F Series C 4 4YD 4PW 45.5 - 48.2 48.3 - 52.2 52.3 - 56.8 G Series 8 5 5YD 5PW 87.4 - 92.9 93.0 - 100. 101. - 108. H, J, K Series A 6, 7, 8 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 C 20. O 22. C 26. C 30. CC 64.3 CC 68.5 GC 74.6 DD 112. DD 121. DD 128. Motor Full Load Current 0.85 - 0.91 0.92 - 1.01 1.02 - 1.15 1.16 - 1.23 1.24 - 1.37 1.38 - 1.45 1.46 - 1.56 0.70 - 0.78 0.79 - 0.88 0.89 - 0.99 1.00 - 1.10 1.11 - 1.26 1.27 - 1.43 1.09 - 1.15 1.16 - 1.30 1.31 - 1.50 1.51 - 1.73 1.74 - 1.89 1.90 - 2.12 2.13 - 2.39 2.40 - 2.68 2.69 - 3.04 3.05 - 3.43 0.86 - 0.99 1.00 - 1.10 1.11 - 1.28 1.29 - 1.41 1.42 - 1.58 1.59 - 1.80 1.81 - 2.03 2.04 - 2.25 2.26 - 2.51 0.93 - 1.03 1.04 - 1.19 1.20 - 1.34 1.35 - 1.50 1.51 - 1.72 1.73 - 1.89 1.90 - 2.14 2.15 - 2.36 2.37 - 2.65 6.28 - 7.03 7.04 - 7.88 7.89 - 8.73 8.74 - 9.55 9.56 - 10.6 10.7- 11.8 24.4 - 28.6 28.7 - 30.1 30.2 - 32.2 32.3 - 36.5 56.9 - 61.0 61.1 - 66.0 66.1 - 71.7 109. - 119. 120. - 128. 129- - 144. Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Number A .95 1.57 - 1.67 A 1.75 2.93 - 3.16 A 3.61 A 1.02 1.68 - 1.77 A 1.86 3.17 - 3.48 A 3.95 A 1.16 1.78 - 1.92 A 1.99 3.49 - 3.83 A 4.32 A 1.25 1.93 - 2.09 A 2.15 3.84 - 4.24 A 4.79 A 1.39 2.10 - 2.31 A 2.31 4.25 - 4.62 . A 5.30 A 1.54 2.32 - 2.56 A 2.57 4.63 - 4.92. A 5.78 A 1.63 2.57 - 2.92 A 2.81 4.93 - 5.61- A 6.20 B 0.92 1.44 - 1.59 B 1.88 2.80 - 3.15 B 3.70 B 1.03 1.60 - 1.81 B 2.10 3.16 - 3.59 B 4.15 B 1.16 1.82 - 2.00 B 2.40 3.60 - 4.11 B 4.85 B 1.30 2.01 - 2.28 B 2.65 4.12 - 4.71 B 5.50 B 1.45 2.29 - 2.52 B 3.00 4.72 - 5.19 ti 6.25 B 1.67 2.53 - 2.79 B 3.30- 5.20 - 5.75 B 6.90 B 1.45 3.44 - 3.95 B 4.85 9.48 - 10.0 B 14. B 1.67 3.96 - 4.23 B 5.50 10.1 - 10.9 B 15.5 B 1.88 4.24 - 4.50 B 6.25 11.0 - 12.0 B 17.5 B 2.10 4.51 - 5.15 B 6.90 12.1 - 13.2 B 19.5 B 2.40 5.16 - 5.83 B 7.70 13.3 - 14.3 B 22. B 2.65 5.84 - 6.56 B 8.20 14.4 - 15.5 B 25. B 3.00 6.57 - 7.28 B 9.10 15.6 - 17.9 B 28.0 B 3.30 7.29 - 7.99 B 10.2 18.0 - 20.1 B 32. B 3.70 8.00 - 8.32 B 11.5 B 4.15 8.33 - 9.47 B 12.8 B 1.30 2.52 - 2.83 B 3.70 6.81 - 7.60 B 10.2 B 1.45 2.84 - 3.29 B 4.15 7.61 - 8.35 B 11.5 B 1.67 3.30 - 3.75 B 4.85 8.36 - 9.04 B 12.8 B 1.88 3.76 - 4.22 B 5.50 9.05 - 9.99 B 14. 8 2.10 4.23 - 4.65 B 6.25 10.0 - 11.1 B 15.5 B 2.40 4.66 - 5.16 B 6.90 11.2 - 12.3 B 17.5 B 2.65 5.17 - 5.53 B 7.70 12.4 - 13.7 B 19.5 B 3.00 5.54 - 6.09 B 8.20 13.8 - 15.4 B 22. B 3.30 6.10 - 6.80 B 9.10 15.5 - 17.2 B 25. B 1.30 2.66 - 2.97 B 3.70 7.32 - 8.21 B 10.2 B 1.45 2.98 - 3.47 B 4.15 8.22 - 9.18 B 11.5 B 1.67 3.48 - 3.94 B 4.85 9.19 - 9.99 B 12.8 B 1.88 3.95 - 4.44 B 5.50 10.0 - 11.0 B 14. B 2.10 4.45 - 4.94 B 6.25 11.1 - 12.4 B 15-5 B 2.40 4.95 - 5.52 B 6.90 12.5 - 13.9 B 17.5 B 2.65 5.53 - 5.88 B 7.70 14.0 - 15.7 B 19.5 B 3.00 5.89 - 6.52 B 8.20 15.8 - 17.8 B 22. B 3.30 6.53 - 7.31 B 9.10 17.9 - 20.0 B 25. B 9.10 11.9 - 13.1 B 17.5 24.2 - 26.8 B 36. B 10.2 13.2 - 14.9 B 19.5 26.9 - 29.9 B 40. B 11.5 15.0 - 16.9 B 22. 30.0 - 35.5 8 45. B 12.8 17.0 - 18.8 B 25. 35.6 - 36.5 B 50. B 14. 18.9 - 21.5 B 28.0 36.6 - 39.6 B 56. B 15.5 21.6 - 24.1 B 32. 39.7 - 41.3 B 62. C 34. C 40. C 42. C 45. 36.6 - 41.5 41.6 - 47.3 47.4 - 53.7 53.8 - 59.4 C C C C 51. 58. 66. 75. 59.5 - 64.3 64.4 - 73.5 73.6 - 81.3 81.4 - 90.0 C C C c 8390. 103. 114. CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 71.8 - 76.7 76.8 - 83.1 83.2 - 89.2 CC 103. CC 112. CC 121. 89.3 - 96.5 96.6 - 104. 105. - 112. CC 132. CC 143. CC 156. DD 140. DD 150. DD 160. 145. - 163. 164. - 187. 188. - 207. DD 185. DD 220. DD 250. 208. - 229. 230. - 270. DD 280. DD 300. Same as shown in Table 2 for Sizes 6, 7 and 8. Motor Full Load Current 5.62 - 5.85 5.86 - 6.36 6.37 - 6.99 7.00 - 7.67 7.68 - 8.15 8.16 - 9.00 Thermal Unit Number A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 5.76 - 6.06 B 7.70 6.07 - 6.66 B 8.20 6.67 - 7.42 B 9.10 7.43 8.22 8.23 - 9.00 10.2 11.5 Size 0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 20.2 - 23.1 B 36. 23.2 - 24.5 B 40. 24.6 - 27.0 B 45. Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 17.3 - 19.4 B 28.0 Size 0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 19.5 - 21.7 B 32. 21.8 - 23.9 B 36. 24.0 - 27.0 B 40. Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 20.1 - 22.9 B 28.0 23.0 - 25.8 B 32. 25.9 - 28.6 B 36. 28.7 - 32.2 32.3 - 35.8 35.9 - 40.1 40. 45. 50. 40.2 - 45.0 B 56. 41.4 - 42.5 42.6 45.0 66. 70. 113. - 121. CC 167. 122. - 135.- CC 180. NOTE: Series designations listed refer to the marking on the nameplate of the basic open type starter. When the starter is supplied in a controller containlng other devices, the controller may have a different Series designation marked on the enclosure nameplate. Divide the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73; using this quotient, select thermal units from table. A Use full load current of each winding as basis for selection -- normally one-half of total motor current. Concludes Form Y28 but not Form Y38. For Type SB or SC Form Y38 starters use Table 4. Includes Form Y28 but not Form Y38. For Type SD Form Y38 starters refer to Square D. < PAGE 202 SQD SLV 000337 design leadership SELECTION TABLES OVERLOAD RELAY THERMAL UNITS MELTING ALLOY THERMAL UNITS Melting Alloy Type Thermal Unit FOR USE WITH 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS OPERATING UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (FOR 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS USE ONE SIZE SMALLER THAN LISTED) TABLE 4 -- SEPARATELY MOUNTED OVERLOAD RELAYS STANDARD TRIP UNITS For Use With Class Type Size Motor Current Thermal Number Motor Full Current Thermal Number 0.34 - 0.38 0.39 - 0.43 0.44 - 0.48 B B B 0.44 0.51 0.57 0.89 - 0.99 1.00 - 1.10 1.11 1.26 B B B 1.16 1.30 1.45 CO Series A 25 Amp. 0.49 - 0.53 B 0.63 1.27 _ 1.43 B 1.67 0.54 - 0.62 B 0.71 1.44 - 1.59 B 1.88 0.63 - 0.69 B 0.81 1.60 - 1.81 B 2.10 0.70 - 0.78 B 0.92 1.82 _ 2.00 B 2.40 0.79 - 0.88 B 1.03 2.01 2.28 B 2.65 0.31 - 0.35 B 0.44 0.83 1 0.92 B 1.16 0.36 - 0.39 B 0.51 0.93 - 1.03 B 1.30 0.40 - 0.44 B 0.57 1.04 - 1.19 B 1.45 B, C 30 No Series Amp. 0.45 - 0.50 B 0.63 1.20 - 1.34 B 1.67 Over- 0.51 - 0.58 B 0.71 1.35 - 1.50 B 1.88 load 0.59 - 0.65 B 0.81 1.51 - 1.72 B 2.10 Breaker 0.66 - 0.73 B 0.92 1.73 1.89 B 2.40 0.74 - 0.82 B 1.03 1.90 - 2.14 B 2.65 9065 SEG, SEO, SMO Series A 30 Amp. c 50 Amp. 0.34 - 0.38 B 0.44 0.87 _ 0.97 B 1.16 0.39 - 0.43 B 0.51 0.98 - 1.07 B 1.30 0.44 - 0.47 B 0.57 1.08 - 1.23 B 1.45 0.48 - 0.53 0.54 - 0.60 0.61 - 0.68 B B B 0.63 0.71 0.81 1.24 - 1.39 1.40 - 1.55 1.56 - 1.77 B B B 1.67 1.88 2.10 0.69 - 0.76 B 0.92 1.78 _ 1.96 B 2.40 0.77 - 0.86 B 1.03 1.97 - 2.15 B 2.65 TG, TO Series A UG, uo No Series 50 Amp. 100 Amp. 0.31 - 0.35 0.36 - 0.39 0.40 - 0.44 B B 8 0.44 0.51 0.57 0.93 _ 1.03 1.04 - 1.19 1.20 - 1.34 B B B 1.30 1.45 1.67 0.45 - 0.50 B 0.63 1.35 _ 1.50 B 1.88 0.51 - 0.58 B 0.71 1.51 - 1.67 B 2.10 0.59 0.65 B 0.81 1.68 - 1.89 B 2.40 0.66 - 0.73 B 0.92 1.90 _ 2.14 B 2.65 0.74 - 0.82 B 1.03 2.15 2.36 B 3.00 0.83 - 0.92 B 1.16 2.37 _ 2.65 B 3.30 15.3 - 16.7 16.8 - 19.8 19.9 - 22.8 22.9 - 25.8 Cc c c 20. 22. 26. 30. 25.9 30.4 30.5 _ 31.9 32.0 34.2 cc c 34. 40. 42. 34.3 38.8 c 45. FG, FO Series B 150 Amp. 43.6 - 47.3 47.4 - 51.3 51.4 - 54.6 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 54.7 59.7 59.8 - 65.1 65.2 - 70.1 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 GG, GO Series A 300 Amp. 38.5 - 40.7 40.8 - 44.9 45.0 - 49.3 49.4 - 52.8 52.9 - 57.5 DD 48. DD 51. DU 55. DO 59. DL) 63. 57.6 _ 62.6 62.7 - 67.6 67.7 - 72.9 73.0 79.4 79.5 - 86.4 DD 68. DD 73. DU 79. DD 91. DD 98. CTable also applies for Class 8536 or 8736 Type SB or SC Form Y38 starters. Motor Full Load Current 2.29 _ 2.52 2.53 - 2.87 2.88 - 3.28 3.29 _ 3.75 3.76 - 4.27 4.28 - 4.77 4.78 5.27 5.28 _ 5.91 2.15 _ 2.36 2.37 - 2.65 2.66 - 2.97 2.98 - 3.56 3.57 - 3.94 3.95 - 4.44 4.45 4.94 4.95 - 5.52 2.16 _ 2.41 2.42 - 2.71 2.72 - 3.03 3.04 - 3.53 3.54 - 4.01 4.02 - 4.56 4.57 5.03 5.04 - 5.59 Thermal Unit Number B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 Refer to Square D. 2.66 _ 2.97 B 3.70 2.98 - 3.47 B 4.15 3.48 - 3.94 B 4.85 3.95 _ 4.44 B 5.50 4.45 - 4.94 B 6.25 4.95 5.52 B 6.90 5.53 5.88 B 7.70 5.89 - 6.52 B 8.20 6.53 7.31 B 9.10 38.9 57.2 44.2 50.2 57.1 63.2 cc c c 51. 58. 66. 75. 70.2 _ 75.1 75.2 - 82.2 82.3 - 89.2 86.5 91.9 92.0 - 100. 101. - 109. CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103. DD 105. DD 112. DD 121. 110. 119. 120. - 131. DD 128. DD 140. Motor Full Load Current 5.92 _ 6.25 6.26 - 6.83 6.84 - 7.65 7.66 _ 8.55 8.56 - 9.56 9.57 - 10.3 10.4 11.3 11.4 _ 12.4 5.53 _ 5.87 5.88 _ 6.52 6.53 _ 7.31 7.32 _ 8.20 8.21 _ 9.19 9.20 _ 9.99 10.0 11.0 11.1 - 12.4 5.60 _ 5.95 5.96 _ 6.58 6.59 _ 7.31 7.32 - 8.15 8.16 - 9.13 9.14 - 9.91 9.92 10.7 10.8 - 12.1 7.32 _ 8.21 8.22 - 9.18 9.19 - 9.90 10.0 _ 11.0 11.1 - 12.4 12.5 - 13.9 14.0 _ 15.7 15.8 - 17.8 17.9 _ 20.0 63.3 68.7 78.7 87.0 68.6 78.6 86.9 100. 89.3 _ 96.5 96.6 - 104. 105. - 113. 132. _ 139. 140. - 156. 157. - 166. 167. 180. 181. - 189. The rmal Unit Number B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14. B 15.5 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14. B 15.5 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14. B 15.5 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14. B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22. B 25. C 83. c c c 90. 103. 114. CC 112. CO 121. CC 132. DD 150. DU 160. DU 185. DD 213. DD 220. Motor Full Load Current 12.5 - 14.1 14.2 - 15.7 15.8 - 17.9 18.0 - 20.1 20.2 - 22.5 22.6 - 25.0 12.5 - 13.9 14.0 - 15.7 15.8 - 17.8 17.9 - 20.0 20.1 - 22.9 23.0 - 25.7 25.8 - 28.6 28.7 - 30.0 12.2 - 13.5 13.6 - 15.1 15.2 - 17.0 17.1 - 18.9 19.0 - 21.5 21.6 - 24.0 24.1 - 26.8 26.9 - 30.0 20.1 - 22.9 23.0 - 25.7 25.8 - 28.6 28.7 - 32.2 32.3 - 35.8 35.9 - 40.1 40.2 - 44.4 44.5 - 50.0 114. - 123. 124. - 132. 133. - 150. 190. - 209. 210. - 225. 226. - 238. 239. - 263. 264. - 300. Thermal Number B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22. B 25, B 28.0 B 32. B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22. B 25. B 28.0 B 32. B 36. B 40. B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22. B 25. B 28.0 B 32. B 36. B 40. B 28.0 B 32. B 36. B 40. B 45. B 50. B 56. B 62. CC 143. CC 156. CC 167. DD 230. DD 250. DD 265. DD 280. DU 300. TABLE 5 -- AC MAGNETIC STARTERS For Use With Class Type Size Motor Full Load Current 8536 (Starter in Own Enclo- sure) 8940 (WellGuard Only) B Series A C Series B 2.10 - 2.30 2.31 - 2.58 2.59 - 2.84 2.85 - 3.04 0 3.05 - 3.39 3.40 - 3.89 3.90 - 4.31 IP 4.32 - 4.79 4.80 - 5.03 5.04 - 5.28 5.29 - 5.57 *See footnote on next page. Thermal Unit Number FB 3.33 FB 3.71 FB 4.1 FB 4.5 FB 4.75 f-B 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 Motor Full Load Current 5.58 - 5.75 5.76 - 6.15 6.16 - 6.48 6.49 - 6.83 6.84 - 7.23 7.24 - 7.57 7.58 - 8.32 8.33 - 8.96 8.97 - 9.56 9.57 - 10.0 10.1 - 10.7 Thermal Unit Number FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10. FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number 10.8 - 11.4 11.5 - 12.0 12.1 - 12.7 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 12.8 - 13.7 13.8 - 14.6 14.7 - 15.3 15.4 - 16.0 16.1 - 17.2 17.3 - 18.3 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 Size 0 -- 8 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. (Table 5 is continued on next page.) Motor Full Load Current 18.4 - 18.9 19.0 - 19.5 19.6 - 20.7 20.8 - 21.7 21.8 - 22.3 22.4 - 23.1 23.2 - 24.0 24.1 - 25.3 25.4 - 26.5 26.6 - 27.5 QUICK TRIP UNITS* Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35. FB <36.6 FB ^8.3 FB 40.2 FB 42. 27.6 - 28.4 28.5 - 29.9 30.0 - 31.2 FB 44. FB 46. FB 48. 31.3 - 36.0 FB 50.5 Size IP -- 36 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. ............ PAGE 203 SQD SLV 000338 design leadership OVERLOAD RELAY THERMAL UNITS KI0N Melting Alloy Thermal Unit Type FB MELTING ALLOY THERMAL UNITS FOR USE WITH 1.5 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS OPERATING UNDER NORMAL. CONDITIONS (FOR 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS USE ONE SIZE SMALLER THAN LISTED) TABLE 5 (Continued) -- AC MAGNETIC STARTERS QUICK TRIP UNITS* Class For Use With Type Size Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number 10.6 - 10.8 10.9 - 11.5 11.6 - 12.4 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 15/4 - 15.7 15.8 - 16.4 16.5 - 17.9 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 22.0 - 22.4 22.5 - 23.6 23.7 - 24.2 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 28.0 - 29.1 29.2 - 30.7 30.8 - 31.8 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42. 36.8 - 38.3 38.4 - 40.2 40.3 - 45.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 8536 (Starter in Own sure) 8940 (WellGuard Only) E Series A 'F Series C 12.5 - 13.1 13.2 - 13.6 13.7 - 15.3 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 18.0 - 19.1 19.2 - 20.7 20.8 - 21.9 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FR 28.3 24.3 - 25.7 25.8 - 26.9 27.0 - 27.9 FB 34.1 FB 35. FB 36.6 31.9 - 33.5 33.6 - 35.1 35.2 - 36.7 FB 44. FB 46. FB 48. 20.5 - 21.6 FB 26.7 28.0 - 29.7 FB 34.1 40.2 - 42.6 FB 46. 52.1 - 54.5* FB 58. 78.6 - 90.0 FB 84. 21.7 - 23.1 FB 28.3 29.8 - 33-1 F-B 38.3 42.7 - 45.4 FB 48. 54.6 - 57.1 FB 60. 3 T 23.2 - 24.6 FB 29.6 33.2 - 35.4 FB 40.2 45.5 - 47.6 FB 50.5 57.2 - 62.7 FB 63.5 24.7 - 26.2 FB 30.5 35.5 - 37.7 FB 42. 26.3 - 27.9 FB 32.6 37.8 - 40.1 FB 44. 47.7 - 50.1 FB 52.5 62.8 - 70.7 FB 69. 50.2 - 52.0 FB 55.5 70.8 - 78.5 FB 77. 21.0 - 22.3 FB 26.7 29.4 - 31.3 FB 34.1 41.3 - 44.1 FB 46. 57.2 - 61.1 FB 58. 97.6 - 105. FB 84. 22.4 - 23.9 FB 28.3 31.4 - 33.9 FB 38.3 44.2 - 46.9 FB 48. 61.2 - 65.7 FB 60. 106. - 116. FB 92. 4 t 24.0 - 25.7 FB 29.6 34.0 - 36.1 FB 40.2 47.0 - 50.2 FB 50.5 65.8 - 74.5 FB 63.5 117. - 135. FB 105. 25.8 - 27.3 FB 30.5 36.2 - 38.7 FB 42. 27.4 - 29.3 FB 32.6 38.8 - 41.2 FB 44. 50.3 - 53.3 FB 52.5 74.6 - 86.4 FB 69. 53.4 - 57.1 FB 55.5 86.5 - 97.5 FB 77. *For use with hermetically sealed motors or motors with extremely short allowable locked rotor time. Most hermetic compressor and submersible pump manufacturers publish a listing of Type FB units to be used with their equipment. This table may be used when specific recommendations are not not available. ^Overload relays on Size 3 and 4 starters must be modified to accept Type FB units. When ordering starter, specify Form Y21 (Size 3) or Form Y81 (Size 4) to obtain this modification. Bimetallic Type Thermal Unit BIMETALLIC THERMAL UNITS FOR USE WITH 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS OPERATING UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (FOR 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS USE ONE SIZE SMALLER THAN LISTED) TABLE 6 -- AC MAGNETIC STARTERS For Use With Class Type Size Motor Full Load Current 0.30 - 0.32 0.33 - 0.36 0.37 - 0.39 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 Motor Full Load Current 1.09 - 1.18 1.19 - 1.31 1.32 - 1.43 B Series A C Series B 0.40 - 0.43 AR .59 0 0.44 - 0.48 AR .65 0.49 - 0.52 AR .71 1 0.53 - 0.58 AR .78 IP 0.59 - 0.66 AR .86 0.67 - 0.74 AR .95 1.44 - 1.58 1.59 - 1.74 1.75 - 1.91 1.92 - 2.11 2.12 - 2.31 2.32 - 2.56 8536 (Starter in Own Enclo sure) 8940 (WellGuard Only) 8998 8999 (Motor Control Center) QMS Panel D Series A E Series A F Series C G Series B 0.75 - 0.81 0.82 - 0.88 0.89 - 0.97 0.98 - 1.08 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 2.57 - 2.81 2.82 - 3.09 3.10 - 3.39 3.40 - 3.73 6.54 - 7.17 AR 9.3 9.57 - 10.6 2 7.18 - 7.87 AR 10.2 10.7 - 12.1 7.88 - 8.72 AR 11.2 12.2 - 14.2 8.73 - 9.56 AR 12.4 14.3- 15.7 13.6 - 15.5 AU 20. 22.2 - 25.1 3 15.6 - 17.4 AU 23. 25.2 - 26.5 17.5 - 19.4 AU 26. 26.6 - 28.8 19.5 - 22.1 AU 29. 28.9 - 32.7 42.2 - 47.0 AU 56. 57.6 - 64.9 4 47.1 - 52.0 AU 64. 65.0 - 72.0 52.1 - 57.5 AU 72. 72.1 - 77.3 5 85.7 - 99.3 AF 135. 115. - 127. 99.4 - 114. AF 150. 128. - 147. H Series A J Series A 177. - 196. AR 1.39 237. - 260. 6* 197. - 215. AR 1.53 261.-285. 216. - 236. AR 1.68 286. - 314. 266. - 294. AR 1.39 355. - 390. 7* 295. - 323. AR 1.53 391. - 428. 324. - 354. AR 1.68 429. - 474. K Series A 336. - 367. AR 1.05 445. - 491. 8* 368. - 403. AR 1.15 492. - 539. 404. - 444. AR 1.26 540. - 592. ^-Overload relays operate from secondary of a current transformer. Thermal Unit Number AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AU 33. AU 38. AU 40. AU 44. AU 81. AU 88. AU 99. AF 159. AF 168. AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 Motor Full Load Current 3.74 - 4.10 4.11 - 4.51 4.52 - 5.04 5.05 - 5.44 5.45 - 5.97 5.98 - 6.57 6.58 - 7.23 7.24 - 7.95 7.96 - 8.76 8.77 - 9.37 9.38 - 10.4 10.5 - 11.8 11.9 - 13.3 15.8 - 18.5 18.6 - 20.3 20.4 - 23.6 23.7 - 26.8 32.8 - 36.1 36.2 - 40.8 40.9 - 45.3 45.4 - 51.0 77.4 - 85.5 85.6 - 91.9 92.0 - 100. 148. - 164. 165. - 187. 315. - 346. 347. - 381. 382. - 418. 475. - 519. 520. - 573. 574. - 627. 593. - 652. 653. - 715. 716. - 797. Thermal Unit Number AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 23. AR 27. AR 30. AR 35. AU 50. AU 56. AU 64. AU 72. AU 110. AU 123. AU 135. AF 188. AF 205. AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 STANDARD TRIP UNITS Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number 13.4 - 14.7 14.8 - 16.5 16.6 - 18.4 AR 20.5 AR 23. AR 27. Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. Size 0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 27.2 - 28.4 28.5 - 28.9 29.0 - 30.1 AR 55. AR 60. AR 66. 18.5 - 20.2 20.3 - 22.4 22.5 - 24.1 24.2 - 24.8 24.9 - 26.2 26.3 - 27.1 AR 30. AR 45. AR 40. AR 44. AR 47. AR 51. 30.2 - 36.0 AR 72. Size IP -- 36 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 26.9 - 29.4 29.5 - 31.1 31.2 - 33.8 33.9 - 36.0 AR 40. AR 44. AR 47. AR 51. 36.1 - 38.7 AR 55. 38.8 - 45.0 AR 60. 51.1 - 56.8 56,9 - 63.9 64.0 - 71.1 71.2 - 79.5 AU 81. AU 88AU 99. AU 110. 79.6 - 90.0 AU 123. 101. - 108. 109. - 116. 117. - 135. AU 152. AU 183. AU 198. 188. - 198. 199. - 213. AF 220. AF 240. 214. - 236. 237. - 270. AF 260. AF 288. 419. - 463. 464. - 508. 509. - 540. AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 628. - 695. 696. - 762. 763. - 810. AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 798. - 867. 868. - 955. 956. - 1047. AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 1048. - 1159. 1160.-1215. AR 3.28 AR 3.62 PAGE 204 SQD SLV design leadership seltcat.'lens overload relay thermal units bimetallic thermal units Bimetallic Type Thermal Unit FOR USE WITH 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS OPERATING UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS (FOR 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR MOTORS USE ONE SIZE SMALLER THAN LISTED) TABLE 7 -- AC MAGNETIC STARTERS (LARGE ENCLOSURE) STANDARD TRIP UNITS For Use With Class Type 8536 (Starter Used in Multi Motor Panels) 8538 8539 8547 8549 8606 8630 4: 8640 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812 8930 8940 (Wide Version Only) 8943 8944 A Series C (Class 8736 Only) B Series A C Series B D Series A E Series A F Series C G Series B H, J, K Series A Size 00 Revers ing 0 1 1 YD 1PW 2 2YD 2PW 3 3YD 3PW 4 4YD 4PW 5 5YD 5PW 6, 7, 8 Motor Full Load Current 0.36 - 0.39 0.40 - 0.42 0.43 - 0.46 0.47 - 0.51 0.52 - 0.56 0.57 - 0.62 0.63 - 0.68 0.33 - 0.35 0.36 - 0.39 0.40 - 0.42 0.43 - 0.46 0.47 - 0.51 0.52 - 0.56 0.57 - 0.62 0.63 - 0.68 0.69 - 0.75 0.76 - 0.83 6.84 - 7.49 7.50 - 8.05 8.06 - 9.10 9.11 - 9.99 14.4 - 16.1 16.2 - 18.6 18.7 - 20.5 20.6 - 23.4 43.6 - 48.7 48.8 - 53.7 53.8 - 59.6 84.8 - 98.3 98.4 - 112. Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AU 20. AU 23. AU 26; AU 29. AU 56. AU 64. AU 72. AF 123. AF 135. Motor Full Load Current 0.69 - 0.75 0.76 - 0.83 0.84 - 0.91 0.92 - 1.00 1.01 - 1.10 1.11 - 1.21 1.22 - 1.33 0.84 - 0.91 0.92 - 1.00 1.01 - 1.10 1.11 - 1.21 1.22 - 1.33 1.34 - 1.47 1.48 - 1.62 1.63 - 1.77 1.78 - 1.96 1.97 - 2.16 10.0 - 11.1 11.2 - 12.7 12.8 - 14.8 14.9 - 16.6 23.5 - 26.9 27.0 - 28.3 28.4 - 30.8 30.9 - 35.0 59.7 - 66.7 66.8 - 73.9 74.0 - 79.6 113. - 130. 131. - 140. Thermal Unit Number Motor Full Load Current AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 1.34 - 1.47 1.48 - 1.62 1.63 - 1.78 AR 1.15 1.79 - 1.96 AR 1.26 ' 1.97 - 2.16 AR 1.39 2.17 - 2.37 AR 1.53 2.38 - 2.61 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 2.17 - 2.37 2.38 - 2.62 2.63 - 2.88 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 2.89 - 3.17 3.18 - 3.48 3.49 - 3.83 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 3.84 - 4.20 4.21 - 4.61 4.62 - 5.07 5.08 - 5.57 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 16.7 - 19.3 19.4 - 21.4 21.5 - 25.1 25.2 - 28.3 AU 33. AU 38. AU 40. AU 44. 35.1 - 38.8 38.9 - 44.3 44.4 _ 49.3 49.4 - 55.5 AU 81. AU 88. AU 99. 79.7 - 88.8 88.9 - 95.6 95.7 - 105. AF 150. AF 159. 141. - 163. 164. - 180. Thermal Unit Number AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 23. AR 27. AR 30. AR 35. AU 50. AU 56. AU 64. AU 72. AU 110. AU 123. AU 135. AF 168. AF 188. Motor Full Load Current 2.62 - 2.89 2.90 - 3.17 3.18 - 3.49 3.50 - 3.83 3.84 - 4.23 4.24 - 4.62 4.63 - 5.11 5.58 - 6.13 6.14 - 6.83 6.84 - 7.41 7.42 - 8.05 8.06 - 8.98 8.99 - 9.93 9.94 - 10.9 11.0 - 12.4 12.5 - 14.3 14.4 - 15.8 28.4 - 31.2 31.3 - 33.3 33.4 - 35.5 35.6 - 38.5 55.6 - 61.0 61.1 - 68.6 68.7 - 76.3 76.4 - 85.5 106. - 108. 109. - 118. 119. - 135. 181. - 203. 204. - 216. Same as shown in Table 6 for Sizes 6, 7 and 8. Thermal Unit Number AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 40. AR 44. AR 47. AR 51. AU 81. AU 88. AU 99. AU 110. AU 152. AU 169. AU 183. AF 205. AF 220. Motor Full Load Current Thermal Unit Number 5.12 - 5.59 5.60 - 6.15 6.16 - 6.79 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 6.80 - 7.43 7.44 - 8.14 8.15 - 8.95 8.96 - 9.00 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 15.9 - 17.9 AR 23. 18.0 - 19.9 AR 27. Size 0 -- 18 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 20.0 - 22.4 22.5 - 25.6 25.7 - 27.0 AR 30. AR 35. AR 40. Size 1 -- 27 Amp. Max. Full Load Cur. 38.6 - 45.0 AR 55. 85.6 - 90.0 AU 123. 217. - 231. AF 240. 232. - 270. AF 260. NOTE: Series designations listed refer to the marking on the nameplate of the basic open type starter. When the starter is supplied in a controller con taining other devices, the controller may have a different Series designation marked on the enclosure nameplate. :Divtde the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73; using this quotient, select thermal units from table. Use full load current of each winding as basis for selection -- normally one-half of total motor current. TABLE 8 - SEPARATELY MOUNTED OVERLOAD RELAYS STANDARD TRIP UNITS For Use With Class Type ARG, ARO Series A 9065 ATG, ATO Series A AUG, AUO No Series AFG, AFO Series B AGG, AGO Series A Size 25 Amp. 50 Amp. 100 Amp. 150 Amp. 300 Amp. Motor Full Load Current 0.33 - 0.35 0.36 - 0.39 0.40 - 0.42 0.43 - 0.46 0.47 - 0.51 0.52 - 0.56 0.57 - 0.62 0.63 - 0.68 0.69 - 0.75 6.84 - 7.49 7.50 - 8.05 8.06 - 9.10 9.11 - 9.99 14.4 - 16.1 16.2 - 18.6 18.7 - 20.5 20.6 - 23.4 42.0 - 46.4 46.5 - 51.4 51.5 - 57.1 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AU 20. AU 23. AU 26. AU 29. AU 50. AU 56. AU 64. Motor Full Load Current 0.76 - 0.83 0.84 - 0.91 0.92 - 1.00 1.01 - 1.10 1.11 - 1.21 1.22 - 1.33 1.34 - 1.47 1.48 - 1.62 1.63 - 1.77 10.0 - 11.1 11.2 - 12.7 12.8 - 14.8 14.9 - 16.6 23.5 - 26.9 27.0 - 28.3 28.4- 30.8 30.9 - 35.0 57.2 - 63.7 63.8 - 69.0 69.1 - 77.3 Thermal Unit Number AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AU 33. AU 38. AU 40. AU 44. AU 72. AU 81. AU 88. Motor Full Load Current 1.78 - 1.96 1.97 - 2.16 2.17 - 2.37 2.38 - 2.62 2.63 - 2.88 2.89 - 3.17 3.18 - 3.48 3.49 - 3.83 3.84 - 4.20 16.7 - 19.3 19.4 - 21.4 21.5 - 25.1 25.2 - 28.3 35.1 - 38.8 38.9 - 44.3 44.4 - 49.3 49.4 - 55.5 77.4 - 82.2 82.3 - 92.8 92.9 - 99.3 Thermal Unit Number AR 2.46 AH 2.71 AH 2.98 AR 3.28 AH 3.62 AH 3.98 AR 4.37 AH 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 23. AH 27. AH 30. AR 35. AU 50. AU 56. AU 64. AU 72. AU 99. AU 110. AU 123. Motor Full Load Current 4.21 - 4.62 4.63 - 5.08 5.09 - 5.57 5.58 - 6.13 6.14 - 6.83 6.84 - 7.41 7.42 - 8.05 8.06 - 8.98 8.99 - 9.93 28.4 - 31.2 31.3 - 33.3 33.4 - 35.7 35.8 - 38.5 55.6 - 61.0 61.1 - 68.6 68.7 - 76.3 76.4 - 85.5 99.4 - 113. 114. - 123. 124. - 133. Thermal Unit Number AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 40. AR 44. AR 47. AR 51. AU 81. AU 88. AU 99. AU 110. AU 135. AU 152. AU ^ 69. Motor Full Load Current 9.94 - 10.9 11.0 - 12.4 12.5 - 14.3 14.4 - 15.8 15.9 - 17.9 18.0 - 20.0 20.1 - 22.4 22.5 - 25.0 38.6 - 42.0 42.1 - 45.1 45.2 - 50.0 85.6 - 100. 134. - 150. Thermal Unit Number AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23. AR 27. AR 30. AR 35. AR 55. AR 60. AR 66. AU 123. AU 183. 90.6 - 97.4 97.5 - 111. AF 110. AF 123. 112. - 129. 130. - 149. AF 135. AF 150. 150. - 163. 164. - 189. AF 159. Ah 168. 190. - 213. 214. - 240. AF 188. AF 205. 241. - 257. 258. - 300. AF 220. AF PAGE 205 SQD SLV 000340 design leadership CIRCUIT BREAKER, WIRE & FUSE SIZES < For Motor Branch Circuits -- Adopted From 1965 N. E. Code For exceptions, see note at bead of table 430-146, 1965 N. E. C.. also see paragraphs 430-22. 430-24, 430-34. and 430-59 of 1965 N, E. C. Full load current rating of motor Amps 1** 2** 3** 4** 6** 6* 7* 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 66 b8 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 copper conductor A.W.G. or Cir. Mil. for three conductors in raceways. Type R, RW. RU. RUW ThermoPlastic 14-4/0 Type TW 14-4/0 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 000 poo 000 0000 0000 oooo 0000 Type RH 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 10 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 000 000 For running protection of motors Max. Max. setting setting non-adjust- adjustable able protective protective devices devices Amps. 2* 3* 4* 6* 8* 8* 10* 10* 12* 15* 15 20 20 25 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 45 45 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 70 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 100 100 100 110 no 110 110 110 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 160 150 176 175 175 175 200 200 Amps. 1.25* 2.50* 3.75* 5.00* 6.25* 7.50* 8.75* 10.00* 11.25* 12.50* 15.00 17.50 20.00 22.50 25.00 27.50 30.00 32.50 35.00 37.50 40.00 42.50 45.00 47.50 50.00 52.50 55.00 57.50 60.00 62.50 65.00 67.50 70.00 72.50 75.00 77.50 80.00 82.50 85.00 87.50 90.00 92.50 95.00 97.50 100.00 102.50 105.00 107.50 110.00 112.50 115.00 117.50 120.00 122.50 125.00 131.50 137.5 144.0 150.0 156.6 102.5 169.0 175.0 181.5 187,5 a Guide for Selecting Fuse Sizes or Circuit Breaker Trip Ratings for Motors Without Code Letters Single phase, squirrelcage, and synchronous, {full voltage, reactor and resistor starting) t * Squirrel cage and synchronous [auto transformer starting). t Max. DC and Wound Rotor AC Max. allowable rating of br. circuit fuses Max. allowable circuit breaker rating Recom- mended minimum circuit breaker rating Max. allowable rating of br. circuit fuses circuit br. rating squirrel cage and synchronous [auto- mended minimum rating mended minimum rating Amps. 15 15 15 15 15 20 25 25 30 30 40 45 50 60 60 70 80 80 90 90 100 no 110 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 175 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 225 225 225 225 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 460 450 Amps. 15 15 15 16 15 15 20 20 30 30 30 40 40 60 50 70 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 200 225 225 225 225 225 250 260 250 250 260 300 300 300 300 350 350 360 360 400 400 Amps. 15 15 15 15 16 16 15 15 20 20 20 30 30 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 160 160 175 176 175 175 200 200 200 225 226 225 225 Amps. 15 15 15 16 15 15 20 20 25 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 60 70 70 80 70 70 80 80 80 90 90 100 100 100 no no 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 175 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 225 226 260 260 250 300 300 300 300 300 Amps. 15 15 15 15 16 15 15 20 20 20 30 30 40 40 40 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 175 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 226 225 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 300 Amps. 16 15 15 15 16 15 15 15 20 20 20 30 30 40 40 40 60 50 50 60 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 175 200 200 200 225 225 225 225 Amps. 15 15 15 15 16 20 25 25 30 30 35 40 40 45 45 60 60 70 70 70 80 80 80 90 90 90 90 100 no 110 125 125 125 150 150 150 175 175 200 225 Amps. 15 15 16 16 20 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 60 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 200 226 Amps. 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 15 15 20 20 30 30 30 40 40 40 50 60 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 160 176 175 175 200 200 225 226 225 226 For the running protection Of motors of 1 HP and less see Section 430-32 N.E. Code. For the groupihg of small motors under the protection of a single set of fusee see Section 430-53 N. E. Code. tAdapted from Table 430-146, 1965 N. E. C. Code. Adapted from Table 430-153, 1965 N. E. C. Code. iThe 1965 N. E. C. classifies motors by code letters. Where code-marked motors are employed, refer to 1965 N. E. Code. Tables 430-146 and 430-152. For light or medium starting duty. 4 t PAGE 206 SQD SLV 000341 design leadership NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE REQUIREMENTS ww' A\v\ M )-*- Article ---------Primary Cables........................................... 710 ---------Services Exceeding 600 Volts................. 230L -------- Potheads......................................................710 _____ Disconnecting Switches............................ 710 _____ Oil Circuit Breakers...................................710 _____ Instrument Transformers, Current and Potential............................. 450 -------- Power Transformers, HV Oil Filled......... 450 _____ Power Transformers, High Voltage ' filled with non-burning liquid............450 -------- Meter and Instruments.............................230,384 -------- Service Entrance Conductors............100, 230 111 -------Service Entrance Equipment....230, 384-16 111 -------6 Circuits or Less............................... 230-70G 4--*- Over 6 Circuits.................................... 230-70 Grounding................................................. 250 -------- Furnaces.....................................................250,450 -- Air Circuit Breakers................................240 -- Switchboards............................................384 -- Switches....................................................380 Fuses......................................................... 240 -- Capacitors (Condensers).........................460 Generators................................................ 445 -- Batteries...................................................480 Not-fusible switches carry equiva lent horsepower ratings to those Underwriters' ratings shown. Above 50 horsepower, not-fusible switches are rated as disconnects only and should be selected with a rating of at least 115% of the motor full load current. Next size smaller switch can be used for normal or light starting duty. However, under many con ditions, switch size indicated may be necessary to accommodate fuses large enough to start motor. Use next size smaller if selecting not-fusible switch. Horsepower % I'A 2 3 5 T'A 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 SWITCH RATING FOR MOTOR LOADS Time Delay Fuses Single Phase 120 Volts 240 Volts 240 Volts 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 30 30 60 30 30 60 30 60 60 100 60 100 60 Selections are based on U/L hp ratings for enclosed switches. Where switch sizes are not shown, hp ratings are not listed by the U/L. 100 100 200 200 200 3 Phase 480 Volts 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 100 100 600 Volts 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 100 2 Phase, 4 Wire 240 Volts 480 Volts 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 30 60 30 100 60 100 60 100 200 60 100 200 100 Direct Current 125 Volts 250 Volts 600 Volts 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 30 30 60 ___3__0 __ __ _60__ ___3_0__ 100 60 200 60 200 60 200 100 400 too 400 200 Horsepower ratings above 50 are not presently U/L listed. Selections are based on fuse manufac turers' recommen dations for motors without code letters and may be used as indicated in Sec tion 430-56 of the N.E.C. 400 400 400 600 600 600 200 200 200 200 200 400 100 200 200 200 400 400 200 400 400 400 600 600 100 200 200 200 400 400 400 400 600 600 _____ 200 200 400 400 400 600 PAGE 207 SQD SLV 000342 CONDITIONS OF SALE 1. ACCEPTANCE, GOVERNING PROVISIONS, AND CANCELLA TIONS. No order for Square D equipment or services shall be binding upon Square D until accepted in writing by an authorized official of Square D. Any such order shall be subject to these Conditions of Sale, and accept ance shall be conditioned on assent to such Conditions, which assent shall be deemed given unless purchaser shall expressly notify Square D to the contrary within five days after receipt of acknowledgement or confirma tion of an order and in all events prior to any delivery or other performance of such order. No order accepted by Square D may be altered or modified by purchaser unless agreed to in writing signed by an authorized official of Square D; and no such order may be cancelled or terminated except upon payment of Square D's loss, damage and expense arising from such cancellation or termination. No modified or other conditions will be recognized by Square D unless specially agreed to in writing and failure of Square D to object to provisions contained in any purchase order or other communication from a purchaser (including, without limitation, penalty clauses of any kind) shall not be construed as a waiver of these Conditions nor an acceptance of any such provisions. Any contract for sale and these Conditions shall be governed by and con strued according to the laws of the State of Illinois. 2. QUOTATIONS AND PRICES. Written quotations automatically expire thirty (30) calendar days from the date issued unless sooner terminated by notice. Square D publications are maintained as sources of general infor mation and are not quotations or offers to sell. All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event of a net price change, the price of equipment on order but unshipped will be the price in effect on the date of shipment. In no case will the amount of a price increase exceed 10% of the price at which the order was accepted, except that, if delivery is delayed upon instructions from purchaser, prices shall be those in effect when instructions are received to proceed with the order. Price reductions shall apply only to unshipped portions of outstanding orders. Any addition to an outstanding order will be accepted at prices in effect when the addition is accepted. Orders amounting to less than $5.00 net will be billed at $5.00. All clerical errors are subject to correction. 3. PAYMENT TERMS. Terms of payment to purchasers of satisfactory credit are as follows: Industrial Control and Commercial Control Equipment -- Net in voice amount due 30 days after invoice date, except that terms are 2% cash discount for payment by the 10th proximo and net invoice amount for pay ment by the 25th proximo on the following classes: Schedule K (DS-1) Schedule KT (DS-5) Schedule LA (DS-2) Schedule LB (DS-2) Schedule N (DS-6) Schedule R (DS-14) Schedule RC (DS-15) Schedule W (DS-1) -- Standard Motor Control and Industrial Pressure and Float Switches -- Terminal Blocks -- Motor Control Centers -- Special Motor Control -- Irrigation Pump Control -- Replacement Parts -- Replacement Parts -- Air Conditioning Control Distribution Equipment -- 2% cash discount for payment by the 10th proximo and net invoice amount for payment by the 25th proximo, except that terms are net 30 days after invoice date on the following classes: Schedule D -- Large Air Circuit Breakers Schedule F -- Switchgear Invoices will be submitted as partial shipments are made. Square D reserves the right at any time to demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in its judgment, the financial condition of purchaser shall not justify the terms of payment specified. If delivery is delayed or deferred by purchaser beyond the scheduled date, payment shall be due in full when Square D is prepared to ship and the equipment may be stored at the risk and expense of purchaser. If purchaser defaults when any payment is due, then the whole contract price shall become due and payable upon demand, or Square D, at its option, without prejudice to other lawful remedies, may defer delivery or cancel the con tract for sale. 4. TAXES AND OTHER CHARGES. Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's occupation tax, use tax, sales tax, excise tax, duty, custom, inspection or testing fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature whatsoever, imposed by any governmental authority, on or measured by any transaction between Square D and purchaser, shall be paid by purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or invoiced. In the event Square D shall be required to pay any such tax, fee or charge, purchaser shall reimburse Square D therefor; or, in lieu of such payment, purchaser shall provide Square D at the time the order is submitted with an exemption certificate or other document acceptable to the authority imposing the same. Purchase orders must state the existence and amount of any such tax, fee or charge which it shall be Square D's responsibility to collect from purchaser and pay. 5. DELIVERY. Delivery of equipment to a carrier at any Square D plant or other shipping point shall constitute delivery to purchaser; and, regardless of freight payment, title and all risk of loss or damage in transit shall pass to purchaser at that time. Great care is taken in packing Square D equipment. Square D cannot be held responsible for breakage after having received "in good order" receipts from the transportation company. All claims for loss and damage must be made by purchaser to the carrier, but Square D will assist insofar as prac tical in securing satisfactory adjustment of such claims. Claims for shortages or other errors roust be made in writing to Square D within 30 days after receipt of shipment, and failure to give such notice shall constitute unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims by purchaser. *On shipments within THE UNITED STATES EXCLUDING ALASKA AND HAWAII, freight will be allowed to any common carrier free delivery point, except that such freight will be prepaid but not allowed on shipments of distribution equipment having a total list price of less than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000). ^On shipments to ALASKA AND HAWAII, freight will be allowed to dock side at the listed port (consult a Square D field office for current publication showing listed ports) nearest the point of destination, except that such freight will be prepaid but not allowed on shipments of any equipment having a total list price of less than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), and except that purchaser shall pay all special costs such as cartage, stevedoring and insurance. * On shipments to ANY OTHER DESTINATION, freight will be aUowed to the common carrier free delivery point in the United States nearest the original port of embarkation, except that such freight will be prepaid but not allowed on shipments of any equipment having a total list price of less than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), and except that purchaser shall pay all special costs such as cartage, stevedoring and insurance. No allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if purchaser accepts shipment at factory, warehouse, freight station, or otherwise supplies its own transportation. Method and route of shipment will be at the discretion of Square D unless purchaser shall specify otherwise, and any additional expense of the method or route of shipment specified by purchaser shall be borne by purchaser. Square D reserves the right to make delivery in installments, unless other wise expressly stipulated in the contract for sale; and all such installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for when due per invoice, without regard to subsequent deliveries. Delay in delivery of any installment shall not relieve purchaser of its obligations to accept remaining deliveries. Square D shall not be liable for any damage as a result of any delay due to any cause beyond Square D's reasonable control, including, without limita tion, an act of God; act of purchaser; embargo or other governmental act, regulation or request; fire; accident; strike; slow-down; war; riot; delay in transportation; and inability to obtain necessary labor, materials or manu facturing facilities. In the event of any such delay, the date of delivery shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay. 6. SUBSTITUTES. Square D may furnish suitable substitutes for materials unobtainable because of priorities or regulations established by govern mental authority or non-availability of materials from suppliers. 7. WARRANTIES. Square D warrants equipment manufactured by it to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of shipment by Square D. If within such period any such equip ment shall be proved to Square D's satisfaction to be so defective, such equipment shall be repaired or replaced at Square D's option. This warranty shall not apply (a) to equipment not manufactured by Square D, (b) to equipment which shall have been repaired or altered by others than Square D so as, in its judgment, to affect the same adversely, or (c) to equipment which shall have been subject to negligence, accident, or damage by cir cumstances beyond Square D's control, or to improper operation, main tenance or storage, or to other than normal use or service. With respect to equipment not manufactured by Square D, the warranty obligations of Square D shall in all respects conform and be limited to the warranty actual ly extended to Square D by its supplier. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHAT SOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE (except warranties of title). Square D shall not be subject to any other obligations or liabilities whatsoever with respect to equipment manufactured by Square D or services rendered by Square D. 8. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Anything to the contrary herein con tained notwithstanding, Square D shall not be liable for any consequential, contingent or incidental' damages whatsoever. 9. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT. No equipment may be returned with out first obtaining Square D's written permission and a returned material identification tag. Equipment accepted for credit, not involving a Square D error, shall be subject to a minimum service charge of 10% of the invoice price and all transportation charges shall be prepaid by purchaser. Returned equipment must be securely packed to reach Square D without damage; any cost incurred by Square D to put equipment in first class condition will be charged to purchaser. 10. PATENTS. As to equipment proposed and furnished by Square D, Square D shall defend any suit or proceedings brought against purchaser so far as based on a claim that said equipment constitutes an infringement of any patent of the United States, if notified promptly in writing and given author ity, information, and assistance at Square D's expense for the defense of the same. In event of a final award of costs and damages, Square D shall pay such award. In event the use of said equipment by purchaser is en joined in such a suit. Square D shall, at its own expense, either (a) procure for purchaser the right to continue using said equipment, (b) modify said equipment to render it non-infringing, (c) replace said equipment with non-infringing equipment, or (d) refund the purchase price and the trans portation and installation costs of said equipment. Square D will not be responsible for any compromise or settlement made without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire liability of Square D for patent infringement, and in no event shall Square D be liable if the infringement charge is based on the use of Square D equipment for a purpose other than that for which sold by Square D. As to any equipment furnished by Square D to purchaser and manufactured in accordance with designs proposed by purchaser, purchaser shall indemnify Square D against any award made against Square D for patent, trademark, or copyright infringements. (Rev. 3-66 ^Changed since issue of 9-64. NOTE. These Conditions of Sale supersede all previously issued. PAGE 208 SqURRE n COMPANY D design leadership. . WIRE & CONDUIT TABLES 1965 N. E. C. ALLOWABLE CURRENT-CARRYING CAPACITIES OF INSULATED CONDUCTORS IN AMPERES Not More Than Three Conductors in Raceway or Cable (Based on Room Temperature of 30 C.f 86 F.) Table 310-12 . Copper Conductors Table 310-14 Aluminum Conductors Size AWG MCM 60 C Rubber Type R Type RW Type RU Type RUW (14-2) 75 C Rubber Type RH Type RUH (14-2) 90 C Thermo plastic Asbestos Type TA, SA Var-Cam Type V 60 C Rubber Type R RW, RU RUW (12-2) 75 C Rubber Type RH Type RUH (14-2) 90 C Thermo plastic Asbestos Type TA, Var-Cam. Type V Thermoplastic Type T Type 1 W Type RHW Thermoplastic Type THW Asbestos Var-Cam Type AVB Thermoplastic Type T Type TW Type RHW Thermoplastic Type THW Asbestos Var-Cam. Type AVB 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0 00 000 0000 15 20 30 40 55 70 80 95 110 125 145 165 195 15 20 30 45 65 85 100 115 130 150 175 200 230 25 30 40 50 70 90 105 120 140 155 185 210 235 15 25 30 40 55 65 75 85 100 115 130 155 15 25 40 50 65 75 A 90 A100 A120 A135 A155 A180 25 30 40 55 70 80 95 110 125 145 165 185 250 300 350 400 500 215 240 260 280 320 255 285 310 335 380 270 300 325 360 405 170 190 210 225 260 205 230 250 270 310 215 240 260 290 330 600 700 750 800 900 355 385 400 410 435 420 460 475 490 520 455 490 500 515 555 285 310 320 330 355 340 375 385 395 425 370 395 405 415 455 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000 455 495 520 545 560 545 590 625 650 665 585 645 700 735 775 375 405 435 455 470 445 485 520 545 560 480 530 580 615 650 CORRECTION FACTOR FOR ROOM TEMPERATURES OVER 30 C., 86 F. C F. 40 104 .82 .88 .90 .82 .88 .90 45 113 .71 .82 .85 .71 .82 .85 50 122 .58 .75 .80 .58 .75 .80 55 131 .41 .67 .74 .41 .67 .74 60 140 70 158 75 167 80 176 .58 .67 .35 .52 .43 .30 .58 .67 .35 .52 .43 .30 NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT OR TUBING Rubber Covered, Types RF-2, RFH-2, R, RH, RHH, RHW, RW, RH-RW, RU, RUH, RUW, SF and SFF. Thermoplastic, Types TF, T, TW and TWH One to Nine Conductors For more than nine conductors, see Tables, Chapter 9. (See Sections 300-18, 346-6, 348-6 -- 1965 N. E. C.) Based on Chapter 9 Table 1 -- 1965 N. E. C. Size Number of Conductors in One Conduit or Tubing MCM 1 23456789 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0 00 000 0000 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800 900 /2 'A Vz /2 /2 )/2 Vz Vz % % % 1 1 1 VA 1 'A VA VA 1/2 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 Vz Vz / Vz Vz Vz Vz Vz %% %% 11 VA *1/4 VA 1/4 VA 1/4 V/z 1/2 1 Vz 2 22 22 2 2/2 2/2 2/2 3 3 3 2/2 2/2 3 3 3 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 4 44 Vz Vz Vz % % 1 1/4 1/2 1/2 2 2 2 2/2 2'A 3 3 3 3/2 3/2 3/2 4 5 5 5 5 Vz Vz 'Aj Vz %% %1 11 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 2 22 22 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 3 33 33 3 3/2 3/2 4 3/2 4 44 45 55 55 56 56 66 Vz % 1 1 1 1/4 2 2 2 2/2 2/2 3 3 3 3/2 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 %i % 1 1 % % 1 VA 1/4 1/2 2 1/4 1/2 2 2 2/2 2/2 3 2/2 2/2 2/2 3 33 3 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 4 45 55 55 55 56 66 6 6 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 244566 2/2 5 5 6 6 3556 3566 366 See notes 8 and 11 for tables 310-12 and 310-14, for reduction factor for more than 3 conductors. Lay-in Duct -- No derating necessary up to 30 conductors and 20% All -- NEC 362-5 and 374-5. jfcWhere a service run of conduit or electrical metallic tubing does not ex ceed 50 feet in length and does not contain more than the equivalent of two quarter bends from end to end two No. 4 insulated and one No. 4 bare conductors maybe installed in 1-inch conduit or tubing. AFor three wire, single phase service and sub-service circuits, the allowable current-carrying capacity of RH, RH-RW, RHH, RHW and THW aluminum con ductors shall be for Sizes #2-100 Amp., #1-110 Amp., #1/0-125 Amp., #2/0-150 Amp., #3/0-170 Amp. and #4/0-200 Amp. NOTES TO TABLES 310-12 AND 310-14 -- 1965 N. E. C. 8. More Than Three Conductors in a Raceway or Cable. Tables 310-12 and 310-14 give the allowable current carrying capacities for not more than three con ductors in a raceway or cable. Where the number of conductors in a raceway or - cable exceeds three, the allowable current-carrying capacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in the following Table: Number of Conductors Per Cent of Values in Tables 310-12 and 310-14 4 to 6................................................................................................................... 7 to 24................................................................................................................... 25 to 42................................................................................................................... 80 70 60 50 Exception -- When conductors of different systems, as provided in Section 300-3, are installed in a common raceway the derating factors shown above apply to the number of Power and Lighting (Articles 210, 215, 220 and 230) conductors only. 11. Neutral Conductor. A neutral conductor which carries only the unbalanced current from other conductors, as in the case of normally balanced circuits of three or more conductors, shall not be counted in determining current-carrying capacities as provided for in Note 8. In a 3-wire circuit consisting of two phase wires and the neutral of a 4-wire, 3-phase system, a common conductor carries approximately the same current as the other conductors and is not therefore considered as a neutral conductor. SQD SLV 000344 SEE YOUR SQUARE D DISTRIBUTOR FOR YOUR ELECTRICAL NEEDS SALES OFFICES IN THE UNITED STATES Alabama Birmingham Huntsville - Alaska Anchorage Arizona Phoenix Arkansas Little Rock California Fresno Sacramento San Diego San Francisco San Jose Santa Ana Santa Rosa Colorado Denver Connecticut Hortford Dist. of Columbia Washington, D. C. Florida Jacksonville Miami Orlando Pensacola Tampa Georgia Albany Atlanta Howaii Honolulu Illinois Champaign Chicago Moline Peoria . Rockford Indiana Evansville Ft. Wayne Hammond Indianapolis South Bend Iowa Cedar Rapids Des Moines Kansas Wichita Kentucky Louisville Louisiana Baton Rouge New Orleans Shreveport Maine Augusta Maryland Baltimore Massachusetts Boston Worcester Michigan Detroit Flint Grand Rapids Lansing Saginaw Minnesota Duluth Minneapolis Mississippi Jackson Corporate Office --- Park Ridge, Illinois Missouri Kansas City St. Louis Springfield Nebraska Omaha New Hampshire Manchester New Jersey Secaucus Trenton New Mexico Albuquerque . New York Albany Buffalo Hastings-on-Hudson New York Rochester Syracuse Valley Stream, L.l. North Carolina Charlotte Greensboro Raleigh Ohio Akron Cincinnati Cleveland Columbus Dayton Toledo Youngstown Oklahoma Oklahoma City Tulsa Oregon Eugene Portland Pennsylvania Allentown Philadelphia Pittsburgh Scranton-Wilkes Barre York Rhode Island Providence South Carolina Charleston Columbia Greenville Tennessee Knoxville Memphis Nashville Texas Beaumont Corpus Christ! Dallas Fort Worth Houston Lubbock Sc .> A,.jtonio Utah Salt Loke City Virginia Norfolk Richmond Roanoke Washington Seattle Spokane Tacoma West Virginia Huntington Wisconsin Green Bay Milwaukee Export Department -- Secaucus, N. J. FACTORIES IN THE UNITED STATES Asheville, N. Carolina Bingham Road Atlanta, Georgia 1401 Marietta Blvd., NW Cedar Rapids, Iowa 3700 Sixth Street, SW Cleveland, Ohio 4500 lee Road Dallas, Texas 1111 Regal Row Denver, Colorado 677 Alcott Street Glendale, Wisconsin 3333 W. Good Hope Rd. Lexington, Kentucky 1601 Mercer Road Los Angeles, California 4301 Valley Boulevard 4335 Valley Boulevard Madison Heights, Michigan 650 West 12 Mile Rood Markle, Indiana Milwaukee, Wisconsin 4041 N. Richards Street Peru, Indiana Roanoke, Indiana San Francisco, California 21 1 industrial Street Schiller Park, Illinois 9522 W. Winona Seattle, Washington 830 Corwin Place Secaucus, New Jersey 425 County Avenue SALES OFFICES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES Australia Adelaide Melbourne Sydney Canada Calgary Edmonton Halifax Hamilton London Moncton Montreal Ottawa Quebec City Regina Toronto Voncouver, B. C. Windsor Winnipeg France Paris Germany Dusseldorf Stuttgart Great Britain Belfast, N. Ireland Birmingham, Eng. Bristol, Eng. Cardiff, So. Wales Glasgow, Scotland Leeds, Eng. Leicester, Eng. London, Eng. Manchester, Eng. Newcastle, Eng. Norwich, Eng. Sheffield, Eng. Italy Arenzano Milan Padua Turin Mexico Guadalajara, JAL Mexico City Monterrey, NL ; Puerto Rico Hato Rey FACTORIES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES Arenzano, Italy Mexico City, Mexico Melbourne, Australia Montreal, Canada Swindon, Wiltshire, England Toronto, Canada Vancouver, Canada 5QUHRE J) CDMPHNY SQD SLV 000345